45 176 Nema Contactors Starters

Table of Contents
Product Index
Section Listing Section 16
NEMA Contactors and Starters
NEMA AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters

Catalog Numbering System 16-13
Combination Starters—NEMA Style

Non-Reversing
Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8538 16-32, 16-34
Manual Starters and Switches (p. 16-4) Fusible Disconnect Class 8538 16-31, 16-33, 16-34
Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8539 16-35, 16-36, 16-37
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539 16-38, 16-39
Reversing
Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8738 16-52
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters (p. 16-70) Fusible Disconnect Class 8738, 8739 16-51, 16-52
Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8739 16-53
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739 16-55
Contactors—NEMA Style
Non-Reversing Class 8502 16-14
Reversing Class 8702 16-44
Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8502 16-28
Vacuum, Low Voltage, Reversing Class 8702 16-50
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Style Type S Contactors and Starters (p. 16-14) Class 8910, 8965 16-70
Duplex Motor Starters Class 8941 16-78
Enclosures Class 9991 16-93
External Reset Mechanisms Class 9065 16-92
Factory Modifications (Forms) 16-100
Lighting Contactors Class 8903 16-59

Lighting Contactors (p. 16-59) Panel Board (PB) Lighting Contactors See Supplemental Digest
Manual Starters and Switches Class 2510, 2511, 2512 16-4
Multispeed Starters Class 8810 See Supplemental Digest
Overload Relays
Bimetallic Class 9065 16-89
Melting Alloy Class 9065 16-82
Motor Logic/Motor Logic Plus Class 9065 16-83
TeSys T Motor Management System 16-84
Pump Panels
Full Voltage Class 8940 16-75
Pump Panel (p. 16-75) Combination Starters
(p. 16-31)
Reduced Voltage Starters
Electro-Mechanical Class 8600 See Supplemental Digest
Starters, Full Voltage—NEMA Style

Non-Reversing Class 8536 16-18
Reversing Class 8736 16-46
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
TeSys U Simple Motor Starter 16-12

Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8536 16-29
Additional Products
Accessories Class 9998, 9999 16-108
Renewal Parts Class 9998 16-105
Thermal Units 16-116
Reversing Drum Switches Class 2601 See Supplemental Digest
NEMA Style TeSys N Contactors and Starters TeSys N Contactors and Starters 16-139
(p. 16-139)
TeSys N Self-Protected Combination Starters 16-152
16
© 2012 Schneider Electric 16-1

All Rights Reserved
Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com

Selection Information
www.schneider-electric.us
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 8502 & 8702 8536 & 8736 8538 & 8738 8539 & 8739
NEMA Style Full Voltage NEMA Style Full Voltage

Manual Starters and Switches, NEMA Style Full Voltage NEMA Style Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage
Type of Product Non-Reversing, Reversing and Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Reversing Combination Reversing Combination
Two Speed Reversing Magnetic Contactors Reversing Magnetic Starters (Disconnect Switch) (PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker)
Magnetic Starters Magnetic Starters
16-4 8502 16-14 8536 16-18 8538 16-31 8539 16-35
Page 8702 16-44 8736 16-46 8738 16-51 8739 16-53
Type F = N/A 00 to 7 00 to 7 8538 = 0 to 6 8539 = 0 to 7
NEMA Sizes Type K = N/A 8738 = 0 to 5 8739 = 0 to 6
Type M = 0 & 1
Load Type F = 277 V 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max.
Voltage Types K & M = 600 Vac
Current Ratings Type F = 16 A 8538 = 18 A to 540 A 8539 = 18 A to 810 A

9A to 810 A 9 A to 810 A
(Continuous) Types K & M = 30 A 8738 = 18 A to 270 A 8739 = 18 A to 540 A
Type F = 1 1/2 to 600 1/2 to 600 8538 =1/2 to 400 8539 = 1/2 to 600
Horsepower
Ratings Type K = 20
(Maximum) 8738 = 1/2 to 200 8739 = 1/2 to 400
Type M = 10
Type F = Melting Alloy N/A Melting Alloy Melting Alloy Melting Alloy
Overload Relay Type K = N/A Bi-Metalic Bi-Metalic Bi-Metalic
Type M = Melting Alloy Solid State Solid State Solid State
1, Flush Mount, 3R, 4, 4X, 7 & 9 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R, 7 & 9 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R, 7 & 9
Enclosure Types 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R
and Open and Open and Open
16
UL File E42243 NLRV UL File E78351 NLDX UL File E78351 NLDX UL File E152395 NKJH7 UL File E152395 NKJH7
Approvals UR File E42243 NLRV2 CSA 60905 Class 3211-04 CSA 60905 Class 3211-04 CSA LR584 Class 3211 04 CSA LR584 Class 3211 04
CE IEC 947-4-1 CE IEC 947-4-1

CSA File LR 25490 Sizes 00–5 Only Sizes 00–5 Only
16-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric

All Rights Reserved

Selection Information
8903L & 8903S 8903 8910, 8911, 8965 8940 8941
Combination Devices
Definite Purpose non- reversing

Multipole electrically held and Type S lighting contactors electrically Well-Guard Control™ NEMA Style AC Duplex Motor
contactors available as compact 1 or 2
mechanically held contactors available held and mechanically held available Pumping Plant Panels available Controllers available as a
pole to 40 A and 2 to 4 pole to 90 A.
in 30 A configurations to 12 poles and with disconnect switches or with disconnect switches or combination starter or without
Reversing and Starter Configurations
800 A configurations to 3 poles. PowerPact™ circuit breakers PowerPact™ circuit breakers. disconnecting means.
also available.
16-59 16-61 8910 16-70 16-75 16-78
8911 16-74
8965 16-81
N/A N/A N/A 1 to 7 1 to 4
600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max.
8903L to 30 A 300 A (Disconnect) 20 A to 40 A (Compact) 27 A to 810 A 27 A to 135 A
8903S to 800 A 600 A (Circuit Breaker) 20 A to 90 A
N/A N/A 1/2 to 50 1/2 to 600 1/2 to 100
N/A N/A Melting Alloy (8911) Melting Alloy Melting Alloy
Bi-Metallic Bi-Metallic
Solid State Solid State
1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R and Open 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R 1 3R 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R and Open
UL File E78427 NRNT UL File E16151 NRNT UR E3190 NLDX2 UL/cUL 152395 NKJH UL File E152395 NKJH7
CSA LR60905 Class 3231 01 cUL File E16151 NRNT CSA LR25490 Class 3211 04
16

All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters Type F—Fractional Horsepower
Class 2510, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
Fractional Horsepower Manual Starters with Melting Alloy Type Thermal Overload Relay
Table 16.1: Single-Unit Types—Class 2510—Rated 16 A — Thermal Units
Prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection
information.
NEMA 1 NEMA
General Purpose Flush Mounting
General Purpose Enclosure Types 3R, 7 & 9
(Without Pull Box)
Surface Mounting NEMA Hazardous
Type 4a Locations Number
Operator
Watertight Div. 1 & 2 Open

Type of
No. of
Standard Jumbo and Class I Groups Type
of Features Gray Thermal
Stainless Stainless Dusttight B, C, & D &
Poles Standard Oversized Flush Units
Steel Steel Enclosure Class II Groups
Plate Required
Flush Plate Flush Plate E, F & G
Enclosure
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
Basic Starter—Class 2510
Standard FG1 86.00 FGJ1 99.00 FF1 78.00 FS1 83.00 — — — — — — FO1 71.00
1 1
With Red Pilot Lightc FG1P 129.00 FGJ1P 143.00 FF1P 122.00 FS1P 129.00 FSJ1P 149.00 — — — — FO1P 116.00
Toggle
2 1
1 1
Key
2 With Red Pilot Lightc FG4P 171.00 FGJ4P 185.00 FF4P 165.00 FS4P 171.00 FSJ4P 192.00 — — — — FO4P 158.00 1
Starter with Handle Guard/Lock-Off—Class 2510

Standard FG5 99.00 FGJ5 114.00 FW1 320.00 FR1 350.00 —
1 b 1
With Red Pilot Light c FG5P 143.00 FGJ5P 158.00 Order basic starter plus FW1P 435.00 — — —
Toggle
Standard FG6 116.00 FGJ6 129.00 separate handle guard kit. FW2 336.00 FR2 363.00 —
2 b 1
With Red Pilot Lightc FG6P 158.00 FGJ6P 171.00 FW2P 449.00 — — —
a Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in bottom (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $19.10 to price.
b For replacement starter, order open type above. For NEMA 4 with pilot light, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device.
Table 16.2: Duplex Units—Class 2510

General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box)
NEMA 1 Number
General Purpose Gray Flush Stainless Steel
Type No. of
Enclosure Surface Plate for Wall Flush Plate for Replacement Starter
of of Features Thermal
Mounting or Cavity Wall or Cavity Class 2510
Operator Poles Units
Mounting Mounting Required
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
One Starter in Duplex Enclosure—Class 2510
Toggle 2
Standard FG02 158.00 — — — — — —
1
With Red Pilot Light c FG02P 201.00 — — — — — —
Key 2 With Red Pilot Light c FG04P 201.00 — — — — — — 1
Two Starters in One Enclosure—Class 2510
Standard FG22 243.00 FF22 228.00 — — — —
Toggle 2 Each Str. 2
With Red Pilot Light on Eachc FG22P 399.00 FF22P 386.00 FS22P 399.00 — —
Key 2 Each Str. With Red Pilot Light on Eachc FG44P 458.00 FF44P 441.00 FS44P 458.00 — — 2
Starter and “AUTO-OFF-HAND” SPDT Selector Switch (AC Only)—Class 2510
Standard FG71 221.00 FF71 207.00 — — — —
1 1
With Red Pilot Light c FG71P 264.00 FF71P 251.00 FS71P 264.00 — —
Toggle
Standard FG72 234.00 FF72 221.00 — — — —
2 1
With Red Pilot Lightc FG72P 278.00 FF72P 264.00 FS72P 278.00 — —
Key 2 With Red Pilot Lightc FG74P 306.00 FF74P 293.00 FS74P 306.00 — — 1
Replacement Starter
Two Speed Starters (AC Only)—Class 2512 Class 2510
With Mechanical Interlock:
Standard FG11 314.00 FF11 300.00 — — FO1T 86.00
1 With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc FG11P 471.00 FF11P 458.00 — — FO1PT 129.00 2
With HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch:
With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc — — — — FS101P 471.00 FO1PT 129.00
Toggle
With Mechanical Interlock:
Standard FG22 342.00 FF22 329.00 — — FO2T 99.00
2 With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc FG22P 500.00 FF22P 485.00 — — FO2PT 143.00 2
With HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch:
With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc — — — — FS202P 500.00 FO2PT 143.00
c For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510FG2PG).
Table 16.3: Horsepower Ratings Type F

16
Maximum Horsepower
Volts AC Single Phase DC
1-Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole Only
115–230 1 1 3/4
277 1 1 —
Note: Continuous current rating—16 A.
Table 16.4: Approvals—2510 Type F and K

Enclosed Open
Type FO2
(UL Listed) File E42243 (UL Component Recognized) File E42243
Type FG2P
CCN NLRV CCN NLRV2
CSA Certified File LR25490 Class 3211-05
Table 16.5: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number
• Class Number Class Type

• Type Number 2510 FG1
16-4 CP1 Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric

Schedule All Rights Reserved

Manual Switches 30 A, Reversing, Non-Reversing, Two Speed—Type K
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
Table 16.6: Non-Reversing—Class 2510

NEMA 1 NEMA
General Purpose Flush Mounting
General Purpose Enclosure Types 3R, 7 & 9 a
(Without Pull Box) NEMA
Surface Mounting Hazardous Locations
Type 4 a Div. 1 & 2
Operator
No. Watertight Open

Class I Groups
Type
Standard Jumbo and Type

of
of Features Gray B, C & D &

Stainless Stainless Dusttight
Poles Standard Oversized Flush Class II Groups
Steel Steel Enclosure
Plate E, F, and G
Flush Plate Flush Plate
Enclosure
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
Standard KG1 66.00 KGJ1 81.00 KF1 59.00 KS1 66.00 — — KW1 314.00 KR1 342.00 KO1 52.00
With Pilot Lightc
2 115 Vac KG1A 138.00 KGJ1A 153.00 KF1A 131.00 KS1A 138.00 KSJ1A 161.00 KW1A 428.00 — — KO1A b 125.00
230 Vac KG1B 138.00 KGJ1B 153.00 KF1B 131.00 KS1B 138.00 KSJ1B 161.00 KW1B 428.00 — — KO1B b 125.00
Standard KG2 149.00 KGJ2 165.00 KF2 143.00 KS2 149.00 — — KW2 386.00 KR2 442.00 KO2 120.00
With Pilot Lightc
3 208-277 Vac KG2B 221.00 KGJ2B 234.00 KF2B 215.00 KS2B 221.00 KSJ2B 243.00 KW2B 500.00 — — KO2B b 207.00
440-600 Vac KG2C 221.00 KGJ2C 234.00 KF2C 215.00 KS2C 221.00 KSJ2C 243.00 KW2C 500.00 — — KO2C b 207.00
Toggle
Standard KG5 78.00 KGJ5 93.00 — — — — — — KW5 327.00 — — KO5 64.00
With Pilot Lightc —
2 115 Vac KG5A 149.00 — — — — — — — — KW5A 440.00 — — KO5Ab 120.00
230 Vac KG5B 149.00 — — — — — — — — KW5B 440.00 — — KO5Bb 120.00
Standard KG6 162.00 KGJ6 176.00 — — — — — — KW6 396.00 — — KO6 147.00
With Pilot Lightc
3 208-277 Vac KG6B 233.00 — — — — — — — — KW6B 512.00 — — KO6Bb 219.00
440-600 Vac KG6C 233.00 — — — — — — — — KW6C 512.00 — — KO6Cb 219.00
Standard KG3 95.00 KGJ3 110.00 KF3 89.00 KS3 95.00 — — — — — KO3 81.00
With Pilot Lightc
2 115 Vac KG3A 167.00 KGJ3A 179.00 KF3A 161.00 KS3A 167.00 KSJ3A 185.00 — — — KO3A 153.00
230 Vac KG3B 167.00 KGJ3B 179.00 KF3B 161.00 KS3B 167.00 KSJ3B 185.00 — — — — KO3B 153.00
Key
Standard KG4 179.00 KGJ4 192.00 KF4 171.00 KS4 179.00 — — — — — — KO4 165.00
With Pilot Lightc
3 208-277 Vac KG4B 251.00 KGJ4B 264.00 KF4B 243.00 KS4B 251.00 KSJ4B 270.00 — — — — KO4B 234.00
440-600 Vac KG4C 251.00 KGJ4C 264.00 KF4C 243.00 KS4C 251.00 KSJ4C 270.00 — — — — KO4C 234.00
a Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in bottom (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $28.70 to price.
b When replacing starter with pilot light in NEMA 4 enclosure, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device.
Table 16.7: Reversing—Class 2511

NEMA 1 With Flush Plate for Replacement
Type Number General Purpose Enclosure Cavity Mounting Switch
Motor Types Features
of of Surface Mounting (Without Pull Box) Class 2510
for Which Suitable (Including Mechanical Interlock)
Operator Poles
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
Standard KG11 287.00 KF11 270.00 KO1T 66.50
Single Ø With Pilot Light:c
2 3-Lead 115 Vac KG11A 399.00 KF11A 386.00 KO1AT 138.00
Repulsion-Induction 230 Vac KG11B 399.00 KF11B 386.00 KO1BT 138.00
Toggle Standard KG22 441.00 KF22 428.00 KO2T 149.00
Three Ø; Also With Pilot Light:c
Single Ø Capacitor,
3 110–120 Vac KG22A 557.00 KF22A 543.00 KO2AT 221.00
Split Ø, or 4-Lead 208–220 Vac KG22B 557.00 KF22B 543.00 KO2BT 221.00
Repulsion-Induction 440–600 Vac KG22C 557.00 KF22C 543.00 KO2CT 221.00
Table 16.8: Two Speed—Class 2512

With Flush Plate for
NEMA 1 Replacement
Type Number Cavity Mounting
Motor Types Features General Purpose Enclosure Switch
of of (Without
for Which Suitable (Including Mechanical Interlock) Surface Mounting Class 2510
Operator Poles Pull Box)
Standard KG11 287.00 KF11 270.00 KO1T 66.50
Single Ø With 2 Pilot Lights:c
2 Two Winding 115 Vac KG11A 513.00 KF11A 500.00 KO1AT 138.00
(3-Lead) 230 Vac KG11B 513.00 KF11B 500.00 KO1BT 138.00
Toggle Standard KG22 441.00 KF22 428.00 KO2T 152.00
Three Ø With 2 Pilot Lights:c
3 Separate Winding 208–240 Vac KG22B 671.00 KF22B 656.00 KO2BT 221.00
(Wye-Connected) 440–600 Vac KG22C 671.00 KF22C 656.00 KO2CT 221.00
c For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510KW2CG).
Table 16.9: Class 2510 Horsepower Ratings Table 16.11: Class 2511 and 2512 Horsepower
Ratings Type K
Maximum Hp DC Rating
Class No. of Motor Maximum Hp DC Ratings
2510 Poles Type AC No.
115 230 460 575 90 115 230 Motor Type
Device of 115 230 460–575 90 115 230
Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts AC
Poles
Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts

KO1 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 3 1 2 1-1/2 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 1 2 1-1/2

KO3 Class
KO2 2511
3 Three Ø 2 7-1/2 10 10 1 2 1-1/2 3 Three Ø 2 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2
KO4
2 Single Ø 2 2 3 1 2 1-1/2
KO5 2 Single Ø 2 3 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2
3 Ø,
KO6 3 Three Ø 2 7-1/2 15 20 1 2 1-1/2 Class 3 Constant or Variable 2 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2
2512 Torque
Note: Continuous current rating 30 A at 600 Vac maximum. 3 Ø,
3 Constant 2 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2
Horsepower
• Type Number 2510 KO2
16
© 2012 Schneider Electric Discount 16-5

All Rights Reserved CP1 Schedule

Manual Starters and Type F and K—Approximate Dimensions
Switches Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
Open Type NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Flush Mount)

MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2) MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2)
PILOT LIGHT PILOT LIGHT
1.69 1.69
OFF
OFF
43
.84 .84 43
21 21 OFF C 2.56
2.38 2.38 D 65
60 3.28 60
3.28
83 83 4.13
4.13
105 105
.50
2.34 B 13 .66
2.22
1.59
56 1.7060 1.78 17
D
40 43 .75 45
A PILOT
.91 19 LIGHT
23
Types FO1, 1P, 2 Types KO1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
Fractional Hp Starter Types KO5, 5A, 5B, 6, 6B, 6C 1.69
Motor Starting Switch 43
NEMA 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure Table 16.13:

4.56 Type of Dimensions
3 Device Class 2510 Type
76 2.75 116 4.25 Operator A B C
.25 1.13 70 108
6 29 FF1, 1P, 2, 2P 1-7/16 2-3/4 4-1/2
FS1, 1P, 2, 2P
(2) .22 DIA. MTG. HOLE Toggle
6
Fractional FSJ1P, 2P 1-7/16 3-1/2 5-1/4
PILOT LIGHT Hp
Starter FF3, 3P, 4, 4P
ON 3.75
1-7/16 2-3/4 4-1/2
FS3, 3P, 4, 4P
95 Key
FSJ3P, 4P 1-7/16 3-1/2 5-1/4
OFF 4.38
111 KF1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C 1-3/4 2-3/4 4-1/2
KS1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
.28 DIA. PADLOCK HOLE Toggle
7 Motor KSJ1A, 1B, 2B, 2C 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4
1.13 .31 .78 Starting
3" 14 PIPE TAP
29 8 20 KF3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C
CONDUIT CENTER LINE
4 Switch 1-3/4 2-3/4 4-1/2
KS3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C
Key
Table 16.12: KSJ3A, 3B, 4B, 4C 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4
Device Class Type
Fractional Hp Starter 2510 FW1, 1P, 2, 2P
Motor Starting Switch 2510 KW1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Surface Mount)
Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2) Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2)
6 6
3.00 OFF 4.25 3.00 4.25

76 108 OFF
76 108
3.28
4.86 83
123 0.71
18
2.75 1.63 1.63
41 Pilot 2.75
70 70 41 Pilot
2.44 Light 2.88 Light
2.88 62 2.88
73 73
16
73 OFF 4.35 2.20

0.56 0.56
14 110 56
14
0.41 0.69
10 17
1.06 1.06
27 27 Pilot Light 3.09
78
1/2-3/4" Conduit 1/2-3/4" Conduit
Knockout, Both Ends Knockout, Both Ends
Jumbo
Standard Oversized (Class 9991Type KE2, see page 16-11)
(Class 2510 Types FG & KG, Single Unit) (Class 2510 Types FGJ & KGJ, Single Unit)

All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters and Approximate Dimensions—Type F and K
NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous

Locations
3.95
2X .30 4.35
100
1.37 8 110
35 OFF OFF C
2.56
6.36
65
161
ON
A PILOT
5.75
146
LIGHT
OFF
.75
.28 PADLOCK HOLE D
CONDUIT CENTERLINE
7 19
3/4-14 PIPE TAP, .91
2X .31 MTG. HOLES BOTTOM ONLY 1.19 B
8 1.37
35
.70
18 30 23
Table 16.14: NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Table 16.16: General Purpose Flush Mounting Plate for
Hazardous Locations Duplex Devices
Device Class Type Type of Dimensionsc
Device Class Type
Operator A B C D
Fractional Hp Starter 2510 FR1, 2
Motor Starting Switch 2510 KR1, 2 FF22, 22P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-7/16
Toggle 2510
Dimensions for Duplex Devices Two FS22P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 1-7/16
Starters FF44P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-7/16
.25 Key 2510
(4) DIA. MTG. HOLES FS44P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 1-7/16
6
FF71, 71P, 72, 72P 5-1/4 3/4 5-1/4 2

One Toggle 2510
PILOT
Starter FS71P, 72P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 2
LIGHT
and One
Selector FF74P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 2
OFF OFF 3.00 Switchd Key 2510
76 4.25 FS74P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 2
108 KF11, 11A, 11B
Reversing Toggle 2511 KF22, 22A 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-3/4
Switch KF22B, 22C
Two Speed Toggle 2512 FF11, 11P, 22, 22P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-7/16
Starter
2.75 .38 1.88 1.88
10 48 .56 Two Speed KF11, 11A, 11B,
70 4.50 48 2.56 Toggle 2512 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-3/4
2.88 14
65 2.63
Switch KF22, 22B, 22C
114
73 c Dimensions include factory wired power connections.
3.81 67
97 d Selector Switch is on left, extends 1-5/8" from mounting surface.
1.06
27
1/2 - 3/4 CONDUIT KNOCKOUT, BOTH ENDS.
Table 16.15: NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mount Enclosure

for Duplex Devices
Type of
Device Class Type
Operator
Toggle 2510 FGO2, 02P
One Starter
Key 2510 FGO4P
Toggle 2510 FG22, 22P
Two Starters
Key 2510 FG44P
One Starter and Toggle 2510 FG71, 71P, 72, 72P
One Selector Switcha Key 2510 FG74P
Reversing Switchb Toggle 2511 KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22A, 22B, 22C
Two Speed Starter Toggle 2512 FG11, 11P, 22, 22P

Two Speed Switch Toggle 2512 KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22B, 22C
a Selector switch is on left, increases overall depth to 3-1/2".
b Only one pilot light (located on right) is used on Class 2511 switches.
16

All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters Type M and T—Integral Horsepower
Types M and T integral horsepower manual starters

provide convenient “On-Off” operation of small single
phase, polyphase or DC motors. Typical applications
include small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors.
• Push button (M) or toggle (T) operators
• Reliable overload protection
• Pilot light and auxiliary contact available
Table 16.17: Integral Horsepower Manual Starters

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each; see page 16-116 for selection information.
Non-Reversing Class 2510 Max. Voltage: 600 Vac
NEMA 1 a
Ratings NEMA 4/4X Open Type
Surface Mounting NEMA 4/4X NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 12
Watertight,
Watertight and For Hazardous Dusttight
Dusttight and
No. Square Dusttight Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant Locations Class I and Driptight Square
NEMA Toggle Brushed – Groups C, D Industrial Use Toggle
of Max. Hp P.B. Glass-Polyester P.B.
Size
Poles Motor Operator Operator $ Price
Stainless Steel Enclosure Class II – Enclosure Operator Operator $ Price
Voltage Groups E, F & G
Poly- Single Type Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type
Phase Phase
115 — 1
M-0 MBG1 TBG1 264.00 MBW11b 720.00 MBW1b 720.00 MBR1b 1004.00 MBA1b 363.00 MBO1 TBO1 234.00
230 — 2
2- 115 — 2
M-1 MCG1 TCG1 336.00 MCW11 891.00 MCW1 891.00 MCR1 1197.00 MCA1 435.00 MCO1 TCO1 306.00
Pole 230 — 3
115 — 3
M-1P MCG2 TCG2 491.00 MCW12 1089.00 MCW2 1089.00 MCR2 1382.00 MCA2 593.00 MCO2 TCO2 309.00
230 — 5
115 — —
M-0 200-230 3 — MBG2 TBG2 314.00 MBW12b 770.00 MBW2b 770.00 MBR2b 1062.00 MBA2b 414.00 MBO2 TBO2 287.00
3- 380-575 5 —
Pole 115 — —
M-1 200-230 7-1/2 — MCG3 TCG3 386.00 MCW13 941.00 MCW3 941.00 MCR3 1254.00 MCA3 485.00 MCO3 TCO3 356.00
380-575 10 —
115 1 hp–D.C.
M-0 MBG4 TBG4 264.00 MBW14 720.00 MBW4 720.00 — — MBA4 363.00 MBO4 TBO4 234.00
DC 230 1-1/2 hp–D.C.
2-
Pole 115 1-1/2 hp–D.C
M-1 MCG5 TCG5 336.00 MCW15 891.00 MCW5 891.00 MCR5 1188.00 MCA5 435.00 MCO5 TCO5 306.00
230 2 hp–D.C.
a NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures are cast-iron. NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures (cast aluminum) are available for outdoor use; to order these type of enclosures, replace the “R” in the catalog number with a
“T”. For additional information, contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center.
b Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c).
All Except NEMA 7 & 9
File E42243 File LR60905

CCN NLRV Class 3211-05
NEMA 7 & 9 Only

File E58760 File LR26817 To Order Specify: Catalog Number
CCN NPXZ Class 3218-04 Class Type
• Class Number
• Type Number 2510 MCA1
16


Manual Starters Integral Horsepower—Type M and T
Reversing and Two Speed

Class 2511 reversing and Class 2512 two-speed manual
starters consist of two mechanically interlocked Class 2510
Types M or T manual starters.
.
Table 16.19: Reversing Class 2511

NEMA 1
Ratings Open Type
Number Surface Mounting
NEMA
Class Description of Square Square
Size Motor Maximum Toggle Toggle
Poles P.B. $ Price P.B. $ Price
Voltage Hp Operator Operator
Operator Operator
200-230 3
M-0 MBG1 TBG1 984.00 MBO1 TBO1 899.00
380-575 5
2511 Standard 3-Pole
200-230 7-1/2
M-1 MCG1 TCG1 1197.00 MCO1 TCO1 1112.00
380-575 10
Table 16.20: Two Speed (Wye-Connected Separate Winding Motors Only) Class 2512
NEMA 1
Ratings Open Type
Surface Mounting
Number NEMA Constant
Class Description of Square Square
Size Motor Constant Torque or Toggle Toggle
Poles P.B. $ Price P.B. $ Price
Voltage Hp Variable Operator Operator
Operator Operator
Torque
200-230 2 3
M-0 MBG1 TBG1 984.00 MBO1 TBO1 899.00
380-575 3 5
2512 Standard 3-Pole
200-230 5 7-1/2
M-1 MCG1 TCG1 1197.00 MCO1 TCO1 1112.00
380-575 7-1/2 10
Thermal Units Operator–Available with a push button or toggle operator

in open and NEMA 1 versions. NEMA 4/4X (stainless) and
Starters will not operate without properly installed thermal 12 versions utilize a direct acting push button only.
units and device reset. Thermal unit must be installed so
that markings face the front of starter. NEMA 4/4X (polyester) and 7/9 versions utilize an external
toggle to actuate a push button device inside.
Application Data Maintenance of Equipment
Size–Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1, and M-1P.
For proper performance, all equipment should be
Poles–Two poles single phase; three poles polyphase; periodically inspected and maintained. Replacement
2 poles DC. contacts and interlocks are available in kit form to facilitate
Voltage–600 volts AC max.; 250 volts DC max. servicing and stocking. In addition, the service bulletin
contains an exploded view of the device with components
Overload Relays–Melting alloy thermal overload relays clearly marked for easy identification by description and
have provisions for one Type B thermal unit for single part number.
phase starters and three Type B thermal units for three
phase starters. All thermal units must be installed and Mechanism Lock Off–Both open devices and starters in
the device reset before the starter contacts will NEMA 1 surface and flush mounting, and NEMA 4, 4X,
operate. After overload relays have tripped, allow one or 7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can be locked in the OFF or
two minutes for the alloy to solidify before resetting. STOP position. The NEMA 1 surface mounting, 4, 4X,
7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can also be locked closed to
prevent unauthorized entry.
Table 16.21: Terminal information and Replacement Contact Kits
Power Terminals Auxiliary Interlock Terminals Replacement Contact Kit
NEMA Number of Service
Size Wire Size Wire Size Poles Bulletin
Type of Lug (Solid or Stranded Copper Wire) Type of Lug (Solid or Stranded Copper Wire) Class Type
Min.-Max. Min.-Max.
M-0 Pressure Wire #14–#8 Pressure Wire #16–#12 2 or 3 312AS 9998 ML1
M-1 Pressure Wire #14–#8 Pressure Wire #16–#12 2 or 3 312AS 9998 ML2
M-1P Box Lug #14–#6 Pressure Wire #16–#12 2 312AS 9998 ML2
Accessories and Modification Kits

One auxiliary contact, either N.O. or N.C. can easily be A unique red pilot light assembly that clips into place is
added internally to any open or enclosed Type M or T available factory installed on NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12 and flush
manual starter. It occupies the space provided in either the enclosures or as a field modification kit on the NEMA 1
surface or flush mounting enclosures. See page 16-11.
upper right hand or left hand corners of the device. These

contacts are for AC loads only. For electrical ratings, refer The color cap assembly snaps into a knockout in the
to page 16-110, Class 9999 Types SX11 or SX12. enclosure cover on the NEMA 1 enclosures. Pilot light kits
are available for use on Various voltages (110-600 volts).
Pilot light assemblies are not available for NEMA 7 & 9
enclosures.
16


Manual Starters Type M and T—Integral Horsepower—Approximate Dimensions
3.50 .28
1.75 89 7 4.03
102
44
1.25
32
START
5.13
STOP
130
RESET
5.72
1.13 145
29
.69 Prov. for .44 Travel to

18 1.13 (3) #10 11 Reset
29 Mounting 3.97
Screws 101
NEMA 1 NEMA 4/4X NEMA 12 Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1
General Purpose Surface Mounting Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight and Driptight and M-1P, Open Type
Stainless Steel Industrial Use Approximate Shipping Weight—3 lb
.28 Dia.
(3) .5 -.75 K.O. .22
Top and Bottom 6
Mtg. Holes
START START
STOP STOP 9.34

RESET RESET
237
4.25
7.88 108
200
1.69
.75 43 1.28
7.25 19
3.38 33
184 86
8.94 .84
227 21
Classes 2511, 2512, Types M & T
NEMA 4/4X NEMA 7 & 9 Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 1
Watertight, Dusttight Hazardous Locations General Purpose Enclosure
and Corrosion Resistant Cast Iron Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lb
Glass Polyester
2.13 .22 3.91 5.78 .75 Conduit Hub 1.31

147 Top and Bottom 33
54 6
3.38 .22 5.00 1.06
99 1.27 3.25 .38
86 .88 6 127 27
1.02 32 83 10
.94 1.69 22 1.06 26
24 43 27 1.14
1.00 29 .31 Dia. .47
25 (2) Mounting 12
Holes 10.75
8.63 START 273
.50 - .75 K.O. 10.00 .50 - .75 K.O. START
219 .50 - .75 K.O.
(2) Top Back START
254 (2) Each Side Each Side STOP
10.00 10.92
STOP RESET 277
.22 Dia. RESET 5.75 254
8.13
STOP
RESET (4) Mounting 146
207 Holes
.22 Dia.
(3) Mounting
Holes 1.44
1.00 1.00 37
25 25 1.00 3.00 (2) .50 - .75 K.O. 1.02
2.89
73
(2) .31 Wide Slots 5.76
146
.94 4.13 25 76 Top and Bottom 26
NEMA 4 Only
24 105 (1) .50 - .75 K.O. 5.00
6.00 (2) .75 - 1.00 K.O. 1.06 127
152 Top and Bottom 27
Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P
Class 2510 Types M & T Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 4/4X Watertight Stainless Steel Enclosure
Class 2510 Type M & T Size M-1P NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 12 Dusttight Industrial Use Enclosure
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lb Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lb
Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lb
5.78 6.50 .75 6.41 6.00

147 165 19 163 152
.75 5.00 .66 4.69 .34 6.13
19 127 1.28 17 119 9 156
33
1.69
R
43
E ON
S
8.75
E 222
T R ON
16
E R ON
S
OFF 7.31 10.34 E
T
E
S 10.50
186 263 OFF
E 267
8.75 T
(2) .31 Dia. 222 OFF 9.94

Mtg. Holes 252

12.13
308
(2) .31 Dia.
Mtg. Holes
1.69 (4) .13 Wide
.72 3.69 .72
.75 Conduit Hub 43 Mtg. Slots
18 94 Top and Bottom
5.13 18 .81 1.41 .75 Conduit Hub (1) .75 Conduit Top and Bottom (Std.)
21 36 2.19 In Top and Bottom 2.34
130 56 59 (1) 1.50 Conduit Top and Bottom (Max.)
Class 2510 Type M Size M-0 (AC–DC) Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-1 and M-1P (AC) Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P
and Size M-1 (DC) NEMA 4/4X NEMA 4/4X Watertight Corrosion-Resistant NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Location
Watertight Corrosion-Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosure Cast Iron Enclosure
Glass Polyester Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lb Approximate Shipping Weight—18 lb
Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lb

All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters and Accessories and Modifications
Table 16.22: Accessories—Class 2510 Table 16.23: Pilot Light Kits—Class 2510
Types F and K Types F and K
Description Class & Type $ Price Red Green
Application Voltage Pilot Light Pilot Light $ Price
Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provisiona 2510FL1 14.30
Emergency Off Actuator 2510PB1 35.60 Class & Type Class & Type
Additional Key for Key Operated Devices 2510FK1 4.80 110–120 Vac 9999PL11 9999PL11G 71.00
a Standard on Type K devices. Type KF, KG, KWb 208–277 Vac 9999PL12 9999PL12G 71.00
440–600 Vac 9999PL13 9999PL13G 71.00
Type FF, FG, FWb 115–240 Vac/dc 9999PL10 9999PL10G 42.80
b Lens cannot be replaced. Pilot light kits for NEMA 4 Enclosed Units are
for replacement purposes only.
Table 16.24: Replacement Nameplates—Class 2510 Types F and K

Nameplate Type Number—Class 2510
For Type F Starter
For Type K Switch
Nameplate (Includes “Reset” Indication)
Description Application Marking $ Price
Without With Without With
Pilot Pilot Pilot Pilot
Light Light Light Light
1-3/4" x 2-13/16" Nameplate Standard commercial switch
with Embossed box cover or flush plate, (Blank) FN1 — FN2 — 21.50
Mounting Holes including Square D (Special marking –
for #6 Oval Head Screws stainless steel plates Specify marking desired.) FN5 — FN6 — 42.80
(Blank) FN10 FN20 FN30 FN40 21.50
High FN11 FN21 FN31 FN41 21.50
1-29/32" x 3-27/32" Square D NEMA 1 Low FN12 FN22 FN32 FN42 21.50
Flat Nameplate surface mounted enclosure Forward FN13 — — — 21.50
with Mounting Holes or gray flush plate Reverse FN14 FN24 — — 21.50
for #6 Pan Head Screws (Special marking—
Specify marking desired.) FN15 FN25 FN35 FN45 42.80
Contact Kits
See page 16-107 for Class 9998 Replacement Contact Kits.
Table 16.25: Modifications (Types M & T only) Table 16.27: Replacement Parts
Factory Modifications and Class and
Field Modifications Description $ Price
Forms Type
Description
Form Price Kit Replacement Toggle Kits:
$ Price
Number Addition Class & Type Type FW and KW (NEMA 4) 9998HW1 29.30
9999MP1 (110–120 V ) Type FR and KR (NEMA 7 & 9) 9998HR2 30.90
Red P11f 116.00 9999MP2 (208–240 V ) 140.00 Replacement Handle Kits:
Pilot Lightc 9999MP3 (440–600 V ) NEMA 12 (Ser. B) Type MBA, MCA 9998HWA1 57.00
Auxiliary X1 (1 N.O.) 9999SX11 (N.O.) NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. A & B) Type MBW, MCW 9998HWA1 57.00
158.00 99.00 NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. C) Type MBW, MCW 31085-381-50 57.00
Contactsd X2 (1 N.C.) 9999SX12 (N.C.)
Jumper NEMA 4/4X (Polyester) Type MBW, MCW 9998HWA1 57.00
N/A — 9998SO31 14.30 NEMA 7 and 9 Type MBR, MCR 9998HR3 57.00
Straps e
Contactor Internal Lever 9998IL1 14.30
Y76 No Charge N/A —
only
c May only be field-added to NEMA 1 enclosures. For green pilot light, Table 16.28: Enclosures
order 9999SPG1 additionally.
d For proper operation, only one auxiliary contact kit per device may be For use with Catalog
Enclosure $ Price
added. Class 2510 Type Number
e Used to control a single phase motor utilizing a three phase starter. F and K 9991EN1 29.30
f P11 Pilot Light Voltage Codes: M–Sizes M0 & M1 NEMA 1 Standard 9991MG1 57.00
120 V—V02
200/208 V—V08 M–Size M1P 9991MG2 57.00
230 V—V03 FO1, FO1P, FO2,
460 V—V06 FO2P, FO3, FO3P, NEMA 1 Oversized 9991FE1 42.80
575 V—V07 FO4, FO4P
The pilot light Form P11 requires a voltage code.
Catalog number example: 2510MBG1V02P11. NEMA 1 Oversized 9991KE1 42.80
KO1, KO1A, KO1B,
KO2, KO2B, KO2C,
KO3, KO3A, KO3B,
Table 16.26: How to Order NEMA 1 Jumbo 9991KE2 86.00
KO4, KO4B, KO4C,
KO5, KO5A, KO5B,
To Order Specify: Catalog Number KO6, KO6B, KO6C NEMA 3R 9991KE3 215.00
• Type Number 9991 KE1
16


Motor Starters NEMA Style TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201
NEMA style TeSys U motor starter is integrated, simple to choose and to install, consisting of a control unit snapped in
a powerbase. NEMA style TeSys U can be configured to fit specific applications as well. The NEMA style TeSys U uses
the same optional accessories: reverser, current limiter, predictive maintenance options and communication options as
the IEC TeSys U.
To get detailed information about TeSys U, visit our website at www.schneider-electric.us.com.
Step 1
Power Base
Step 2
Control Unit
Step 3 = NEMA TeSys™ U Motor Starter
Function Modules
Auxiliary Contacts
Selecting a NEMA TeSys U Motor Starter in Three Steps

Table 16.29: Step 1. Select Power Base
Three Phase (HP max.) Single Phase (HP max.) Power Bases
Control NEMA Size Catalog
Connection 200/208 V 220/240 V 460 V 575/600 V 240 V $ Price
Number
With screw 1 7.5 7.5 10 10 3 LUB32NR 488.00
terminations
Table 16.30: Step 2. Select Control Unit b

Standard Advanced Advanced Advanced
Setting Range 3-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price single-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price
A Class 10 trip a Class 10 trip a Class 10 trip a Class 20 trip a
0.15–0.6 LUCAX6•• 120.00 LUCBX6•• 150.00 LUCCX6•• 150.00 LUCDX6•• 150.00
0.3–1.4 LUCA1X•• 120.00 LUCB1X•• 150.00 LUCC1X•• 150.00 LUCD1X•• 150.00
1.25–5.0 LUCA05•• 120.00 LUCB05•• 150.00 LUCC05•• 150.00 LUCD05•• 150.00
3–12 LUCA12•• 120.00 LUCB12•• 150.00 LUCC12•• 150.00 LUCD12•• 150.00
Power Base 4.5–18 LUCA18•• 120.00 LUCB18•• 150.00 LUCC18•• 150.00 LUCD18•• 150.00
8–32 LUCA32•• 120.00 LUCB32•• 150.00 LUCC32•• 150.00 LUCD32•• 150.00
a Complete catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below. For example: LUCAX6FU.
b The control unit contains solid state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U. For more details on the different control units, their functions,
and placement on the power base see page 18-29.
Table 16.31: Voltage Codes

Volts 24 48–72 110–240
DC BLc — —
AC B — —
DC or AC — ESd FU
c DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal.
d 48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac
Table 16.32: Step 3. Select Auxiliary Contacts (optional)

Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Control Unit
Contact State for Each Modee
Contact Overload
Contact Overload Catalog
Terminals Normal Short Trip $ Price
Indicates Trip Number
Status Off Ready Run Circuit (Remote/
(Manual
Trip Auto
Reset) Reset)f
Ready condition N.O. O I I O O I LUA1C11
Screw
Auxiliary Contact Fault condition N.C. I I I O O I
34.50
Ready condition N.O. O I I O O I LUA1C20
Screw
Fault condition N.O. O O O I I O
Auxiliary Contact Function Modules
Screw Power pole status 2 N.O. — — — — — — LUFN20
Screw Power pole status 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. — — — — — — LUFN11 34.50
16
Screw Power pole status 2 N.C. — — — — — — LUFN02

e I–indicates closed contact; O–indicates open contact
f Requires multifunction or advanced control unit plus fault differentiation module LUFDDA10.
Accessories for LUB32/LUB32NR Quick Description For details & selection, see pages:
Current Limiter Increases the breaking capacity to 130kA @ 460 V 18-30
Reverser Stacked or side mounted (LU6MB0•• a only) 18-30
Line phase barrier Required for use as a self-protected combination starter (UL508E) 18-30
Multifunction Control Unit Has functions for monitoring and predictive maintenance 18-30
Function modules Fault differentiation, Thermal overload, Motor load indication 18-30
Communication modules Integrates into existing networks, major protocols available 18-31
Soft Starter + TeSys U Use Altistart U01Soft Starter with TeSys U 18-32
E164862 Powerbus Use TeSys U with a prewired system 18-31
CCN NLDX Configuration and connection accessories PowerSuite software, busbar, external handle 18-31
a Complete catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below. For example: LUCAX6FU.
LR43364 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-29 to 18-31
Class 3211 08 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-50
16-12 I11 Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric


NEMA AC Magnetic Catalog Numbering System
Contactors and Starter Class 8502, 8536, 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Class 8536 Type S C G - 3 V02 Form S
General Classification Numerals
8502 Contactor Page 16-14 Used to designate specific, physical

arrangements, such as number of
8536 Starter Page 16-18 poles, fuse clip size, etc.; but the
numbering varies with Class of
8538 Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch Page 16-31 equipment. Consult Digest listings
for specific device numbers.
8539 Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker Page 16-35
8702 Reversing Contactor Page 16-44
Voltage Code
8736 Reversing Starter Page 16-46
AC operated devices without control transformer
8738 Reversing Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch Page 16-54
Code Voltage/Frequency
8739 Reversing Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker
V01 24/60
8810 Two Speed Starter a
V02 120/60 or 110/50
8903 Type S Lighting Contactors Page 16-60 a
V06 480/60 or 440/50
8940 Pumping Plant Panel a
V07 600/60 or 550/50
8941 Duplex Controller Page 16-78 a
V08 208/60
V81 - 480V Primary, 120V Secondary for units
using a fused transformer control circuit
Form (F4T).
Design This is only a partial listing consult Digest pages

16-14 and 16-101 for more information.
Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters
Common Forms (factory modifications) Page 16-100

NEMA Size 8903 (only) A “Start-Stop” pushbuttons in the enclosure cover
A Size 00 Bb Bimetallic overload relays
B Size 0 M 30 Amperes “Hand-Off-Auto” selector switch in the enclosure
C cover
C Size 1 P 60 Amperes
D Size 2 Q 100 Amperes F4T Fused transformer control circuit (primary fuses only)
E Size 3 Fused transformer control circuit

V 200 Amperes FF4T (primary & secondary fuses)
F Size 4 X 300 Amperes H Solid state overload relay
G Size 5 Y 400 Amperes
P1 Red ON pilot light in the enclosure cover
H Size 6 Z 600 Amperes P2 Green OFF pilot light in cover
J Size 7 J 800 Amperes
S Separate control circuit
X01 One “normally closed” auxiliary contact N.C.
Enclosure X10 One “normally open” auxiliary contact N.O.
A NEMA 12 Industrial Use Consult Digest pages 16-100 to 16-104 for additional form letters,
When more than one form is applied to a single device, arrange
F NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose Forms in alphabetical order.
G NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting
H NEMA 3R Rainproof a Combination two speed starters will replace the “S” with a “C”,
“U” or “D”. Pumping plant panels have Various leading
O Open Style Device (no enclosure) characters. Not all use Type S contactors. Duplex controllers
use “N”, “C”, “U”, and “D”.
R NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Spin Top b May also designate Motor Logic Plus overload relay
T NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Bolted
W NEMA 4 Watertight, 4X Corrosion Resistant
Table 16.33: How to Order IMPORTANT - This information is intended for general interpretation of
To Order Specify: Catalog Number catalog numbers. Do not use to create catalog numbers for this
product line.
• Class Number Class Type Voltage Form(s)
• Type Number Code Note: The terms Type and Form do not appear in the catalog number.
• Voltage Code
• Form(s) Devices are wired from factory according to customer
see pages 8539 SCG44 V06 AH20P1X11
preference as follows:
16-100–16-104
Note: Description: NEMA Size 1, (10 Hp) Electronic Motor Circuit Protector
• Common control
(MCP) Combo Starter in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure with a 480V coil, • Separate control (Form S)
start/stop pushbutton (A), class 20 SSOLR (H20), red pilot light (P1), • Control power transformer (CPT)
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact (X11)
16

All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Contactors— General Information
NEMA Style Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers, and electric motors
where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA sizes 00 through 7.
Type S contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz.
Table 16.34: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 1 Watertight, Dusttight
Continuous Open Type General Purpose Brushed Stainless
NEMA Motor Max.
Current Enclosure Steel Enclosure
Size Voltage Hp
Ratings (Size 0-5)a
200 1-1/2
230 1-1/2
00 9 SAO12b 329.00 SAG12b 360.00 Use Size 0
460 2
575 2
Type SCO2
Size 1, 3-Pole Contactor
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO2b 414.00 SBG2b 446.00 SBW12b 945.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCO2b 485.00 SCG2b 518.00 SCW12b 1031.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 SDO2b 882.00 SDG2b 1031.00 SDW12b 1391.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEO2b 1425.00 SEG2b 1715.00 SEW12b 3167.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 SFO2b 3419.00 SFG2b 4022.00 SFW12b 6501.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 SGO2b 7451.00 SGG2b 8550.00 SGW12b 11685.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 SHO2b 20339.00 SHG2b 25172.00 SHW2b 32378.00
460 400
575 400
200 —
230 300
7 810 SJO2b 29028.00 SJG2b 33875.00 SJW2b 40995.00
460 600
575 600
a Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel.

b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product.
Refer to standard voltage codes shown below.
Table 16.35: Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24c — V01 No Charge
120d 110 V02 No Charge
208 — V08 No Charge
240 220 V03 No Charge
Specify Specify V99 35.60
c 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8502SBO2V01S).
d 120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control Form S must be specified
16
(i.e., order as 8502SCO2V02S).

Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is
available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24

Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108
For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.


Full Voltage Contactors—

NEMA 4X NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 12/3R a
Watertight, Dusttight, Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Dusttight & Driptight
Corrosion-Resistant Class I, Groups C & D Industrial Use
Continuous Glass-Polyester Enclosure Class II, Groups E, F, & G Enclosure
NEMA Motor Max.
Current
Size Voltage Hp
Ratings Bolted Type
SPIN TOP™
Type $ Price Cast $ Price $ Price Type $ Price
Cast Ironb Type
Aluminumd
200 1-1/2
230 1-1/2
00 9 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
460 2
575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBW22c 945.00 SBT2c SBT42c 2070.00 SBR2c 2591.00 SBA2c 617.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCW22c 1031.00 SCT2c SCT42c 2163.00 SCR2c 2705.00 SCA2c 689.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
2 45 230 15 SDW22c 2057.00 SDT2c SDT42c 3482.00 SDR2c 4350.00 SDA2c 1344.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEW22c 3959.00 — SET42c 5205.00 SER2c 2007.00 SEA2c 2084.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 SFW22c 8123.00 — SFT42c 8415.00 SFR2c 10524.00 SFA2c 5247.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 — — — SGT42c 18542.00 SGR2c 23178.00 SGA2c 11685.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 — — — — — — — SHA2c 29016.00
460 400
575 400
200 –
230 300
7 810 — — — — — — — SJA2c 37719.00
460 600
575 600
a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
b Limited to one Pilot Light and a Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push Button.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown on page 16-14.
d NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.
Auxiliary Units
Auxiliary contacts and power poles can be added by the factory or in the field on all Type S starters and contactors. The
table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit contact) that can be
added to a given size starter or contactor. In addition, it is possible to add a second internal contact on NEMA Size 0, 1,
and 2 contactors and starters.
Table 16.37:
Maximum Number of External Auxiliary Units
NEMA Size Type No. of Poles of Basic Contactor (In addition to holding circuit contact)
00 SA 2–3 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) if second internal auxiliary contact is not used.
4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
SB 1, 2 or 3
0, 1 and 2 SC 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)
SD
4 or 5 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
SE 2–5 (Size 3 and 4) 3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
3, 4 and 5 SF
SG 2–3 (Size 5) 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0-1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)
SH 3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)

6 and 7 2–3
SJ 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24

Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16


Full Voltage Contactors—NEMA Style
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Table 16.38: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

NEMA 4 & 4X –Watertight,
Continuous NEMA 1
NEMA Motor Max. Open Type Dusttight, Brushed Stainless Steel
Current General Purpose Enclosure
Size Voltage Hp Enclosure (Size 0-5)a
Ratings
1-Pole Single Phase
115 1
0 18 SBO5b 329.00 SBG5b 360.00 SBW15b 860.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 SCO5b 399.00 SCG5b 432.00 SCW15b 945.00
230 3
2-Pole Single Phase
115 1/3
00 9 SAO11b 287.00 SAG11b 318.00 Use Size 0
230 1
115 1
0 18 SBO1b 372.00 SBG1b 404.00 SBW11b 903.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 SCO1b 441.00 SCG1b 476.00 SCW11b 989.00
230 3
115 3
2 45 SDO1b 827.00 SDG1b 975.00 SDW11b 1998.00
230 7-1/2
— —
3 90 SEO1b 1310.00 SEG1b 1601.00 SEW11b 3054.00
— —
4 135 — — SFO1b 3162.00 SFG1b 3765.00 SFW11b 6245.00
5 270 — — SGO1b 6852.00 SGG1b 7952.00 SGW11b 11087.00
6 540 — — SHO1b 17433.00 SHG1b 22266.00 SHW1b 29388.00
7 810 — — SJO1b 25452.00 SJG1b 30285.00 SJW1b 37407.00
4-Pole Polyphase
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO3b 527.00 SBG3b 561.00 SBW13b 1074.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCO3b 599.00 SCG3b 633.00 SCW13b 1146.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 SDO3b 1139.00 SDG3b 1287.00 SDW13b 2712.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEO3b 1823.00 SEG3b 2114.00 SEW13b 3965.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 SFO3b 4757.00 SFG3b 5360.00 SFW13b 8864.00
460 100
575 100
5-Pole Polyphase
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO4b 684.00 SBG4b 719.00 SBW14b 1229.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCO4b 755.00 SCG4b 788.00 SCW14b 1301.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 SDO4b 1710.00 SDG4b 1857.00 SDW14b 3281.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEO4b 2735.00 SEG4b 3024.00 SEW14b 4877.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
16
230 50
4 135 SFO4b 6579.00 SFG4b 7182.00 SFW14b 10688.00
460 100
575 100
b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-14.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24



Full Voltage Contactors— Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
NEMA Style \
NEMA 4X NEMA 7 & 9, Div. 1 & 2 NEMA 12/3R a
Watertight, Dusttight Hazardous Locations Dusttight & Driptight
Continuous Corrosion-Resistant Class I, Groups C & D Industrial Use
NEMA Motor Max. Glass-Polyester Enclosure Class II, Groups E, F & G Enclosure
Current
Size Voltage Hp
Ratings Bolted Type SPIN TOP™
Type $ Price $ Price Type $ Price
Cast Iron b Cast Aluminumd $ Price Type
1-Pole Single Phase

115 1 —
0 18 — SBT5c SBT45c 1979.00 SBR5c 2475.00 SBA5c 531.00
230 2 —
115 2 —
1 27 — SCT5c SCT45c 2070.00 SCR5c 2591.00 SCA5c 603.00
230 3 —
2-Pole Single Phase
115 1/3
00 9 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
230 1
115 1
0 18 SBW21c 903.00 SBT1c SBT41c 2021.00 SBR1c 2528.00 SBA1c 575.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 SCW21c 989.00 SCT1c SCT41c 2100.00 SCR1c 2627.00 SCA1c 647.00
230 3
115 3
2 45 SDW21c 1998.00 SDT1c SDT41c 3402.00 SDR1c 4257.00 SDA1c 1287.00
230 7-1/2
— — —
3 90 SET41c 5076.00 SER1c 6344.00 SEA1c 1971.00
— — Consult —
Schneider Electric CCC at
(1-888-778-2733) —
4 135 — — SFT41c 8139.00 SFR1c 10175.00 SFA1c 4991.00
—
— —
5 270 — — — — — SGR1c 22350.00 SGA1c 11087.00
— —
6 540 — —
— — — — — — — SHA1c 26112.00
— —
7 810 — — — — — — — — — SJA1c 34131.00
4-Pole Polyphase
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBW23c 1074.00 SBT3c 2199.00 SBR3c 2748.00 SBA3c 732.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCW23c 1146.00 SCT3c 2291.00 SCR3c 2867.00 SCA3c 804.00
460 10
575 19
Consult
200 10 Schneider Electric
230 15 CCC at
2 45 SDW23c 2712.00 SDT3c 4199.00 SDR3c 5255.00 SDA3c 1601.00
460 25 (1-888-778-2733)
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 — SER3c 7604.00 SEA3c 2484.00
460 50
575 50 Consult
Schneider Electric CCC
200 40 at (1-888-778-2733)
230 50
4 135 — SFR3c 14283.00 SFA3c 7011.00
460 100
575 100
5-Pole Polyphase
200 3
230 3
0 18 — — — — — SBA4c 890.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 — — — — — SCA4c 959.00
460 10
575 10
200 10 Consult
230 15 Schneider Electric CCC at
2 45 — — — — — SDA4c 2169.00
460 25 (1-888-778-2733)
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 — — — — — SEA4c 3396.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 — — — — — SFA4c 8837.00
460 100
575 100
b Limited to 1 pilot light and a selector switch or Start-Stop push button.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-14.
Coil Voltage Codes and page number reference for additional information are shown on page 16-14.
16


Full Voltage Starters—
General Information
Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Motor overload
protection is provided via melting alloy type thermal overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00
through 7, and are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz.
™
Solid State Overload Relay Protection (Motor Logic )
These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on Sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7. They provide
phase loss, phase unbalance protection. To order, add Form H30 (for selectable trip class 10 or 20 protection). For
more information about Motor Logic, see pages 16-83 and 16-102.
Adapted Bimetal (NEMA Sizes 00–1)
The Adapted Bimetal motor starter consists of a specially designed adapter that attaches with bus bars to the NEMA
Type S contactor and holds the LRD or LR3D (IEC Style) bimetal overload relay. This starter configuration can be
ordered by adding Form E (adapater only) to the standard catalog number. Once the FLA of the motor has been
determined, the LRD or LR3D bimetal overload can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date.
Type SCO3 For more information see Table 16.269.
Size 1, 3-Pole Starter
TeSys T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6)
TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication
protocols. TeSys T can predict what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power
over a wide range. For additional information about TeSys T Motor Management System, see pages 16-84 to 16-88
and page 16-103.
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal
units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.40:
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
NEMA 1
Continuous Watertight, Dusttight Watertight, Dusttight,
NEMA Motor Max. Open Type General Purpose
Current Brushed Stainless Steel Corrosion-Resistant
Size Voltage Hp Enclosure
Ratings Enclosure (Size 0-5)a Glass-Polyester Enclosure
200 1-1/2
230 1-1/2
00 9 SAO12b 386.00 SAG12b 419.00 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
460 2
575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO2b 485.00 SBG2b 518.00 SBW12b 1017.00 SBW22b 1017.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCO3b 557.00 SCG3b 590.00 SCW13b 1103.00 SCW23b 1103.00
Schneider Electric offers 460 10
575 10
express shipping for
factory modified NEMA 200 10
Type 1 and Type 12/3R 2 45 230 15 SDO1b 1013.00 SDG1b 1160.00 SDW11b 2186.00 SDW21b 2186.00
Enclosed Starters. When 460 25
575 25
you need them fast, our
Laser™ Delivery 200 25
program is the answer to 3 90 230 30 SEO1b 1638.00 SEG1b 1929.00 SEW11b 3380.00 SEW21b 4226.00
460 50
getting your product 575 50
when you need it most.
Ask for Laser™ Delivery, 200 40
then select the product 230 50
4 135 SFO1b 3747.00 SFG1b 4350.00 SFW11b 6827.00 SFW21b 8535.00
460 100
and the modifications you 575 100
need when you place
your order. It’s as easy 200 75
as that! 230 100
5 270 SGO1b 9152.00 SGG1b 10254.00 SGW11b 15795.00 — —
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 SHO2b 21756.00 SHG2b 28881.00 SHW2b 36003.00 — —
460 400
575 400
200 —
230 300
7 810 SJO2b 31256.00 SJG2b 38381.00 SJW2b 45503.00 — —
460 600
16
575 600

b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.



Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See
page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 12/3Ra
For Hazardous Dusttight & Driptight
Locations Div. 1 & 2 Industrial Use
Continuous Class I–Groups C, D
NEMA Motor Max. Enclosure
Current Class II–Groups E, F, & G
Size Voltage Hp
Ratings Bolted Type
SPIN TOP™
Cast Cast $ Price Type $ Price
$ Price Type
Ironb Aluminumd
200 1-1/2
230 1-1/2
00 9 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
460 2
575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBT2c SBT42c 2150.00 SBR2c 2690.00 SBA2c 689.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCT3c SCT43c 2241.00 SCR3c 2804.00 SCA3c 761.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 460 25 SDT1c SDT41c 3623.00 SDR1c 4527.00 SDA1c 1472.00
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 — SET43c 5439.00 SER3c 6800.00 SEA1c 2298.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 — SFT41c 8778.00 SFR1c 10971.00 SFA1c 5574.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 — SGT41c 20970.00 SGR1c 26211.00 SGA1c 13386.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 — — — — — SHA2c 32727.00
460 400
575 400
200 –
230 300
7 810 — — — — — SJA2c 42227.00
460 600
575 600
b Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection Table 16.41 shown on page 16-18.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24e — V01 No Charge
120f 110 V02 No Charge
e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,
f 120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control)
must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S).

Schneider Electric offers Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
express shipping for Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
factory modified NEMA control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Type 1 and Type 12/3R Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24
Enclosed Starters. When Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
you need them fast, our Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Laser™ Delivery Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108
program is the answer to
getting your product
when you need it most. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.
Ask for Laser™ Delivery,
then select the product
and the modifications
you need when you
place your order. It’s as
easy as that!
16


Full Voltage Starters
2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Table 16.43:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
for selection information.
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
NEMA 1
Continuous Watertight, Dusttight Watertight, Dusttight,
NEMA Motor Max. Open Type General Purpose
Current Brushed Stainless Steel Corrosion-Resistant
Size Voltage Hp Enclosure
Ratings Enclosure Glass-Polyester Enclosure
115 1/3
00 9 SAO11a 386.00 SAG11a 419.00 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
230 1
115 1
0 18 SBO1a 435.00 SBG1a 468.00 SBW11a 966.00 SBW21a 966.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 SCO1a 507.00 SCG1a 539.00 SCW11a 1052.00 SCW21a 1052.00
230 3
115 3
1P 36 SCO2a 662.00 SCG2a 696.00 SCW12a 1209.00 SCW22a 1209.00
230 5
115 3
2 45 SDO6a 918.00 SDG6a 1067.00 SDW16a 2091.00 SDW26a 2091.00
230 7-1/2
4-Pole, 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Table 16.44:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
NEMA 1 Watertight, Dusttight Watertight, Dusttight,
Continuous Open Type General Purpose
NEMA Motor Max. Brushed Stainless Steel Corrosion-Resistant
Current Enclosure
Size Voltage Hp Enclosure Glass-Polyester Enclosure
Ratings
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO3a 629.00 SBG3a 675.00 SBW13a 1229.00 SBW23a 1229.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCO4a 714.00 SCG4a 761.00 SCW14a 1301.00 SCW24a 1301.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 SDO2a 1283.00 SDG2a 1430.00 SDW12a 2910.00 SDW22a 2910.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEO2a 2096.00 SEG2a 2357.00 SEW12a 4206.00
460 50
575 50 Consult
Schneider Electric CCC at
200 40 (1-888-778-2733)
4 135 230 50 SFO2a 5142.00 SFG2a 5715.00 SFW12a 9221.00
460 100
575 100
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24b — V01 No Charge
120c 110 V02 No Charge
16

b 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,

c 120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control)
must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24



Full Voltage Starters

Table 16.46:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 12/3Rb
Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Dusttight & Driptight
Class I, Groups C & D
Continuous Industrial Use Enclosure
NEMA Motor Max. Class II, Groups E, F, & G
Current
Size Voltage Hp
Ratings Bolted Type
SPIN TOP™
$ Price Type
Ironc Aluminuma
115 1/3
00 9 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
230 1
115 1
0 18 SBT1d SBT41 2091.00 SBR1d 2619.00 SBA1d 639.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 SCT1d SCT41 2186.00 SCR1d 2732.00 SCA1d 710.00
230 3
115 3
1P 36 SCT2d SCT42 2363.00 SCR2d 2952.00 SCA2d 867.00
230 5
115 3
2 45 SDT6d SDT46 3513.00 SDR6d 4400.00 SDA6d 1380.00
230 7-1/2
a NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.
4-Pole 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Table 16.47:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
NEMA 7 & 9 NEMA 12/3R b
Hazardous Locations Dusttight & Driptight
Class I, Groups C & D
Continuous Industrial Use Enclosure
NEMA Motor Max. Coil Class II, Groups E, F, & G
Current
Size Voltage Hp Voltage
Ratings Bolted Type
SPIN TOP™
$ Price Type
Ironc Aluminum
200 3 208
230 3 240
0 18 SBT3d 2348.00 SBR3d 2939.00 SBA3d 846.00
460 5 480
575 5 600
200 7-1/2 208

230 7-1/2 240
1 27 SCT4d 2433.00 SCR4d 3047.00 SCA4d 932.00
460 10 480
575 10 600
Consult
200 10 208 Schneider
230 15 240
2 45 SDT2d Electric 4797.00 SDR2d 6002.00 SDA2d 1742.00
460 25 480 CCC at
575 25 600 (1-888-778-2733)
200 25 208
230 30 240
3 90 — SER2d 8679.00 SEA2d 2726.00
460 50 480 Consult
575 50 600 Schneider
Electric
200 40 208 CCC at
230 50 240 (1-888-778-2733)
4 135 — — — SFA2d 7370.00
460 100 480
575 100 600
b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button.
d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-20.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24


16


Types SB–SD With Auxiliary Load Terminals

It is sometimes desirable to use capacitors in motor branch circuits to improve power factor. The Size 0–2 Type SB–SD
starters listed below include three auxiliary terminals to allow easy connection of power factor correction capacitors.
When capacitors are connected using these terminals, no adjustment to the selection of thermal units is necessary.
The auxiliary terminals accept #12–16 solid or stranded wire. NEMA Size 3 & 4 starters have provisions for auxiliary
connections. User must supply lugs as necessary.
The Type S starters with auxiliary load terminals may also be used to control two motors simultaneously from a single
starter. However, this application is tightly restricted by Section 430-53 of the National Electrical Code. Refer to the
NEC for restrictions regarding overload protection, size of controller and motor branch circuit protection.
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA Motor Max. Open $ Price
Size Voltage Hp Type
200 3
230 3
0 SBTO2a 485.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 SCTO3a 557.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 SDTO1a 1011.00
460 25
575 25
Extra Capacity Single Phase Starters (Not NEMA Style)

Table 16.49:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal unit. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal unit is $21.50
each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA 3R NEMA 4X
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3R c
NEMA 1 Rainproof, Watertight
Watertight, Dusttight Dusttight and Driptight
Motor Max. Open Type General Purpose Sleet Resistant, Corrosion Resistant
Brushed Stainless Industrial Use
Voltage Hp Enclosure Outdoor Use Glass-Polyester
Steel Enclosure Enclosure
Enclosure Enclosure
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
115 5 SDO8ab 1304.00 — — SDH8ab 1787.00 — — — — — —
230 10
115 7-1/2 SEO6a 1431.00 SEG6a 1722.00 SEH6a 2091.00 SEW16a 3176.00 SEW26a 3969.00 SEA6a 2091.00
230 15
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
b Uses a Size 3 overload relay.
c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24d — V01 No Charge
120e 110 V02 No Charge
d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils
are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified.
e 120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control and must be
ordered with Form S (i.e., 8536SCO2V02S).
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is
available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
16
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24





Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Application Data for Selection

Table 16.51:
Maximum KVA Rating for Switching
Maximum Resistance Transformer Primaries at
Hp Tungsten
Hp Heating 50 or 60 Cycles 3Ø
Rating— Continuous Service— and
Rating— Loads, KW— Rating for
Plugging Current Limit Infrared Inrush Currents Inrush Currents
Nonplugging other than Switching
NEMA Load and Rating, Current Lamp Load, (Worst Case Peak) (Worst Case Peak) Capacitors
and Infrared
Size Voltage Jogging (A) Rating, (A) ? 20 Times Peak > 20–40 Times Peak
Nonjogging Lamp Loads e
Duty 600 Volt (A) 250 Volts of Continuous of Continuous
Duty d
a Max. b Max. Current Rating Current Rating
c
Single Poly- Single Poly- Single Poly- Single Poly- Single Poly- KVAR
Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase Phase
115 1/2 — — — 9 11 5 — — — — — — —
200 — 1-1/2 — — 9 11 5 — — — — — — —
230 1 1-1/2 — — 9 11 5 — — — — — — —
00 380 — 1-1/2 — — 9 11 — — — — — — — —
460 — 2 — — 9 11 — — — — — — — —
575 — 2 — — 9 11 — — — — — — — —
115 1 — 1/2 — 18 21 10 — — 0.6 — 0.3 — —

200 — 3 — 1-1/2 18 21 10 — — — 1.8 — 0.9 —
230 2 3 1 1-1/2 18 21 10 — — 1.2 2.1 0.6 1.0 —
0 380 — 5 — 1-1/2 18 21 — — — — — — — —
460 — 5 — 2 18 21 — — — 2.4 4.2 1.2 2.1 —
575 — 5 — 2 18 21 — — — 3.0 5.2 1.5 2.6 —
115 2 — 1 — 27 32 15 3 5 1.2 — 0.6 — —
200 — 7-1/2 — 3 27 32 15 — 9.1 — 3.6 — 1.8 —
230 3 7-1/2 2 3 27 32 15 6 10 2.4 4.3 1.2 2.1 —
1 380 — 10 — 5 27 32 — — 16.5 — — — — —
460 — 10 — 5 27 32 — 12 20 4.9 8.5 2.5 4.3 —
575 — 10 — 5 27 32 — 15 25 6.2 11.0 3.1 5.3 —
115 3 — 1-1/2 — 36 42 24 — — — — — — —
1P 230 5 — 3 — 36 42 24 — — — — — — —
115 3 — 2 — 45 52 30 5 8.5 2.1 — 1.0 — —
200 — 10 — 7-1/2 45 52 30 — 15.4 — 6.3 — 3.1 —
230 7-1/2 15 5 10 45 52 30 10 17 4.1 7.2 2.1 3.6 8
2 380 — 25 — 15 45 52 — — 28 — — — — —
460 — 25 — 15 45 52 — 20 34 8.3 14 4.2 7.2 16
575 — 25 — 15 45 52 — 25 43 10.0 18 5.2 8.9 20
115 — — — — 90 104 60 10 17 4.1 — 2.0 — —
200 — 25 — 15 90 104 60 — 31 — 12 — 6.1 —
230 — 30 — 20 90 104 60 20 34 8.1 14 4.1 7.0 27
3 380 — 50 — 30 90 104 — — 56 — — — — —
460 — 50 — 30 90 104 — 40 68 16 28 8.1 14 53
575 — 50 — 30 90 104 — 50 86 20 35 10 18 67
200 — 40 — 25 135 156 120 — 45 — 20 — 10 —
230 — 50 — 30 135 156 120 30 52 14 23 6.8 12 40
4 380 — 75 — 50 135 156 — — 86.7 — — — — —
460 — 100 — 60 135 156 — 60 105 27 47 14 23 80
575 — 100 — 60 135 156 — 75 130 34 59 17 29 100
200 — 75 — 60 270 311 240 — 91 — 41 — 20 —
230 — 100 — 75 270 311 240 60 105 27 47 14 24 80
5 380 — 150 — 125 270 311 — — 173 — — — — —
460 — 200 — 150 270 311 — 120 210 54 94 27 47 160
575 — 200 — 150 270 311 — 150 260 68 117 34 59 200
200 — 150 — 125 540 621 480 — 182 — 81 — 41 —
230 — 200 — 150 540 621 480 120 210 54 94 27 47 160
6f 380 — 300 — 250 540 621 — — 342 — — — — —
460 — 400 — 300 540 621 — 240 415 108 188 54 94 320
575 — 400 — 300 540 621 — 300 515 135 234 68 117 400
230 — 300 — — 810 932 — 180 315 — — — — 240
7f 460 — 600 — — 810 932 — 360 625 — — — — 480
575 — 600 — — 810 932 — 450 775 — — — — 600
Tables and footnotes are taken from NEMA Standards. The ratings for capacitor switching above assume the following maximum available fault
currents:
a Ratings shown are for applications requiring repeated interruptions of stalled motor — NEMA Size 00–3: 5,000 A RMS Sym.
current or repeated closing of high transient currents encountered in rapid motor reversal,
involving more than five openings or closings per minute and more than ten in a ten- — NEMA Size 4–5: 10,000 A RMS Sym.
minute period, such as plug-stop, plug-reverse or jogging duty. Ratings apply to single — NEMA Size 6: 18,000 A RMS Sym.
speed and multi-speed controllers. — NEMA Size 7: 30,000 A RMS Sym.
b Per NEMA Standards paragraph ICS 2-321.20, the service-limit current represents the Note: If available fault current is greater than these values, connect sufficient impedance in
maximum rms current, in Amperes, which the controller may be expected to carry for
protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises series as noted in the previous paragraph.
may exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The f For NEMA Size 6 & 7, the operation rate is as follows: Continuous operation rate is 3
ultimate trip current of over-current (overload) relays or other motor protective devices operations per minute maximum; Jogging or Plugging Duty operation rate is 15 operations
shall not exceed the service-limit current ratings of the controller. per minute for a maximum of three minutes.
c FLUORESCENT LAMP LOADS—300 VOLTS AND LESS—The characteristics of
fluorescent lamps are such that it is not necessary to derate Class 8502 contactors below The motor ratings in Table 16.51 are NEMA standard ratings and apply
their normal continuous current rating. Class 8903 contactors may also be used with
fluorescent lamp loads. For controlling tungsten and infrared lamp loads, and resistance only when the code letter of the motor is the same as or occurs earlier in
heating loads, Class 8903 AC lighting contactors are recommended. These contactors are the alphabet than is shown in the Table 16.52. Motors having code
specifically designed for such loads and are applied at their full rating as listed in the letters occurring later in the alphabet may require a larger controller.
Class 8903 Section.
d Ratings apply to contactors which are employed to switch the load at the utilization voltage
Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
of the heat producing element with a duty which requires continuous operation of not more
than five openings per minute. Class 8903 Types L and S lighting contactors are rated for Table 16.52:
resistance heating loads.
Motor Hp Rating Maximum Allowable Motor Code Letter
e When discharged, a capacitor has essentially zero impedance. For repetitive switching by
a contactor, sufficient impedance should be connected in series to limit inrush current to
not more than 6 times the contactor rated continuous current. In many installations, the 1-1/2–2 L
impedance of connecting conductors may be sufficient for this purpose. When switching 3–5 K
to connect additional banks, the banks already on the line may be charged and can supply 7-1/2 and above H
additional available short-circuit current which should be considered when selecting the
impedance to limit the current.
16

All Rights Reserved

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.53: Dimensions for Class 8502 Open Type
Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure)
No. Wt
NEMA Type of Fig. No. A B C D E F G H I
Size Poles
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN (lb)
00 SAO 2–3 1 3-7/32 4-11/32 4-7/32 1-5/8 1-5/8 7/32 3-15/16 — — 4 A
0 SBO 1–3 3-7/32 4-11/32 4-7/32 1-5/8 1-5/8 7/32 3-15/16 — — 4 D E F C
1
1 SCO 4–5 4-1/4 4-11/32 4-7/32 1-5/8 2-5/8 7/32 3-15/16 — — 4-1/2
2–3 4-5/16 5-1/8 4-15/16 2-5/32 2-5/32 7/32 4-19/32 17/32 1-1/16 6-3/4
2 SDO 1 G B
4–5 5-5/8 5-1/8 4-15/16 2-5/32 3-15/32 7/32 4-19/32 17/32 1-1/16 8-1/4
2–3 5-15/32 7-3/32 6-1/2 1-7/8 3-17/32 5/16 6-1/32 3-1/4 4-3/4 14
3 SEO 1
4–5 9-3/4 7-7/8 6-1/2 3-15/16 5-13/16 5/16 7 4-17/32 9-1/16 22 H
2–3 6 8-3/16 6-1/2 2-1/16 3-15/16 5/16 7 3-19/32 5-5/16 18 I
4 SFO 1 Figure 1
4–5 9-3/4 8-3/16 6-1/2 3-15/16 5-13/16 5/16 7 4-17/32 9-1/16 22 Class 8502
5 SGO 2–3 1 8-2/3 12-5/16 8-3/4 3-1/4 5-13/16 5/8 11-1/8 4-3/4 7-1/4 45
6 SHO 2–3 1 10-35/64 28-1/16 9 3-17/32 7-1/32 5-1/16 18-9/16 4-3/4 7-1/4 80
7 SJO 2–3 1 10-35/64 37-1/4 10-7/8 3-17/32 7-1/32 7-7/32 22-3/8 4-3/4 7-1/4 135 A
F G C
Table 16.54: Dimensions for 8536 Open Type
Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure)
No. Wt
NEMA Type of Fig. No. A B C D E F G H I
Size Poles
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN (lb) H B
00, 0, 1, SAO– 2–3 2 3-1/2 6-49/64 4-7/32 1/2 1 1-39/64 13/64 6-1/4 3-31/32 5
1P SCO
SBO–
0, 1 4 2 4-17/32 6-49/64 4-7/32 1/2 1 2-2/3 13/64 6-1/4 3-31/32 5-1/2 RESET
SCO
2–3 4-5/16 7-13/16 4-15/16 1/2 1 2-5/32 13/64 7-11/32 4-1/16 7-3/4 D I
2 SDO 2
4 5-5/8 7-13/16 4-15/16 1/2 1 3-15/32 13/64 7-11/32 4-1/16 9-1/4 E
Figure 2
2–3 5-15/32 11-3/32 6-1/2 7/8 1-3/4 3-19/32 5/16 10-3/16 5-3/4 17 Class 8536
3 SEO 2
4 9-3/4 12-1/8 6-1/2 1-13/16 1-3/4 5-13/16 5/16 11-3/16 5-3/4 25
3 6 12-7/8 6-1/2 1-13/16 1-3/4 3-15/16 5/16 11-3/16 5-3/4 22
4 SFO 2 A
4 9-3/4 12-7/8 6-1/2 1-13/16 1-3/4 5-29/32 5/16 11-3/16 5-3/4 25 D C
K L K E
J
5 SGO 3 2 8-9/16 17-9/16 8-3/4 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-12/32 5/8 16-3/8 6 62
6 SHO 3 2 12-11/32 28-1/16 9 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-25/32 5-1/16 18-9/16 8-11/16 85
Pilot
7 SJO 3 2 12-11/32 37-1/4 10-7/8 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-25/32 7-7/32 22-3/8 9 140 Light
F B
Table 16.55: Dimensions for NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
RESET
Dimensions—Inches
No.
NEMA Fig. G
Type of C
Size No. A B D E F G H I J K L H I H
Poles
8502 8536
Figure 3
00 SAG All 3
0 SBG All 3 6 10 5-9/32 5-9/16 3 7/8 8-1/8 1 15/16 4-1/8 5 — —
1 SCG All 3
2 SDG All 3 7-13/16 12-11/16 6-1/32 6-5/16 — 1-3/32 10-1/2 1-3/32 1-3/32 5-5/8 5-3/4 1-3/32 5-5/8 B (3) Closing Plates
E
3 SEG All 3 11-7/16 21-13/16 8 8-3/8 — 1-17/32 18-3/4 1-17/32 1-17/32 8-3/8 7-3/4 1-17/32 8-3/8 H
4 SFG All 5 11-1/4 25-5/32 9 9 8-19/32 1-1/4 1-1/4 22-5/16 1-7/16 7/16 — — —
5 SGG All 5 17-7/32 44-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16 13 2-1/8 2-1/8 40 2-1/8 9/16 — — — G
6 SHG All 4 65-3/4 20-7/32 13-1/8 13-1/8 — 11 64-1/2 2-5/16 5-1/2 — — — — A
7 SJG All 4 93 34-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 Floor Mounting F
C
16
Figure 4
(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes

A H
B G
RESET
E D F C
H
Figure 5

All Rights Reserved

Table 16.56: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosuresa
Bot. Top &
No. Dimensions—Inches Hub Bot. A
NEMA B
Class Type of Only Hub D E D
Size Poles G
A B C D E F G H I J K L W X
SBW
0 8502 All 6-3/8 7-1/8 13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4 12 19/32 1-3/16 11-25/32 1-5/8 2-5/16 5/16 1''
SCW 3/4'' Dia.
and Dia.
SBW Hub
1 8536 All 6-3/8 7-13/16 13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4 12 19/32 1-7/8 11-25/32 1-5/8 2-5/16 5/16 Hub
SCW
F C
8502 SDW All 8-1/8 7-7/8 16-3/16 1-9/16 5 15 1-3/32 1-15/16 14-3/4 2 2-5/8 5/16 1-1/2''
3/4'' Dia.
2 Dia.
Hub
8536 SDW All 8-1/8 8-9/16 16-3/16 1-9/16 5 15 1-3/32 2-7/8 14-3/4 2 2-5/8 5/16 Hub
SEW 2-1/2''
2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4'' Dia.
8502 All 18-5/32 8-3/4 32-7/32 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 7/8 3-11/16 26-23/32 Dia. G
3 SFW Hub Hub
and (4) "L" DIA. MTG.HOLES
4 SEW 2-1/2"
2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4" Dia.
8536 All 18-5/32 9-9/16 32-7/32 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 26-23/32 Dia.
SFW Hub Hub
I
3-1/2"
8502 & SGW 5-3/4 9/16 3/4" Dia.
5 All 17-7/32 12-5/8 47-7/32 4-1/8 9 46 5/8 4-19/32 28-5/16 3-1/8 Dia.
8536 Hub W X
Hub
J
(2) 3"
8502 & SHW 4-19/32 30-13/16 2-11/16 4-1/2 9/16 3/4" Dia.
6a All 20-7/32 12-1/8 65-7/32 4-1/8 12 64 5/8 Dia. H
8536 Hub Hub
K
8502 & SJW
7a All 34-1/2 23-1/2 101 Floor Mounting
8536 NEMA 4 & 4X
a Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only. Watertight Enclosure
Table 16.57: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosures with Form F4Tb
No. Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Class Type of
Size Poles A B C D E F G H I J K L
SBW
8502 All 12-5/8 7-1/8 14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2 13-1/2 19/32 3-3/16 18-13/16 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16
0 SCW
and
1 SBW
8536 All 12-5/8 7-13/16 14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2 13-1/2 19/32 3-7/8 18-13/32 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16
SCW
8502 SDW All 14-7/8 7-9/16 16-5/16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 21/32 3-3/16 20-7/8 2 2-5/8 5/16
2
8536 SDW All 14-7/8 8-1/4 16-5/16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 21/32 3-7/8 20-7/8 2 2-5/8 5/16
SEW 2–3
8502 Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above.
3 SFW 2–3
and
4 SEW 2–3
8536 Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above.
SFW 2–3
5 8502 & 8536 SGW All Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above.
6b 8502 & 8536 SHW All
Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page 16-101.
7b 8502 & 8536 SJW All
b Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only.
Table 16.58: NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures
Bot. Top &
No. Dimensions—Inches (see the figure below) Hub Bot. Weight
Size Type of Only Hub (lb)
Poles
SBW
0, 1 All 6-1/2 6-7/16 12-1/8 3/4 5 8-3/4 1-11/16 3-11/32 10-1/16 1-5/16 2-1/8 5/16 3/4 1 17
SCW
2 SDW All 8-1/2 7-1/16 13-7/8 3/4 7 10-1/2 1-11/16 3-29/32 11-15/16 1-5/8 2-3/8 5/16 3/4 1-1/2 22
A B
D E D
SIZE 2
G
ONLY
F
I
C
(2) "L" DIA. MTG. SIZE 2 J

HOLES (SIZE 1) ONLY
RESET
(4) "L" DIA. MTG. G
HOLES (SIZE 2) H K
1" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 1
1 1/2" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 2
3/4" CONDUIT HUB IN SIZE 1 & SIZE 2

16

All Rights Reserved

A
Table 16.59: NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures
E
No. Dimensions—Inches (see Figure 1)
NEMA Type of
Size A B C E F
Poles
SBW
0-2a SCW All 16-7/8 9-25/32 22-3/4 10-1/8 21-1/2 F C
SDW
SEW
3-4b All 25-13/16 11-15/16 33-1/2 18-1/2 32-1/4
SFW
a With control power transformer (Form F4T).
b Dimensions also for Form F4T.
Note: Devices with Form F4T may use larger enclosure. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) for dimensions.
B
NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Iron Figure 1

See Figure 2 for dimensions for NEMA size 0 and 1 (weight is 59 pounds). NEMA 4X
See Figure 3 for NEMA size 2 (weight is 75 pounds).

11.00 12.00
(1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap (1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap
.63 279 9.75 at Top Standard .63 304 10.75
248 at Top Standard
16 9.25 .63 7.00 16 10.25 273 7.50
2.40 .63
235 4.90 16 179 .25 2.40 260 5.90 191 .25
61 61 16
125 6 150 6
Optional Optional
Mounting Mounting
13.25
7.90 337 9.63
12.70 13.75 15.00
201 245
322 349 381
12.00 14.44
305 367
8.25 (4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9.25 (4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes
210 10 235 10
(1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap (1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap
at Bottom Standard (1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard (1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap
at Bottom Standard at Bottom Standard
Figure 2 Figure 3
Size 0 and 1 Size 2
Table 16.60: NEMA 7 & 9—SPIN TOP™ Enclosure

Conduit Sizes Dimensions—Inches (See Figure 4) Wt.
Loc. A, B, C & D
(lb)
NEMA Size Std. Type E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T
SBR
0–1 1-1/4 10-5/8 26 15-1/4 8 4-3/4 5-3/8 3-3/4 1-1/16 7-1/2 11 7-5/16 2-1/16 — — 70
SCR
2 1-1/2 SDR 13-7/8 30-1/2 19-1/4 8 4-3/4 5-1/4 3-3/4 1-1/16 7 18 9-3/8 2-3/4 — — 100
SER 165
3–4 2-1/2 13-3/8 39-1/2 20-1/4 8 4-3/4 7-1/2 3-3/4 — 7-3/4 23 8-5/8 3 — —
SFR 195
5 4 SGR 19 53-1/2 27-3/4 — — 11-1/4 5-3/4 1/8 16 20-5/8 11-3/8 4-5/16 12 6-1/2 375
Top View Rear View

Space Required to
Remove Top Cover
E
Q Rear Seal
R
A C
Threaded
Cover G F K H S
Enclosure L
Overload B D
Reset M
16
J
T Mtg. Holes
Circuit Breaker Operator and/or Slots (3)
Handle - Combination
Form Only
(Add 1 IN to overall width) P

Space Required to Remove

Bottom Cover
Figure 4
NEMA 7 & 9
SPIN TOP™ Enclosure

All Rights Reserved

V U
Q
Table 16.61: NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum
Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Z Wt.
Type
Size Dia. (lb)
G H J K L N P Q, R S, T, U, V
L
SBT
0–1 14-1/4 17-1/4 9-1/2 12-1/4 8-7/8 4-1/2 11 2-3/8 3-1/8 1-1/2 75
SCT
H
2 SDT 13-5/8 27-5/8 9-1/2 12-1/4 19-1/4 9-5/8 11 2-3/8 3-1/8 1-1/2 115
N
SET
3–4 18-1/8 31-5/8 10 16-1/4 19-1/4 9-5/8 12-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/4 2-1/2 180
SFT
5 SGT 24-1/2 45-5/8 13-3/4 22-1/2 27-1/2 13-3/4 15-3/8 3-7/16 4 4 500
R
S T J
G
P
Circuit Breaker Handle
not supplied on Mtg. for 4 Bolts
Class 8502 or 8536
Z
1/2" NPT for breather
and drain
K
NEMA 7 & 9
Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum
Table 16.62: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight Enclosure
Dimensions—Inches Weight (lb)
No.
NEMA Type of
Size Class Class
Poles A B C D E F G H I J 8502 8536
0 SBA All A
6-3/8 8-17/32 12-3/4 1-9/16 3-1/4 12 3/8 3-9/16 12-1/4 5/16 15 16 D E D G
1 SCA All
2 SDA All 8-1/8 9-9/32 16 1-9/16 5 15 1/2 3-9/16 15-3/8 5/16 22 23

F
3 SEA All 65 68 C
18-5/32 9-9/16 31-1/2 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 1/2 4-1/2 26-23/32 7/16
4 SFA All 69 73
5 SGA All 17-7/32 13-7/16 47 4-1/8 9 46 1/2 5-13/32 28-5/16 9/16 160 177
6 SHA All 20-7/32 13 65 4-1/8 12 64 1/2 6-7/16 30-7/8 11/16 228 233
7 SJA All 34-1/2 23-1/2 93 Floor Mounting — — G B

(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
Table 16.63: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight Enclosure With Form F4T
I
No. Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Type of
Size Poles A B C D E F G H I J
0 SBA All
11-7/8 8 13-1/2 2-13/16 6-3/4 12-3/4 3/8 3-29/32 18-3/8 5/16 H
1 SCA All
NEMA 12
2 SDA All 14-7/8 8-1/8 16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 3/8 3-21/32 21-1/2 5/16
3 SEA 2–3
Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above.
4 SFA 2–3
5 SGA All Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above.
6 SHA All
Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page 16-101.
7 SJA All
Table 16.64: NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet Resistant Enclosures

Dimensions—Inches
No.
Size Type of K.O. K.O.
Poles A B C D1 D2 E F G1 G2 H1 H2 J K L M N P X Y A
C D1 E D2
P N
1/2 1/2
SBH G1
0, 1 SCH All 8-27/32 12-9/32 7-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 6 7-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 14-9/32 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 4-3/8 1-27/32 3/4 3/4
1 1
F B
1 1/2
2 SDH All 9-27/32 16-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 7 11-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 16-25/32 1-5/16 1-3/4 2-1/8 4-7/8 1-27/32 1-1/4 G2
1-1/2 3/4
(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes
9
(3) Closing Plates
1 1/2
1-1/4
3 SEH All 12-27/32 25-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 20-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 19-25/32 1-5/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 6-3/8 1-27/32 J
2 M
2-1/2 3/4 X M
X
Y K L
H1
1 1/2 H2
1-1/4
4 SFH All 12-27/32 40-9/32 9-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 35-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 20-9/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/8 1-27/32 2 NEMA 3R
2-1/2 3/4
16

All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Vacuum 600 Volt
Contactors Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
General Information
Class 8502 Type W non-reversing vacuum contactors used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors
where overload protection is separately provided. Type W vacuum contactors are designed for operation at 600 Volts,
50/60 Hz. (See page 16-50 for Class 8702 Reversing Vacuum Contactors.)
Table 16.65: Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors
Locked Open Type
Enclosed
NEMA Rotor Motor Max.
Ampere
Size Current Voltage Hp Type $ Price
Rating (A)
200 40
230 50
4 135 1080 WFO3a 3965.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 2160 WGO3a 8004.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
Class 8502 Type WH 6 540 4320 460 400 WHO3a 22383.00
575 400
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage
codes listed in selection table below.
Table 16.66: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 Vacuum Contactors (Includes Rectifier)
Suffix Number
Class (Complete Coil Number Consists of
Size Type Poles and Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number) $ Price
Type 120 V 240 V 480 V 600 V
110 V 220 V 440 V 550 V
4 WF 3 9998WF 120 240 480 600 732.00
5 WG 3 9998WG 120 240 480 600 1724.00
6 WH 3 9998WH 120 240 480 600 1904.00
Table 16.67: Class 9999—Vacuum Contactor Kits

For Use With Class 9999
Kit Description $ Price
Type Size Type
WF–WG 4–5 Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible WX11 116.00
WH 6 1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts
Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts
WF 4 WCX11 153.00
1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
WG–WH 5–6 WLX01 476.00
1-N.C. Isolated Contact
Lug Kits
WG 5 LUW5 261.00
(6) lugs included
Lug Kits
WH 6 LUW6 270.00
(6) lugs included

Volts 110 120 220 240 440 480 550 600
50 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07
60 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07
7.00 2.67 2.67 6.13

178 68 68 156
Front View 5.00
3.60 Shown Without 127 5.22
Cover Plate Coil 133
Auxiliary 91 Line Term.
and Overtravel Interlock
Interlock Gauge
12.90 12.50
328 318
Term. 7.28
Holes 185 8.94
Overtravel
227
Gauge
6.63 13.99
355
168
5.96 1.44 1.44 1.28 5.09 2.50 2.50

16
151 37 37 33 129 64 64
2.63 2.63 1.45
4.63 3.72 67 67 Load Term.
37
118 94 7.90 5.93 7.90
201 151 201
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WF Size 4 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WH Size 6 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WG Size 5


General Information
The Class 8502 Type V vacuum contactor is a three-pole, 1500 V rated device which meets UL508 (1.5 kV) and CSA.
Vacuum technology offers long life and low maintenance in a compact, lightweight design. The contactor is suitable
for contaminated atmospheres because the main contacts are sealed in vacuum bottles. Also, since gravity is not
used to assist contactor operation, the Class 8502 contactor may be mounted in any plane without special
modifications. Type V vacuum contactors are designed for the control of inductive or non-inductive loads at voltages
between 200 and 1500 Vac.
Table 16.69: Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors
Locked Open Type
Enclosed
NEMA Rotor Motor Max.
Ampere
Size Current Voltage Hp Type $ Price
Rating (A)
200 50
230 60
460 125
4 160 1080 575 150 VFO3a 3965.00
800 200
1000 250
Class 8502 Type VH 1500 400
200 100
230 125
460 250
5 320 2160 575 300 VGO3a 8004.00
Recess for 3.60 800 400
Auxiliary 91 1000 —
Contact 1500 800
200 150
230 200
460 400
6 540 4320 575 400 VHO3a 22383.00
800 —
Overtravel
1000 —
Gauge
1500 1300
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below.
Table 16.70: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 (Contains Rectifier)
Suffix Number
5.87
149 Type 120 Volts 240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts
110 Volts 220 Volts 440 Volts 550 Volts
Front View 4 VF 3 9998WF 120 240 480 600 732.00
Shown Without 5 VG 3 9998WG 120 240 480 600 1724.00
Overtravel 6 VH 3 9998WH 120 240 480 600 1904.00
Gauge
Table 16.71: Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits
Type Size Type
VF–VG 4–5 Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible WX11 116.00
6.63 VH 6 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
168 Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts
VF 4 WCX11 153.00
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
VG–VH 5–6 WLX01 476.00
1 N.C. Isolated Contact
Lug Kits
VG 5 LUW5 261.00
(6) lugs included
Lug Kits
1.44 1.44 VH 6 LUW6 1715.00
(6) lugs included
37 37
4.63 Table 16.72: Coil Voltage Codes
118
Volts 110 120 220 240 440 480 550 600
Dimensions for Class 8502 50 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07
Type VF Size 4 60 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07
6.20 Line Terminals:

157 Six 3/0 - 16
5.20 Line Tapped Holes
132 7.00
178
14.00
1 356
1 6.75
Coil 8.00 8.94 Coil
171
Terminal A 203 227 Mtg. Line and
Mtg. Terminal A Load
2 Terminals:
2
Coil Coil One .50 - 13
Terminal C Terminal C Tapped
Hole
Per
Terminal
Load Terminals:
5.05 Load 6.75 Mtg. Six 3/0 - 16 5.75
128 Tapped Holes
171 7.75 146
7.90 197
7.00 Std.
201 178
1 Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor. 1 Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor.
2 Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor. 2 Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor.
Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VG Size 5 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VH Size 6

16


Starters—NEMA Style Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
General Information
Class 8536 Type W non-reversing vacuum starters are used to switch electric motors where overload protection is
not separately provided.
Type W vacuum starters are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. Starters are available exclusively with
Motor Logic™ Feature Base Solid State Overload Relays.
Table 16.73: Class 8536—Full Voltage Vacuum Starters
Enclosed Locked Rotor Open Type
NEMA Motor Max.
Ampere Current
Size Voltage Hp Type $ Price
Rating (A)
200 40
230 50
4 135 1080 WFO3a 4433.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 2160 WGO3a 10125.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 4320 WHO3a 24008.00
460 400
575 400
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table at left.
Table 16.74: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8536 Vacuum Starters
Suffix Number
Type 120 Volts 240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts
4 WF All 9998WF 120 240 480 600 732.00
5 WG All 9998WG 120 240 480 600 1724.00
6 WH All 9998WH 120 240 480 600 1904.00

Type Size Type
WH 6 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
WF 4 WCX11 114.00
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
WG–WH 5–6 WLX01 503.00
Lug Kits
WG 5 LUW5 275.00
(6) lugs included

Volts 110 120 220 240 440 480 550 600
50 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07
60 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07
8.59
218
1.13 4.30
29 109
3.28
83
8.59
218
1.13 4.30 9.07
.94 5.21 29 109 230
132
24
2.60 6.47
66 164
19.96
507 26.25
18.56 667
.42
11 471
17.77
13.06 451
332 16.37
12.21
310 11.20 416
16
284
.24
6
Reset
Reset
(Reset
.24 .24 Travel)

6 6
(Reset (Reset
.88 Travel) 4.28 3.62 Travel) 7.84
22 109 92 199
1.75 7.25 8.74
44 184 222
Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WF Size 4 Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WG Size 5 Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WH Size 6


Combination Starters— Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
General Information
Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit
protection into one package. These starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL Listed
(although some Form numbers may not be listed—contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center for information).
Class 8538 and 8539 combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac maximum, 50 to 60 Hz—and are
supplied with melting alloy overload relays as standard.
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. For class J fuse clip, use Form Y1072 (no charge).
Table 16.77: Fusible Full Voltage Type (Class H Fuse Clips), with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3Rb
Ratings NEMA 4X Dusttight and Driptight
Watertight
Fuse NEMA 1 Watertight, Industrial Use Enclosure
and Dusttight
Clip General Purpose Dusttight and
Enclosure With Without
Motor Max. Size Enclosure Corrosion Resistant
Stainless Steel (304) External External
Voltage Hp NEMA (A) Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0-5)c Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size
Voltage) phase Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
3 0 30 SBG12a 1344.00 SBW12a 2712.00 SBW22a 3123.00 SBA22a SBA12a 1686.00
5 30 SCG12a 1416.00 SCW12a 2781.00 SCW22a 3195.00 SCA22a SCA12a 1758.00
1
7-1/2 60 SCG13a 1443.00 SCW13a 2811.00 SCW23a 3239.00 SCA23a SCA13a 1785.00
10 2 60 SDG12a 2228.00 SDW12a 4334.00 SDW22a 4778.00 SDA22a SDA12a 2712.00
200
(208) 20 100 SEG15a 3752.00 SEW15a 7425.00 SEW25a 8166.00 SEA25a SEA15a 4377.00
3
25 200 SEG12a 4064.00 SEW12a 7739.00 — — SEA22a SEA12a 4692.00
40 4 200 SFG15a 7199.00 SFW15a 11898.00 — — SFA25a SFA15a 8936.00
Schneider Electric offers 75 5 400 SGG15a 16122.00 SGW15a 28112.00 — — SGA25a SGA15a 20336.00
express shipping for 150 6 600 SHG13a 42305.00 SHW13a 54077.00 — — SHA23a SHA13a 47219.00
factory modified NEMA 3 0 30 SBG12a 1344.00 SBW12a 2712.00 SBW22a 3123.00 SBA22a SBA12a 1686.00
Combo Starters. When 5 30 SCG12a 1416.00 SCW12a 2781.00 SCW22a 3195.00 SCA22a SCA12a 1758.00
you need them fast, our 1
7-1/2 60 SCG13a 1443.00 SCW13a 2811.00 SCW23a 3239.00 SCA23a SCA13a 1785.00
Laser™ Delivery 15 2 60 SDG12a 2228.00 SDW12a 4334.00 SDW22a 4778.00 SDA22a SDA12a 2712.00
program is the answer to 230
(240) 25 100 SEG15a 3752.00 SEW15a 7425.00 SEW25a 8166.00 SEA25a SEA15a 4377.00
getting your product 3
30 200 SEG12a 4064.00 SEW12a 7739.00 — — SEA22a SEA12a 4692.00
when you need it most.
Ask for Laser™ Delivery, 50 4 200 SFG15a 7199.00 SFW15a 11898.00 — — SFA25a SFA15a 8936.00
then select the product 100 5 400 SGG15a 16122.00 SGW15a 28112.00 — — SGA25a SGA15a 20336.00
and the modifications 200 6 600 SHG13a 42305.00 SHW13a 54077.00 — — SHA23a SHA13a 47219.00
you need when you 5 0 30 SBG13a 1344.00 SBW13a 2712.00 SBW23a 3123.00 SBA23a SBA13a 1686.00
place your order. It’s as 10 1 30 SCG14a 1443.00 SCW14a 2811.00 SCW24a 3239.00 SCA24a SCA14a 1785.00
easy as that! 15
2
30 SDG16a 2241.00 SDW16a 4350.00 SDW26a 4791.00 SDA26a SDA16a 2712.00
(480) 50 3 100 SEG13a 3824.00 SEW13a 7497.00 SEW23a 8244.00 SEA23a SEA13a 4449.00
200 5 400 SGG13a 16122.00 SGW13a 28112.00 — — SGA23a SGA13a 20336.00
400 6 600 SHG12a 42305.00 SHW12a 54077.00 — — SHA22a SHA12a 47219.00
5 0 30 SBG13a 1344.00 SBW13a 2712.00 SBW23a 3123.00 SBA23a SBA13a 1686.00
10 1 30 SCG14a 1443.00 SCW14a 2811.00 SCW24a 3239.00 SCA24a SCA14a 1785.00
15 30 SDG16a 2241.00 SDW16a 4350.00 SDW26a 4791.00 SDA26a SDA16a 2712.00
2
(600) 50 3 100 SEG13a 3824.00 SEW13a 7497.00 SEW23a 8244.00 SEA23a SEA13a 4449.00
200 5 400 SGG13a 16122.00 SGW13a 28112.00 — — SGA23a SGA13a 20336.00
400 6 600 SHG12a 42305.00 SHW12a 54077.00 — — SHA22a SHA12a 47219.00
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-32.
c NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
Table 16.78: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips), Single Phaseef
NEMA 4X NEMA 12/3Rd
NEMA 4 & 4X Dusttight and Driptight
Watertight,
NEMA 1 Watertight Industrial Use Enclosure
Fuse Clip Dusttight and
Motor Max. Coil NEMA General Purpose and Dusttight Corrosion Resistant
Hp Voltage Size Poles Size Enclosure Enclosure With Without
Voltage Polyester
(A) Stainless Steel (304) External External
Enclosure Reset Reset $ Price
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
1 0 30 SBG62V02 1344. SBW62V02 2712. SBW65V02 3123. SBA65V02 SBA62V02 1686.

120 2 120 1 2 30 SCG62V02 1416. SCW62V02 2781. SCW65V02 3195. SCA65V02 SCA62V02 1758.
3 2 60 SDG62V02 2228. SDW62V02 4334. SDW65V02 4778. SDA65V02 SDA62V02 2712.
2 0 30 SBG62V03 1344. SBW62V03 2712. SBW65V03 3123. SBA65V03 SBA62V03 1686.
240 3 240 1 2 30 SCG62V03 1416. SCW62V03 2781. SCW65V03 3195. SCA65V03 SCA62V03 1758.
7-1/2 2 60 SDG62V03 2228. SDW62V03 4334. SDW65V03 4778. SDA65V03 SDA62V03 2712.
d NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
e Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays.
f Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.

16


Combination Starters— Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50-60 Hz

Table 16.79: Non-Fusible Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 12/3Ra
Ratings NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Dusttight and Driptight Industrial
NEMA 1 Watertight and Watertight, Enclosure
General Purpose Dusttight Enclosure Dusttight and
Motor Max. Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion Resistant With Without
Voltage Hp NEMA (Sizes 0–5)b Polyester Enclosure External External
Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size
Voltage) phase Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
3 0 SBG11c 1301.00 SBW11c 2669.00 SBW21c 3068.00 SBA21c SBA11c 1643.00
7-1/2 1 SCG11c 1373.00 SCW11c 2739.00 SCW21c 3153.00 SCA21c SCA11c 1715.00
10 2 SDG11c 2169.00 SDW11c 4278.00 SDW21c 4706.00 SDA21c SDA11c 2654.00
200 25 3 SEG11c 3609.00 SEW11c 7284.00 SEW21c 8010.00 SEA21c SEA11c 4235.00
(208) 40 4 SFG11c 6956.00 SFW11c 11655.00 — — SFA21c SFA11c 8693.00
75 5 SGG11c 15609.00 SGW11c 27599.00 — — SGA21c SGA11c 19823.00
150 6 SHG11c 41174.00 SHW11c 52568.00 — — SHA21c SHA11c 45710.00
7-1/2 1 SCG11c 1373.00 SCW11c 2739.00 SCW21c 3153.00 SCA21c SCA11c 1715.00
(240)
Refer to page 16-31 for details. 50 4 SFG11c 6956.00 SFW11c 11655.00 — — SFA21c SFA11c 8693.00
10 1 SCG11c 1373.00 SCW11c 2739.00 SCW21c 3153.00 SCA21c SCA11c 1715.00
10 1 SCG11c 1373.00 SCW11c 2739.00 SCW21c 3153.00 SCA21c SCA11c 1715.00
Table 16.80: Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type, Single Phasede

NEMA 12/3Ra
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA 1 Watertight and Watertight, Dusttight
Voltage
Voltage
Industrial Enclosure
NEMA
Motor
Poles
General Purpose
Max.
Size
Coil
Dusttight Enclosure and Corrosion Resistant

Hp

Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure
External Reset External Reset $ Price
1 0 SBG61V02 1301.00 SBW61V02 2669.00 SBW64V02 3068.00 SBA64V02 SBA61V02 1643.00
120 2 120 1 2 SCG61V02 1373.00 SCW61V02 2739.00 SCW64V02 3153.00 SCA64V02 SCA61V02 1715.00
3 2 SDG61V02 2169.00 SDW61V02 4278.00 SDW64V02 4706.00 SDA64V02 SDA61V02 2654.00
2 0 SBG61V03 1301.00 SBW61V03 2669.00 SBW64V03 3068.00 SBA64V03 SBA61V03 1643.00
240 3 240 1 2 SCG61V03 1373.00 SCW61V03 2739.00 SCW64V03 3153.00 SCA64V03 SCA61V03 1715.00
7-1/2 2 SDG61V03 2169.00 SDW61V03 4278.00 SDW64V03 4706.00 SDA64V03 SDA61V03 2654.00
b NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosure.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
d Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays.
e Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24gf — V01 No Charge
120g 110 V02 No Charge
f 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
16
Form S (separate control) must be specified(i.e., order as 8538SBG11V01S).

g These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge).
When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering
(i.e., order as 8538SCG11V02S).
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.


Combination Starters— Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips
3-Pole Polyphase – 600 Vac Maximum – 50-60 Hz

Table 16.82: Fusible (with Class R Fuse Clips) Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing,
with Melting Alloy Overload Relays—(100,000 AIC Rated)
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3Ra
NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and
Ratings
NEMA 1 Watertight and Dusttight and Driptight Industrial
General Purpose Dusttight Enclosure Corrosion Enclosure
(Starter Voltage)
Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Resistant With Without

Motor Voltage
(Sizes 0–5)c Polyester
NEMA Size
Polyphase
External External
Fuse Clip
Enclosure Reset Reset
Max.
Size
(A)
Hp
$ Price
3 0 30 SBG32b 1367.00 SBW32b 2732.00 SBW42b 3140.00 SBA42b SBA32b 1709.00

5 1 30 SCG32b 1436.00 SCW32b 2804.00 SCW42b 3225.00 SCA42b SCA32b 1778.00
7-1/2 1 60 SCG33b 1466.00 SCW33b 2834.00 SCW43b 3252.00 SCA43b SCA33b 1808.00
10 2 60 SDG32b 2249.00 SDW32b 4356.00 SDW42b 4791.00 SDA42b SDA32b 2732.00
200 20 3 100 SEG35b 3794.00 SEW35b 7469.00 SEW45b 8216.00 SEA45b SEA35b 4419.00
(208) 25 3 200 SEG32b 4108.00 SEW32b 7781.00 — — SEA42b SEA32b 4734.00
40 4 200 SFG35b 7241.00 SFW35b 11942.00 — — SFA45b SFA35b 8978.00
Refer to page 16-31 for details. 75 5 400 SGG35b 16221.00 SGW35b 28214.00 — — SGA45b SGA35b 20435.00
150 6 600 SHG33b 42782.00 SHW33b 54176.00 — — SHA43b SHA33b 47696.00
7-1/2 1 60 SCG33b 1466.00 SCW33b 2834.00 SCW43b 3252.00 SCA43b SCA33b 1808.00
230 25 3 100 SEG35b 3794.00 SEW35b 7469.00 SEW45b 8216.00 SEA45b SEA35b 4419.00
(240) 30 3 200 SEG32b 4108.00 SEW32b 7781.00 — — SEA42b SEA32b 4734.00
100 5 400 SGG35b 16221.00 SGW35b 28214.00 — — SGA45b SGA35b 20435.00
460 25 2 60 SDG34b 2291.00 SDW34b 4400.00 SDW44b 4841.00 SDA44b SDA34b 2775.00
(480) 50 3 100 SEG33b 3866.00 SEW33b 7541.00 SEW43b 8294.00 SEA43b SEA33b 4491.00
(600) 50 3 100 SEG33b 3866.00 SEW33b 7541.00 SEW43b 8294.00 SEA43b SEA33b 4491.00
c NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
Table 16.83: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class R Fuses), Single Phasede
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3R
NEMA 4X Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA Size
NEMA 1 Watertight
Fuse Clip
Watertight, Dusttight
Voltage
Voltage
Industrial Use Enclosure

Motor
Poles
General Purpose and Dusttight

Max.
Size
Coil
and Corrosion Resistant

(A)
Hp
Enclosure Enclosure With Without

Polyester Enclosure
Stainless Steel External Reset External Reset $ Price
1 0 30 SBG63V02 1367.00 SBW63V02 2732.00 SBW66V02 3140.00 SBA66V02 SBA63V02 1709.00
120 2 120 1 2 30 SCG63V02 1436.00 SCW63V02 2804.00 SCW66V02 3225.00 SCA66V02 SCA63V02 1178.00
3 2 60 SDG63V02 2249.00 SDW63V02 4356.00 SDW66V02 4791.00 SDA66V02 SDA63V02 2732.00
2 0 30 SBG63V03 1367.00 SBW63V03 2732.00 SBW66V03 3140.00 SBA66V03 SBA63V03 1709.00

240 3 240 1 2 30 SCG63V03 1436.00 SCW63V03 2804.00 SCW66V03 3225.00 SCA66V03 SCA63V03 1178.00
7-1/2 2 60 SDG63V03 2249.00 SDW63V03 4356.00 SDW66V03 4791.00 SDA66V03 SDA63V03 2732.00

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24gf — V01 No Charge
120g 110 V02 No Charge

f 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG32V01S).
g These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge).
When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering
(i.e., order as 8538SCG32V02S).

16



Full Voltage Type With Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units, standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
Table 16.85:
NEMA 12/3Ra
Ratings NEMA 4 & 4X Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA 1 Watertight and Industrial Use Enclosure
General Purpose Dustight
Motor Max. Fuse Enclosure Enclosure With Without
Voltage Hp NEMA Clip Stainless Steel (304) External External
Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size Size
Voltage) phase (A) Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
Class 8538 Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2bg
3 0 N/A SBG11S8c 1656.00 SBW11S8c 3738.00 SBA21S8c SBA11S8c 2285.00
200 7-1/2 1 N/A SCG11S8c 1728.00 SCW11S8c 3807.00 SCA21S8c SCA11S8c 2327.00
(208) 10 2 N/A SDG11S8c 2528.00 SDW11S8c 3564.00 SDA21S8c SDA11S8c 2178.00
230 7-1/2 1 N/A SCG11S8c 1728.00 SCW11S8c 3807.00 SCA21S8c SCA11S8c 2327.00
460 10 1 N/A SCG11S8c 1728.00 SCW11S8c 3807.00 SCA21S8c SCA11S8c 2327.00
575 10 1 N/A SCG11S8c 1728.00 SCW11S8c 3807.00 SCA21S8c SCA11S8c 2327.00
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2bg
3 0 30 SBG12S8c 1700.00 SBW12S8c 3780.00 SBA22S8c SBA12S8c 2327.00
200 5 1 30 SCG12S8c 1772.00 SCW12S8c 3851.00 SCA22S8c SCA12S8c 2370.00
(208) 7-1/2 1 60 SCG13S8c 1800.00 SCW13S8c 3879.00 SCA23S8c SCA13S8c 2399.00
10 2 60 SDG12S8c 2583.00 SDW12S8c 5403.00 SDA22S8c SDA12S8c 3324.00
(480) 15 2 30 SDG16S8c 2597.00 SDW16S8c 5418.00 SDA26S8c SDA16S8c 3338.00
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips—NEMA Size 0–2bg
b For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, contact factory for pricing and TAG number.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown to the right.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
Table 16.86: Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type for Table 16.87: Coil Voltage Codes
16
Horizontal Mountingg Voltage

Code $ Price Adder
NEMA 12/3Ra 60 Hz 50 Hz
Ratings Dusttight and Driptight

Industrial Use Enclosure 24fe — V01 No Charge

With Without 120f 110 V02 No Charge
Motor 208 — V08 No Charge
Max. Hp Fuse Clip External External
Voltage NEMA 240 220 V03 No Charge
Poly- Size Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Size 277 — V04 No Charge
phase (A)
Voltage) Type Type 480 440 V06 No Charge
200 2 30 SCA22S1d SCA12S1d 1754.00 Specify Specify V99 35.60
1
(208) 7-1/2 60 SCA23S1d SCA13S1d 1781.00
e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
230 2 30 SCA22S1d SCA12S1d 1754.00 Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG1158V01S).
1
(240) 7-1/2 60 SCA23S1d SCA13S1d 1781.00 f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying
Form S, supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG1158V02S).
460 10 1 30 SCA24S1d SCA14S1d 1781.00 g Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
(480)
575 10 1 30 SCA24S1d SCA14S1d 1781.00
(600)
d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage
codes listed in selection Table 16.87. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.


Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.88: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relay
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 1 Watertight and Dusttight NEMA 12/3Rb
Ratings General Purpose Enclosure Dusttight and Driptight
Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Industrial Use Enclosure
Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
(Starter Voltage)
With Without
Motor Voltage
Hp Circuit Breaker External External

Range NEMA (See Page 7-32 Reset Reset
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price $ Price
Poly- Size for Breaker
phase Adjustment Range) Type Type
1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814.00 SBW43c 3182.00 \SBW53c 3653.00 SBA53c SBA43c 2156.00
1/4–5 HLL36030M71 SCG44c SCW44c SCW54c SCA54c SCA44c
1 1886.00 3252.00 3738.00 2228.00
7-1/2 HLL36050M72 SCG45c SCW45c SCW55c SCA55c SCA45c
1-1/2–5 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c SDA42c
2 2669.00 4778.00 5255.00 3153.00
200 15–25 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 3879.00 SEW42c 7554.00 SEW52c 8310.00 SEA52c SEA42c 4505.00
(208)
30–40 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508.00 SFW44c 13208.00 SFW54c 14534.00 SFA54c SFA44c 10245.00
50–60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c
5 19724.00 31716.00 — 22859.00
70 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — SGA55c SGA45c
100 LJL36400M36 SHG43c SHW43c — SHA53c SHA43c
6 42825.00 49946.00 — 46670.00
125–150 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c SHA45c
1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814.00 SBW43c 3182.00 SBW53c 3653.00 SBA53c SBA43c 2156.00
1/4–7-1/2 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 1886.00 SCW44c 3182.00 SCW54c 3738.00 SCA54c SCA44c 2228.00
1-1/2–7-1/2 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c SDA42c
10 2 HLL36050M72 SDG43c 2669.00 SDW43c 4778.00 SDW53c 5255.00 SDA53c SDA43c 3153.00
15 HLL36100M73 SDG44c SDW44c SDW54c SDA54c SDA44c
230 15–30 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 3879.00 SEW42c 7554.00 SEW52c 8310.00 SEA52c SEA42c 4505.00
(240) 40–50 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508.00 SFW44c 13208.00 SFW54c 14534.00 SFA54c SFA44c 10245.00
60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c
5 19724.00 31716.00 — 22859.00
75–100 LJL36400M36 SGG46c SGW45c — SGA55c SGA45c
6 42825.00 49946.00 — 46670.00
200 PLL34080M68 SHG46c SHW46c — SHA56c SHA46c
250–300 7 PLL36100M69 SJA43c 57837.00 SJW43c 64958.00 — — SJA53c — 61682.00
a NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24ed — V01 No Charge
600 550 V07 No Charge Refer to page 16-31 for details.
d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying
Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S).
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-42 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
with 30 mm Operators
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

16


Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See
Table 16.90: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
Motor Hp Circuit Breaker With Without

Voltage Range NEMA (See Page 7-32 External External
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size for Breaker
Voltage) phase Adjustment Range) Type Type
1/4–5 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814. SBW43c 3182. SBW53c 3653. SBA53c SBA43c 2156.
1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 1886. SCW44c 3252. SCW54c 3738. SCA54c SCA44c 2228.
5–15 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c SDA42c
2 2669. 4778. 5255. 3153.
20–25 HLL36050M72 SEG41c SEW41c SEW51c SEA51c SEA41c
3 3879. 7554. 8310. 4505.
460
(480) 60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508. SFW44c 13208. SFW54c 14534. SFA54c SFA44c 10245.
125 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c
5 19724. 31716. — 22859.
6 42825. 49946. — 46670.
500 PLL36080M68 SJA42c SJW42c — SJA52c —
7 57837. 64958. — 61682.
600 PLL36100M69 SJA43c SJW43c — SJA53c —
2 2669. 4778. 5255. 3153.
3 3879. 7554. 8310. 4505.
575 40–50 HLL36100M73 SEG42c SEW42c SEW52c SEA52c SEA42c
(600) 60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508. SFW44c 13208. SFW54c 14534. SFA54c SFA44c 10245.
125–150 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c
5 19724. 31716. — 22859.
300–400 6 42825. 49946. — 46670.
LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c SHA45c
500–600 7 PLL34100M69 SJG41c 57837. SJW41c 64958. — — SJA51c — 61682.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
600 550 V07 No Charge Refer to page 16-31 for details.
e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S,
please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S).
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-42

16


Combination Starters— NEMA Size 0–2
Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) in Oversized Enclosure

Table 16.92: Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) in Oversized Enclosure, NEMA Size 0–2bf
Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 12/3Ra
Ratings NEMA 4 & 4X Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA 1 Industrial Use Enclosure
Watertight and Dusttight
General Purpose Enclosure With Without
Motor Hp Circuit Breaker Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) External External
Voltage Range NEMA (See Page 7-32
Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size for Breaker
Voltage) phase Adjustment Range)
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43S8c 2169.00 SBW43S8c 4248.00 SBA53S8c SBA43S8c 2798.00
1/4–5 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c SCW44S8c SCA54S8c SCA44S8c
200 1 2241.00 4320.00 2867.00
71/2 HLL36050M72 SCG45S8c SCW45S8c SCA55S8c SCA45S8c
(208)
1-1/2–5 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDW42S8c SDA52S8c SDA42S8c
2 3024.00 SDW43S8c 5844.00 SDA53S8c 3794.00
71/2–10 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c SDA43S8c
1/4–7-1/2 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c 2241.00 SCW44S8c 4320.00 SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 3867.00
230
(240) 1-1/2–7-1/2 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDW42S8c SDA52S8c SDA42S8c
10 2 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c 3024.00 SDW43S8c 5844.00 SDA53S8c SDA43S8c 3794.00
15 HLL36100M73 SDG44S8c SDW44S8c SDA54S8c SDA44S8c
460 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c 2241.00 SCW44S8c 4320.00 SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 2867.00
(480) 5–15 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDW42S8c SDA52S8c SDA42S8c
2 3024.00 5855.00 3794.00
20–25 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c SDW43S8c SDA53S8c SDA43S8c
575 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c 2241.00 SCW44S8c 4320.00 SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 3867.00
(600) 5–20 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c 3024.00 SDW42S8c 5844.00 SDA52S8c SDA42S8c
2 3794.00
25 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c SDW43S8c SDA53S8c SDA43S8c
b For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, contact factory for pricing and TAG number.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41S8V01S).
e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying
Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41S8V02S).
f Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-42

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
16


Combination Starters— Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker

Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 0-6). Standard trip thermal
Table 16.94: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Watertight NEMA 12/3Rb
NEMA 1 Watertight,
and Dusttight Dusttight and Driptight
Ratings General Purpose Dusttight and
Enclosure Industrial Use
Enclosure Corrosion Resistant
Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
With Without
Motor Max. Circuit Breaker External External
Voltage Hp NEMA Reset Reset
(Starter Poly- Size
Voltage) phase Ampere
Type Type Type
Rating
2 HLL36015 15 SBG1c SBW1c SBW11c SBA11c SBA1c
0 1400. 2768. 3182. 1742.
5 HLL36035 35 SCG5c SCW5c SCW15c SCA15c SCA5c
1 1472. 2840. 3267. 1814.
7-1/2 HLL36050 50 SCG2c SCW2c SCW12c SCA12c SCA2c
10 2 HLL36060 60 SDG1c 2255. SDW1c 4364. SDW11c 4805. SDA11c SDA1c 2739.
15 HLL36100 100 SEG3c SEW3c SEW13c SEA13c SEA3c
200 20 3 HLL36125 125 SEG1c 3879. SEW1c 7554. SEW11c 8310. SEA11c SEA1c 4505.
(208) 25 HLL36150 150 SEG5c SEW5c SEW15c SEA15c SEA5c
30 JLL36200 200 SFG3c SFW3c SFW13c SFA13c SFA3c
4 8508. 13208. 14534. 10245.
50 JLL36250 250 SGG6c SGW6c — SGA16c SGA6c
5 19724. 31716. — 22859.
60–75 LLL36400E20 400 SGG4c SGW4c — SGA14c SGA4c
100–125 LLL36600E20 600 SHG4c SHW4c — SHA14c SHA4c
6 42825. 49946. — 46670.
150 MJL36800 800 SHG5c SHW5c — SHA15c SHA5c
0 1400. 2768. 3182. 1742.
1 1472. 2840. 3267. 1814.
10 HLL36060 60 SDG1c 2255. SDW1c 4364. SDW11c 4805. SDA11c SDA1c
2 2739.
15 HLL36090 90 SDG7c SDW7c SDW17c SDA17c SDA7c
230 3 3879. 7554. 8310. 4505.
25–30 HLL36150 150 SEG5c SEW5c SEW15c SEA15c SEA5c
(240) 40 JLL36225 225 SFG1c 8508. SFW1c 13208. SFW11c 14534. SFA11c SFA1c
4 10245.
75 5 LLL36400E20 400 SGG4c 19724. SGW4c 31716. — — SGA14c SGA4c 22859.
100 LLL36600E20 600 SGG2c SGW2c — SGA12c SGA2c
125 LLL36600E20 600 SHG4c SHW4c — SHA14c SHA4c
6 42825. SHW5c 49946. — 46670.
150–200 MJL36800 800 SHG5c — SHA15c SHA5c
250–300 7 PKL36100 1200 SJG3c 57837. SJW3c 64958. — — SJA13c — 61682.
a NEMA Size 6 & 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
Specify Specify V99 35.60 Refer to page 16-31 for details.
e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S,
please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG5V02S).
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-42
16




Combination Starters— Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker

Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00-6). Standard trip thermal
Table 16.96: Line Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
With Without
(Starter Poly- Size
Type Type Type
Rating
5 0 HLL36015 15 SBG1c 1400. SBW1c 2768. SBW11c 3182. SBA11c SBA1c 1742.
1 1472. 2840. 3267. 1814.
40 3 HLL36100 100 SEG3c 3879. SEW3c 7554. SEW13c 8310. SEA13c SEA3c 4505.
460 50 HLL36150 150 SEG5c SEW5c SEW15c SEA15c SEA5c
(480)
75 4 JLL36200 200 SFG3c 8508. SFW3c 13208. SFW13c 14534. SFA13c SFA3c 10245.
5 19724. 31716. — 22859.
6 42825. 49946. — 46670.
300–400 MJL36800 800 SHG5c SHW5c — SHA15c SHA5c
500–600 7 PLL36120 1200 SJG3c 57837. SJW3c 64958. — — SJA13c — 61682.
1 1472. 2840. 3267. 1814.
60–75 JLL36150 150 SFG5c SFW5c SFW15c SFA15c SFA5c
4 8508. 13208. 14534. 10245.
125–150 JLL36250 250 SGG6c SGW6c — SGA16c SGA6c
5 19724. 31716. — 22859.
6 42825. 49946. — 46670.
500–600 7 PKL36100 1200 SJG2c 57837. SJW2c 64958. — — SJA12c — 61682.
Table 16.97: Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type, Single Phasede

NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3Rb
NEMA 4 & 4X Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA 1 Watertight and Dusttight Watertight,
Circuit Dusttight and Industrial Use Enclosure
Motor Max. Coil NEMA Ampere General Purpose Enclosure
Poles Breaker Corrosion Resistant
Voltage Hp Voltage Size Rating Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) With Without
(Type) Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0–2) External Reset External Reset $ Price
1 0 HLL26030 30 SBG72V02 1400.00 SBW72V02 2768.00 SBW75V02 3182.00 SBA75V02 SBA72V02 1742.00
120 2 120 1 2 HLL26050 50 SCG72V02 1474.00 SCW72V02 2840.00 SCW75V02 3267.00 SCA75V02 SCA72V02 1814.00
3 2 HLL26080 80 SDG71V02 2255.00 SDW71V02 4364.00 SDW74V02 4805.00 SDA74V02 SDA71V02 2739.00
2 0 HLL26025 25 SBG71V03 1400.00 SBW71V03 2768.00 SBW74V03 3182.00 SBA74V03 SBA71V03 1742.00
240 3 240 1 2 HLL26035 35 SCG71V03 1474.00 SCW71V03 2840.00 SCW74V03 3267.00 SCA74V03 SCA71V03 1814.00
7.5 2 HLL26080 80 SDG71V03 2255.00 SDW71V03 4364.00 SDW74V03 4805.00 SDA74V03 SDA71V03 2739.00
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-38.

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

16


Application Data
Table 16.98: Class 8539—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Table 16.101: Class 8538—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Motor Circuit Protector Type NEMA Fuse Available Amperes
NEMA Size Enclosure
Class RMS Symmetrical
NEMA Size Enclosure AIC at 480 Vac (RMS) AIC at 600 Vac (RMS)
0–3 Class H or K Standardc 5,000
0, 1 Standarda 100,000 35,000
0–3 Class R/J Standardc 100,000
2 thru 5 Standarda 100,000 50,000
0–2 Class H or K Oversize 5,000
6 Standarda 65,000 18,000
0–2 Class R/J Standard 100,000
7 Standarda 65,000 30,000
4–5 Class H or K Standardc 10,000
a Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless and 12/3R.
4–5 Class R/J Standardc 100,000
Table 16.99: Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) 6 Class H or K Standardc 18,000
Selection by HP Ratings of Induction-type 6 Class R/J Standardc 100,000
Squirrel-Cage Motors c Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12.
3Ø 60 Hz Voltages Full-Load Table 16.102: Table 2: Motor Code Letter Table
Suffix
200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac 575 Vac (A)
Horsepower Motor Code Letters
.5–5 .5–7.5 .75–15 1–20 1.5–25 M71 1/2 or less A-L
5–10 5–15 10–30 15–40 14–42 M72
3/4–1-1/2 A-K
10–25 15–30 25–60 30–75 30–80 M73
20–40 25–50 50–100 60–125 58–130 M74 2–3 A-J
40–60 50–75 100–150 125–200 114–217 M75 5–25 A-H
Note: The MCP adjustable trip range is determined by the suffix of the circuit breaker catalog 30–125 A-G
number. Table 16.99 indicates the trip range which corresponds to a given suffix number.
The MCP Motor Circuit Protector should be adjusted to a level just above Locked-Rotor 150 or more A-F
Current of the motor. This setting will provide optimum overcurrent protection for the Note: The combination starter selection tables on pages 16-36–16-37 are suitable for motors
motor. For more information on MCP instantaneous trip circuit breakers, refer to the MCP with Locked-Rotor Current letters per NEC Table 430-7(b) as listed in Table 16.102. For
circuit breaker section of this Catalog.
other motors a special thermal magnetic circuit breaker with adjustable magnetic trip
settings for the specific motor is required. When ordering for these special applications,
Table 16.100: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings specify the motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full load current and code letter (or
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type locked rotor current) to assure proper protection.
NEMA Size Enclosure AIC at 480 Vac (RMS) AIC at 600 Vac (RMS)
0, 1 Standardb 100,000 35,000
2 thru 5 Standardb 100,000 50,000
6 Standardb 65,000 18,000
7 Standardb 65,000 30,000
b Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless and 12/3R.
Table 16.103: Terminals

Line Terminals on Disconnect Power Terminals On Magnetic Starter Control Terminals On Magnetic Starter
NEMA Type Wire Range
Size Type of Type of Wires Per Type of Wires Per
Wire Range Wire Range
Lug Lug Terminal Lug Terminal
Switch Circuit Breaker
0&1 SB & SC Box Lug #14–1/0 Cu/Al (1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu Pressure Wire #14–#8 Cu 1 or 2 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2
2 SD Box Lug #14–1/0 Cu/Al (1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu Box Lug #14–#4 Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2
3 SE Box Lug #14–1/0 Cu/Al (1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu Box Lug #14–#0 Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2
(1) 4-4/0 Al or Cu ( JLL Breaker 150 A - 175 A )
#6–300 MCM
4 SF Box Lug (1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Al or Cu Box Lug #8–250 MCM Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2
Cu/Al ( JLL Breaker 200 A - 250 A )
(1) 2 - 500 MCM Al or (1) 2 - 350 MCM Cu
(DJL36400 Breaker)
One #4–500 (2) 2/0 - 500 MCM Al or (2) 2/0 - 350 MCM Cu
5 SG Box Lug Box Lug #4–500 MCM Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2
MCM Cu (DLL36600 Breaker)
(1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Al or (1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(JLL36250 Breaker)
(2) 2/0 - 500 MCM Al or (2) 2/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(DJL36600 Breaker, DLL Breaker)
16
(1) 2 - 600 MCM Al or (1) 2 - 350 MCM Cu

(DJL36400 Breaker)
6 SH Box Lug — Parallel Groove 250–500 MCM Cud 1 or 2 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cue 2
(3) 3/0 - 500 MCM Al or (3) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(MJL36800 Breaker )
(3) 3/0 - 500 MCM Al or (3) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu

(PLL34080M68 Breaker)
7 SJ Box Lug — (4) 3/0 - 300 MCM Al or CU (PJL, PKL, PLL Breaker) Parallel Groove 250–500 MCM Cu 1–4 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2
d Order Class 9999 Type SCU6 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept sizes 2/0–300 MCM wire.
e Terminal block range limited to #16–#14.

All Rights Reserved

Accessories
Interlocks and Control Transformers
A one or two pole electrical interlock can be added to the disconnect An electrical interlock may also be factory
switch or circuit breaker. Thus, if a separate control circuit is used, the installed in either a disconnect switch or
magnetic starter can be de-energized when the disconnect is switched circuit breaker combination starter. Specify
to the OFF position. See Table 16.104 for proper interlock selection. Form Y74 for single pole, or Form Y75 for
For electrical ratings of disconnect and circuit breaker interlocks, see two pole interlocks. For pricing see factory
Table 16.105 below. modifications (Forms).
Table 16.104: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlocks
SPDT (Y74) DPDT (Y75)
Class Type
Class 9999 Type $ Price Class 9999 Type $ Price
8538 SBa, SCa, SDa (Series B) R6 116.00 R7 221.00
SD (Series C) R43 116.00 R44 221.00
SB, SC (Series C) R45 107.00 R46 207.00
8538 SE, SF (Series A) R8 131.00 R9 243.00
&
8738 SE (Series B & C) R41 131.00 R42 243.00
SF (Series B & C) R39 135.00 R40 243.00
SG R35 435.00 R36 521.00
8539, 8739 SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SG (Series K) R26 131.00 R27 243.00
8538 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series D and above) TC11 120.00 TC21 239.00
8538 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series D and above) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00
8738 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series E and above) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00
8738 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series E and above) TC11 120.00 TC21 239.00
8538 SDA, SDAa, SDG, SDGa (Series D and above) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00
8738 SDA, SDG (Series E and above) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00
8538, 8738 SEA, SEG (Series D and above) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00
a Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”.
Table 16.105: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlock Electrical Ratings

Class 9999 Type R6, 8, 26, 35, 39, 41, 43, 45, TC10, & TC11 Class 9999 Type R7, 9, 27, 36, 40, 42, 44, 46 & TC 20, 21
AC—50 or 60 Hz AC—50 or 60 Hz
Maximum Current Maximum Current
Make Break Continuous Make Break Continuous
Volts Carrying Volts Carrying
(A) (A) Current (A) VA (A) VA Current
(A) (A)
120 40 15 15 120 30 3450 3 345 10
240 20 10 15 240 15 3450 1.5 345 10
480 10 6 15 480 7.5 3450 .75 345 10
600 8 5 15 600 6 3450 .6 345 10
Table 16.106: Control Transformer Selection Internal Auxiliary Switch—Circuit breakers can be supplied with a
factory installed auxiliary switch for remote indication of an open and/or
50 VAd 100 VAd 200 VAd
Standardd Additional Additional Additional tripped or a closed breaker. One (specify Form Y741) or two (specify
Capacity Form Y751) auxiliary switches can be supplied. The switches are
Capacity Capacity Capacity
NEMA Size Starter Type (Form F4T) (Form F4T10) (Form F4T11) (Form F4T12) supplied with normally open and normally closed circuits with a common
Class 9070 Class 9070 Class 9070 Class 9070 connection. Contacts must be used on the same polarity and are rated
Type Type Type Type 15 A at 240 Vac. The auxiliary switches are located internally and are
0&1 SB & SC TF100 TF150 TF200 TF300b furnished with 19-20 inch long leads.
2 SD TF100 TF150 TF200 TF300c
Alarm Switch—The alarm switch only operates when the breaker is
3 SE TF150 TF200 TF300 TF500
tripped. It is used to actuate bell alarms and warning lights. The alarm
4 SF TF300 TF300 TF500 T500
switch is factory installed only (specify Form Y742) and consists of a
TF100 and TF100 and TF150 and TF300 and
5 SG 8501XO20 8501XO20 8501XO20 8501XO20 single pole single throw switch which is normally open except when the
EO3S2 is EO3FS2 and EO3S2 and breaker is tripped. The contacts are rated 4 A at 240 Vac. This switch is
6 SH N/A located in the breaker and is supplied with 19-20 inch long leads.
standard T100 TF200
EO19S2 is EO19S2 and EO3S2 and Transformer Selection—Space and drilling are provided in all
7 SJ N/A
standard TF100 TF200
Note: 9070TF transformers are now standard in Series K combination starters.
disconnect switch and circuit breaker combination starters in NEMA 1, 4
& 4X stainless and polyester, 12 and 7 & 9 bolted enclosures for the field
b Requires oversized enclosure. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.)
c Available in standard enclosure with Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker and non-fusible
addition (or factory installation) of a Class 9070 control circuit
disconnect switch. Requires oversized enclosure with thermal-magnetic circuit breakers transformer and Class 9999 Type SFR4 fuse holder. This kit can be
and fusible disconnect switches. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.) either panel mounted or side mounted on the Type S starter. For
d Complete the contactor or starter Class and Type with Voltage Code, standard control transformer selection in combination starters, see
see page 16-101.

Table 16.106. Consult field office for transformer additions to NEMA 7 &
9 SPIN TOP™ enclosures. For secondary fuse holder order 9080PF1.
Fuse Block Mounting Brackets—The standard capacity transformer,
Class 9070 Type T100, for the Size 0 and 1 starters mounts to the right
of the magnetic starter.
Standards—Most combination starters and forms are UL Listed in file
E152395, Category NKJH, and CSA File CR 584.
16


Table 16.107: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 1
NEMA Dimensions in Inchesa Top & Bottom Sides Wt.
Class Type
Size A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P W X Y (lb)
SBG
8538 9-1/2 22-1/2 8-11/32 6-3/8 20-1/2 14-21/32 1-13/16 1-11/16 3 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1/2–3/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 38
SCG
0–1 SBG
8539 9-1/2 22-1/2 9-27/32 6-3/8 20-1/2 14-21/32 1-13/16 1-11/16 3 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1/2–3/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 38
SCG
2 8538 & 8539 SDG 10-1/2 26 9-19/32 7-3/8 24 16-29/32 2-1/8 2 4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1–1-1/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 54
Table 16.108: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 2

NEMA Dimensions in Inchesa Top & Bottom Sides Wt.
Class Type
1–1-1/4
3b 8538 & 8539 SEG 15-1/4 42 10-19/32 9-1/4 3 22-23/32 41 1/2 — 2-53/64 3-17/32 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32 1/2–3/4 1/2 102
2–2-1/2
8538 SFG 16 52-1/2 10-17/32 10 3 23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2 — 2-53/64 3-17/32 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 163
4
8539 SFG 16 52-1/2 10-17/32 10 3 23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2 — 2-53/64 3-17/32 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 163
8538 SGG 20 78 15-1/2 12 4 29-13/32 77 1/2 — 3-33/64 4-39/64 9-1/4 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4c 3 — 450
5
8539 SGG 20 66 13-23•32 12 4 29-13/32 65 1/2 — 3-33/64 4-39/64 5 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4 3 — 420
6e 8538 & 8539 SHG 36 90 21-1/32 — — 41-3/8 — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — —
Table 16.109: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Figure 3

NEMA Dimensions in Inchesd Wt.
Class Type
Size A B C D E F G H I J (lb)
SBA
8538 9-1/2 8-11/32 24 3-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 23-1/2 19/32 4-7/16 14-5/16 40
SCA
0–1 SBA
8539 9-1/2 9-27/32 24 3-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 23-1/2 19/32 4-7/16 14-5/16 40
SCA
2 8538 & 8539 SDA 10-1/2 9-19/32 27-3/4 3-1/4 2-1/2 5-1/2 27 3/8 4-1/8 16-9/16 55
3b 8538 & 8539 SEA 15-1/4 10-19/32 42 5 3 9-1/4 41 1/2 5-1/16 22-5/16 111
8538 SFA 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 5 3 10 51-1/2 1/2 4-3/16 22-31/32 170
4
8539 SFA 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 5 3 10 51-1/2 1/2 5-3/16 22-31/32 170
8538 SGA 20 13-23/32 78 9-1/4 4 12 77 1/2 7-25/32 29-13/32 —
5
8539 SGA 20 13-23/32 66 5 4 12 65 1/2 7-25/32 27-13/32 440
6e 8538 & 8539 SHA 36 17 90 5 — — — — — 47-3/8 —
Table 16.110: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Enclosures—Figure 4
NEMA Dimensions in Inches a Bottom Top & Bot. Wt.
Class Type
Size A B C D E F G H I J K L W X (lb)
SBW
8538 9-1/2 8-11/32 24-1/16 3-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 23-1/2 19/32 3-1/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 14-9/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub 40
SCW
0–1 SBW
8539 9-1/2 9-27/32 24-1/16 3-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 23-1/2 19/32 3-1/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 14-9/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub 40
SCW
2 8538 & 8539 SDW 10-1/2 9-19/32 27-3/4 3-1/4 2-1/2 5-1/2 27 19/32 3 2 2-5/8 16-17/32 3/4 Hub 1-1/2 Hub 55
3b 8538 & 8539 SEW 15-1/4 10-19/32 42 5 3-3/16 10-1/4 40-1/2 19/32 3 2-9/16 3-3/16 223/16 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 111
8538 SFW 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 5 3-9/16 11 51 19/32 3 2-9/16 3-3/16 22-15/32 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 158
4
8539 SFW 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/2 11 51 19/32 3 2-9/16 3-3/16 22-15/32 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 120
8538 SGW 20 13-23/32 78 9-1/4 4 12 77 9/16 4-1/2 3 3-1/2 29-13/32 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub —
5
8539 SGW 20 13-23/32 66 5 4 12 65 9/16 4-1/2 3 3-1/2 29-13/32 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub 440
6e 8538 & 8539 SHW 36 17 90 — — — — — — — — 47-7/8 — — —
a Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer). Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity) could require the use of an oversized enclosure.
Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
b Class 8538 Size 3 devices with 200 A fuse clips use dimensions for Class 8538 Size 4.
c Left side only.
d Dimensions include space for control circuit transformers.
e Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting.
Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
f (4) .31 in (8 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 0, 1, and 2, (4) .44 in (11 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 3 and 4, (4) .56 in (14 mm) dia. mtg. holes located on external flanges for size 5.
Handle Swing Handle Swing Handle Swing

Handle Swing A
A L C D B A D B
A L C D E F E F E
D M H O H H
16
K N
Y
Y P
O
G C G C
E B G B
Y
f
Y f
f
f Cover Open 90° Cover Open 90°

Cover Open 90°
F
Cover Open 90° J L
F W X
W X W
G W X W J
J J I I
H K
I K
M
N
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4
NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 12 Enclosure NEMAs 4 and 4X
Stainless Steel Enclosure
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters— Approximate Dimensions
NEMA Style Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
Table 16.111: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure—Figure 1 A

E
NEMA Dimensions in Inches a
Class
Size Type A B C E F
0, 1 8538 SBW
SCW 13.72 11.4 26.94 6.25 25.75
0, 1 8539 SDW F C
0, 1, & 2 8738, 8739 SBW
SCW 25.25 11.4 27.00 17.88 25.75
2 8538, 8539 SDW
8538, 8738 SEW
3–4 26.31 11.4 33.50 18.50 32.25
8539, 8739 SFW b
a Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer) and Form F4T10 (50 VA additional capacity). Other control
transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
b 8539 Size 4 only. B
Figure 1
NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure
Table 16.112: NEMA 1, 4, 4X Stainless, 12/3R Oversize Enclosure—Figure 2

Handle Swing
Dimensions in Inches A L C
NEMA
NEMA Type Wide High Deep Handle Mounting D
Size Encl. A B C L D E
1 15 28-1/3 9-19/32 3-1/4 11-5/8 26-1/4
0–2 4 15 30-1/32 9-19/32 3-1/4 10 29-3/4
12 15 31 10-31/32 3-1/4 9 30-1/4 E B
Information on Hubs
Hubs are supplied with each NEMA Type 4X combination starter 8
as shown in the table below. Figure 2
Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures; Class 8538 and 8539
they are not installed in polyester enclosures. in Oversize Enclosures —
NEMA 1, 4 & 4X Stainless and 12
Table 16.113: Hub Sizes
NEMA Size Quantity Hub Size
1 0.75"
0&1 2 1.00"
1 0.75"
2 2 1.50"
1 0.75"
3&4 2 2.50"
Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for
dimensional information only.
Table 16.114: Conduit Sizes LOC A, B, C and D

NEMA Size Standard
0—1 1-1/4
2 1-1/2
3—4 2-1/2
5 4

16

All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Reversing 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Contactors—NEMA Style Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping, and reversing AC motors where
overload protection is separately provided. Class 8702 reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors
mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical
arrangements. Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices, Size 00–7, use horizontally
arranged components. Type S reversing contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz.
Table 16.115:
NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, NEMA 7 & 9 c NEMA 12/3Rd
Current Ratings NEMA 1 Dusttight Hazardous Dusttight &
Continuous
NEMA 00, 0, 1
NEMA Size
Open Type General Purpose Brushed Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Driptight

Reversing Contactor Motor Max. Enclosure Stainless Steel Class I, Groups C & D Industrial Use
Voltage Hp Enclosure Class II, Groups E, F & G Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
Bolted SPIN
Vertical Horizontal $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price TOP™ $ Price Type $ Price
Type Type Aluminum Type
200 1-1/2 —
230 1-1/2 —
00 9 SAO4b 855.00 SAG4b 917.00 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
460 2 —
575 2 —
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO12b SBO4b 1026.00 SBG4b 1088.00 SBW14b 1742.00 SBT49b 3716.00 SBR9b 4649.00 SBA4b 1344.00
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2 SCO7b
1 27 SCO8b 1169.00 SCG8b 1259.00 SCW14b 2241.00 SCT49b 3900.00 SCR9b 4877.00 SCA4b 1515.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 SDO1b SDO2b 2222.00 SDG2b 2456.00 SDW11b 3936.00 SDT43b 6507.00 SDR3b 8139.00 SDA1b 2883.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEO1b SEO2b 3689.00 SEG2b 4094.00 SEW11b 6287.00 — — — — SEA1b 5034.00
460 50
575 50
200 40 — —
230 50 — —
4 135 SFO1b SFO3b 9201.00 SFG3b 9945.00 SFW11b 13820.00 — — SFA1b 11399.00
460 100 — —
575 100 — —
200 75 — —
230 100 — —
5 270 SGO1b SGO3b 16592.00 SGG3b 20885.00 SGW11b24017.00 — — SGA1b 24017.00
460 200 — —
575 200 — —
200 150 — — —
230 200 — — —
6 540 SHO1b 41489.00 SHG1b 48614.00 SHW1b 55736.00 — — SHA1b 52461.00
460 400 — — —
575 400 — — —
200 — — — —
230 300 — — —
7 810 SJO1b 59372.00 SJG1b 66816.00 SJW1b 73619.00 — — SJA1b 70343.00
460 600 — — —
575 600 — — —
a NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only.
b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below.
c NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
d NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24ef — V01 No Charge
120f 110 V02 No Charge
e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4-7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V01S).
f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V02S).
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-48
16

Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page16-93



Full Voltage Reversing
Contactors—NEMA Style Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

NEMA 12/3Rc
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 7 & 9 b
NEMA 1 Dusttight &
Watertight, Dusttight Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2
Open Type General Purpose Driptight
NEMA Continuous Motor Max. Type of Enclosure Brushed Stainless Class I, Groups C & D Industrial Use
Current Steel Enclosure Class II, Groups E, F & G
Size Voltage Hp Motor Enclosure
Ratings
Vertical Horizontal $ Price Bolted TOP™ $ Price
Type $ Price Type $ Price $ Price SPIN Type $ Price
Type Type Type Type
2-Pole Single Phase
115 1/3 —
00 9 SAO1a 827. SAG1a 887. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
230 1 —
Single
115 1 Phase
0 18 SBO9a SBO1a 998. SBG1a 1061. SBW11a 1715. SBT46a 3686. SBR6a 4613. SBA1a 1314.
230 2 3-Wire
115 2
1 27 SCO1a SCO2a 1139. SCG2a 1229. SCW11a 2142. SCT46a 3873. SCR6a 4841. SCA1a 1485.
230 3
3-Pole Single Phase
115 1/3 4-Wire — SAO2a 855. SAG2a 917. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
230 1 Rep.-Ind. —
00 9
230 1 Split Ph. —
115 1 4-Wire SBO10a SBO2a 1026. SBG2a 1088. SBW12a 1742. SBT47a 3716. SBR7a 4649. SBA2a 1344.
230 2 Rep.-Ind.
0 18
230 2 Split Ph.
115 2 4-Wire SCO3a SCO4a 1169. SCG4a 1259. SCW12a 2169. SCT47a 3900. SCR7a 3227. SCA2a 1515.
230 3 Rep.Ind.
1 27
230 3 Split Ph.
4-Pole Polyphase
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO13a SBO5a 1310. SBG5a 1368. SBW15a 2028. SBR10a 5040. SBA5a 1629.
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2 Consult
230 7-1/2 2469. Schneider Electric SCR10a
1 27 SCO9a SCO10a 1497. SCG10a 1557. SCW15a 5297. SCA5a 1814.
460 10 CCC at
575 10 (1-888-778-2733)
200 10 —
230 15 2 Phase —
2 45 SDO4a 2820. SDG4a 3054. SDW12a 4620. SDR4a 9071. SDA2a 3528.
460 25 4-Wire —
575 25 —
200 25 — — —
230 30 — — —
3 90 SEO4a 4671. SEG4a 5103. SEW12a 7238. — — SEA2a 6017.
460 50 — — —
575 50 — — —
200 40 — — —
230 50 — — —
4 135 SFO4a 11879. SFG4a 12653. SFW12a 16556. — — SFA2a 14129.
460 100 — — —
575 100 — — —
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table on page 16-44.
b NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
c NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.
Table 16.118: Auxiliary Units—Class 8702, 8736 and 8810

The table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit and interlocking
contacts) that can be added to either the forward or reverse contactor or starter.
No. of Poles of Maximum number of auxiliary units on each contactor, forward or reverse.
NEMA Size (Type) Basic Contactor (In addition to internal holding circuit and interlocking contacts.)
00 (SA) 2 or 3 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
0, 1 and 2 2 or 3 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)d
(SB, SC and SD) 4 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (SE, SF, Any 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
SG, SH, and SJ)
d When adding 4 external auxiliary contacts to one Size 0 or 1 contactor, remove one of the return springs.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-48


16


Full Voltage Reversing 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping, and reversing AC squirrel
cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and
electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements.
Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S
starters are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz.
Overload Relays
Class 8736 Type S Size 00–6 reversing starters are provided with melting alloy thermal overload relay as standard.
Interchangeable thermal units are available in standard trip Sizes 00–6, as are bimetallic overload relays. Ambient
compensated and non-compensated versions are supplied with manual or automatic reset, trip current adjustment, and
an alarm contact on Sizes 0–2.
Quick trip is available on Sizes 00–4, and slow trip on Sizes 00–3.
NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1 Single phase starters use one thermal unit; three phase starters use three thermal units. See page 16-116 for selection
Reversing Starter information.
(Horizontal Type) Adapted Bimetal (NEMA Sizes 00–1)
The Adapted Bimetal motor starter consists of a specially designed adapter that attaches with bus bars to the NEMA
Type S contactor and holds the LRD or LR3D (IEC Style) bimetal overload relay. This starter configuration can be
ordered by adding Form E (adapater only) to the standard catalog number. Once the FLA of the motor has been
determined, the LRD or LR3D bimetal overload can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date.
For more information see Table 16.269.
Solid State Overload Relay Protection (Motor Logic™)
These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on three phase sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7.
They provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection. To order, add Form H30 (for selectable trip class 10 or 20
protection). For more information about Motor Logic overload relays, see pages 16-83 and 16-102.
TeSys T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6)
TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication
protocols. TeSys T can predict what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power
over a wide range. For additional information about TeSys T Motor Management System, see pages 16-84 to 16-88
and page 16-103.
Table 16.119:
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3Rd
Watertight, Dusttight NEMA 7 & 9 c
Current Ratings
NEMA 1 Dusttight &

Brushed Hazardous Locations
Continuous
Open Type General Purpose Driptight

Stainless Steel Class I, Groups C & D
NEMA
Enclosure Industrial Use

Size
Motor Max. Enclosure Class II, Groups E, F & G Enclosure

Voltage Hp (Sizes 0–5)a
SPIN-
Vertical Horizontal $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Bolted
Type $ Price
TOP™ $ Price Type $ Price
Type Type
Type
200 1-1/2 —
NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1 00 9 230 1-1/2 — SAO16b 926. SAG16b 989. Use Use Use Use
Reversing Starter 460 2 — Size 0 Size 0 Size 0 Size 0
575 2 —
(Vertical Type)
200 3
230 3
0 18 SBO10b SBO4b 1097. SBG4b 1160. SBW14b 1814. SBT49b 3794. SBR9b 4742. SBA4b 1416.
460 5
575 5
200 7-1/2
230 7-1/2
1 27 SCO7b SCO8b 1241. SCG8b 1331. SCW14b 2241. SCT49b 3978. SCR9b 4976. SCA4b 1587.
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 SDO1b SDO2b 2349. SDG2b 2583. SDW11b 4064. SDT43b 6642. SDR3b 8064. SDA1b 3011.
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 SEO1b SEO2b 3902. SEG2b 4307. SEW11b 6501. — — — — SEA1b 5247.
460 50
575 50
200 40 — —
230 50 — —
4 135 SFO1b SFO3b 9530. SFG3b 10274. SFW11b 14148. — — SFA1b 11727.
460 100 — —
575 100 — —
200 75 — —
230 100 — —
5 270 SGO1b SGO3b 18309. SGG3b 22602. SGW11b 25734. — — SGA1b 25734.
460 200 — —
16
575 200 — —
200 150 — — —
230 200 — — —
6 540 SHO1b 43205. SHG1b 50331. SHW1b 57452. — — SHA1b 54176.
460 400 — — —
575 400 — — —
200 – — — —
230 300 — — —
7 810 SJO1b 61250. SJG1b 68736. SJW1b 75497. — — SJA1b 72221.
460 600 — — —
575 600 — — —
a NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only.
b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-47.
c NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
d NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.


Full Voltage Reversing

Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3Rc
NEMA 7 & 9 b
NEMA 1 Watertight, Dusttight &
Hazardous Locations
Open Type General Purpose Dusttight Driptight
NEMA Continuous Motor Max. Type of Enclosure Brushed Stainless Class I, Groups C & D Industrial Use
Current Class II, Groups E, F & G
Size Voltage Hp Motor Steel Enclosure Enclosure
Ratings
Vertical Horizontal $ Price Bolted $ Price SPIN TOP™ $ Price
Type Type Type Type
2-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required
115 1/3 —
00 9 SAO13a 863. SAG13a 923. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0
230 1 —
Single
115 1
0 18 Phase SBO7a SBO1a 1034. SBG1a 1094. SBW11a 1751. SBT46a 3722. SBR6a 4656. SBA1a 1350.
230 2 3-Wire
115 2
1 27 SCO1a SCO2a 1175. SCG2a 1265. SCW11a 2177. SCT46a 3909. SCR6a 4883. SCA1a 1521.
230 3
3-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required
230 1 Rep.-Ind. —
00 9
230 1 Split Ph. —
230 2 Rep.-Ind.
0 18
230 2 Split Ph.
230 3 Rep.Ind.
1 27
230 3 Split Ph.
4-Pole Polyphase—2 Thermal Units Required
200 3 Consult
230 3 2100. Schneider Electric
0 18 SBO11a SBO5a 1382. SBG5a 1443. SBW15a SBR10a 5133. SBA5a 1670.
460 5 CCC at
575 5 (1-888-778-2733)
200 7-1/2 Consult
230 7-1/2 2541. Schneider Electric
1 27 SCO9a SCO10a 1566. SCG10a 1629. SCW15a SCR10a 5396. SCA5a 1886.
460 10 CCC at
575 10 (1-888-778-2733)
200 10 Consult
230 15 2 Phase 4748. Schneider Electric
2 45 — SDO4a 2948. SDG4a 3182. SDW12a SDR4a 9248. SDA2a 3609.
460 25 4-Wire CCC at
575 25 (1-888-778-2733)
200 25
230 30
3 90 — SEO4a 4886. SEG4a 5318. SEW12a 7482. — — — — SEA2a 6228.
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 — SFO4a 12207. SFG4a 12981. SFW12a 16883. — — — — SFA2a 14462.
460 100
575 100
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
b NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
c NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S
(separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8736SCO1U01S).
e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8736SBO7V02S).
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-48
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page16-105


16


Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Table 16.122: Open Type—2 or 3-Pole Only
Dimensions—Inches
Class NEMA Figure Weight
Type Mounting
Size Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M (lb)
00 SAO Horizontal 1 7-1/8 5 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 4-11/32 3/16 5-1/2 29/32 — — 12
Horizontal 1 7-1/8 5 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 4-11/32 3/16 5-1/2 29/32 — — 12

0, 1 SBO, SCO Vertical 1a 5-15/32 9-7/32 5-5/16 5-1/2 7/32 — 39/64 8 39/64 5-1/32 7/32 — — 12
Horizontal 1 9 6-7/8 6-1/32 — — 4-1/2 3/8 5-5/8 1/4 6 1-1/2 — — 16

2 SDO Vertical 1a 6-3/4 11-3/8 6-1/32 6-1/4 1/4 — 1/2 10-3/8 1/2 1/4 1/4 — — 16
Horizontal 1 12-23/32 7-31/32 7 11-3/4 31/64 — 31/64 7 31/64 11-3/4 31/64 — — 35

3 SEO Vertical 1a 7-13/64 19 7 6-1/4 31/64 — 1-1/64 17 63/64 6-1/4 31/64 — — 35
8702
Horizontal 1 14-1/4 11-11/16 7 13-1/4 1/2 — 1/2 8 1-27/32 13-1/4 1/2 — — 45
4 SFO Vertical 1a 7-31/32 23-29/32 7 7 31/64 — 1-13/16 20-1/4 1-3/16 7 31/64 — — 45
Horizontal 1 19-5/16 16-3/16 9-3/8 18 21/32 — 1-1/32 14 1-5/32 18 21/32 — — 98

5 SGO Vertical 1a 10-3/4 34-13/32 9-3/8 9-1/2 5/8 — 1-1/4 32 1-5/32 9-1/2 5/8 — — 98
6 SHO Horizontal 1 22-3/8 28-3/64 9-33/64 18 40/64 — 3-53/64 21-3/16 3-1/32 18 49/64 — — 195
7 SJO Horizontal 1 24-1/4 37-1/4 13-13/16 19-3/4 1-33/64 — — 30 — — — — — 310
00 SAO Horizontal 2 7-1/8 6-29/32 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 4-11/32 6-7/32 4-17/32 5-1/16 21/32 — 13
Horizontal 2 7-1/8 6-29/32 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 4-11/32 6-7/32 4-17/32 5-1/16 21/32 — 13
0, 1 SBO, SCO Vertical 2a 5-15/32 11-33/64 5-5/16 5-1/32 7/32 — 39/64 8 10-45/64 2-33/64 5-1/16 7/32 5-1/32 13
Horizontal 2 9 8-1/2 6-1/32 — — 4-1/2 3/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 5 5-5/32 1-1/2 — 18

2 SDO Vertical 2a 6-3/4 13-31/64 6-1/32 6-1/4 1/4 — 25/32 10-3/8 12-31/32 3-1/8 5-5/32 1/4 6 18
Horizontal 2 12-23/32 11-23/32 7 11-3/4 31/64 — 31/64 10-3/4 10-3/4 11-3/4 6-1/4 31/64 11-3/4 38
3 SEO Vertical 2a 7-5/16 22-1/4 7 6-1/4 31/64 — 1-1/64 20-3/4 — 6-1/4 6-1/4 31/64 6-1/4 38
8736
Horizontal 2 14-1/4 14-19/32 7 13-1/4 1/2 — 1-27/32 12-1/4 12-1/4 13-1/4 6-1/4 1/2 13-1/4 48
4 SFO Vertical 2a 7-31/32 26-13/16 7 7 31/64 — 1-27/32 24-1/2 — 4-3/64 6-1/4 31/64 7 48
Horizontal 2 19-5/16 20-29/32 9-3/8 18 21/32 — 1-9/32 19 19 18 6-5/8 5/8 18 115

5 SGO Vertical 2a 10-3/4 39-5/32 9-3/8 9-1/2 21/32 — 1-9/32 371/4 37-1/4 9-1/2 6-5/8 5/8 9-1/2 115
6 SHO Horizontal 2 22-3/8 28-3/64 9-33/64 18 44/64 — 3-53/64 21-3/16 3-1/32 18 49/64 — — 200
7 SJO Horizontal 1 24-1/4 37-1/4 13-13/16 19-3/4 1-33/64 — — 30 — — — — — 315
a Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure.
A A
D E
D E F G
C C
F G
B
H
H B I
RESET
J L K
I M
J K
Figure 1 (Class 8702 Open Type) Figure 2 (Class 8736 Open Type)
16
Table 16.123: NEMA 1 (Class 8702 and 8736)

Weight
Dimensions—Inches (lb)
NEMA
Size C A (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
A B D E F G H I 8702 8736
8702 8736 H
00, 0c 11-7/8 11-7/8 7-13/32 7-17/32 9-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 9-3/4 1-1/16 5/16 16 17
1b
2b 14-7/8 14-1/8 7-9/16 7-21/32 12-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 12 1-1/16 5/16 24 25
3c 18-5/32 29-5/32 9-1/4 9-1/4 15-1/2 1-21/64 1-21/64 26-1/2 1-21/64 7/16 95 98
4c B G
5 35-7/32 46-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16 31 2-7/64 2-7/64 42 2-7/64 9/16 298 315
6 36-7/32 62-7/32 19-15/32 400 405 RESET
Floor Mounting.
7 34-1/2 93 23-1/2 — —
b Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for
Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. H
c 3-Pole only.
E D F C
Figure 3—NEMA 1

All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Table 16.124: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steelc
A
Hub Dia. Weight D E D G B
Dimensions—Inches
NEMA Class X (lb)
W
Size Number Top
Bot.
A B C D E F G H I J K L & 8702 8736
Only Bot. F C
0a 8702 & 8736 12-5/8 7-13/16 14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2 13-1/2 19/32 3-7/8 18-13/32 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16 3/4 1 25 26
1a
2a 8702 & 8736 14-7/8 8-1/4 15-3/4 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 3/8 3-7/8 20-7/8 1-23/32 2-5/8 5/16 3/4 1-1/2 33 35
G
3b 8702 18-5/32 8-3/4 32-7/32 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 7/8 3-11/16 26-23/32 2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4 2-1/2 96 —
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes
4b 8736 18-5/32 9-9/16 32-7/32 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 26-23/32 2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4 2-1/2 — 99
8702 35-7/32 12-1/8 49-7/32 4-7/64 27 48 5/8 4-19/32 45-13/16 2-31/32 3-1/2 9/16 3/4 3-1/2 300 — I
5
8736 35-7/32 12-15/16 49-7/32 4-7/64 27 48 5/8 5-13/32 45-13/16 2-31/32 3-1/2 9/16 3/4 3-1/2 — 317
W X
6 8702 & 8736 36-7/32 19-15/32 70-1/8 500 505
Floor Mounting J
7 8702 & 8736 34-1/2 23-1/2 101 — — H
a Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. K
b 3-Pole only. NEMA 4 & 4X
c Size 6 & 7 are sheet steel enclosures and are rated NEMA 4 only.
Stainless Steel
Table 16.125: NEMA 7 and 9 Bolted Enclosure
See page 16-27 for drawing of enclosure.
NEMA Dimensions—Inchesd Wt.
Type
Size G H J K L N P Q, R S, T, U, V (lb)
SBT
0–2 SCT 14-1/4 27-5/8 9-1/2 12-1/4 19-1/4 9-5/8 11-1/2 2-3/8 3-1/8 115
SDT
SET
3–4 24-1/2 45-5/8 13-3/4 22-1/2 27-1/2 13-3/4 15-3/8 3-7/16 4 180
SFT
d Dimensions shown for 2 or 3-Pole devices only.
Table 16.126: NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP™ Enclosure

See page 16-26 for drawing of enclosure.
NEMA Dimensions—Inches Wt.
Type
Size A Be Bf Ce Cf D Ee Ef F Ge Gf He Hf Je Jf K L M N P R (lb)
SBR
0-1 12 41-1/16 46-1/8 68-1/16 79-1/8 16-3/4 7-1/4 12-1/4 7-11/16 26-1/8 26-1/8 3 9 24 24 8-1/2 2-1/16 9-3/8 5-1/4 1-1/2 3/8 70
SCR
2 SDR 16-1/8 48-1/2 50-1/2 81-1/2 85 20-1/4 12-1/8 9-1/8 8-5/8 27-3/4 32-3/4 8 4-1/2 25 30 12 2-5/8 11 5-1/2 2-1/2 3/8 100
3 SER Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733)
e Without control transformer.
f With control transformer (Form F4T).
Table 16.127: NEMA 12/3R

A
Weight D E D
NEMA Class Dimensions—Inches G
(lb)
Size Number
A B C D E F G H I J 8702 8736
0g 8702 & 8736 11-7/8 7-3/4 13-3/4 2-9/16 6-3/4 12-3/4 1/2 3-21/32 18-1/8 5/16 23 24
1g
F
2g 8702 & 8736 14-7/8 7-7/8 16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 1/2 3-21/32 21-1/4 5/16 31 32 C
3h 8702 18-5/32 9-1/4 31-1/2 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 1/2 3-11/16 26-23/32 7/16 96 —
4h 8736 18-5/32 9-9/16 31-1/2 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 1/2 4-1/2 26-23/32 7/16 — 99
8702 35-7/32 13-1/8 49 4-1/8 27 48 1/2 5-5/16 45-7/8 9/16 302 — G B
5
8736 35-7/32 13-15/16 49 4-1/8 27 48 1/2 6-1/8 45-7/8 9/16 — 319 (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
6 8702 & 8736 36-7/32 19-15/32 62-7/32 490 495
Floor Mounting
7 8702 & 8736 34-1/2 23-1/2 93 — — I
g Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices.
h 3-Pole only.
H
NEMA 12
16

All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors—NEMA Style
Class 8702 Type W Reversing Vacuum Contactors are used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors
where overload protection is separately provided. Type W reversing vacuum contactors are designed for operation at
600 Volts, 50/60 Hz.
Auxiliary Contacts—An auxiliary contact block, Class 9999 Type WX11, with one normally open contact and one
normally closed contact, is used with Size 4, 5 and 6 vacuum contactors. Additional auxiliary contact units may be
added to the Size 4 and 5 reversing contactors in the field. A maximum of 2 units may be added to the Size 4; a
maximum of 1 unit may be added to the Size 5.
Termination Means—The Size 4 reversing vacuum contactor is supplied with line and load side lugs. The Size 5 and
6 reversing vacuum contactors are supplied without line and load side lugs.
Table 16.128: Class 8702 Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors (Horizontal Only) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Enclosed Open Type
NEMA Motor Maximum
Ampere
Size Voltage Horsepower Type $ Price
Rating
200 40
230 50
4 135 380 75 WFO3a 10659.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 380 150 WGO3a 18678.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 380 300 WHO3Va 45666.00
460 400
575 400
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-51. Replacement coils are listed on page 16-28.
Table 16.129: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8702 Reversing Contactors
Suffix Number
Class (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
Size Type Poles and $ Price
Type 120 Volts 240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts
4 WF All 9998WF 120 240 480 600 732.00
5 WG All 9998WG 120 240 480 600 1724.00
6 WH All 9998WH 120 240 480 600 1904.00

Type Size Type
WH 6 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
22.00
WF 4 WCX11 114.00 5.81 3.65
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 4.00
WG–WH 5–6 WLX01 503.00 2.50
.60 6.90
Lug Kits
WG 5 LUW5 275.00
(6) lugs included 2.00
.86
2.75
Table 16.131: Coil Voltage Codes 1.76 0.38
Volts 110 120 220 240 440 480 550 600

1
50 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07 2

3
4
5
60 Hz V02 V03 V06 V07 6
7
8
9
14.00
0 18.00
1
2
Approximate Dimensions 1.5
Name
Plate
Over travel
4.88 Gauge Recess For 2.48
Mechanical Auxiliary Interlock
3.50 3.75 3.98
.281 dia Interlock
.44 4.20
3 mtg. holes
2.50 1.89 9.56
4.26 1.40
24.00
overtravel
gauge
6.00 8.80 6.88 Size 5 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs

max
Class 8702 WG
4.40
16
2.70 2.70
6.50
1.13
1.44 1.44
7.00 9.75 6.54
3.40 3.90
Rear View Front View Side View

Drilling Plan
Size 4 Reversing Contactor Outline with Lugs

Class 8702 WF
16.40
5.00
14.00
18.00
1.50 Name
7.75 Plate
For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 3.75

2.00
2.70 2.70
4.40 7.75
22.00 1.40
24.00
Size 6 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs
Class 8702 WH


Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8738 and 8739 Type S reversing combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection into one
convenient package. Type S reversing combination starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards, and are UL Listed (although
some Form numbers may not be listed—contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for further information). Class 8738 and
8739 reversing combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz—and are supplied with melting alloy overload relays as
standard. For Class J fuses, use form Y1072 (No Charge).
Class 8738 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.132: Class 8738 Full-Voltage Type, Fusible (With Class H Fuse Clips) Reversing with
Melting Alloy Overload Relays—3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
NEMA 12/3Ra
Ratings NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Dusttight and Driptight
NEMA 1 Industrial Use Enclosure
Watertight and Dusttight Watertight, Dusttight
General Purpose Enclosure and Corrosion Resistant With Without
Motor Max. Fuse Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure External External
Voltage Hp NEMA Clip
Reset Reset $ Price
Voltage) phase (A) Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
5 30 SCG12b 2313.00 SCW12b 4050.00 SCW22b 4656.00 SCA22b SCA12b 2798.00
1
7-1/2 60 SCG13b 2340.00 SCW13b 4077.00 SCW23b 4692.00 SCA23b SCA13b 2825.00
(208)
20 3 100 SEG15b 6357.00 SEW15b 11001.00 — — SEA25b SEA15b 7182.00
5 30 SCG12b 2313.00 SCW12b 4050.00 SCW22b 4656.00 SCA22b SCA12b 2798.00
1
7-1/2 60 SCG13b 2340.00 SCW13b 4077.00 SCW23b 4692.00 SCA23b SCA13b 2825.00
(240)
15 30 SDG16b 3873.00 SDW16b 6515.00 SDW26b 7163.00 SDA26b SDA16b 4491.00
460 2
(480) 25 60 SDG14b 3893.00 SDW14b 6543.00 SDW24b 7199.00 SDA24b SDA14b 4521.00
15 30 SDG16b 3873.00 SDW16b 6515.00 SDW26b 7163.00 SDA26b SDA16b 4491.00
575 2
(600) 25 60 SDG14b 3893.00 SDW14b 6543.00 SDW24b 7199.00 SDA24b SDA14b 4521.00
a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. For class J fuse clip, use
Form Y1072 (no charge).

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24dc — V01 No Charge
120d 110 V02 No Charge
c
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,

d These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8738SC13V02S).
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage.
Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57

Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

16


Reversing Combination Non-Fusible and Fusible Disconnect Switch Type

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
Table 16.134: Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—Full-Voltage Type Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 12/3Ra
NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 1 Watertight, Dusttight Industrial Use Enclosure
General Purpose and Corrosion Resistant
Motor Max. Fuse Enclosure Polyester
Voltage Hp NEMA Clip Enclosure
Reset Reset $ Price
Voltage) Phase (A) Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
3 0 None SBG11b 2127.00 SBW11b 3866.00 SBW21b 4442.00 SBA21b SBA11b 2613.00
7-1/2 1 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00
200 10 2 None SDG11b 3794.00 SDW11b 6443.00 SDW21b 7083.00 SDA21b SDA11b 4419.00
(208) 25 3 None SEG11b 6287.00 SEW11b 10929.00 — — SEA21b SEA11b 7113.00
40 4 None SFG11b 13166.00 SFW11b 19034.00 — — SFA21b SFA11b 15431.00
75 5 None SGG11b 25691.00 SGW11b 40674.00 — — SGA21b SGA11b 31076.00
7-1/2 1 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00
10 1 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00
10 1 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00
b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-53.
Table 16.135: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type With Class R Fuse Clips—100,000 AIC Rating
NEMA 12/3Rc
NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 1 Watertight, Dusttight Industrial Use Enclosure
General Purpose and Corrosion Resistant
Motor Max. Fuse Enclosure Polyester
Voltage Hp NEMA Clip Enclosuree
Reset Reset $ Price
Voltage) Phase (A) Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type
3 0 30 SBG32d 2192.00 SBW32d 3929.00 SBW42d 4521.00 SBA42d SBA32d 2676.00
5 30 SCG32d 2334.00 SCW32d 4071.00 SCW42d 4685.00 SCA42d SCA32d 2817.00
1
7-1/2 60 SCG33d 2363.00 SCW33d 4100.00 SCW43d 4706.00 SCA43d SCA33d 2847.00
200
(208) 10 2 60 SDG32d 3873.00 SDW32d 6521.00 SDW42d 7176.00 SDA42d SDA32d 4499.00
20 3 100 SEG35d 6399.00 SEW35d 11043.00 — — SEA45d SEA35d 7226.00
40 4 200 SFG35d 13451.00 SFW35d 19319.00 — — SFA45d SFA35d 15714.00
75 5 400 SGG35d 25707.00 SGW35d 40689.00 — — SGA45d SGA35d 31089.00
5 30 SCG32d 2334.00 SCW32d 4071.00 SCW42d 4685.00 SCA42d SCA32d 2817.00
1
7-1/2 60 SCG33d 2363.00 SCW33d 4100.00 SCW43d 4706.00 SCA43d SCA33d 2847.00
230
(240) 15 2 60 SDG32d 3873.00 SDW32d 6521.00 SDW42d 7176.00 SDA42d SDA32d 4499.00
10 1 30 SCG34d 2363.00 SCW34d 4100.00 SCW44d 4712.00 SCA44d SCA34d 2847.00
15 30 SDG36d 3893.00 SDW36d 6534.00 SDW46d 7191.00 SDA46d SDA36d 4514.00
460 2
(480)
16


10 1 30 SCG34d 2363.00 SCW34d 4100.00 SCW44d 4712.00 SCA44d SCA34d 2847.00

575 2
(600) 25 60 SDG34d 3915.00 SDW34d 6564.00 SDW44d 7433.00 SDA44d SDA34d 4541.00
c NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-53.
e 5,000 AIC Rating


Reversing Combination Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

Table 16.136: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
Watertight
NEMA 1 Watertight, NEMA 12/3Rb
and Dusttight
Ratings General Purpose Dusttight and Dusttight and Driptight
Enclosure
Enclosure Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304) Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0-5)a
Circuit Breaker With Without
Motor Hp (See Page 7-32 External External
Voltage Range NEMA
for Breaker Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size
Adjustment
Voltage) phase Type Type
Range)
1/4–5 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 2726. SCW44c 4463. SCW54c 5133. SCA54c SCA44c
1 3209.
7-1/2 HLL36050M72 SCG45c SCW45c SCW55c SCA55c SCA45c
2 4350. 6998. 7695. 4976.
71/2–10 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDW43c SDW53c SDA53c SDA43c
200 15–25 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 6501. SEW42c 11142. SEW52c 12254. SEA52c SEA42c 7326.
(208)
30–40 4 JJL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982.
50–60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c 29808. SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c 35190.
5 44792. —
100 LJL36400M36 SHG43c SHW43c — SHA53c SHA43c 68120.
6 64274. 71396. —
1/4–7-1/2 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 2726. SCW44c 4463. SCW54c 5133. SCA54c SCA44c 3209.
1-1/2–7-1/2 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c SDA42c
10 2 HLL36050M72 SDG43c 4350. SDW43c 6998. SDW53c 7695. SDA53c SDA43c 4976.
230
(240) 15–30 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 6501. SEW42c 11142. SEW52c 12254. SEA52c SEA42c 7326.
40–50 4 JJL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982.
60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c 29808. SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c 35190.
5 44792. —
125–150 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c SHA45c 68120.
6 64274. 71396. —
a NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG41V02S).
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57


16


Reversing Combination Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight
Enclosure
Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion Resistant Industrial Use Enclosure
Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
Circuit Breaker With Without
Motor Hp (See Page 7-32 External External
Voltage Range NEMA
for Breaker Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Reset Reset $ Price
(Starter Poly- Size
Adjustment
Voltage) phase Type Type
Range)
5–15 HLL36030M71 SDG42c 4350. SDW42c 6998. SDW52c 7695. SDA52c SDA42c
2 4976.
460 3 6501. 11142. 12254. 7326.
(480)
60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982.
125 JLL36250M75 SGG44c 29808. SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c
5 44792. — 35190.
6 64274. 71396. — 68120.
5–20 HLL36030M71 SDG42c
2 4350. SDW42c 6998. SDW52c 7695. SDA52c SDA42c 4976.
575 25–30 HLL36050M72 SEG41c SEW41c SEW51c SEA51c SEA41c
3 6501. 11142. 12254. 7326.
(600) 40–50 HLL36100M73 SEG42c SEW42c SEW52c SEA52c SEA42c
60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982.
125–150 JLL36250M75 SGG44c 29808. SGW44c — SGA54c SGA44c
5 44792. — 35190.
6 64274. 71396. — 68120.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-57


16


Reversing Combination Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker

NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight
Enclosure
Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0-5)a
With Without
(Starter Poly- Size
Type Type Type
Rating
0 2228. 3965. 4563. 2712.
1 2399. 4136. 4761. 2883.
4 14718. 20586. 22644. 16982.
5 29808. 44792. — 35190.
6 64274. 71396. — 68120.
0 2228. 3965. 4563. 2712.
1 2399. 4136. 4761. 2883.
10 HLL36060 60 SDG1c 4022. SDW1c 6672. SDW11c 7340. SDA11c SDA1c
2 4649.
3 6501. 11142. 12254. 7326.
(240) 25–30 HLL36150 150 SEG5c SEW5c SEW15c SEA15c SEA5c
4 14718. SFW4c 20586. SFW14c 22644. SFA14c 16982.
50 JLL36250 250 SFG4c SFA4c
75 5 LLL36400E20 400 SGG4c 29808. SGW4c 44792. — — SGA14c SGA4c 35190.
125 LLL36600E20 600 SHG4c SHW4c — SHA14c SHA4c 68120.
6 64274. 71396. —

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57


16


Reversing Combination Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See
NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X
NEMA 1 Watertight and Dusttight Watertight, NEMA 12/3Rb
Ratings General Purpose Enclosure Dusttight and Dusttight and Driptight
(Sizes 0 - 5)a Polyester Enclosure
With Without
(Starter Poly- Size
Type Type Type
Rating
1 2399. 4136. 4761. 2883.
60 JJL36105 150 SFG5c SFW5c SFW15c SFA15c SFA5c
75 4 JJL36200 200 SFG3c 14718. SFW3c 20586. SFW13c 22644. SFA13c SFA3c 16982.
100 JJL36250 250 SFG4c SFW4c SFW14c SFA14c SFA4c
5 29808. 44792. — 35190.
6 64274. 71396. — 68120.
1 2399. 4136. 4761. 2883.
(600) 40 3 HLL36090 90 SEG6c 6501. SEW6c 11142. SEW16c 12254. SEA16c SEA6c 7326.
60–75 JLL36150 150 SFG5c SFW5c SFW15c SFA15c SFA5c
4 14718. 20586. 22644. 16982.
125–150 JLL36250 250 SGG6c SGW6c — SGA16c SGA6c
5 29808. 44792. — 35190.
6 64274. 71396. — 68120.
Table 16.143: Class 8738 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Table 16.145: Class 8739 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
NEMA Fuse Clip Ampere Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector Type
Enclosure
Size Type Capability Rating (AIC)
NEMA Ampere Interrupting
0-3 Standard Standardd 5,000 Voltage Enclosure
Size Capability Rating (AIC)
0-3 Class R Standardd 100,000 0, 1 480 Standardg 100,000
4-5 Standard Standardd 10,000 0, 1 481 – 600 Standardg 35,000
4-5 Class R Standardd 100,000 2, 3, 4, 5 480 Standardg 100,000
d Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R. 2, 3, 4, 5 481 – 600 Standardg 50,000
Table 16.144: Coil Voltage Codes 6 480 Standardg 65,000
6 600 Standardg 18,000
Voltage Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz 0, 1 480 Standardg 100,000
0, 1 481 – 600 Standardg 35,000
24fe — V01 No Charge
120f 110 V02 No Charge 2, 3, 4, 5 480 Standardg 100,000
208 — V08 No Charge 2, 3, 4, 5 481 – 600 Standardg 50,000
240 220 V03 No Charge 6 480 Standardg 65,000
600 550 V07 No Charge 6 600 Standardg 18,000
Specify Specify V99 35.60 g Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R.
e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
16

f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as
8739SDG3V02S). For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.


Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Table 16.146: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 0–2) Figure 1
NEMA Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 1 Top & Bottom Sides Wt.
Class Type
SBG
0–1 8738 & 8739 13-3/4 23 8-11/32 10-5/8 21 18-29/32 1-7/8 1-7/8 3-3/4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1/2–3/4–1 1/2–3/4–1 1/2 49
SCG
2 8738 & 8739 SDG 15 28-3/4 9-19/32 11-5/8 26-1/4 21-15/32 2-3/16 2 4 2-9/16 1-1/4 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 29/32 — 1–1-1/4 1–1-1/4 1/2 80
Table 16.147: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 3–6) Figure 2

NEMA Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 2 Top & Bottom Sides Wt.
Class Type
1–1-1/4
3 8738 & 8739 SEG 18-1/2 44 10-19/32 12-1/2 3 25-31/32 43-1/2 1/4 — 2-13/16 3-1/2 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 1/2–3/4 1/2 245
2–2-1/4
8738 SFG 21 51-1/2 10-17/32 15 3 30-23/32 51 1/4 — 2-13/16 3-1/2 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 —
4
1–1-1/4
8739 SFG 18-1/2 44 10-19/32 12-1/2 3 25-31/32 43-1/2 1/4 — 2-13/16 3-1/2 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 1/2–3/4 1/2 —
2–2-1/4
8738 SGG 30 77 15-1/2 22 4 39-13/32 76 1/2 — 3-1/2 6-9/32 9-1/4 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4 3 — —
5
8739 SGG 30 65 13-23/32 22 4 39-13/32 64 1/2 — 3-1/2 6-9/32 5 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4 3 — —
6 8738 & 8739 SHG 36 90 17-1/32 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Table 16.148: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure Figure 3

NEMA Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 3 Wt.
Class Type
Size A B C D E F G H I J (lb)
SBA
0–1 8738 & 8739 13-3/4 10-3/32 24-3/4 3-1/4 2-1/2 8-3/4 24 3/8 3-3/4 20-5/16 52
SCA
2 8738 & 8739 SDA 15 10-31/32 31 3-1/4 3 9 30-1/4 3/8 3-3/4 23-7/16 95
3 8738 & 8739 SEA 18-1/2 10-19/32 45 5 3 12-1/2 44 1/2 3-3/4 25-19/32 255
8738 SFA 21 10-19/32 52-1/2 5 3 15 51-1/2 1/2 3-3/4 30-11/32 —
4
8739 SFA 18-1/2 10-19/32 45 3-1/4 3 12-1/2 44 1/2 3-3/4 25-19/32 —
8738 SGA 30 15-1/2 78 9-1/4 4 22 77 1/2 7-1/2 39-13/32 —
5
8739 SGA 30 15-1/2 66 — 4 22 65 1/2 7-1/2 37-7/8 —
6a 8739 SHA 36 17-1/32 90 — — — — — — — —
a Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting.
Table 16.149: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosureb Figure 4 A

Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 4 E
NEMA Class
Size Type A B C E F
SBW
8738 &
0-2 SCW 25.25 11.4 27.00 17.88 25.75
8739SDW F C
SEW
3-4 8739 26.31 11.4 33.50 18.50 32.25
SFW
B
b See page 16-58 for important information on hubs for NEMA 4X enclosures.
c The dimensions shown in all tables above are also for Form F4T (standard control transformer),
Form F4T11 (100 VA extra-capacity), and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra-capacity).
Figure 4: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure
NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure;

they are intended for dimensional information only.
Handle
Handle Swing
A L
Swing C
D E H O Handle
A L C A Swing
M
D K N F E D B
H
Y
P
Y
O
G B
E B
G
C
Y
Y

Cover 8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
Cover 11 (For Sizes 3 and 4)
Open 90º Open 90º 8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on Cover
Open 90º (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
F F 14 External Flanges (For Size 5) 11 (For Sizes 3 and 4)
J (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
W X W W X W 14 External Flanges (For Size 5)
G J
J K
H M
I N
I
Figure 1: Figure 2: Figure 3:
16
NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 0–2) NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 3–6) NEMA 12 Enclosure

All Rights Reserved

Reversing Combination Starters
Table 16.150: NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure Figure 1
Top &
Dimensions (in inches)a—see Figure 1 Bottom
NEMA Bot. Wt.
Class Type
Size (lb)
SBW
0–1 8738 & 8739 13-3/4 8-11/32 25-3/16 3-1/4 2-1/2 8-3/4 24 19/32 3 1-5/8 2-5/16 18-17/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub 52
SCW
2 8738 & 8739 SDW 15 9-19/32 30-1/32 3-1/4 2-1/2 10 29-3/4 5/8 3 2 2-5/8 21-1/32 3/4 Hub 1-1/2 Hub 95
3 8738 & 8739 SEW 18-1/2 10-9/16 45-3/16 5 3 12-1/2 44 19/32 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/16 25-1/2 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 255
8738 SFW 21 10-17/32 52-11/16 5 3 15 51-1/2 19/32 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/16 30-1/4 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub —
4
8739 SFW 18-1/2 10-9/16 45-3/16 5 3 12-1/2 44 19/32 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/16 25-1/2 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub —
8738 SGW 30 15-1/2 78-3/32 9-1/4 4 22 77 9/16 6-3/32 3 3-1/2 39-13/32 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub —
5
8739 SGW 30 13-57/64 66-3/32 5 4 22 65 9/16 6-3/32 3 3-1/2 37-7/8 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub —
6 8739 SHW 36 17-1/32 98 — — — — — — — — — — — —
a Above dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity).
NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
Information on Hubs
Hubs are supplied with each NEMA 4X combination starter
as shown in the table below.
Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures;
they are supplied but not installed in polyester enclosures.
Table 16.151:
NEMA Size Quantity Hub Size
1 0.75"
0&1 2 1.00"
1 0.75"
2 2 1.50"
1 0.75"
3&4 2 2.50"
Handle Swing
A D B
F E H
G C
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 0, 1, & 2)

8
Cover Open 90º (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 3 & 4)
11
L (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
W X 14 External Flanges (for Size 5)
J
I
K
Figure 1:
NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure
16

All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Multipole Lighting Contactors, Type L & LX

Features
• 30 A fluorescent lighting rating, 20 A tungsten lighting rating
• Electrically and mechanically held
• 2 through 12-pole versions
• Field-convertible contacts with N.O. and N.C. indicators
(8 N.C. contacts maximumd)
• Silver-Cadmium-Oxide double break contacts
File E78427 File LR60905 Type L

CCN NRNT Class 3211 07
Type LX
Table 16.152: Multipole Lighting Contactors (50–60 Hz)
NEMA 1 NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 12/3Rf
NEMA 1 Flush Mounting NEMA 3R Watertight, Dusttight
Contact No. Watertight, Dusttight Dusttight and
General Purpose General Purpose Rainproof and Corrosion- Open Typeb
Ampere of Brushed Stainless Driptight Industrial
Enclosure Enclosure with Enclosuree Resistant Glass-
Ratings Poles Steel Enclosure Use Enclosure
Plaster Adjustment Polyester Enclosure
Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea
Electrically Heldd
2 LG20c 446.00 LF20c 689.00 LH20c 860.00 LWW20c 1146.00 LW20c 917.00 LA20c 860.00 LO20c 404.00
30c 6 LG60c 890.00 LF60c 1031.00 LH60c 1202.00 LWW60c 1571.00 LW60c 1259.00 LA60c 1202.00 LO60c 746.00
Mechanically Heldeg
2 LXG20c 702.00 LXF20c 975.00 — — LXWW20c 1728.00 LXW20c 1728.00 LXA20c 1017.00 LXO20c 590.00
30c 6 LXG60c 1160.00 LXF60c 1430.00 — — LXWW60c 2186.00 LXW60c 2186.00 LXA60c 1472.00 LXO60c 1044.00
a Price does not include holding circuit contact.
b Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991 enclosure.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard.
d Factory conversion of N.O. contacts to N.C., order by catalog number and add $42.80 to price (i.e. For 6 N.O. and 2 N.C. poles on an 8 pole contactor, order as 8903LG62V02). Versions are
available from the factory with up to 12 N.C. poles electrically held or 2, 4, 6 and 12 N.C. poles mechanically held. For field conversion, there is a maximum of eight N.C. poles for Type L and
a maximum of six N.C. poles for Type LX contactors.
NOTE: For contactors with more than 8 poles, the catalog number configuration will be the number of normally open contacts followed by a 0 and then the number of normally closed contacts
(i.e. for 4 NO and 6 NC on a 10 pole contactor order 8903LG406V02).
e Cannot support control transformer forms.
f NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information.
g When ordering Form C, Form R6 must be included.
Table 16.153: Power Poles for Type L or LX -

The kits below are used to add 30 Ampere power poles to existing Type L contactors when additional circuits are required. Type L lighting
contactors are supplied with mounting brackets, so that adder poles may be mounted from the front by a single captive screw. Adder poles are
supplied standard with N.O. contacts which are convertible to N.C.
Power Pole Adder Kith
Can Only Be Added to Contactor Typei
Class 8903 Type $ Price
Single Pole
LO60
L1L 86.00 LXO60
L1R 86.00 LO80
Double Pole LXO80
LO1000
L3L 171.00 LXO1000
L3R 171.00
h 8903LO (electrically held) devices can accommodate 10 or 12 N.C. contacts use only 120 V 60Hz coils.
i LO60 & LXO60—add 1-pole kits only, 1 on each side, for converting to 8-pole. To maintain proper operation, it cannot be Type L3L Type LO80 Type L3R
converted to greater than 8-pole contactor. LO80 & LXO80—use single-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 10-pole
and use two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole. LO1000 & LXO1000—remove existing single pole kit and
install two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole.

Voltage
$ Price
Code Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-63
Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-105, 16-106
Replacement Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-107 Type L1L Type LO60 Type L1R
• Class Number Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)
• Type Number
• Voltage Code
16
8903 LXG60 VO4 CF4R6

• Form(s)


Lighting Contactors
Features
• Electrically and mechanically held • UL Listed short-circuit rating up to 100,000 Amperes
• 30–800 A lighting ratings • Factory wired controls and clearly marked termination points
• 2- through 5-pole versions (5-poles through 200 A) • Quick ship on most items in 5–7 days
Table 16.156: Multipole Lighting Contactors—Type S (50–60 Hz)
Ampere Ratings
NEMA 1 NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA
NEMA
No. of Poles
Flush Mounting NEMA Watertight, Type 12 / 3Rh
NEMA 1 Type 4 & 4Xa
Contact
General Purpose Type 3R Dusttight and Dusttight and
General Purpose Watertight and Open Type
Enclosure with Rainproof Corrosion-Resistant Driptight
Enclosure Dusttight
Plaster Enclosuref Glass-Polyester Industrial Use
Enclosure
Adjustment Enclosure Enclosure
Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb
Electrically Heldc
2 SMG1d 476. SMF1d 660. SMH1d 647. SMW21d 989. SMW1d 989. SMA1d 647. SMO1de 446.
30 3 SMG2d 518. SMF2d 689. SMH2d 689. SMW22d 1031. SMW2d 1031. SMA2d 810. SMO2de 488.
2 SPG1d 975. SPF1d 1215. SPH1d 1287. SPW21d 1998. SPW1d 1998. SPA1d 1287. SPO1de 831.
60 4 SPG3d 1287. SPF3d 1529. SPH3d 1601. SPW23d 2712. SPW3d 2712. SPA3d 1601. SPO3de 1146.
2 SQG1d 1601. SQF1d 2015. SQH1d 1971. SQW21d 3815. SQW1d 3054. SQA1d 1971. SQO1de 1314.
100 3 SQG2d 1715. SQF2d 2127. SQH2d 2084. SQW22d 3959. SQW2d 3167. SQA2d 2084. SQO2de 1430.
4 SQG3d 2114. — — SQH3d 2484. — — SQW3d 3965. SQA3d 2484. SQO3de 1827.
5 SQG4d 3024. — — SQH4d 3396. — — SQW4d 4877. SQA4d 3396. SQO4de 2739.
2 SVG1d 3765. — — SVH1d 4991. — — SVW1d 6245. SVA1d 4991. SVO1d 3167.
3 SVG2d 4022. — — SVH2d 5247. — — SVW2d 6501. SVA2d 5247. SVO2d 3423.
200 4 SVG3d 5285. — — — — — — SVW3d 8864. SVA3d 7011. SVO3d 4761.
Electrically Held 5 SVG4d 7127. — — — — — — SVW4d 10646. SVA4d 8793. SVO4d 6543.
2 SXG1d 7952. — — — — — — SXW1d 12206. SXA1d 11084. SXO1d 6857.
300 3 SXG2d 8550. — — — — — — SXW2d 13098. SXA2d 11685. SXO2d 7455.
400g 2 SYG1d 20813. — — — — — — SYW1d 27935. SYA1d 24659. SYO1d 16299.
3 SYG2d 23534. — — — — — — SYW2d 30654. SYA2d 27378. SYO2d 19020.
600g 2 SZG1d 25550. — — — — — — SZW1d 32670. SZA1d 29394. SZO1d 20879.
3 SZG2d 28704. — — — — — — SZW2d 35825. SZA2d 32549. SZO2d 24026.
800g 2 SJG1d 30285. — — — — — — SJW1d 37535. SJA1d 33845. SJO1d 25457.
3 SJG2d 33875. — — — — — — SJW2d 40995. SJA2d 37719. SJO2d 29033.
Mechanically Heldc
2 SMG10d 738. SMF10d 923. — — SMW31d 1251. SMW10d 1251. SMA10d 912. SMO10de 710.
30 3 SMG11d 782. SMF11d 966. — — SMW32d 1295. SMW11d 1295. SMA11d 953. SMO11de 752.
2 SPG10d 1485. SPF10d 1758. — — SPW31d 2511. SPW10d 2511. SPA10d 1800. SPO10de 1373.
60 3 SPG11d 1544. SPF11d 1814. — — SPW32d 2570. SPW11d 2570. SPA11d 1857. SPO11de 1430.
Mechanically Held 4 SPG12d 1827. SPF12d 2100. — — SPW33d 3252. SPW12d 3252. SPA12d 2142. SPO12de 1715.
5 SPG13d 2399. SPF13d 2669. — — SPW34d 3824. SPW13d 3824. SPA13d 2712. SPO13de 2285.
2 SQG10d 2084. SQF10d 2241. — — SQW31d 4419. SQW10d 3537. SQA10d 2456. SQO10de 1827.
3 SQG11d 2199. SQF11d 2357. — — SQW32d 4563. SQW11d 3653. SQA11d 2570. SQO11de 1943.
100 4 SQG12d 2627. — — — — — — SQW12d 4478. SQA12d 2996. SQO12de 2370.
5 SQG13d 3537. — — — — — — SQW13d 5390. SQA13d 3909. SQO13de 3281.
2 SVG10d 5333. — — — — — — SVW10d 7811. SVA10d 6557. SVO10d 4505.
200 3 SVG11d 6015. — — — — — — SVW11d 8495. SVA11d 7241. SVO11d 4877.
4 SVG12d 7353. — — — — — — SVW12d 10859. SVA12d 9008. SVO12d 6215.
2 SXG13d 9320. — — — — — — SXW13d 12455. SXA13d 10458. SXO13d 7554.
300 3 SXG14d 10232. — — — — — — SXW14d 13365. SXA14d 11368. SXO14d 7811.
400 2 SYG16d 22593. — — — — — — SYW16d 29714. SYA16d 26441. SYO16d 18080.
3 SYG17d 25316. — — — — — — SYW17d 32436. SYA17d 29160. SYO17d 20799.
File E78427
600 2 SZG18d 27329. — — — — — — SZW18d 34451. SZA18d 31175. SZO18d 22658.
CCN NRNT 3 SZG19d 30483. — — — — — — SZW19d 37605. SZA19d 34329. SZO19d 25806.
a NEMA 4 & 4X enclosures are brush finished stainless steel for contactors sized 30 A through 300 A. Sizes 400–800 A are painted sheet steel.
b Price does not include holding circuit contact.
File LR60905 c All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and
800 A devices are provided with common control.
(Open Devices Only) d Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes above left.
Class 3231 01 e Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991
enclosure from pages 16-93 and 16-94.
f Cannot support control transformer forms.
g Form F4T is provided as standard; include line voltage when ordering. Control voltage is 120–60.
For 400, 600 and 800 ampere devices—must specify line voltage, not coil voltage.
h NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information.
Poles for Type S Only

Table 16.157: A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or Table 16.158:
16
Coil Voltage Codesc

3-pole 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or Ampere
5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and 5-pole Rating Description Class 9999 Type $ Price
Voltage Price contactors utilize the basic 3-pole device with a single or
Code Adder One N.O. SB6 158.00
double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be
60 Hz 50 Hz One N.C. SB7 158.00

24i — V01 N/C added per contactor. Sufficient room is provided in all 30 One N.O. and One N.C. SB8 365.00
Two N.O. SB9 365.00
120 110 V02 N/C enclosure styles for the addition of a power pole kit. Two N.C. SB10 365.00
208 — V08 N/C
240 220 V03 N/C One N.O. SB21j 306.00
277 — V04 N/C One N.C. SB22j 306.00
480 440 V06 N/C For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 60 One N.O. and One N.C. SB23j 656.00
Specify Specify V99 35.60 Two N.O. SB24j 656.00
i 24 volt coils are not Two N.C. SB25j 656.00
available for 200–800 A j When power pole is added to 60 Ampere contactor, a 4-pole coil is also
devices. required. Order from Coil Table page 16-105. 60 A power poles are
Contact your nearest suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire.
Square D/Schneider
Electric sales office for Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-63
additional information. Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-105, 16-106
Replacement Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-107


Lighting Contactors Combination Lighting Contactors, Type S
Features
The features include: disconnect switch and circuit breaker versions; rugged flange-mounted handle; easy installation;
occupation of less space; increased operator protection; room to spare for modifications; Class R fuse clips standard;
electrically and mechanically held; 30–600 Amperes.
It is desirable to install the branch-circuit protective device and lighting contactor, combining switching and over-current
protection, in one enclosure. Combination lighting contactors are well suited for industrial, highway and area lighting
applications, or where a lighting circuit may have to be disconnected for periodic maintenance. They may also be used
for resistance heating loads.
Table 16.159: Fusible or Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz)
NEMA 4 & 4X b
Fuse Fuse NEMA 1 NEMA 12/3Re
Contactor Watertight and Dusttight
Clip Clip General Purpose Dusttight, Oiltight Driptight,
Ampere Enclosure
Size Spacing Enclosure Industrial Use Enclosure
Rating Stainless Steel
(A) (V)
Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea
Electrically Heldc
None — SMG60d 1301.00 SMW60d 2669.00 SMA60d 1643.00
30 30 600 SMG61d 1373.00 SMW61d 2739.00 SMA61d 1715.00
30 250 SMG62d 1344.00 SMW62d 2712.00 SMA62d 1686.00
None — SPG60d 2042.00 SPW60d 4149.00 SPA60d 2528.00
60 60 600 SPG61d 2142.00 SPW61d 4248.00 SPA61d 2627.00
60 250 SPG62d 2100.00 SPW62d 4206.00 SPA62d 2583.00
None — SQG60d 3396.00 SQW60d 7070.00 SQA60d 4022.00
100 100 600 SQG61d 3609.00 SQW61d 7284.00 SQA61d 4235.00
100 250 SQG62d 3537.00 SQW62d 7212.00 SQA62d 4163.00
None — SVG60d 6629.00 SVW60d 11327.00 SVA60d 8366.00
200 200 600 SVG61d 6926.00 SVW61d 11627.00 SVA61d 8585.00
File E16151 200 250 SVG62d 6870.00 SVW62d 11570.00 SVA62d 8607.00
CCN NRNT None — SXG60d 13905.00 SXW60d 25898.00 SXA60d 18122.00
300 400 600 SXG61d 14418.00 SXW61d 26411.00 SXA61d 18635.00
400 250 SXG62d 14418.00 SXW62d 26411.00 SXA62d 18635.00
Mechanically Heldc
None — SMG70d 1458.00 SMW70d 2825.00 SMA70d 1800.00
30 30 600 SMG71d 1529.00 SMW71d 2897.00 SMA71d 1871.00
30 250 SMG72d 1502.00 SMW72d 2867.00 SMA72d 1844.00
None — SPG70d 2583.00 SPW70d 4692.00 SPA70d 3068.00
60 60 600 SPG71d 2682.00 SPW71d 4791.00 SPA71d 3167.00
60 250 SPG72d 2640.00 SPW72d 4748.00 SPA72d 3123.00
None — SQG70d 3909.00 SQW70d 7583.00 SQA70d 4535.00
100 100 600 SQG71d 4121.00 SQW71d 7797.00 SQA71d 4748.00
100 250 SQG72d 4050.00 SQW72d 7725.00 SQA72d 4676.00
None — SVG70d 8081.00 SVW70d 12780.00 SVA70d 9818.00
200 200 600 SVG71d 8379.00 SVW71d 13080.00 SVA71d 10116.00
200 250 SVG72d 8324.00 SVW72d 13023.00 SVA72d 10061.00
None — SXG70d 14261.00 SXW70d 26253.00 SXA70d 18477.00
300 400 600 SXG71d 14774.00 SXW71d 26766.00 SXA71d 18990.00
400 250 SXG72d 14774.00 SXW72d 26766.00 SXA72d 18990.00
Table 16.160: Circuit Breaker (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz)

NEMA 4 & 4Xb
NEMA 1 Watertight and Dusttight NEMA 12/3Re
Contactor Circuit Breaker General Purpose Enclosure Dusttight, Oiltight, Driptight,
Ampere Enclosure Stainless Steel Industrial Use Enclosure
Rating (30-300 A)
Ampere Maximum Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea
Rating Volts
Electrically Heldc
30 30 600 SMG81d 1814.00 SMW81d 3182.00 SMA81d 2156.00
60 60 600 SPG81d 2541.00 SPW81d 4649.00 SPA81d 3024.00
100 100 600 SQG81d 3666.00 SQW81d 7340.00 SQA81d 4292.00
200 200 600 SVG81d 8181.00 SVW81d 12879.00 SVA81d 9918.00
300 300 600 SXG81d 18023.00 SXW81d 30014.00 SXA81d 21155.00
400 400 600 SYG81d 40085.00 SYW81d 47205.00 SYA81d 43929.00
600 600 600 SZG81d 45090.00 SZW81d 52212.00 SZA81d 48936.00
Mechanically Heldc
30 30 600 SMG91d 1971.00 SMW91d 3338.00 SMA91d 2313.00
60 60 600 SPG91d 3081.00 SPW91d 5189.00 SPA91d 3567.00
100 100 600 SQG91d 4179.00 SQW91d 7853.00 SQA91d 4805.00
200 200 600 SVG91d 9633.00 SVW91d 14333.00 SVA91d 11970.00
300 300 600 SXG91d 18378.00 SXW91d 30371.00 SXA91d 21510.00
400 400 600 SYG91d 41864.00 SYW91d 48986.00 SYA91d 45710.00
600 600 600 SZG91d 46728.00 SZW91d 53991.00 SZA91d 50715.00

b For NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester enclosure pricing, multiply stainless steel enclosed price by 1.25 and
add Form G18 (limited to 100 A max.). 400 & 600 A enclosures are painted sheet steel (NEMA Type 4 & 4X).
c Control/coil voltage must be specified.
d Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page 16-60.
e NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information.
Table 16.161: Coil Voltage Codesc

Voltage $ Price
Code
60 Hz 50 Hz Adder
24f — V01 N/C
120 110 V02 N/C
208 — V08 N/C
240 220 V03 N/C
277 — V04 N/C
480 440 V06 N/C
f 24 volt coils are not available for 200 A or larger devices. Contact Schneider Electric CCC
for additional information.
16


Lighting Contactors NIGHT-MASTER® Combination Lighting Contactors
NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactors offer disconnecting means, overcurrent protection and a
lighting contactor in one NEMA 3R Rainproof enclosure. These combination units satisfy requirements of the National
Electrical Code and UL 508 for service entrance equipment.
Features:
• Solid neutral standard
• Grounding lug standard
• Padlocking provisions
• Short and long versions available
• Electrically held Type S lighting contactor
• Eliminates the need for separate mounted safety switches
• Additional panel space eliminates the need for external mounting of time clocks
Table 16.162: Disconnect Switch Typeb (3-Pole)

Short Version Long Version
Contactor Fuse Clip Fuse Clip Class 8903 Class 8903
Ampere Size Spacing Class 8903 Type 3R Class 8903 Type 3R
Rating (A) (V) $ Pricea $ Pricea $ Pricea $ Price a
Long Version Type 3R Stainless Type 3R Stainless
Steel Steel
30 600 SMC61c 2015.00 SMH61c 3263.00 SMC63c 2199.00 SMH63c 3600.00
30 30 250 SMC62c 1956.00 SMH62c 3150.00 SMC64c 2177.00 SMH64c 3488.00
60 600 SPC61c 2664.00 SPH61c 4275.00 SPC63c 2933.00 SPH63c 4725.00
60 60 250 SPC62c 2505.00 SPH62c 4050.00 SPC64c 2825.00 SPH64c 4500.00
100 600 SQC61c 4571.00 SQH61c 7425.00 SQC63c 4797.00 SQH63c 7875.00
100 100 250 SQC62c 4454.00 SQH62c 7200.00 SQC64c 4626.00 SQH64c 7650.00
200 600 SVC61c 8171.00 SVH61c 12525.00 SVC63c 8949.00 SVH63c 13725.00
200 200 250 SVC62c 7986.00 SVH62c 12825.00 SVC64c 8868.00 SVH64c 13725.00
Table 16.163: Circuit Breaker Typeb (3-Pole)

Circuit Breaker Short Version Long Version
Contactor Class 8903 Class 8903
Ampere Ampere Maximum Class 8903 Type 3R Class 8903 Type 3R
Short Version Rating Rating Volts Type 3R $ Pricea Stainless $ Pricea Type 3R $ Pricea Stainless $ Price a
Steel Steel
30 30 600 SMC81c 2475.00 SMH81c 4050.00 SMC83c 2807.00 SMH83c 4500.00
60 60 600 SPC81c 3159.00 SPH81c 5175.00 SPC83c 3320.00 SPH83c 5625.00
UL Approved for 100 100 600 SQC81c 4544.00 SQH81c 7425.00 SQC83c 4841.00 SQH83c 7875.00
Service Entrance 200 200 600 SVC81c 8711.00 SVH81c 14175.00 SVC83c 9909.00 SVH83c 14625.00
b All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard.
File E16151
c Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
CCN NRNT
NIGHT-MASTER Combination Lighting Contactors
The Class 8903 NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactor is the only product on the market that is
UL Listed for Service Entrance. This allows the contactor to be pole mounted when used to control lighting in remote
locations such as parks, monuments, group sports facilities, and streets and highways.
Factory modifications such as photocells, time switches, key operated selector switches, and the combination of
photocells and time switches (photocell on, time switch off) allow the NIGHT-MASTER to be located in applications
where manual operation of lights is not practical.
NIGHT-MASTER comes in long and short versions in sizes 30 through 200 Amperes. Most common modifications can
be provided from the factory, or added in the field to the pre-drilled and pre-tapped panels.
Voltage $ Price
Code Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24d — V01 No Charge
16
d 24 volt coils are not available for 200 A devices. Contact your nearest
Schneider Electric sales office for additional information.


Lighting Contactors Modifications (Forms)
Standard Equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are added. Such cases should
be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are required.
NOTE: If UL label is required, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Some Forms are not UL Listed.
Table 16.165:
Used On
NEMA 400,
Description Form Enclo- Std. Combo NIGHT- Type L 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 300 A 600,
Letter sure 30 A
Type Elec. Mech. Elec. Mech. MASTER 800 A
Held Held Held Held a
A3 1 Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
“ON-OFF” (momentary contact) push button
A3 3R, 4, 12 Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
“ON-OFF” push button (with holding circuit interlock) A12 Any Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
“HAND–OFF–AUTO” selector switch. To substitute a C 1 Y Yj Y Yj 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
key operated selector switch, use Form C33 and specify
positions, legend marking, and key removal. This form
must be used with another selector switch form C 3R, 4, 12 Y Yj Y Yj Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
(example: CC33). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C) = $490.
“ON-OFF” selector switch. To substitute a key operated C6 1 Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
selector switch, use Form C33 and specify positions,
legend marking, and key removal. This form must be
used with another selector switch form (example: C6 3R, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
C33C6). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C6) = $490.
Control circuit fuse (1 fuse) F Any Y Y Y Y Y 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314.
Control circuit fuses (2 fuses) F4 Any Y Y Y Y Y 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314.
Control circuit transformer standard capacity 50/60 Hz
Fuses Transformer
Primary Secondary capacity
2b 0 Std. F4T 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 386. 386. 543. 797. 968. 1097. i 1097. c
2 1 Std. FF4T 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 698. 698. 855. 1112. 1283. 1412. i 1412. c
2 1 100 VA Add. FF4T11 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 975. 975. 1197. 1425. 1566. i 1710. i 1710. c
2 1 200 VA Add FF4T12 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 1241. 1241. 1467. 1695. i 1839. i 1839. i 1839. c
2 1 300 VA Add FF4T13 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 1481. i 1481. i 1737. i 1967. i 2109. i 2109. i 2109. c
Noise reduced enclosure and shock mounted panel G4 Any Y 1389. 1389. 1596. 1674. 2307. 2921. 3924.
Addition of photoelectric receptacle G10 1d, 3R, 12 Y Y Y 185. 185. 185. 185. 185. 185. 185.
Addition of photoelectric receptacle with photo-cell G101 1d, 3R, 12 Y Y Y 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399.
Addition of photoelectric receptacle and relay (R6)e G10R6 1d, 12 Y Y 549. 912. 912. 912. 1326. 1467. 1467.
With photo-cell installed e G101R6 1d, 12 Y Y 509. 750. 750. 750. 1026. 1121. 1121.
Addition of terminal blocks (other than standard).
“xx” Represents the number of terminals needed.
Available in multiples of 5 only.
(PER TERMINAL PRICE) WIRED G56xx Any Y Y Y Y Y 116. 116. 116. 116. 116. 116. 116.
(PER TERMINAL PRICE) UNWIRED G50xx Any Y Y Y Y Y 57. 57. 57. 57. 57. 57. 57.
Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only) K14 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197.
Addition of 24 hour time clock w/day omission (120-277 V) K141 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197.
Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V) K142 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368.
Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only) K14 3R Y N/A 783. 783. 783. 783. N/A N/A
Addition of 24 hr time clock w/skip day (120-277 V) K141 3R Y N/A 783. 783. 783. 783. N/A N/A
Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V) K142 3R Y N/A 954. 954. 954. 954. N/A N/A
Addition of solid neutral terminal block N 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Std. 116. 116. 116. 171. 342. 714. 855.
Red Pilot Light P1 Any Y Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
Two or more lights f (each) P Any Y Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336.
Red Push-To-Test Pilot Light P21 Any Y Y Y Y Y 435. 435. 435. 435. 435. 435. 435.
Interlock necessary for pilot light g Any Y Y Y Y Y h 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. 158.
one needed for each additional pilot light
Two Wire Interface for Mechanically Held e R6 Any Y Y 363. 728. 728. 728. 1139. 1283. 1283.
Addition of under and overvoltage relay R46 Any Y Y Y Y Y 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463.
Three wire control for long distance applicationse R62 Any Y Y 728. 1454. 1454. 1454. 2280. 2564. 2564.
Auxiliary contacts (specify number of N.O. + N.C.) X Any Y Y Y Y Y h 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. 158.
Addition of DC coil to Type L (7 poles max) Y48 Any Y 243. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Auxiliary electrical interlock installed on disconnect switch Y74 Any Y Y Y N/A 158. 158. 158. 158. 414. 414.
or circuit breaker operating mechanism
Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only) Y145 Any Y Y Y 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. N/A
Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only) Y145 Any Y Y 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314.
Addition of lightning arrestor Y1532 Any Y Y Y Y Y 570. 570. 570. 570. 570. 570. 570.
Substitute copper only lugs for standard Y157 Any Y Y Y Y Y N/A N/A N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C
a NIGHT-MASTER maximum 200 A, minimum 30 A.
b Transformer Voltage Codes.
c Mechanically held only. Electrically held device has a control circuit requiring a 120 V secondary, therefore, a transformer is supplied. The transformer comes wired to L1 and L2 unless Form
S is called for. It is supplied with two primary and one secondary fuse.
d Photocell mounted on a NEMA 1 enclosure is designed for indoor areas which rely on natural light. Addition of the photocell does not make the enclosure suitable for outdoor (NEMA Type 3R)
installations.
e Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V, 277 V and 480 V applications only.

f For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights. Mechanically held devices require operating
interlocks for all pilot lights.
g DO NOT use Form X for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but DO specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit.
h Electrically held 20 A multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX) provide one double throw auxiliary
(or status) contact as standard.
i Single primary voltage must be specified using the codes shown below:
j Form R6 must be used with Form C on mechanically held devices.
Order Example
Voltage 60 Hz Code
120–24 V89 You have previously selected a Class 8903SMG2V02.
208–120 V84 V02 means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate
240–24 V82 control. You would like to add form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480
240–120 V80 volt primary, 120 volt secondary.
277–120 V85 The new and complete Class, Type, Voltage Code and Form number:
480–24 V83
480–120 V81 Class Type Voltage Code Formk
480–240 V87 8903 SMG2 V81 FF4T
600–120 V86
k
16
Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order.


Lighting Contactors Field Modifications
Table 16.166:
Types L & LX Type S
30 A 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 300 A 400, 600, 800 A
Description Form
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ No.
Kit Price Kit Price Kit Price Kit Price Kit Price Kit Price Kit Price
Auxiliary Contacts
1 N.O. LH or RH Mounting — — 9999SX6 86.00 9999SX6 86.00 9999SX6 86.00 9999SX6 86.00 9999SX6 86.00 9999SX6 86.00
1 N.C. LH or RH Mounting — — 9999SX7 86.00 9999SX7 86.00 9999SX7 86.00 9999SX7 86.00 9999SX7 86.00 9999SX7 86.00
1 N.C. & 1 N.O. Isolated LH or RH — — 9999SX8 116.00 9999SX8 116.00 9999SX8 116.00 9999SX8 116.00 9999SX8 116.00 9999SX8 116.00 X
1 N.O. Overlapping LH or RH — — 9999SX9 116.00 9999SX9 116.00 9999SX9 116.00 9999SX9 116.00 9999SX9 116.00 9999SX9 116.00
1 N.C. Overlapping LH or RH — — 9999SX10 116.00 9999SX10 116.00 9999SX10 116.00 9999SX10 116.00 9999SX10 116.00 9999SX10 116.00
Control Circuit Fuse Holder
9999LLX 23.70
Single Fuse Unit and 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 F
9999SFR3 42.80
9999LLX 23.70
Two Fuse Unit and 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 F4
9999SFR4 57.00
Transformers (For Prices 9070T50 — 9070T100 — 9070T100 — 9070T150 — 9070T300 — 9070T500 — 9070T750 — T
See Class 9070 Section)
Oversized Enclosures (Non-Combo)
NEMA 1 9991SDG3 266.00 9991SDG3 339.00 9991SDG3 339.00 — — — — — — — — —
NEMA 4 9991SDW3 779.00 9991SDW3 1169.00 9991SDW3 1169.00 — — — — — — — — —
NEMA 12 9991SDA3 456.00 9991SDA3 684.00 9991SDA3 684.00 — — — — — — — — —
Standard Enclosures
NEMA 1–Surface Mount 9991LXG1 95.00 9991SCG7a 57.00 9991SDG7a 143.00 9991SFG8 599.00 9991SFG4 1259.00 9991SGG8 1241.00 — — —
NEMA 3R 9991SDH1 323.00 9991SCH2 372.00 9991SDH1 485.00 9991SEH1 684.00 9991SFH1 1853.00 — — — — —
NEMA 4–Standard
NEMA 4–With 2 Cvr Mtd. Clsng 9991SDW11 779.00
9991SDW1 9991SCW1 684.00 9991SDW1 1169.00 — — — — — — — — —
798.00 9991SCW11 714.00 9991SDW11 1197.00 9991SEW11 1767.00 — — — — — — —
Plts 9991SDW20 779.00 9991SCW20 684.00 9991SDW20 1169.00 — — — — — — — — —
NEMA 4X–Glass Polyester 9991SDA11 323.00 9991SCA11 372.00 9991SDA11 485.00 9991SEA11 684.00 — — — — — — —
NEMA 12 — — — — — — 9991SEF11 882.00 — — — — — — —
NEMA 1–Flushmount–Complete — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
NEMA 1–Flush Mount Parts — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
FLUSH PARTS 9991SDF13 114.00 9991SCF11 57.00 9991SDF11 171.00 — — — — — — — — —
Standard–Elec. held 9991SDF13 114.00 9991SCF13 201.00 9991SDF13 171.00 — — — — — — — — —
Standard–Mech. held 9991SDF2 66.00 9991SCF2 71.00 9991SDF2 99.00 — — — — — — — — —
Mounting Strap 9991SDF1 77.00 9991SCF1 86.00 9991SDF1 116.00 — — — — — — — — —
Pull Box
Internal Operator 3010215901 26.10 3010215901 39.20 3010215901 39.20 3010215901 39.20 3010215901 39.20 3010215901 39.20 3010215901 39.20 G53
Mounting Bracket
Solid Neutral 9999SN1 89.00 9999SN1 134.00 9999SN1 134.00 9999SN1 134.00 9999SN2 392.00 9999SN2 392.00 9999SN3b 624.00 N
Combination Lighting Contactor Disconnect Interlock Kit
Breaker Type
1-Pole — — 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00
2-Pole — — 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00
Disconnect Type
1-Pole — — 9999TC11 120.00 9999TC10 116.00 9999TC10 120.00 9999R8 131.00 9999R35 435.00 9999R26 131.00
2-Pole — — 9999TC21 239.00 9999TC20 221.00 9999TC20 239.00 9999R9 243.00 9999R36 521.00 9999R27 243.00 Y74
Lightning Arrestor
175 Vac to Ground Max SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00
2 or 3 wire Grounded
Y1532
650 Vac to Ground Max SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00
3 or 4 wire Grounded
a For electrically held only.
b Limited to 400 and 600 A versions. 800 A is a factory modification only.
16


Lighting Contactors Field Modifications
Table 16.167: Mechanically Held

TYPE LX TYPE S
Form
Description 30 A 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 300 A 400, 600, 800 A
No.
Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price
PUSH BUTTON 9999BLX 35.60 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50
(ON-OFF) a —
9999LXPB 116.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure A3
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50 9001KA2 21.50
Enclosure 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00 9999SA3b 215.00
SELECTOR SWITCH 9999BLX 35.60 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40
(2 POSITION) 9999LXS 116.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure C6
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40
Enclosure 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00
SELECTOR SWITCH
(3 POSITION)
NEMA 1 Enclosure 9999BLX 35.60
(MUST INCLUDE 9999SC2 116.00 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40
TWO WIRE C
CONTROL RELAY, 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00
Form R6
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9001KN260 4.40
Enclosure 9001KS46BH2 138.00
TWO WIRE CONTROL 9999RLX 35.60
RELAY R6 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00
CA2SK11g 95.00
(Form R6)f
Table 16.168: Electrically Held

TYPE L TYPE S
Form
Description 30 A 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 300 A 400, 600, 800 A
No.
Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price
Kit $ Price
PILOT LIGHTS
(RED and GREEN) c d d
NEMA 1 Enclosure P1 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP2R 215.00 9999SP3R 215.00 9999SP14R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00
Enclosure
PUSH BUTTONSe 9999BLX 35.60
9999SA10 116.00 9999SA10 116.00 9999SA10 116.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure
A12
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00
Enclosure
SELECTOR SWITCH 9999BLX 35.60 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40
(2 POSITION) 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure C6
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40
Enclosure 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BM1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00
SELECTOR SWITCH 9999BLX 35.60
(3 POSITION) 9999SC2 116.00 9999SC2 116.00 9999SC2 116.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00
9999SC2 116.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure C
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00
Enclosure
a No field installed kit available.
b Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. An N.O. contact block must be added to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit.
c Selection for 2- or 3-Pole only; for 4- or 5-Pole use Class 9999SP15R $215.
d The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one (1) Class 9001, Type KP1R6 120 V/60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001,
Type KP Control Section.
e Requires holding circuit interlock for Type S or additional power pole on Type L devices.
f Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only.
g Insert CA2SK11( ) voltage code from page 23-21.

16


Lighting Contactors
Table 16.169: Open Type
Electrically Held Mechanically Held
A E
Ampere Number Dimensions Dimensions
Type Type
Rating of Poles A B C E A B C D E F
2.88 5 4.62 3.12 2.88 8.81 3.25 7.70 B
2–4 — — D C
73 127 117 79 73 224 83 196
Mtg.
4.25 5 4.62 3.12 4.25 8.81 3.25 7.70
30 LO 6 LXO — — Mtg.
108 127 117 79 108 224 83 196 F
5.63 5 4.62 3.12 5.63 8.81 3.25 7.70 Mtg. 2.25
8–12 — — 57
143 127 117 79 143 224 83 196
4.34 3.22 4.22 3.50 7.15 3.79 4.68 6.04
2–3 — — —
110 82 107 89 182 96 119 153
30 SMO
4.34 4.25 4.22 3.50 7.15 4.54 4.68 6.04
4–5 — — —
110 108 107 89 182 115 119 153
5.33 4.31 4.94 5.50 8.25 4.61 5.23 7.81
2–3 — — —
135 110 125 140 210 117 133 198
60 SPO Open Type L & LX
6.22 5.61 4.94 5.50 8.70 5.90 5.23 7.81
4–5 — — —
158 142 125 140 221 150 133 198
7.09 5.45 6.50 7.26 10.13 5.94 6.72 7.26
2–3 — — —
180 138 165 184 257 151 171 184
100 SQO
7.82 9.75 6.50 7.26 10.56 9.75 6.72 7.26
4–5 — — —
199 248 165 184 268 248 171 184
9.14 6.00 6.50 9.14 11.35 6.00 6.72 9.14
2–3 — —
232 152 165 232 288 152 171 232
200 SVO SVO
9.14 9.75 6.50 9.14 11.55 9.75 6.72 9.14
4 & 5a — —
232 248 165 232 293 248 171 232
12.31 8.66 8.74 12.25 12.31 8.66 10.50 12.31
300 SXO 2–3 SXO — —
313 220 222 311 313 220 267 313
400 SYO 12.33 9.00 27.78 SYO 8.66 10.50 21.00
2–3 — — — — A E
600 SZO 313 229 706 SZO 220 267 533
12.33 11.94 42.70
800 SJO 2–3 — — — — — — — —
313 303 1085
a 5-Pole, electrically held only.
Table 16.170: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Non-Combination)

Electrically and Mechanically Held
Ampere Number Dimensions
Type of Form(s) C
Rating Poles Width Height Depth B
Standard, A3, A12, C, C6, 7.81 12.69 6.03 Open Type S
F, R6, Y48 198 322 153
30
LG, 11.88 11.88 7.44
Any P, T
LXG 302 302 189
16.00 22.00 7.13
30 K14, K141, K142 406 559 181
Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 6.00 10.00 5.28
Mechanically Held Std., X 152 254 134
6.34 15.88 5.19
T
Electrically Held 161 403 132
30 SMG 2–5 Table 16.171: NEMA 1 Flush Mounted
N 14.88 14.12 7.56
T, N, R6 378 359 192
Ampere Type Dimensions
Mechanically Held 8.12 14.12 9.73 Form(s)
A3, C, C6, P Rating A B C D E F G
206 359 247
7.81 12.69 6.03 15.19 8.94 7.63 12.88 5.44 10.94 5.13
2–5 Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Standard, F, Y48, R6
198 322 153 LF 386 227 194 327 138 278 130
30
Electrically Held & 14.88 14.12 7.56 LXF A3, A12, C, C6, 24.00 17.50 15.00 19.25 7.12
60 SPG 2–5 T, N, R6 — —
Mechanically Held 378 359 192 T, P 610 445 381 489 181
8.12 14.12 9.73 Electrically Std., A12,
2–5 Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, X Held C, C6, P, X
206 359 247 13.44 7.19 5.88 11.13 4.75 9.19 4.50
Std., A12, C, C6, F, Mechanically 341 183 149 283 121 233 114
Electrically Held 11.25 25.15 8.99 Std., X
P, X, T Held
286 639 228 30 SMF
Mechanically Held Std., F, X, T Electrically
2&3 T, N
Held 24.00 17.50 15.00 19.25 5.75
Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13,b — —
18.15 29.15 9.24 Mechanically A3, C, C6, 610 445 381 489 146
A3, C, C6, N, R6, T, 461 740 235
Mechanically Held Held T, N, P, R6
T10-T13,b
Electrically Std., A12,
100 SQG Std., A12, C, C6, F,
Electrically Held 11.25 25.15 8.99 Held C, C6, P, X 15.19 8.94 7.63 12.88 5.44 10.94 5.13
P, X
286 639 228 Mechanically 386 227 194 327 138 278 130
Mechanically Held Std., F, X Std., X
Held
4&5 Electrically Held b 18.15 29.15 9.24 60 SPF
Electrically
16
Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, b 461 740 235 T, N

Held 24.00 17.50 15.00 19.25 5.75 — —
Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13 22.15 39.15 10.24 Mechanically A3, C, C6, 610 445 381 489 146
Mechanically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13 563 994 260 Held T, N, P, R6
Electrically and Standard and 22.15 39.15 10.24 31.00 16.75 14.25 26.25 8.00
200 SVG All 100 SQF With or without any Forms — —

Mechanically Held All Forms 563 994 260 787 425 362 667 203
Electrically and Standard and 17.21 44.21 12.83
300 SXG All Mechanically Held All Forms 437 1123 326
H E H G
400 SYG Electrically and Standard and 20.21 65.75 13.10
and & All Mechanically Held All Forms 513 1670 333
600 SZG
34.50 93.00 23.50
800 SJG 2–3 With or without any Forms 876 2362 597
b All Type K Forms.
A D F C
B Enclosure Saddle
NEMA 1 Flush Mounted

All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Table 16.172: NEMA 3R
Ampere Number K.O. K.O.
Type A B C D1 D2 E F G1 G2 H1 H2 J K L M N P
Rating of Poles X Y
1/2 1/2
8.83 12.30 7.12 1.39 1.44 6.00 7.50 2.64 2.16 2.08 2.62 14.28 1.37 1.37 1.88 4.38 1.83
30 SMH All 3/4 3/4
224 312 181 35 37 152 191 67 55 53 66 363 35 35 48 111 46 1 1
1
30 LH 9.83 16.30 8.62 1.39 1.44 7.00 11.50 2.64 2.16 2.08 2.62 16.78 1.31 1.75 2.13 4.88 1.83 1/2
All 1 1/4
60 SPH 250 414 219 35 37 178 292 67 55 53 66 426 33 44 54 124 46 3/4
1 1/2
1
12.83 25.30 8.62 1.39 1.44 10.00 20.50 2.64 2.16 2.08 2.62 19.78 1.31 1.94 2.44 6.38 1.83 1 1/4 1/2
100 SQH All 326 643 219 35 37 254 521 67 55 53 66 502 33 49 62 162 46 2 3/4
2 1/2
1
12.83 40.30 9.12 1.39 1.44 10.00 35.50 2.64 2.16 2.08 2.62 20.28 1.31 2.31 2.69 6.38 1.83 1 1/4 1/2
200 SVH All 326 1024 232 35 37 254 902 67 55 53 66 515 33 59 68 162 46 2 3/4
2 1/2
Table 16.173: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Onlyc

Bottom Top &
Number Dimensions for Stainless Steel Enclosures
Ampere Hub Bottom
Type of Form(s) For Glass Polyester (through 100 A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-25.
Rating Only Hub
Poles
8.13 7.88 16.19 1.56 5.00 15.00 .60 1.94 14.75 2.00 2.63 .31
Standard, F, R6, Y48 3/4" 1 1/2"
LW 206 200 411 40 127 381 15 49 375 51 67 8
30 Any
LXW 12.62 7.81 14.69 2.56 7.50 13.50 .63 3.38 18.44 1.69 2.31 .31
A3, A12, C, C6, P, T 3/4" 1"
321 198 373 65 191 343 16 86 468 43 59 8
Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 6.38 7.13 13.19 1.56 3.25 12.00 .63 1.19 11.81 1.63 2.31 .31 3/4" 1"
Mechanically Held Std., F, X 162 181 335 40 83 305 16 30 300 41 59 8
12.63 7.11 14.69 2.56 7.50 13.50 .63 3.19 18.50 1.64 2.31 .31
30 SMW 2–5 Electrically Held T 3/4" 1"
321 181 373 65 191 343 16 81 470 42 59 8
Electrically Held N, R6 14.88 7.25 16.31 2.56 9.75 15.00 .63 3.19 20.88 2.06 2.63 .31 3/4" 1 1/2"
Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 378 184 414 65 248 381 16 81 530 52 67 8
Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 8.13 7.88 16.19 1.56 5.00 15.00 .60 1.94 14.75 2.00 2.63 .31 3/4" 1 1/2"
Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, X 206 200 411 40 127 381 15 49 375 51 67 8
60 SPW 2–5
Electrically Held T, N, R6 14.88 7.25 16.31 2.56 9.75 15.00 .63 3.88 20.88 2.06 2.63 .31 3/4" 1 1/2"
Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 378 184 414 65 248 381 16 98 530 52 67 8
Std., A12, C, C6, F,
Electrically Held N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X 18.15 8.77 32.21 3.08 12.00 30.50 .61 3.67 26.71 2.58 3.19 .44
2&3 3/4" 2 1/2"
Std., A3, C, C6, F, N, 461 223 818 78 305 775 15 93 678 66 81 11
Mechanically Held P, R6, T, T10-13, X
100 SQW Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, F, P, b 18.15 8.77 32.21 3.08 12.00 30.50 .61 3.67 26.71 2.58 3.19 .44 3/4" 2 1/2"
Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, b 461 223 818 78 305 775 15 93 678 66 81 11
4&5
Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-13 22.15 9.77 42.21 3.08 16.00 40.50 .61 3.67 31.71 2.33 2.88 .44 3/4" 2 1/2"
Mechanically Held N, R6, T, T10-13 563 248 1072 78 406 1029 15 93 805 59 73 11
Electrically and Standard and 22.15 9.77 42.21 3.08 16.00 40.50 .61 3.67 31.71 2.33 2.88 .44
200 SVW All 3/4" 2 1/2"
Mechanically Held All Forms 563 248 1072 78 406 1029 15 93 805 59 73 11
Electrically and Standard and 17.21 12.63 47.21 4.11 9.00 46.00 .61 4.59 28.32 3.11 5.75 .56
300 SXW All 3/4" 3 1/2"
Mechanically Held All Forms 437 321 1199 104 229 1168 15 117 719 79 146 14
SYW
400 & Electrically and Standard and 20.21 12.13 65.21 4.11 12.00 64.00 .61 4.59 30.82 2.67 4.50 .56 3/4" Two
& All
600 Mechanically Held All Forms 513 308 1656 104 305 1626 15 117 783 68 114 14 a 3"a
SZW
34.50 23.50 101.00
800 SJW 2–3 With or without any Forms Floor Mounting
876 597 2565
a X hub is 1/4" left of center. W hub shown is another X hub. K dimension is distance between two X hubs. Actual W hub is located 3-3/16" to the right of X hub shown.
b All “K” forms.
c For glass polyester (through 100A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-25.
A A
D1 E D2 C D E D G B
N P
G1
F C
F B
G
G2
(4) L. Dia. Mtg. Holes

(3) Closing Plates C30054-260-A
I
D30060-118-D
W X
J
M J
M
X X
H
K
Y K L
NEMA 4 and 4X
H1
H2
NEMA 3R
16

All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Table 16.174: NEMA 12/3R
Ampere Number Dimensionsa
Type Form(s)
Rating of Poles A B C D E F G H I J
8.13 8.50 15.75 1.56 5.00 15.00 .31 2.13 14.75 .31
Standard, F, R6, Y48
LA 206 216 400 40 127 381 8 54 375 8
30 Any
LXA 11.88 7.75 13.50 3.81 4.25 12.75 .38 4.94 18.12 .31
A3, A12, C, C6, P, T 302 197 343 97 108 324 10 125 460 8
Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 6.38 8.53 12.75 1.56 3.25 12.00 .38 3.56 12.50 .31
Mechanically Held Std., F, P, X 162 217 324 40 83 305 10 90 318 8
11.88 7.75 13.50 2.56 6.75 12.75 .38 3.66 18.12 .31
30 SMA 2-5 Electrically Held T 302 197 343 65 171 324 10 93 460 8
Electrically Held N, R6 14.88 7.88 16.00 2.56 9.75 15.00 .50 3.66 21.25 .31
Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 378 200 406 65 248 381 13 93 540 8
Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 8.13 9.28 16.00 1.56 5.00 15.00 .50 3.66 15.38 .31
Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, X 206 236 406 40 127 381 13 93 391 8
60 SPA 2-5
Electrically Held T, N, R6 14.88 7.88 15.75 2.56 9.75 15.00 .38 3.66 21.25 .31
Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 378 200 400 65 248 381 10 93 540 8
Std., A12, C, C6, F,
Electrically Held N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X
2&3
Std., A3, C, C6, F, N, 18.15 9.24 31.50 3.08 12.00 30.50 .50 3.67 26.71 .44
Mechanically Held P, R6, T, T10-13, X 461 235 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11
100 SQA Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, P, b
Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, b
4&5
Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-13, b 22.15 10.24 41.50 3.08 16.00 40.50 .50 3.67 31.71 .44
Mechanically Held N, R6, T, T10-13, b 563 260 1054 78 406 1029 13 93 805 11
Electrically and Standard and 22.15 10.24 41.50 3.08 16.00 40.50 .50 3.67 31.71 .44
200 SVA All Mechanically Held All Forms 563 260 1054 78 406 1029 13 93 805 11
Electrically and Standard and 17.21 13.33 47.00 4.11 9.00 46.00 .50 4.59 28.32 .56
300 SXA All Mechanically Held All Forms 437 339 1194 104 229 1168 13 117 719 14
SYA
400 & Electrically and Standard and 20.21 13.00 65.00 4.11 12.00 64.00 .50 5.31 30.87 .69
& All
600 Mechanically Held All Forms 513 330 1651 104 305 1626 13 135 784 18
SZA
93.00 34.50 23.50
800 SJA 2-3 With or without any Forms Floor Mounting
2362 876 597
a See Figure 1 for all dimensions except 800 A; for 800 A dimensions, see Figure 2.
b All Type “K” Forms using Class 9001 Type K Control Units.
Table 16.175: NIGHT-MASTER® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Short Version)—NEMA 3R

Ampere Knockouts
Description Type Number A B C D E F G H Jc K L M
Rating N P Q
Disconnect Switch & Circuit
30 SMC61, 62 & 81
Breaker Types 23.50 15.00 8.42 10.50 19.00 22.38 7.00 2.18 1.50 2.13 2.13 2.13 .50– 1.–1.25 .50–
Disconnect Switch & Circuit 597 381 214 267 483 568 178 55 38 54 54 54 .75 1.50 .75
60 SPC61, 62 & 81
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch & Circuit 34.53 20.00 8.42 10.50 30.04 33.41 7.00 2.18 2.0 2.68 2.68 3.44 .50– 1.–1.25 1.–1.25
100 SQC61, 62 & 81
Breaker Types 877 508 214 267 763 849 178 55 51 68 68 87 .75 2.-2.50 1.5-2.0
Disconnect Switch Type SVC61 & 62 48.37 19.00 9.12 10.53 44.00 47.25 7.00 2.18 2.50 2.68 2.68 3.44 .50– 1.–1.25 1.–1.25
200 Circuit Breaker Type SVC81 1229 483 232 267 1118 1200 178 55 64 68 68 87 .75 2.–2.50 1.5–2.0
Table 16.176: NIGHT-MASTER® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Long Version)—NEMA 3R

Ampere Knockouts
Description Type Number A B C D E F G H Jc K L M
Rating N P Q
Disconnect Switch & Circuit
30 SMC63, 64 & 83
Breaker Types 38.88 15.00 8.42 10.42 34.38 37.76 7.00 2.18 1.50 2.13 2.13 2.13 .50– 1.–1.25 .50–
Disconnect Switch & Circuit 987 381 214 265 873 959 178 55 38 54 54 54 .75 1.50 .75
60 SPC63, 64 & 83
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch & Circuit 42.53 20.00 8.42 10.42 38.04 41.41 7.00 2.18 2.0 2.68 2.68 3.44 .50– 1.–1.25 1.–1.25
100 SQC63, 64 & 83
Breaker Types 1080 508 214 265 966 1052 178 55 51 68 68 87 .75 2.–2.50 1.5–2.0
Disconnect Switch Type SVC63 & 64 56.37 19.00 9.12 10.53 52.00 55.25 7.00 2.18 2.50 2.68 2.69 3.44 .50– 1.–1.25 1.–1.25
200 Circuit Breaker Type SVC83 1432 483 232 267 1321 1403 178 55 64 68 68 87 .75 2.–2.50 1.5–2.0
c Conduit size.

11
A G D
D E D H
16
G
J
F
C
B C E F
A
G B
(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
A B
I
K
C L M
N Q
H P
Figure 1: NEMA 12 (30–600 A) Figure 2: NEMA 12 (800 A) Figure 3: NIGHT-MASTER

All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Handle
Approximate Dimensions A
Swing
L C
M
D N
Table 16.177: Combination Lighting Contactors—NEMA 1 Enclosure K
Y
Ampere Dimensionsa (see Figure 1) Top & Bot. Sides O
Type
Rating A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O W X Y
E B
9.50 22.50 8.37 6.38 20.50 14.68 1.81 1.69 3.37 3.38 1.06 3.25 2.18 1.25 .87 .50- .50-
SMG6– & 8– .50
241 572 213 162 521 373 46 43 86 86 27 83 55 32 22 .75 .75
Y
30 .50- .50-
13.75 23.00 8.36 10.63 21.00 20.07 1.87 1.88 3.76 2.06 1.06 3.25 2.18 1.25 .87
SMG7– & 9– .75- .75- .50 (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
349 584 212 270 533 510 47 48 96 52 27 83 55 32 22 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)
1.0 1.0
10.50 26.00 9.62 7.37 24.00 17.00 2.12 2.00 4.00 2.06 1.06 3.25 2.18 1.25 .87 1.0- .50- Cover
SPG6– & 8– .50 Open 90
267 660 244 187 610 432 54 51 102 52 27 83 55 32 22 1.25 .75
60 F
15.00 28.75 9.62 11.62 26.25 21.50 2.18 2.00 4.00 2.56 1.31 3.25 2.18 1.25 .87 1.0- .50-
SPG7– & 9– .50
381 730 244 295 667 546 55 51 102 65 33 83 55 32 22 1.25 .75 W X W
G
J
H
I
Figure 1
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Table 16.178: NEMA 1 Enclosure Combination Devices
Ampere Dimensionsa (see Figure 2) Top & Bot. Sides
Type
Rating A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O W X Y
Handle
Swing
A L C
SQG6– & 7– 15.25 39.50 10.60 9.25 3.00 22.68 41.00 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74 5.00 1.21 .90 1.-1.25 .50- D E
100 — .50 N
SQG81 & 91 387 1003 269 235 76 576 1041 68 137 72 95 127 31 23 2.-2.50 .75
SVG6– & 7– 16.00 50.00 10.68 10.00 3.00 23.68 51.50 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74 5.00 1.21 .90 .50- Y
200 — 2.50 .50 O
SVG81 & 91 406 1270 271 254 76 601 1308 68 137 72 95 127 31 23 .75
20.00 75.00 14.37 12.00 4.00 29.43 77.00 3.19 — 3.52 7.00 9.25 .50- G B
SXG6– & 7– — — — 3.00 —
508 1905 365 305 102 748 1956 81 89 178 235 .75
300
20.00 63.00 14.37 12.00 4.00 27.43 65.00 3.19 — 3.52 7.00 5.00 .50-
SXG81 & 91 — — — 3.00 — Y
508 1600 365 305 102 697 1651 81 89 178 127 .75
400 SYG81 & 91 36.00 90.00 17.00 (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
Floor Mounting Enclosure — — —
600 SZG81 & 91 914 2286 432 Cover
11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
Open 90 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)
W X W
J
K
H
I
Table 16.179: NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure Figure 2

Dimensionsa (see Figure 3) NEMA 1 Enclosure
Ampere Type
Rating A B C D E F G H I J K L W X Handle
Swing
9.50 8.36 24.76 3.25 2.50 4.50 23.50 .63 3.00 1.62 2.31 14.31 A D B
SMW6–& 8– .75 Hub 1.0 Hub
241 212 629 83 64 114 597 16 76 41 59 363 F E H
30
13.75 8.36 25.26 3.25 4.75 4.25 24.00 .63 5.25 1.62 2.31 20.14
SMW7– & 9– .75 Hub 1.0 Hub
349 212 642 83 121 108 610 16 133 41 59 512
10.50 9.61 28.26 3.25 2.50 5.50 27.00 .63 3.00 2.00 2.63 16.56
SPW6– & 8– .75 Hub 1.50 Hub
267 244 718 83 64 140 686 16 76 51 67 421
60 G C
15.00 9.61 31.01 3.25 5.38 4.25 29.75 .63 5.88 2.00 2.63 21.06
SPW7– & 9– .75 Hub 1.50 Hub
381 244 788 83 137 108 756 16 149 51 67 535
SQW6– & 7– 15.25 10.60 41.76 5.00 2.50 10.25 40.50 .63 3.24 2.61 3.19 22.18
100 .75 Hub 2.50 Hub
SQW81 & 91 387 269 1061 127 64 260 1029 16 82 66 81 563
SVW6– & 7– 16.00 10.56 52.26 5.00 2.50 11.00 51.00 .63 3.24 2.61 3.19 23.00 (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
200 .75 Hub 2.50 Hub 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)
SVW81 & 91 406 268 1327 127 64 279 1295 16 82 66 81 584 (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A)
20.00 14.21 78.12 9.25 4.00 12.00 77.00 .56 4.77 2.96 3.50 29.43 Cover (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
SXW6– & 7– .75 Hub 3.50 Hub 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)
508 361 1984 235 102 305 1956 14 121 75 89 748 Open 90º
300 L
20.00 14.21 66.12 5.00 4.00 12.00 65.00 .56 4.77 2.96 3.50 27.43
SXW81 & 91 .75 Hub 3.50 Hub
508 361 1679 127 102 305 1651 14 121 75 89 697 W X
400 SYW81 & 91 36.00 17.71 98.00 J
Floor Mounting Enclosure — —
600 SZW81 & 91 914 450 2489
I
K
Figure 3
NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure
Table 16.180: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure Handle

Swing
A D B
Ampere Dimensionsa (see Figure 4) F E
H
Type
Rating A B C D E F G H I J
9.50 8.36 24.26 3.25 2.50 4.50 23.50 .38 3.25 14.31
SMA6– & 8– 241 212 616 83 64 114 597 10 83 363
30
13.75 10.10 24.76 3.25 4.75 4.25 24.00 .38 5.50 22.00
SMA7– & 9– G C
349 257 629 83 121 108 610 10 140 559
10.50 9.61 27.76 3.25 2.50 5.50 27.00 .38 3.25 16.56
SPA6– & 8– 267 244 705 83 64 140 686 10 83 421
60
15.00 10.98 30.51 3.25 5.38 4.25 29.75 .38 6.13 23.43
SPA7– & 9– 381 279 775 83 137 108 756 10 156 595 (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)
SQA6– & 7– 15.25 10.59 42.00 5.00 3.00 9.25 41.00 .50 3.75 22.31 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A)
100 (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
SQA81 & 91 387 269 1067 127 76 235 1041 13 95 567 Cover 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)
Open 90º
SVA6– & 7– 16.00 10.52 52.50 5.00 3.00 10.00 51.50 .50 3.75 23.00 L
200 SVA81 & 91 406 267 1334 127 76 254 1308 13 95 584
20.00 14.21 78.00 9.25 4.00 12.00 77.00 .50 7.75 29.43
SXA6– & 7– 508 361 1981 235 102 305 1956 13 197 748
300
20.00 14.21 66.00 5.00 4.00 12.00 65.00 .50 7.75 27.43
SXA81 & 91 I
508 361 1676 127 102 305 1651 13 197 697
400 SYA81 & 91 36.00 17.71 90.00 Figure 4
Floor Mounting Enclosure
600 SZA81 & 91 914 450 2286
NEMA 12/3R Enclosure
a Dimensions are the same for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity).
16

All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose Types DP, DPA
• Compact Design Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air
• Industry Standard Mounting conditioning, refrigeration, data processing, and food
• Double Break Contacts service equipment. New compact 1 and 2-Pole contactors
• Low Coil VA are available along with standard size 2, 3, and 4-Pole
• Straight-Through Wiring devices.
• Low Cost They feature quick connect terminals and binder head
screws for easy wiring. Box lugs are standard on 40 A
contactors and larger. An exclusive DIN track mounting
option may reduce installation costs. Coils can be
changed on the Type DPA contactors (50 to 90 A) quickly
without a tool. Auxiliary contact modules snap on either
side of the Type DPA contactors.
Table 16.181: Compact 1-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum
Full Locked Rotor Resistive
(A) N.O.
Load Load Type $ Price
Poles
(A) 277 V 460 V 575 V (A)
20 120 100 80 30 1 DP11c 32.80
25 150 125 100 35 1 DP21c 38.20
8910DP22V09 30 150 125 100 40 1 DP31c 45.90
Definite Purpose Contactor 40 240 200 160 50a 1 DP41c 54.00
Table 16.182: Compact 2-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximumb

Full Locked Rotor Resistive
(A) N.O.
Poles
(A) 277 V 460 V 575 V (A)
20 120 100 80 30 2 DP12c 38.20
25 150 125 100 35 2 DP22c 50.00
30 150 125 100 40 2 DP32c 55.00
40 240 200 160 50 2 DP42c 65.00
8910DP42V14
Definite Purpose Contactor
Table 16.183: 2, 3, and 4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximumb

Locked Rotor
Full Resistive Horsepower Ratings
(A) N.O.
115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V Poles
(A) 230 V 460 V 575 V (A)
1Ø 1Ø 3Ø 3Ø
2 DPA12c 53.00
20 120 100 80 30 1.5 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 3 DPA13c 61.00
4 DPA14c 76.00
2 DPA22c 58.00
25 150 125 100 35 2 5 10 15/20 3 DPA23c 67.00
4 DPA24c 86.00
2 DPA32c 71.00
30 180 150 120 40 2 5 10 15/20 3 DPA33c 75.00
8910DPA33V04 4 DPA34c 99.00
Definite Purpose Contactor 2 DPA42c 79.00
40 240 200 160 50 3 7-1/2 10 20/25 3 DPA43c 88.00
4 DPA44c 114.00
2 DPA52c 164.00
50 300 250 200 65 3 10 15 30 3 DPA53c 174.00
2 DPA62c 185.00
60 360 300 240 75 5 10 25 30 3 DPA63c 193.00
2 DPA72c 221.00
75 450 375 300 94 5 15 25 40 3 DPA73c 247.00
2 DPA92c 286.00
90 540 450 360 120 7-1/2 20 30 50 3 DPA93c 311.00
a 50 A Resistive, maximum 277 V. All others rated 40 A Resistive
(above 277 V).
b Above 240 V, all lines must be switched.
c Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
voltage codes listed below.
16

Voltage Code
Type DP, DPA
60 Hz 50 Hz
24 24 V14
24 — —
120 110 V02
208 — —
208-240 220 V09
230-240 220 —
277 — V04
480 440 V06d
600 550 V07e
d Not available for Type DP11 through DP31 single-pole devices.
e Not available for Type DP one- and two-pole devices.
16-70 CP1B Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric


Definite Purpose Contactors
Types DP, DPA Application Data

Table 16.185: 2 Normally Open & 2 Normally Closed Table 16.190: Terminals
4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Full Load Power Terminals
Full Resistive Class 8910 (A) Type of Lug Wire Rangeg
N.O. N.C.
Load Load $ Price
Poles Polesb Type Form 20–30 A Binder Head #14–#8
(A) (A) 40 A Box Lug #14–#6
20 25 2 2 DPA14a Y392 148.00 50–60 A Box Lug #14–#2
25 35 2 2 DPA24a Y392 159.00 75–90 A Box Lug #14–#I/O
30 40 2 2 DPA34a Y392 171.00 g Solid or stranded copper wire only.
a Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes Table 16.191: Miscellaneous Parts
below.
b Above 240 volts, all lines must be switched. Class 9999
Note: N.C. poles on outside. N.C. poles open before N.O. poles close. Description $ Price
Type
DIN mounting bracket attachment (Type DPA, 20 A to 60 A only) DMB1 15.00
Table 16.186: Auxiliary Contacts, 5 A, 600 Vac Rated Type DP Series B Cover DPC1 2.10
For Use With Class 9999 Type
Class 8910 Contact $ Price Table 16.192: Factory Modifications
Arrangement 20–40 A 50–90 A
Type Auxiliary contacts can be factory installed along with a DIN mounting
1 N.O. DD10 D10 16.40 bracket option. Special terminations are also available.
1 N.C. DD01 D01 16.40
DPA 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. DD11 D11 29.50 Modification Type Form $ Price
2 N.O. DD20 D20 29.50
Factory installed auxiliary contacts — h h
Table 16.187: NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosures Pressure wire connectors (20–30 A) DPA Y122 1.70 per pole
DP
for Type DP, DPA Contactors Box lugs (20–30 A) DPA Y124 3.30 per pole
Class 8910 Full Load Class 9991 DP 3.30
Poles $ Price c DIN mounting bracket attached (35 mm style)i Y135
Type (A) Type DPA 8.70
DP 20–40 1&2 DPG1 78.00 Contact cover for Type DP Series B — Y248 2.10
DPA 20–40 2&3 DPG1 78.00 UL Listed label on device DP U1 No Charge
50 2&3 h Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
DPA DPG2 99.00 i Available for 20 through 60 A only.
20–40 4
DPA 60–75 2&3 DPG3 143.00
DPA 90 2&3 DPG4 287.00
c CP1 discount schedule.
Table 16.188: Application Data

Mechanical Life: 500,000 operations
Electrical Life:
Type DP 100,000 operations
Type DPA 200,000 operations
Duty Cycle: Continuous
Approvals:
UL Component Recognized
UL Listed (Form U1) File E3190, CCN NLDX2
CSA Certified File E3190, CCN NLDX
DPA is CE marked File LR25490, Class 321104
Note: See page 16-107 for replacement contacts.
Coil Replacement
No tools required (DPA50–60A)
Table 16.189: Class 8910 Type DPA Replacement Coils

Volt-Amperese Table 16.193: Type DPA Coil Voltage Codes
Full Load Class 9998
Poles $ Pricef
(A) Type Inrush Sealed Voltage
Voltage, 60 Hz Voltage, 50 Hz
Code
50–60 A 2&3 DA2d 109 10 92.00

75–90 A 2&3 DA3d 214 19 114.00 24 24 V14
d Replace diamond with suffix from DPA Coil Table 16.193. Example: Coil for Class 8910 120 110 V02
DPA53V02 120 V 60 Hz would be a Class 9998 Type DA2V02. 208–240 220 V09
e For Types DP11 through DP32: Inrush 30 VA; Sealed 5 VA. 277 — V04
480 440 V06j
f CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. 600 550 V07j
j Available for Type DPA contactors only.
16

All Rights Reserved CP1B CP1 CP10 Schedule

Definite Purpose Types DP, DPA Approximate Dimensions
Type DP—1-Pole Type DP—2-Pole

20 through 40 Full Load Amperes 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes
16
Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole

20 through 40 Full Load Amperes
Type DPA—4-Pole
20 through 40 Full Load Amperes

All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose Types DP, DPA Approximate Dimensions
.23 2.11 .26 2.87

7 73 .06
6 54
.07 .26 2
.51 1.54 .23 2 .09 .44 2.50 7
13 39 6 2 11 64
4.44 4.63 5.20 5.12

3.27 4.06 3.72 113 118 132 130
83 103 94
2.56 .24
65 Provisions for 3.67 6 3.39 4.37 .39
(4) #10 or M5 93 86 Provisions for 111 10
Mounting Screws #10 or M5
Mounting Screws
Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole

50 and 60 Full Load Amperes 75 and 90 Full Load Amperes

16

All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose Starters Types DPS and H through M
Class 8911 definite purpose starters are inexpensive • Low cost
starters for applications with relatively low duty cycles. • Small size
Typical applications include air compressors, agricultural
equipment, pumps, and HVAC equipment. Definite • Melting alloy overload block
purpose starters offer: • Trip-free reset mechanism
• Open type or enclosed
• 500,000 mechanical operations
Table 16.194: 2- and 3-Pole Starters—600 Vac Maximum

NEMA 1
Horsepower Ratings Open Type No. of
No. of Full Load Enclosed
Thermal
Poles (A) 115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V
8911DPSO33V09 Typeb $ Pricea Typeb $ Pricea Unitsa
1Ø 1Ø 3Ø 3Ø
Definite Purpose Starter
20 1 1/2 3 — — DPSO12c 270.00 DPSG12c 332.00
2-Pole 25 2 5 — — DPSO22c 296.00 DPSG22c 354.00
Single 30 2 5 — — DPSO32c 333.00 DPSG32c 392.00 1
Phase 40 3 7 1/2 — — DPSO42c 365.00 DPSG42c 426.00
50 3 10 — — DPSO52c 482.00 DPSG52c 539.00
20 1 1/2 3 7 1/2 7 1/2 DPSO13c 297.00 DPSG13c 356.00
3-Pole 25 2 5 10 15/20 DPSO23c 320.00 DPSG23c 381.00
Poly- 30 2 5 10 15/20 DPSO33c 363.00 DPSG33c 423.00 3
Phase 40 3 7 1/2 10 20/25 DPSO43c 399.00 DPSG43c 459.00
50 3 10 15 30 DPSO53c 638.00 DPSG53c 696.00
a Prices do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are priced at $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
b Holding circuit contacts are not provided as standard; refer to table below for kit.
c Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.
Table 16.195: Cross Reference Existing/Replacement Table 16.197: Class 8911 Type DPS
Class 8911 Replacement Parts
Type DPSG23V02 Existing Device Replacement Device Volt A
Full Load Class 9998
Poles $ Priceg
HO33 DPSO13 (A) Type Inrush Sealed
HG33 DPSG13
JO33 DPSO23 50 A 2&3 DA2h 109 10 92.00
JG33 DPSG23 See page 16-107 for replacement contacts for DPS devices.
KO33 DPSO33 g CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1.
KG33 DPSG33
Approximate h Replace with Voltage Code from the Coil Table shown below.
KO43 d
Dimensions KG43 d
LO33 DPSO43 Table 16.198: Coil Voltage Codes
LG33 DPSG43
3.50 MO33 DPSO53 Voltage
Voltage, 60 Hz Voltage, 50 Hz
89 4.00 MG33 DPSG53 Code
1.60
41 102 MO43 d
MG43 d 24 24 V14
120 110 V02
d Type DPS 4-Pole starter not available. Suggest 3-Pole device with 208–240 220 V09
auxiliary contact. 277 — V04
7.00
178 480 440 V06
6.20
Table 16.196: Miscellaneous Parts and Kits 600 550 V07
157 Description Class & Type $ Price
Table 16.199: Auxiliary Contacts For Type DPS
Start-Stop push button kitef 8911DPB1 134.00
Reset Hand-Off-Auto selector switch kite 8911DSS1 134.00 Starters
Standard N.C. overload relay contact 9998SO1 42.80
0.5 N.C. and N.O. isolated overload relay 9999SO4 116.00 20–40 A 50 A
13 Description $ Price i
alarm contacts Class 9999 Type Class 9999 Type
1.50 Overload relay jumper strap 9998SO31 14.30
38 1 N.O. DD10 D10 16.40
e Use for 20 to 40 A starters. For 50 A starters, use the 9999BLX bracket.
Provisions for 1 N.C. DD01 D01 16.40
(3) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws f Does not include holding circuit interlock—order auxiliary contact. 1 N.O./1 N.C. DD11 D11 29.50
2 N.O. DD20 D20 29.50
Type DPSO—2 and 3-Pole i CP1B discount schedule.
and
DSO 20–50 Full Load Amperes NOTE: Auxiliary contacts must be field installed.
6.00
152 .88
3.00 22 Table 16.200: Ratings—Overload Contacts and Auxiliary Contacts
76
Pilot Duty – AC Only
Volts (35% Power Factor) Continuous
Device AC Current Rating
Make Carry and Break
10.00 9998 SO1 120 or Less 30 A 3A 5A
16
254 9999 SO4

8.13 9999 R20 & R21
9999 D10, D01, 120–600 3600 VA 360 VA 5A
207
D11 & D20
Reset

.94 4.13 1.00 To Order Specify: Catalog Number
24 105 25
.94 • Class Number Coil Voltage
24 Class Typse Form(s)
• Type Number Code
Type DPSG—2 and 3-Pole • Voltage Code
• Form(s) 8911 DPSG33 V02
20–40 Full Load Amperes
16-74 CP1 CP1B CP10 Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric


WELL-GUARD Control™ Full Voltage Type, Type NS, SS, XS
Pump Panels Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
NOTE: Motor Logic™SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload and phase
loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause
the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload
relays (Form B12) be used.
Class 8940 Type NS, SS, and XS panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications.
Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment.
• Type S Contactor provided as standard
• Approved for submersible pump applications
• Motor Logic™ Class 10/20 (Selectable) SSOLR through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only
(Includes rubber boot.)
• All prices include a START push button and a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch
• Adjustable trip current
• Phase failure sensitive through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only
• Ambient temperature compensated overload
• All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
NOTE: Class 10 Motor Logic SSOLR does not protect for phase imbalance.
Table 16.202: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Fusible or Thermal Magnetic Breakera
Maximum Hp Coil Fuse Clip
Volts Type $ Price
Polyphase Voltage (A)c
3, 5, 7-1/2 30 SSC2007d 2003.00
10, 15 60 SSD2015d 2480.00
20, 25, 30 100 SSE2030d 4194.00
40, 50 240–60 200 SSF2050d 7718.00
240 75 LLL36400E20e XSG2075b 19890.00
100 220–50 400 SSG2100d 16286.00
Type SSD4030 100 LLL36600E20e XSG2100b 19890.00
200 MJL36800e XSH2200b 43133.00
250, 300 PLL34120e XSJ2300b 58145.00
3, 5, 7-1/2, 10 30 SSC4010d 2003.00
15, 20, 25 60 SSD4025d 2480.00
30 60 SSD4030d 3338.00
40, 50 100 SSE4050d 4194.00
480–60
60, 75, 100 200 SSF4100d 7718.00
480 150 LLL36400E20e XSG4150b 19890.00
440–50
200 400 SSG4200d 16286.00
200 LLL36600E20e XSG4200b 19890.00
300, 350, 400 MJL36800e XSH4400b 43133.00
500, 600 PLL34120e XSJ4600b 58145.00
Table 16.203: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
Max. Hp Coil Circuit
Volts Type $ Price
Polyphase Voltageb Breakerf
30 240–60 HLL36100M73 XSE2030V03 4599.00
240 40 220–50 JLL36250M75 XSE2040V03 7650.00
50 JLL36250M75 XSF2050V03 8258.00
40 XSE4040V06 4599.00
HLL36100M73
50 480–60 XSE4050V06 4599.00
480
75 440–50 JLL36250M75 XSE4075V06 7650.00
100 JLL36250M75 XSF4100V06 8258.00
a To substitute an IEC ambient compensated bimetallic overload relay (up to size 5) for the Motor Logic SSOLR, request Form B12 and state motor hp
Type SSE4050 (no charge). This applies to the above (SSx) devices only.
b See page 16-76 for coil voltage codes and pricing.
c Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
d Voltage code not required for 240 V or 480 V common control with 8940SS controllers.
e Circuit breaker disconnect supplied. (See page 7-32 for circuit breaker adjustment range.)
f See page 7-32 for circuit breaker adjustment range.
Table 16.204: Class 8940—UL Listed Table 16.206: Class 8940—UL Listed
Short Circuit Ratings Short Circuit Ratings
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type NEMA Fuse Available Amperes
NEMA Size Enclosure
Class RMS Symmetrical
NEMA Available Amperes
Voltage Enclosure 0–3 Class H or K Standard 5,000
Size RMS Symmetrical
0-5 0-480 Standard 100,000 0–3 Class R Standard 100,000
6, 7 0-480 Standard 65,000 0–2 Class H or K Standard 5,000
0–2 Class R Standard 100,000

g Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X

Stainless, and 12. 4–5 Class H or K Standard 10,000
4–5 Class R Standard 100,000
Table 16.205: Class 10 Pump Panel Replacement 6 Class H or K Standard 18,000
Motor Logic SSOLR (with rubber boot) 6 Class R Standard 100,000
Description Catalog Number $ Price
Pump Panel SSOLR 27A Special 3116154764 (Size 1) $192.00
Pump Panel SSOLR 45A Special 3116154883 (Size 2) 270.00
Replacement Boot Size 1 & 2 9999MRB12 (5 boots) 50.00
Replacement Boot Size 3 & 4 9999MRB34 (5 boots) 50.00 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.
16


WELL-GUARD Control™ Full Voltage Type, Type “S2”
Pump Panels Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
Class 8940 “S2” Pumping Plant Panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for oil field applications. All
panels are supplied with an Electonic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) or a visible blade, fused, disconnect switch. This
line of pumping plant panels features:
• Rugged spring latches for easy access without a tool
• Side mounted control units for convenient operation
• Door retainer available for windy areas
• Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
• UL Listed for use as service equipment for motors
• Extra panel space for additional electrical controls
• All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
Thermal units must be ordered separately at $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NOTE: Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated.
Table 16.202: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)

Fusible Disconnect Type Circuit Breaker Type
Max. Hp Coila NEMA
Volts Polyphase Voltage Size Fuse Clip
Type WC3S2V06 Type $ Price Frame Size Type $ Price
(A)b
7-1/2 1 30 WC1S2V03 2109.00 HLL36030M71 XC1S2V03 2228.00
10 HLL36050M72 XD1S2V03 2997.00
240–60 2 60 WD1S2V03 2880.00
240 15 HLL36100M73 XD2S2V03 2997.00
220–50
30 3 100 WE1S2V03 4649.00 HLL36100M73 XE1S2V03 4886.00
50 4 200 WF1S2V03 8724.00 JLL36250M75 XF2S2V03 8963.00
10 1 30 WC3S2V06 2109.00 HLL36030M71 XC4S2V06 2262.00
15 2 HLL36030M71 XD3S2V06 3036.00
480–60 60 WD3S2V06 2919.00
480 25 2 HLL36050M72 XD4S2V06 3036.00
440–50
50 3 100 WE3S2V06 4748.00 HLL36100M73 XE3S2V06 4986.00
100 4 200 WF3S2V06 8801.00 JLL36250M75 XF4S2V06 9036.00
a Coil voltage code must be supplied to order this product. See Coil Voltage Codes table to the left for codes.
b Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
Table 16.203: Factory Modifications (Forms)

Type XE3S2V02B12S Description Form Letter $ Price
Substitute Class 10 IEC overload relay – state motor hp (NEMA Sizes 0–4 only) B12 No Charge
Control transformer with fused primary:
Types:
NPD, NPE, NPF, SSC, WC, XC (50 VA) 386.00
NPG, SSD, XD, WD (100 VA) F4T 539.00
NPJ, SSE, XE, WE (150 VA) 797.00
SSF, XF, WF (300 VA) 968.00
SSG, NSG, XSG (50 VA and an interposing control relay) 1097.00
Factory installed door wind latch assembly in a standard 8940NPD, NPE, NPF, NPG, NPJ, SSC, SSD, SSE and SSF G45 113.00
Elapsed time meter G97 827.00
Substitute Class 10 Motor Logic™ SSOLRe H10 64.00
ON Delay Timer K25 1197.00
OFF Delay Timer K26 1197.00
Program timer with day omission feature K141 1197.00
Backspin timer (time delay upon energization) K15 1112.00
Start Pushbutton (S2 panels only) A28 No Charge
“Slim” panel (Types WC, WD, WE, XC, XD, XE only) L8 No Charge
“Short” panel (Types SSE, SSF, XE-S2 and XF-S2 only) L9 No Charge
Pilot light (specify lens color). Does not include auxiliary contact. Pc 336.00
Separate control S No Charge
Auxiliary contacts (specify N.O. or N.C.) Xd 158.00
Special UL panel label for modified UL Listed devices on non-standard panels, requires approval Y1 267.00
by manufacturing plant
Lightning arrestor Y1532 570.00
Phase failure, phase reversal relay with time delay including under and over voltage protection R44 1463.00
Substitute standard trip melting alloy overload relays Y61 No Charge
Substitute quick-trip melting alloy overload relay (Sizes 1 and 2 only) – Not available on IEC style contactors Y611 No Charge
Substitution of Class R rejection fuse clips for standard fuse clip. (8940 RD, RE, RF, RG, MD, ME, MF, MG, SSC, SSD, Y1071 No Charge
SSE, SSF, SSG, WC, WD, WE and WF)
c Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green). See page 16-100, footnote f for more selections.
d To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form,”
16
refer to tables in the Class 8536 section.

e Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta
systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is
recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used.

Voltage
Code $ Price Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24fg — V01 N/C
120g 110g V02 N/C
208g — V08 N/C
240 220 V03 N/C
— 380 V05 N/C
480 440 V06 N/C
600g 550g V07 N/C
f 24 V coils are not available on Size 4 starters. On Size 1–3, 24 V coils are available.
Form S must be used.
g Form S required for separate control.


WELL-GUARD Control™ Pump Panels
Table 16.205: Replacement Overload Relay for

Square D Class 8940 Pump Panel with IEC Style
Bi-metallic Overload Relays Mounted on Current Transformers
Number
AMP Range of Form Series Typeh $ Price
Poles
40A-63A 3 B12 B TJF40 428.00
63A-100A 3 B12 B TJF63 428.00
100A-160A 3 B12 B TJF100 468.00
160A-250A 3 B12 B TJF160 468.00
h A retro-fit reset kit is required for pre-series B pump panels. See page 16-92 for selection.
Table 16.206:
A B C D E F G H J K L M Knockouts V
Type Fig.
IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm IN mm Conduit IN mm R S T IN mm
NPD/E/F 1-1/4–
SSC 1 39.05 992 13.73 349 6.67 169 9.70 246 33.05 839 37.93 963 7.00 178 2.41 61 3.00 76 3.00 76 2-1/2 2.41 61 1/2–3/4 1/2–3/4 1.41 36
1-1/2
SSD
NPG/J
2.57 65 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4 1–1-1/4
SSE/F 1 49.00 1245 19.15 486 8.81 224 10.37 263 44.07 1119 47.88 1216 7.00 178 2.17 55 2.69 68 3.44 87 2-1/2 1–2-1/2 1-1/2–2 1.41 36
XSE/F
WC—S2
WD—S2 1 38.50 978 19.00 483 7.29 185 9.39 239 34.00 864 37.38 949 7.00 178 2.18 55 2.13 54 2.13 54 1-1/2 2.12 54 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4
1-1/2 1/2–3/4 — —
XC—S2
XD—S2
WE—S2
WF—S2 2.68 68 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4 1–1-1/4
1 56.50 1435 23.00 584 8.23 209 10.33 262 52.00 1321 55.38 1407 7.00 178 2.18 55 2.69 68 3.44 87 2
XE—S2 2–2-1/2 1-1/2–2 1.50 38
XF—S2
SSG 1 75.50 1892 22.00 559 13.80 351 17.55 446 73.00 1854 74.50 13 14.00 356 N/A N/A .56 14 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.50 38
XSG
XSH 2 82.50 2096 36.00 914 20.00 508 23.25 591 80.00 2032 33.75 857 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
XSJ 2 92.50 2350 34.00 864 20.00 508 23.25 591 90.00 2286 31.75 806 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Figure 2
Figure 1
16

All Rights Reserved

AC Duplex Motor
Controllers Class 8941
Duplex Motor Controllers are used to control two motors, and consist of two starters in a common enclosure. Two
separate disconnect switches or circuit breakers with operators are included with all combination devices. Unless
Form Y68 is specified, an alternation circuit (a Class 8501 Type XO40 relay) is included, which alternately operates
first one motor and then the other on each successive closing of a pilot device. Both motors will be energized should a
second pilot device close. All devices incorporate a terminal block to simplify wiring of pilot devices A and B. Typical
applications include pump motors where a second pump is required for peak demand periods yet alternation is
desirable to equalize pump wear.
Non-Combination Type—Without Disconnect—With Electric Alternation
NEMA 4/4X NEMA 12
NEMA 1
Maximum Rating Watertight and Dusttight (NEMA 3 and 3R)a
General Purpose Open Type
NEMA Each Motor Enclosure Dusttight and Driptight
Enclosure
Size Stainless Steel Industrial Use Enclosure
Hp
Voltage Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
Polyphase
200–230 3
0 NBG10b 2322.00 NBW10b 3105.00 NBA10b 2564.00 NBO10b 2138.00
460–575 5
200–230 7-1/2
1 NCG20b 2478.00 NCW20b 3290.00 NCA20b 2721.00 NCO20b 2294.00
460–575 10
200 10
2 230 15 NDG30b 3731.00 NDW30b 5427.00 NDA30b 4359.00 NDO30b 3290.00
460–575 25
200 25
3 230 30 NEG40b 5112.00 NEW40b 8303.00 NEA40b 5925.00 NEO40b 4487.00
460–575 50
200 40
4 230 50 NFG50b 10440.00 NFW50b 15881.00 NFA50b 13131.00 NFO50b 9116.00
460–575 100

Combination Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type—With Electric Alternation
NEMA 12
NEMA 1 NEMA 4/4X
Max. (NEMA 3 and 3R)a
Motor Coil Circuit Breaker General Purpose Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight
Hp NEMA and Driptight
Starter Voltage Enclosure Stainless Steel Enclosure Industrial Use
Poly- Size Enclosure
Voltage b
phase Frame Ampere Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price
Size Rating
2 HLL36015 15 CBG06b CBW06b CBA06b
0 3945.00 6951.00 4701.00
5 HLL36035 35 CCG12b CCW12b CCA12b
1 4103.00 7109.00 4859.00
7-1/2 HLL36050 50 CCG15b CCW15b CCA15b
200 10 2 HLL36060 60 CDG22b 5826.00 CDW22b 10470.00 CDA22b 6894.00
208–60
(208)
15 HLL36100 100 CEG32b CEW32b CEA32b
20 3 HLL36125 125 CEG36b 9401.00 CEW36b 17490.00 CEA36b 10782.00
30 JLL36200 200 CFG41b CFW41b CFA41b
4 19584.00 29924.00 23400.00
40 JLL36250 250 CFG44b CFW44b CFA44 b
0 3945.00 6951.00 4701.00
1 4103.00 7109.00 4859.00
230 10 240–60 HLL36060 60 CDG22b CDW22b CDA22b
(240) 220–50 2 5826.00 10470.00 6894.00
15 HLL36090 90 CDG24b CDW24b CDA24b
25 3 HLL36150 150 CEG38b 9401.00 CEW38b 17490.00 CEA38b 10782.00
30
4 CFG44b 19584.00 29924.00 23400.00
50 JLL36250 250 CFW44b CFA44b
5 0 HLL36015 15 CBG10b 4859.00 CBW10b 7862.00 CBA10b 5612.00
1 5013.00 8019.00 5769.00
15 HLL36045 45 CDG26b CDW26b CDA26b
460 20 480–60 2 HLL36060 60 CDG28b 6737.00 CDW28b 12881.00 CDA28b 7806.00
(480) 25 440–50 HLL36070 70 CDG30b CDW30b CDA30b
16

3 9401.00 17490.00 10782.00
75 JLL36200 200 CFG45b 19584.00 CFW45b CFA45b
4 29924.00 23400.00

a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page 16-95.
b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page 16-80.


AC Duplex Motor Factory Modifications (Forms)
Controllers Class 8941
Table 16.209: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Combination Disconnect Switch Type—With
Electric Alternation
NEMA 4/4X NEMA 12
Motor Max. Fuse NEMA 1
Coil Watertight and (NEMA 3 and 3R)a
Voltage Hp NEMA Clip General Purpose
Voltage Dusttight Enclosure Dusttight and Driptight
(Starter Poly- Size Size Enclosure
c Stainless Steel Industrial Use Enclosure
Voltage) phase (A)b
None UBG10c 3731.00 UBW10c 6737.00 UBA10c 4487.00
3 0 30 DBG08c 3816.00 DBW08c 6822.00 DBA08c 4572.00
None UCG20c 3888.00 UCW20c 6894.00 UCA20c 4644.00
7-1/2 1
200 60 DCG18c 3974.00 DCW18c 6980.00 DCA18c 4730.00
208-60
(208) None UDG30c 5642.00 UDW30c 10283.00 UDA30c 6708.00
10 2 60 DDG28c 5754.00 DDW28c 10398.00 DDA28c 6822.00
None UEG40c 8798.00 UEW40c 16892.00 UEA40c 10184.00
25 3 200 DEG38c 9072.00 DEW38c 17163.00 DEA38c 10454.00
3 0 30 DBG08c 3816.00 DBW08c 6822.00 DBA08c 4572.00
None UCG20c 3888.00 UCW20c 6894.00 UCA20c 4644.00
7-1/2 1
230 240-60 60 DCG18c 3974.00 DCW18c 6980.00 DCA18c 4730.00
(240) 220-50 None UDG30c 5642.00 UDW30c 10283.00 UDA30c 6708.00
15 2 60 DDG28c 5754.00 DDW28c 10398.00 DDA28c 6822.00
30 3 200 DEG38c 9072.00 DEW38c 17163.00 DEA38c 10454.00
5 0 30 DBG10c 3833.00 DBW10c 6836.00 DBA10c 4586.00
480-60 None UCG20c 3888.00 UCW20c 6894.00 UCA20c 4644.00
10 1
460 440-50 30 DCG20c 3987.00 DCW20c 6993.00 DCA20c 4743.00
(480) 575 None UDG30c 5642.00 UDW30c 10283.00 UDA30c 6708.00
25 (600) 2 60 DDG30c 5796.00 DDW30c 10440.00 DDA30c 6866.00
50 3 100 DEG40c 9230.00 DEW40c 17319.00 DEA40c 10611.00
a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page 16-95.
b Hp rating applies only when dual element time delay fuses are used.
c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page 16-80.
Table 16.210: Factory Modifications (Forms)

Enclosure Price/NEMA Size
Descriptionh Form
Type 0–1 2 3 4
PILOT DEVICES IN COVERd
“START-STOP” push buttons—one supplied for each motor. 1, 4, 12 A 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
(Form C or Form Y68 required.)
“HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch—one supplied for each motor. 1, 4,12 C 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
“NO. 1 LEAD—NO. 2 LEAD” selector switch for manual selection of lead pump. Any C13 513.00 513.00 513.00 513.00
(Form Y68 required.) P1 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
Red "ON" pilot light—one supplied for each motor. 1, 4, 12
Push-to-test red “ON” pilot light—one supplied for each motor. 1, 4, 12 P21 869.00 869.00 869.00 869.00
Non-standard markings for pilot devices. Any G12 28.70 28.70 28.70 28.70
“TEST” push button for each starter. Any Y29 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
CONTROL CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS
Fused control circuit without transformer
One fuse Any F 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00
Two fuses Any F4 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00
Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, with 600, 480, 240 or 208 V primary
and 120 V secondary –one supplied for each starter. Any F4T 770.00 1083.00 1596.00 1938.00
Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, one fuse in secondary—
one supplied for each starter. Any FF4T 1395.00 1710.00 2222.00 2564.00
100 VA additional capacity Any FF4T11 1994.00 2393.00 2849.00 3135.00 g
200 VA additional capacity Any FF4T12 2478.00 2934.00 3392.00 g 3675.00 g
Extra capacity control circuit transformer—two fuses in primary—one supplied for each
starter (See Table 16.211) F4T11 1446.00 1767.00 2222.00 — f
100 VA additional capacity Any F4T12 1853.00 2303.00 2763.00 — f
200 VA additional capacity Any G97 1652.00 1652.00 1652.00 1652.00
Elapsed time meter for each starter Any
Pressure switch for each starter (Square D pressure switch 9012GAW25) Any D 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00
Addition of 2 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole pilot devices. Any R7 1454.00 1454.00 1454.00 1454.00
Addition of 3 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole mercury float switches. Any R8 2178.00 2178.00 2178.00 2178.00
No No No No
Control circuit wired for separate 120 V source. Any S Charge Charge Charge Charge
Addition of 1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter for use by customer.
(1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter is supplied as standard.) Any X10 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00
Addition of 1 N.C. unwired interlock per starter for customer use. Any X01 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00
Modified wiring for use with double pole mercury float switches. Any Y24 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00
Deduct for omission of electrical alternating circuit. Any Y68 869.00 869.00 869.00 869.00
Additional Control circuit terminals—per wired terminal.

Any G56e 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00

(5 point terminal block is standard) Any G50e 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00
Unwired
d Not available on open style devices.
e Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. 5 point terminal block is provided as standard for custom connection. A wiring diagram must be
supplied for factory wiring.
f Not available on this size. Use Form FF4T_ _.
g Single primary voltage must be specified.
h These Forms are most commonly used. Other Forms may be available. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) for additional information.
Table 16.211:
Standard Capacity 100 VA Additional Capacity 200 VA Additional Capacity
NEMA (Form F4T) (Form F4T11) (Form F4T12)
Size
Class 9070 Type Class 9070 Type Class 9070 Type
0&1 T100 T200 T300
2 T100 T200 T300
3 T150 T300 T500
4 T300 T500 T500
16


AC Duplex Motor Controllers
Class 8941
Table 16.212: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 1) A
F D F C
Starter Size A B C D E F G H
0, 1, or 2 20-1/2 24-1/8 8-11/16 17-7/8 21-1/2 1-5/16 1-5/16 5/16 Dia.
3 or 4 22-1/8 34 9-3/4 16 35-1/2 3-1/16 3/4 7/16 Dia.
E
Table 16.213: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 2)
B
Starter Size A B C D E F G H J K
0, 1, or 2
(For FAL Circuit Breaker and 20-3/8 35 9-5/8 17 32-1/2 3-5/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 7/16 Dia.
30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) G
3 or 4 H
(For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker 32 44 10-3/4 24 46 a 1 2-1/2 2-1/2 9/16 Dia.
and 100 A Disconnect Switch) Figure 1
a For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker. Dimension F=3-5/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch Dimension F=4-7/8
Table 16.214: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3) Handle

A F Swing
Starter Size A B C D E F G H J H D J C
0, 1, or 2 20-1/2 24 8 25 15-3/8 26 2-9/16 1/2 5/16
3 or 4 22 34 9-1/8 35 17 36 2-1/2 1/2 9/16
Table 16.215: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4)

Starter Size A B C D E F G H J K E
0, 1, or 2
(For FA Circuit Breaker and 20-1/2 35 9-9/16 36 15-3/8 37 2-9/16 1/2 5/16 3-5/16 B
30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch)
3 or 4
(For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32 44 10-11/16 46 26 47 3 1/2 9/16 b
and 100 A Disconnect Switch)
b For FA or KA Circuit Breaker K = 3-1/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch K = 4-7/8
Table 16.216: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3)

K G
Starter Size A B C D E F G H J Figure 2
0, 1, or 2 20-1/2 24-1/4 8 25-1/2 14-3/8 26-1/2 3-1/16 1/2 7/16
G E G
3 or 4 22 34 9-1/8 35-1/2 16 36-1/2 3 1/2 7/16 H J Mtg. Holes
Table 16.217: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4)

Starter Size A B C D E F G H J K
0, 1, or 2
(For FA Circuit Breaker and 20-1/2 35 9-9/16 36-1/2 14-3/8 37-1/2 3 1/2 7/16 3-5/16 D
30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch)
B
3 or 4 F
(For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32-1/4 44-1/4 10-11/16 46 24 47 4-1/8 1/2 9/16 c
and 100 A Disconnect Switch)
c For FA or KA Circuit Breaker K = 3-5/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch K = 4-7/8

Voltage C
Code $ Price Adder H A
60 Hz 50 Hz Figure 3
120e 110 V02 No Charge G E G
208 — V08 No Charge H J Mtg. Holes
— 380 V05 No Charge
d 24 V coil is not available on Size 4. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified.
e These voltage codes must include Form S (No additional charge).
D
B
F
16
Dimensions are in inches.

C
H A
K Handle
Swing
Figure 4

All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose Reversing Hoist, Type DPR
Class 8965 Type DPR reversing/hoist contactors are 50 or 60 Hz only. Coils are easily replaced with external
designed for the control of motors in hoists, overhead base removed.
doors, small elevators, commercial laundry equipment,
and other related products which use reversing motors. Auxiliary contacts may be easily field–added to any Class
They are rated to perform in the short periods of jogging 8965 reversing contactor. Type DPR contactors accept
experienced in hoist service. one auxiliary contact module with up to two isolated circuits
per side (two modules per device). When auxiliary contacts
The coils are designed to operate on line voltages of are ordered separately, two modules are normally used for
8965DPR33V02 85% to 110% of rated voltage, and are for applications at each device; one for forward, one for reverse.
Hoist Contactor
600 Vac, 25 A Table 16.219: Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum
DPR, Angled Horsepower Ratingsa Open Type Replacement Coil
No. of
Poles 115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V Class 9998
Type $ Price $ Priceb
1Ø 1Ø 3Ø 3Ø Type
3- 1 2 5 7-1/2 DPR13c 998.00 DA1c 68.00
Pole 2 3 7-1/2 10 DPR23c 1139.00 DA1c 68.00
Poly- 2 5 10 15 DPR33c 1283.00 DA1c 68.00
Phase 3 7-1/2 15 20 DPR43c 1425.00 DA1c 68.00
1 2 5 7-1/2 DPR14c 1070.00 DA2c 92.00
4-Pole 2 3 7-1/2 10 DPR24c 1211.00 DA2c 92.00
Poly- 2 5 10 15 DPR34c 1353.00 DA2c 92.00
Phase 3 7-1/2 10 20 DPR44c 1497.00 DA2c 92.00
a For rapid operation (jogging duty), use the next larger size contactor.
b CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. Table 16.222: Coil Voltage Codes
c Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
voltage codes listed below. Volts, Volts, Voltage
60 Hz 50 Hz Code
Table 16.220: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Moduled 24 24 V14
120 110 V02
Description Class 9999 Type $ Price 208–240 220 V09
1 N.O. DD10 35.60 277 — V04
1 N.C. DD01 24.60 480 440 V06
1 N.O.–1 N.C. DD11 64.00 600 550 V07
2 N.O. DD20 44.30
d Order two modules for Type DPR, one for each side. Approvals
Table 16.221: Factory Installed UL Component Recognized—File E42240, CCN NLDX
CSA Certified—File LR25490, Class 3211 04
Description Form $ Price
1 N.O. Each Side X1010 95.00
1 N.C. Each Side X0101 95.00
1 N.O.–1 N.C. Each Side X1111 153.00
2 N.O. Each Side X2020 153.00
3.37
86
6.87
174
3.76 (Fastons)
96 3.98
3.72 3.19 101 3.07
95 81 3.86 (Box Lugs) 78
98
5.87
149
Type DPR13 through DPR43
4.39
111.60
2.64
67.10 6.03
153.20
3.73 3.27
94.70 82.10 2.98

75.70
3.25 3.12
82.60 79.20
5.08
129.00
Type DPR14 through DPR44
16

All Rights Reserved CP1 CP10 Schedule

Thermal Overload Melting Alloy
Relays—NEMA Style Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
NEMA-styled Thermal Overload Relays feature:
• Exclusive One-Piece Thermal Unit
• Inverse Time Delay Trip
• Trip Free Reset Mechanism on Types G & S
• Replaceable Contact Units on Types G & S
Note that the prices shown on this page do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. Slow
trip (Class 30) and quick trip (Class 10) melting alloy thermal units are available for all Size 1, 2, 5 and 6, and some
Size 3 and 4 applications.
Table 16.223: For Separate Mounting—Melting Alloy—600 Volts Maximum, AC or DCa
Maximum Open Type For Terminal Block Channel Mounting Order
NEMA Size Full Load for Separate Panel Mounting Open Type Relay and Bracket Kit Below
Current (A) Left Hand Type Right Hand Type $ Price Type $ Price
Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact)—1 Thermal Unit Required
1 25 CO1b CO1Rb 64.00 — —
2 45 TO1b TO1b 100.00 — —
Type CO1R 3 86 UO1b UO1b 122.00 — —
Three Pole Construction (One Common N.C. Contact on Type S Only)—3 Thermal Units Required
1 25 SEO5 129.00 SM2 35.60
2 45 SEO8 185.00 SM2 35.60
3 86 SEO12 243.00 — —
4 133 SEO15 386.00 — —
5 266 Use 3 Type GO11R Relays Listed Above — —
a Maximum power circuit rating for separate mounting overload relays, Types C, F, G, T and U, is 600 Vac or Vdc; Type S is 600 Vac only. Maximum
control circuit contact rating for Types C, F, G, T, U and SDO18 is 600 Vac and 250 Vdc; the remaining Type S versions are 600 Vac only
b Not UL listed.
Table 16.224: Replacement Melting Alloy Overload Relays for Square D Class 8536 Starters
Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this Column
Number Number of
NEMA Type Series of Type $ Price Thermal Units
Size Poles Required
2 SDO4 86.00 1
00 SA A&B 3 SDO5 149.00 3
2 SDO4 86.00 1
0 SB A 3–5 SDO5 149.00 3c
2 SDO4 86.00 1
1 SC A 3–5 SDO5 149.00 3c
1P SC A 2 SDO10 116.00 1
2 SDO7 116.00 1
2 SD A 3–5 SDO8 207.00 3c
2 SDO11 143.00 1
Type SE05 3 SDO12 264.00 3
3 SE A 4 SDO13 264.00 2
5 SDO14 264.00 3
3 SDO15 414.00 3
4 SF A 4 SDO16 414.00 2
5 SDO17 414.00 3
5 SG A 3 Form Y500 and Series B use SEO5 129.00 3
6 SH A&B 3 SEO5 129.00 3
c For 4-pole starters used on two phase systems order two thermal units plus one Class 9998 Type SO31 jumper strap kit for every two starters. Each kit
includes two jumper straps.
Table 16.225: Special Features for Melting Alloy Types

Form $ Price
Substitute 1-N.O. isolated alarm contact and 1-N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only)e Y342e 179.00
Substitute 2-N.C. contacts for standard N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only) Y344e 179.00
Modify Type SDO12 relays to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units, and Type F and Type SDO15 relays to accept Y81d No Charge
Type FB quick trip thermal units. (Rejects Type CC standard trip units)
d This form cannot be field modified.
e Field modification possible. Order 9999S04 (for Form Y342) or 9999S05 (for Form Y344).
16


Thermal Overload Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™
Motor Logic
Solid State Overload relays feature: 3 to 1 adjustment for trip current; phase loss and unbalance protection;
direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. They are ambient insensitive and self–powered. Switch selectable trip
class; Class II ground fault detection; and direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. Electrical remote reset is
also available.
Table 16.226: Class 10/20 (Selectable): For Separate Mounting Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac
Maximum
Full Load Open Type
NEMA Sizeg Current Range $ Price
(3-Pole) Trip Class 10/20
(A)
00B 1.5–4.5f SFB20 221.00
00C 3–9f SFC20 221.00
0 6–18f SF020 221.00
1 9–27f SF120 221.00
2 15–45 SF220 309.00
3 30–90 SF320 378.00
4 45–135 SF420 545.00
f Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Lugs are available. See
page 16-111.
g NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA
Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
Table 16.227: Class 10/20 (Selectable): Replacement SSOLR for Retrofit of Square D Type S Starter Solid
State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum
Order Class 9065 Overload Relay
Locate 8536 Starter in this column from this column
Full Load Open Type
NEMA Sizek Current Range $ Price
(A) Trip Class 10/20
00Bh 1.5–4.5 SFB20 221.00
00Ch 3–9 SFC20 221.00
0h 6–18 SF020 221.00
1h 9–27 SF120 221.00
2 15–45 ST220 288.00
3 30–90 ST320 351.00
4 45–135 ST420 516.00
5i 90–270 ST520 221.00
5j 90–270 SF520 1074.00
6i 180–540 ST620 221.00
7i 270–810 ST720 221.00
h Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires.
i Size 5, 6 and 7 Replacement Overloads are only for existing NEMA S starters with Motor Logic overload relay. External CTs and additional
components are not included.
j Size 5 is a complete drop-in replacement for Square D NEMA S melting alloy, bimetallic, and Y500 overload relays only.
k NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA
Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.

16


Protection components TeSys™ T Motor Management System
TeSys T is a motor management system that provides full motor monitoring, control, and protection when used
with short circuit protection and a contactor. TeSys T manages most critical processes while reducing
downtime and increasing productivity.
TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major
communication protocols. TeSys T predicts what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current,
voltage, and power over a wide range.
TeSys T is a green motor management system with unique power monitoring capabilities for better energy
management.
TeSys T carries all appropriate and necessary third party certifications.
To get detailed information about TeSys T, visit our website at www.schneider-electric.us.com.
TeSys T detailed functionalities and possible configuration:
Communication:
TeSys T is a flexible motor management system that supports five major communication protocols: Modbus,
CANopen, DeviceNet, Profibus, and Ethernet Modbus TCP.
These communication protocols allow the TeSys T controller to integrate seamlessly into your automation
systems.
Ethernet Modbus TCP provides Faulty Device Replacement to reduce maintenance time to a minimum.
Protection functions: Motor control modes:

• thermal overload 10 predefined motor control modes are incorporated
• phase imbalance and phase failure in the controller. Each listed mode is available as 2 or
• thermal motor protection via PTC probes 3 wire control.
• phase reversal • overload mode: monitoring of motors whose control is not
• ground fault detection managed by the controller
• long starting times and motor stalling • independent mode: starting of full voltage non-reversing
• automatic load shedding and restarting motors
• load fluctuations (current, voltage, power) • reverser mode: starting of full voltage reversing motors
• variations of Cos ϕ (power factor) • 2-step mode: 2-step starting of motors (star-delta, by
autotransformer and by resistor)
Metering functions: • 2-speed mode: 2-speed starting of motors (Dahlander,
• Measurements (rms values): pole changer)
— current on the 3 phases A custom mode is available to allow the user to create
— voltage on the 3 phases (shedding) a specific motor control mode that is not predefined in
— motor temperature the controller.
— ground fault sensing
Custom Logic has the basic functions of a small
• Values calculated: programmable logic controller (PLC). Programming
— average current can be done in Structured Text mode or in Block
— frequency Diagrams through PowerSuite V2.6 software. To
— Power factor, power, power consumption ensure consistency, the same software used to
Motor control functions: commission the TeSys T controller is used for Custom
Logic programming.
A motor managed by a TeSys T controller can be Statistical and diagnostic functions:
controlled:
• locally, using the logic inputs present on the product, or • history of the last five detected faults
via the human machine interface (HMI) • motor statistics
• remotely, via the network • controller operations
• warning of pending faults
Standards and Certifications

Product Type LTMR Controllers LTMEV40 Expansion Modules
Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL 508, UL E164353 NKCR, CSA 22-2 n°14, CSA LR43364 Class 3211 03, IACS E10
Product certifications UL, CSA, BV, LROS, DNV, GL, RINA, ABS, RMRos, NOM, CCC, C-TIC’K, ATEX, GOST, KERI
Possible Configurations:
TeSys T controller is a flexible motor management system using PowerSuite V2.6 commissioning tool.
PowerSuite is the configuration software for the TeSys T controllers. See page 16-86 for details.
16
LTM CU TeSys T PLC (automation platform)

Network or bus
PowerSuite
LTM CU
TeSys T
connector
PowerSuite
LTMR
PowerSuite


Protection Components TeSys™ T Motor Management System
LTMR Controller: LTME Expansion Module:

The controller is the central component in The expansion module adds the following
the motor management system. It manages functionalities to the TeSys T controller:
the basic functions such as: • voltage measurement between phases up to 690 V
• measurement of 3-phase current via integral nominal
current transformers from 0.4 to 100 A (up to • 4 additional inputs
1000 A by external current transformers)
Inputs
• measurement of ground current internally or LTMR27EBD LTMEV40FM
external ground sensors • 4 discrete logic inputs (isolated)
• measurement of motor temperature • 2 types of power for the inputs: 24 Vdc and 100 to
• inputs and outputs for the various motor control modes, detected fault 240 Vac
management, and other functions — A 24 Vdc LTMR controller can be assembled with a 240 Vac expansion module
and vice versa
Characteristics The LTMVE must be connected to the LTMR controller by a connecting
As standard, the controller manages the following: cable.
Control Modes Table 16.229: Expansion Module
• overload mode Input Control Number of Supply to the Catalog Number $ Price
• independent mode Voltage Inputs Electronics
• reverser mode 24 Vdc 4 via the LTMR LTMEV40BD 300.00
controller
• 2-speed mode 100–240 Vac 4 LTMEV40FM 300.00
• 2-step mode
• Custom mode HMI — Human Machine Interface:
Inputs/Outputs Depending on the application, two types of HMI can be used with the
motor management system.
• 6 discrete logic inputs
• The LTMCU operator control unit:
• 3 relay logic outputs (1 N.O. contact each)
— Control/monitoring of a 1 to 1 LTMR controller
• 1 relay output for detected fault signalling
(1 N.O. + 1 N.C.) overload relay • A Magelis XBTN410 terminal
— Control/monitoring of 1 to 8 LTMR controllers
Measurements
• connection for a thermistor probe LTMCU Compact Display:
• connections for a ground sensor • Configure the parameters
• Display information
Table 16.228: Controllers • Monitor the alarms and detected faults
Setting Range
(A)
Control Voltage
(V)
Current Range
(A) Catalog Number $ Price • Local control of the motor via the local control interface
(keys can be customized) LTM9KCU
®
For Modbus • Three different languages can be loaded into the (Holder Only)
24 Vdc 0.4–8 LTMR08MBD 675.00 LTMCU controller at the same time: English, French,
8
100–240 Vac 0.4–8 LTMR08MFM 675.00 Spanish are the defaults.
24 Vdc 1.35–27 LTMR27MBD 675.00
27
100–240 Vac 1.35–27 LTMR27MFM 675.00
A language download utility (LangTool), together
24 Vdc 5–100 LTMR100MBD 765.00
with all the other languages, are available on the
100
100–240 Vac 5–100 LTMR100MFM 765.00
website www.schneider-electric.com.
For EtherNet Modbus TCP This tool allows the languages present in the LTMCU
24 Vdc 0.4–8 LTMR08EBD 825.00 LTMCU control until to be adapted.
8
100–240 Vac 0.4–8 LTMR08EFM 825.00 The LTMCU HMI control unit has an additional front panel RJ45 port,
27
24 Vdc 1.35–27 LTMR27EBD 825.00 protected by a flexible cover.
100–240 Vac 1.35–27 LTMR27EFM 825.00
24 Vdc 5–100 LTMR100EBD 935.00 Magelis Display:
100
100–240 Vac 5–100 LTMR100EFM 935.00
For CANopen
24 Vdc 0.4–8 LTMR08CBD 750.00
8
100–240 Vac 0.4–8 LTMR08CFM 750.00
24 Vdc 1.35–27 LTMR27CBD 750.00
27
100–240 Vac 1.35–27 LTMR27CFM 750.00
100
24 Vdc 5–100 LTMR100CBD 850.00 Two applications have been predefined for the TeSys T controller.
100–240 Vac 5–100 LTMR100CFM 850.00 Depending on the application loaded, the HMI terminal makes it
For DeviceNet possible to:
8
24 Vdc 0.4–8 LTMR08DBD 750.00 • Configure and monitor a motor starter (LTM_1T1_V1.dop)
100–240 Vac 0.4–8 LTMR08DFM 750.00 • Monitor and modify certain parameters up to 8 motor starters
24 Vdc 1.35–27 LTMR27DBD 750.00 (LTM_1T8_X_V1.dop)
27
100–240 Vac 1.35–27 LTMR27DFM 750.00

24 Vdc 5–100 LTMR100DBD 850.00

100
100–240 Vac 5–100 LTMR100DFM 850.00 Vijeo Designer programming software is needed for loading applications
For Probibus DP into the XBT HMI terminal.
24 Vdc 0.4–8 LTMR08PBD 750.00
8 Table 16.230: HMI Modules and Software
100–240 Vac 0.4–8 LTMR08PFM 750.00
24 Vdc 1.35–27 LTMR27PBD 750.00 Description Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price
27
100–240 Vac 1.35–27 LTMR27PFM 750.00
via the LTMR
24 Vdc 5–100 LTMR100PBD 850.00 Operator Control unit LTMCU 265.00
100 controller
100–240 Vac 5–100 LTMR100PFM 850.00 Holder for LTMCU LTM9KCU 30.00
(with magnetic back)
Magelis compact display 24 Vdc XBTN410 300.00
Configuration software VJD SND TMS V13M 161.00
Windows 99, 2000, XP
16

All Rights Reserved
I12 Schedule

Table 16.231: Current Transformers

Current Transformer Ratio a Catalog Number $ Price
100:1 LT6CT1001 300.00
200:1 LT6CT2001 300.00
400:1 LT6CT4001 700.00
800:1 LT6CT8001 1000.00
a For use with LTMR08•• controllers. Three current transformers are required for 3-phase applications.
Table 16.232: Ground Fault Sensors

Rated Operational Current le (A) Internal Toroid Ø (mm) Catalog Number $ Price
LT6CT4001 Closed Toroids, Type A
65 30 50437 250.00
85 50 50438 325.00
160 80 50439 410.00
250 120 50440 555.00
400 200 50441 835.00
630 300 50442 1530.00
Split Toroids, Type QA
85 46 50485 1145.00
250 110 50486 2010.00
Note: Dimensional drawings are in catalog DIA1ED2061002EN-US.
Table 16.233: PTC Thermistor Probes b

Nominal Operating
Description Temperature Color Catalog Number c $ Price Each
(NOT) °C
Triple Probes 90 Green/green DA1TT090 3.30
110 Brown/brown DA1TT110 3.30
120 Grey/grey DA1TT120 3.30
130 Blue/blue DA1TT130 3.30
DA1TT•• 140 White/blue DA1TT140 3.30
150 Black/black DA1TT150 3.30
160 Blue/red DA1TT160 3.30
170 White/green DA1TT170 3.30
b PTC: Positive Temperature Coefficient.
c Sold in lots of 10.
Configuration with PowerSuite
The TeSys T configurator is incorporated in the PowerSuite software application,
versions 2.6 and higher.
PowerSuite software allows configuration, commissioning and maintenance of motor
starters protected by a TeSys T controller.
A library containing predefined motor control mode functions is available in order to:
• allow standardization
• avoid errors
• reduce motor starter setup times
By using logic functions, a custom mode makes it possible to:
• easily adapt these predefined motor control mode functions to the specific needs of your
applications
• create new functions
The functions thus defined can be saved and used to build your function library for future
applications.
To create special functions, a logic editor is incorporated in the configurator and allows a
choice of 2 programming languages:
• function block
• structured text
Table 16.234: Configuration Tools

Description Composition Catalog Number $ Price
Connection kit for PC serial port for 1 x 3 m length cable VW3A8106
Modbus® PLC multidrop connection with two RJ45 connectors
1 RS232/RS485 converter with one 75.00
9-pin female SUB-D connector and
16
one RJ45 connector.

USB serial port adapterd for
connecting a TeSys T controller to 1 USB / serial port adapterd TSXCUSB485 250.00
your PC
USB serial port cable for connecting a 1 USB / serial port cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 52.00
TeSys T controller to your PC
d Modbus (RS485) cable required, not included.
TeSys T and SMS PowerLogic:

TeSys T is integrated in PowerLogic SMS Version 4.0. and will address energy
management needs by fully utilizing the TeSys T power/energy management features. For
more information on PowerLogic products, see Power Monitor Control Section 4.


Table 16.235: Connecting Cables

Number and type of Length
connectors m (ft)
2 x RJ45 1 (3) VW3A1104R10 35.00
LTMCU control unit 3 (10) VW3A1104R30 35.00
5 (16) VW3A1104R50 35.00
XBTN410 SUB-D 25-pin female to RJ45 2.5 (8) XBTZ938 30.00
2 x RJ45 0.04 (0.13) LTMCC004 125.00
LTME expansion module 0.3 (1) LU9R03 20.00
1 (3) LU9R10 25.00
180 degree Ethernet 1 x RJ45 – LTM9CE180T 20.00
external connector
Table 16.236: Connection Accessories

Length
m (ft)
For EtherNet (Modbus TCP) connection
Shielded twisted pair cables to standard EIA/TIA568
Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 Straight 2 (7) 490NTW00002 48.60

connectors for connection to 5 (16) 490NTW00005 58.00
terminal equipment 12 (39) 490NTW00012 77.00
40 (131) 490NTW00040 150.00
80 (263) 490NTW00080 266.00
Shielded twisted pair cables, UL and CA 22.1 approved
Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 Straight 2 (7) 490NTW00002U 48.00

connectors for connection to 5 (16) 490NTW00005U 57.00
terminal equipment 12 (39) 490NTW00012U 75.00
40 (131) 490NTW00040U 159.00
80 (263) 490NTW00080U 258.00
For Modbus® PLC connection
Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 connectors 0.3 (1) VW3A8306R03 20.00

1 (3) VW3A8306R10 25.00
3 (10) VW3A8306R30 30.00
T-junctions 0.3 (1) VW3A8306TF03 75.00
1 (3) VW3A8306TF10 85.00
RS485 line terminator — VW3A8306R N/A
For CANopen connection
Cables 50 (164) TSXCANCA50 112.00

100 (328) TSXCANCA100 467.00
8536SCO3V02H626 300 (984) TSXCANCA300 1323.00
IP20 connectors Elbowed (90°) — TSXCANKCDF90T 52.00
SUB-D 9-pin female
Line end adapter switch Straight — TSXCANKCDF180T 52.00
Elbowed (90°) — TSXCANKCDF90TP
SUB-D 9-pin connector 78.00
for connection to PC or
diagnostic tool
For DeviceNet connection
Cables 50 (164) TSXCANCA50 112.00

100 (328) TSXCANCA100 467.00
300 (984) TSXCANCA300 1323.00
For Profibus DP connection
Cables 100 (328) TSXPBSCA100 826.00

400 (1313) TSXPBSCA400 2990.00
Connectors With line terminator — 490NAD01103 73.00
Without line terminator — 490NAD01104 62.00
With line terminator and — 490NAD01105 101.00
terminal port
Table 16.237: Marking Accessories

Sold in
Description Composition Catalog Number $ Price Each
lots of
Strips of 10 identical 25 AB1R•a 0.52
Clip-in markers numbers (0 to 9)
(maximum of 5 per unit) Strips of 10 identical 25 AB1G•a 0.52
capital letters (A to Z)
a When ordering replace the • in the catalog number with the number or letter required.
16

All Rights Reserved
I12 Schedule

LTMR•• controllers
122.5 ▲
■
5.2 91
30.2
61
■ ■
■
LTMEV40•• expansion modules
120.7 ▲
5.5 45
30.2
▲
61
LTMCU operator control unit
Panel mounting, cut-out
23 117 92
45
70
50
a 140 mm with RJ45 connector for connection to expansion module and to network, 166 mm with Profibus DP/CANopen connector.
b Leave a gap around the device of: 9 mm at 45 °C, 9 to 40 mm from 45 to 50 °C, 40 mm at 60 °C.
Current Transformers HMI Terminal

LT6CT XBTN410
42
16
107
d
35
30
5 25 35 25 5
95
c
74
5 42,5 42,5 5
2,5
6 132
c 104 mm with mounting clips (supplied with the product).
10 10
20
d 58 mm with SUB-D 25-pin elbowed cable XBTZ9680 for Twido®, TSX Micro™ and Premium™ PLCs
or XBTZ998 for Advantys™ STB distributed I/O system.
104 mm with SUB-D 25-pin cable XBTZ68/Z9681 for Twido®, TSX Micro™ and Premium™ PLCs
2,5


Thermal Overload Bimetallic
Bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 20 protection with automatic reset or hand reset and a trip-free
mechanism. There are ambient temperature-compensated versions. Note that thermal units are not included in the
shown prices. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
Table 16.238: For Separate Mounting—Bimetallic—600 V Maximum AC or DCa

Maximum Bracket Kit for Terminal Block Channel Number of
Description Size Full Load Current Open Type $ Price Mounting Thermal Units
(A) Type $ Price Required
Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact)

00, 0, 1 25 DA2 107.00 — —
2 60 GA2 149.00 — —
Compensated 1
3 100 HA2 261.00 — —
4 180 JA2 306.00 — —
Three Pole Construction (One Common SPDT Contact on Type S)
Class 9065
1 26 SEO6B2 392.00 SM2 35.60
Type SEO6B2 Non-Compensated 3
2 45 SEO9B2 441.00 SM2 35.60
Three Pole Construction 1 26 SEO6B 441.00 SM2 35.60
Ambient Temperature- 3
Non-Compensated 2 45 SEO9B 441.00 SM2 35.60
Compensated
For additional selections see International Control Products.
a Maximum power contact rating for separate mounting overload relays. Maximum control circuit contact rating for Type S versions is 600 Vac only.
Table 16.239: Replacement Overload Relay for

Square D Class 8536 Bimetallic Overload Relay on an Existing Starter
Order Class 9065 Overload Relay
Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column from this Column
Number Number of
NEMA Type Series of Form Type $ Price Thermal Units
Size Poles Required
Bb SDO6B 441.00 3
0 SB A&B Any B1b SDO5B1 392.00 2
B2b SDO6B2 392.00 3
Bb SDO6B 441.00 3
1 SC A&B Any B1b SDO5B1 392.00 2
B2b SDO6B2 392.00 3
Bb SDO9B 512.00 3
2 SD A Any B1b SDO8B1 464.00 2
B2b SDO9B2 464.00 3
A 3 Y59c 26005-11000 243.00 1
3e SE A
3 SHA01Y59 1089.00 3
B
A 3 Y59c 26005-11500 306.00 1
4e SF A
3 SJA01Y59 1431.00 3
B
B2d SEO6B2 392.00 3
5 SG A&B 3
Bd SEO6B 441.00 3
B SEO6B 441.00 3
6 SH A&B 3 B2 SEO6B2 392.00 3
b B indicates ambient temperature-compensated bimetallic overload relay.
B1 indicates single phase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay.
B2 indicates polyphase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay.
c Y59 indicates single phase ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay.
d B2Y500 indicates bimetallic overload relay with current transformer sensing. BY500 indicates ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload
relay with current transformer sensing. This part number does not include the current transformer assembly.
e Non-compensated Size 3 & 4 OLRs are no longer available. Select an ambient compensated OLR from appropriate table above.
Adapted Bimetal Overload Relay Mounting Bracket Adapter

(NEMA Sizes 00–1)
The adapted bimetallic Type S starter incorporates a mounting bracket for use with a self-contained adjustable bimetal
overload relay. A separate mount version of the bracket is also available for use with contactors that do not offer the
same terminal configuration as the Type S or for applications with height restraints that demand mounting next to the
contactor rather than directly below as is typical for most starter configurations.
The bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 10 or Class 20 protection with automatic and hand reset and a trip-
free mechanism. These overloads are ambient temperature compensated and are available with or without phase
imbalance protection. The component is available as a replacement on a starter or as a separately mounted overload
relay adapter. The overload relay (LRD or LR3D) can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date.
For more information see Table 16.269.
Table 16.240: Replacement
Maximum Full Load Current (A) Catalog List
Description Sizes
of Overload Relay Number $ Price

Two Pole 00, 0, 1 27 SADR751 89.00

Three Pole 00, 0, 1 27 SADR75 89.00
Table 16.241: Stand Alone

Maximum Full Load Current (A) Catalog List
Description Sizes of Overload Relay Number $ Price
Two Pole 00, 0, 1 27 SAD751 89.00
Three Pole 00, 0, 1 27 SAD75 89.00
NOTE: The LRD or LR3D bimetal overload relay must be purchased separately.
16


Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style
Table 16.242: Melting Alloy Type NEMA Style E
F G
Dimensions (IN) Shipping
Type Weight H
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P (lb)
SEO5 3-5/16 — 15/32 3-31/32 3-17/32 2-13/16 7/32 11/16 2-5/16 1/2 1/2 1/2 27/32 1 1-3/8 #10 1 A
I
SEO8 3-5/16 — 15/32 3-31/32 3-1/2 2-13/16 3/16 11/16 2-5/16 1/2 1/2 1/8 27/32 1 1-3/8 #10 1-1/4 B
K
SEO12 — 5-19/32 9/16 5-3/4 5-5/16 4-3/4 9/32 1-7/16 3-9/16 3/4 9/16 7/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 #1/4 3 J
SEO15 — 6-31/32 9/16 5-3/4 5-5/16 4-3/4 9/32 2-1/8 3-9/16 3/4 9/16 7/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 #1/4 4 L C
M N D
O Prov for (4) - p - Mtg Screws
Type SEO
.28
7.1 .27
6.86
0.31
1.34 .69 7.9 0.22
Over Thermal
17.5 RESET
34 .75 5.59
Over Thermal
RESET .77 19
Unit
0.66 1.38 19.6 2.0
Unit
.25 16.8 35 50.8
.28
6.4
.41 (2) 8-32 Mtg 7
0.5
10.4 12.7 Screws 0.22 .6
5.6 (2) 3/16 Dia 15.2
.44 0.38
11 Mtg Holes 6.19 9.65
0.38
157.23
4.75 9.7
120.7
Tripped
Reset Travel
Reset
Tripped
Travel
Reset Travel
3.25 Tripped
3.25
82.5 82.5
0.94
3.25
23.8
82.5
0.94 5 1.0 1.0 0.125
(2) Dia 25.4 25.4
2.75 23.9 16 3.18
69.8 2.75
Locating 69.85
2.93 2.75
69.8 Dowels
74.4
Type CO1 Type TO1a Type UO1a

Weight–1•2 lb Weight–1•2 lb Weight–11•2 lb
a Dimensions shown for Types TO1 and UO1 do not apply when Form Y342 or Y34 is supplied.
2.13
54
1.06
27 4.06 1.06
103 27
Reset 0.44
Travel 11
1.41 4.94 1.41
36 125
0.38 36
10
3.13
79
9.13
0.44 Reset
232 3.02
11 Travel
3.88 76
1.56
98 1.81
40
46
R R
Alarm E
O.L. C E
om . S S
E E
T T
Prov for (3) Terminal
16
6.03 1.81
1/4 - 20 Connections 153 46
Mtg Screws 2.63
Alarm
67
Com O.L. Dual Dim
In
mm Right
Left Terminal Hand

Hand Connections
1.00 In. 1.00 0.47

Dual Dim Prov for
25 mm 25 (3)#10-24 0.47 12
Mtg Screws 12
Right Hand Left Hand
Types GO11L and GO11R Types FO1L and FO1R
Weight–5 lb Weight–2 lb

All Rights Reserved

Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style
Bimetallic Overload Relays
3.50
3.75 89
95 .50 2.81
.50 2.81 13 71
13 71
3.34
3.59 85
91 2.30
2.30 58
58 Reset
Reset
.80
.80 20
20
.31
.31 .06 8
.06 8 2 .31
2 .31 Reset Travel
Reset Travel 8 3.94
.89 1.00 8 3.94 .89 1.00
23 25 100
23 25 Prov. for (4) 100 Prov. for (4)
#10 Mtg. Screws #10 Mtg. Screws
Types SEO6B and SEO6B2 Types SEO9B and SEO9B2

Weight—1lb Weight—11•4 lb
Table 16.243:
Mounting Reset Mounting Approximate
Class Ampere Outline Dimensions Maximum
Dimensions Dimensions Screw Shipping
9065 Rating Wire Size
A B C D E K L G Weight (lb)
DA 25 3-1/2 7/8 3-3/16 3 1/2 3/8 1/8 10 8 2

GA 60 4-7/8 7/8 3-3/16 3 1/2 3/8 1/8 10 1 2
A D
HA 100 4-7/8 1-1/4 3-3/16 3-1/2 1/16 1/2 1/8 10 00 3
JA 180 5-15/16 1-1/4 3-3/16 3-1/2 1/2 3/16 1/8 10 250 MCM 4 J
NOTE: Dimensions shown in inches.
Motor Logic™ Solid State Overload Relay G K L

(2 Holes) E Reset Travel
2.81 (2) Holes and (2) Slots B C
71 for 8-32 Mtg. Screws
.31
8 2.23 2.69
57 68
RESET
1.00 .24
25 .27 6
1.59 7 .28 Reset Travel
40 7 3.90
.36 99
9
.89
23
3.26
83
NEMA Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Devices
Note: NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These
designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from
the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
4.28
109
3.91
99
1.70 1.84 2.19 3.51

43 47 56 89
3.24
RESET 82
1.24
31
.24
6
1.24 Reset Travel
31
Size 2 Devices 5.32

135
4.74
5.32 120
135 3.25
4.74 .29 83
1.50 .30 4.53
120 7 38
3.25 8 115
83 .30
.29 1.50 8 4.45
7 38 113
1.08
1.08 27
27 2.96 5.92
75 3.56 .31 150
2.96 5.02 90
75 3.56 .31 128 8 4.16
90 8 2.26 106
2.26 4.16 57
57 106 RESET
RESET
.24 .24
6 6
Reset Travel Reset Travel
1.57 1.57 3.80 .32 .38 1.57 3.80 .32

.38 97 8 1.57 40 8
10 40 40 10 40 97
5.33 5.33
16
135 135
Size 3 Devices Size 4 Devices
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Overload Approximate Dimensions
7.38
187
8.25
210 PWR
31161-184-51
SERIES B
A600 270
P300
AC 3 Ph
50-60HZ
TRIP
210
180
90
TRIP=125%
FLA
5.88
150
120 CLASS10
149
SQUARE D COMPANY
LISTEDIND.CONT.EQ.A159 MADE IN USA
Note: The dimensions are for reference only.
2.25
57
NEMA Size 5 Type S Device 1.18
30
7.75
197
External Reset Mechanisms

Class 9066
Type RA kits provide a convenient external means for resetting overload relays mounted in control enclosures of
almost any depth. Designed for use on NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, they can be used with any Square D open type
magnetic starter or Class 9065 overload relay. All kits are individually packaged for easy stocking and include complete
installation instructions.
Type RB1 Only a single mounting hole is required in the enclosure door. Each kit contains one or more threaded reset rods,
grooved at intervals of 3/4" so they can be cut to the approximate length required without thread damage. Final
adjustment is easily made after installation by rotating a plunger and tightening the lock nut. Mechanisms with more
than one reset rod include a steel cross bar with mounting holes located at 1/2" intervals, providing a choice of rod
locations to suit any application. All steel parts are electrically isolated from the enclosure and the operator.
Type RB kits make it possible to field install external reset mechanisms to Type S combination starters in NEMA 12
enclosures. They may also be used to replace external reset mechanisms on Type S combination starters in NEMA 1,
Type W1 4 and 12 enclosures.
Table 16.244:
Reset Mechanism Kit
Where Used Type of Enclosure
Description Type $ Price
Type RA2 Series B With 1 Rod RA1 57.00
OEM Kit NEMA With 2 Rods RA2 71.00
for commercial enclosures 1, 12 With 3 Rods RA3 86.00
Replacement on NEMA Size 0 and 1 RB1 42.80
8538, 8539 starters 1, 12 Size 2 RB2 42.80
On commercial enclosures or NEMA W1 is a boot only and must be used
Type S combination starters 4 with RA or RB Kit listed above W1 28.70
Size 00, 0 and 1 SC1 7.20
Replacement on NEMA 1 Size 2 SD1 12.00
Class 8536 Type S starters with slip-on covers Size 3 SE1 14.30
Type Retro-fit kit Class 8940 Pump Panel NEMA 3R Reset for use with 9065TJF Series B OLR RTJF 42.80
SC1
16


Separate Enclosures NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12
Class 9991
Separate enclosures can be used with open style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures,
plus the open style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device. Separate enclosures are to be used
only with the equipment listed below:
• NEMA 4 and 12 Class 9991 separate enclosures for Type S devices are supplied as standard with closing plates. See selection
chart below for specific number of closing plates on Various enclosures. For applications requiring enclosures without closing
plates, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
• NEMA 3R enclosures for field assembly of equipment for outdoor applications are provided with three closing plates, a reset
mechanism and predrilled panel as standard. For conduit connection to the top of these enclosures, select watertight hubs from
listing on Digest page 3-10 in accordance with applicable code requirements. Square D’s NEMA 12 enclosures can also be
modified for outdoor use. For details, refer to NEMA 12 enclosure modification information on page 16-95. NOTE: Not for use in
high-corrosive outdoor locations or sea coast environments.
• NEMA 4X enclosures for Type S devices, Sizes 0–2 and 30–60 Ampere, are provided as standard without closing plates. Cover
mounted control units for NEMA 4X separate enclosures are available as a factory modification only.
When closing plates are removed from NEMAs 4, 12 & 3R enclosure covers, the openings can be used for easy
installation of Class 9001 Type K or Type SK cover mounted control units. Convenient Class 9999 modification kits
containing Class 9001 Type K control kits can be found on page 16-109.
Type SCW21
NEMA 4X Table 16.245:
Enclosure
Enclosure Classification
NEMA 4X NEMA 3R
For Use With Watertight, Dusttight NEMA 4d
NEMA NEMA 12/3R Rainproof,
and Watertight and Dusttight
Size Dusttight and Driptight Sleet Resistant,
Corrosion-Resistant Stainless Steel
or Outdoor Use
Glass-Polyester
Ampere
Rating Number of Number of
Types (All Pole
Class Type $ Price Type $ Price Closing Type $ Price Closing Type $ Price
Arrangements) Plates Plates
Manual Starters
MO
2510 MBO, MCO M1 MW1e 485.00 MW11 485.00 — MA1 129.00 — — —
M1P
Magnetic Contactors
SAO, SBO, SCO 00, 0, 1 SCW20 684.00 SCW11 714.00 2 SCA11f 372.00 3 SCH2 372.00
SDO 2 SDW20 1169.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00
8502a
SEO 3 — — SEW11 1767.00 3 SEA11f 684.00 3 SEH1 684.00
Type SCA11 SFO 4 — — SFW11 3119.00 3 SFA11f 1853.00 3 SFH1 1853.00
NEMA 12 Magnetic Starters
Enclosure SAO, SBO, SCO 00, 0, 1 SCW21 684.00 SCW11 714.00 2 SCA11f 372.00 3 SCH2 372.00
SDO 2 SDW21 1169.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00
8536
SEO 3 — — SEW11c 1767.00 3 SEA11cf 684.00 3 SEH1 684.00
SFO 4 — — SFW11c 3119.00 3 SFA11cf 1853.00 3 SFH1 1853.00
Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination, Electrically and Mechanically Held
LO, LXO 20 Amp SDW20 1107.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00
SMO 30 Amp SCW20b 684.00 SCW11 714.00 2 SCA11f 372.00 3 SCH2 372.00
8903a SPO 60 Amp SCW20b 1169.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00
SQO 100 Amp — — SEW11c 1767.00 3 SEA11cf 684.00 3 SEH1 684.00
SVO 200 Amp — — — — — — — — SFH1 1853.00
Reversing and Two Speed Horizontally Arranged Contactors and Starters
8702a SBO, SCO 0, 1 — SCW12 1182.00 SCA12f 527.00 — —
— 3 3
8736 SDO 2 — SDW12 1754.00 SDA12f 728.00 — —
8810 SBO & SCO 0, 1 — — SCW13 1610.00 3 SCA13f 714.00 3 — —
a For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate; for NEMA 4 use Class 9001 Type K52, for NEMAs 3R and 12 use Class 9001
Type K51. Class 9991 Types SCW20 and SDW20 are designed for contactors only, reset closing plates not required.
Type SCW11 b For electrically held devices only.
c Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy and solid state overload relays only.
NEMA 4 d The standard cabinet has a brushed finish.
Enclosure e Type MBO, Size MO only.
f NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.


• Type Number 9991 SCW11
Type SCH2
NEMA 3R
Enclosure
16


Separate Enclosures
Class 9991
NEMA Type 1 and Flush Mounting
Flush Mounting Selection Table NEMA 1 Selection Table

Flush Mounting General Purpose separate enclosures for Type S The NEMA 1 General Purpose separate enclosures listed below, when
Sizes 0–2, 30–60 ampere are provided with knock-outs in the cover for used with open style components, are equivalent to a standard factory
field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and assembled control device.
one Class 9999 pilot light kit. (Refer to Class 9999 for selection.) For
Type S Size 3, 100 ampere, three closing plates are provided for
installation of Class 9001 Type K oiltight control units. For enclosure Table 16.248:
dimensions, refer to page 16-96. NEMA 1
General Purpose
For Use With Enclosure
Table 16.247:
Class 9991
Flush Mounting General Purpose (Components)
No. of
For Use With Class Type Type $ Price
NEMA Mounting Poles
Flush Plates Pull Box
Size Strap F and K All EN1 29.30
or
Types Ampere Stainless 2510 M–Sizes M0 and M1 All MG1 57.00
Standard
(All Pole Rating Steelb M–Size M1P All MG2 57.00
Class Type $ Price Type $ Price
Arrange-
ments) Type $ Price Type $ Price CO All UE1c 39.40
MO MF1 215.00 (with pullbox and plaster adjustment) 2–12, 2–4
MBO & XO
2510 M1 8501 w/Attachments
MCO MF2 129.00 (without pullbox but with mounting strap) UE7 99.00
M1P 2–8
XDO w/o Attachments
Magnetic Contactors
SAO, SBO,
SBO & 2–4 SCG7 57.00
0, 1 SCF11 57.00 SCF12 201.00 SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00 SCO
SCO
8502a 8502 SDO 2–4 SDG7 143.00
SDO 2 SDF11 171.00 SDF12 386.00 SDF2 99.00 SDF1 116.00
SEO 2–4 SEG7 287.00
SEO 3 SEF11 882.00 (Enclosure Complete)
SFO 2–4 SFG8 599.00
Magnetic Starters SAO, SBO, 2–4 SCG8 57.00
SBO & SCO
0, 1 SCF11 57.00 SCF12 201.00 SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00
8536 SCO SDO 2–4 SDG8 143.00
SDO 2 SDF11 171.00 SDF12 386.00 SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 8536 SEO 2–4 SEG8d 287.00
Lighting Contactors Non-Combination Electrically and Mechanically Held SFO 2–4 SFG8d 599.00
LO, LXO 20 A SDF13 171.00 — — SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 SGO 3 SGG8dg 1241.00
SMO 1–4 30 A SCF11 57.00 — — SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00 8702, SAO, SBO, SCO All SCG9e 171.00
SMO 10–13 30 A SCF13 201.00 — — SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00 8736 SDO All SDG9e 372.00
8903a
SPO 1–4 60 A SDF11 171.00 — — SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 LO, LXO All LXG1h 143.00
SPO 10–13 60 A SDF13 171.00 — — SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 SMO All SCG7f 57.00
SQO 1–13 100 A SEF11 882.00 (Enclosure Complete) 8903 SPO All SDG7f 143.00
a For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate. For Flush Mounting use SQO All SFG8 599.00
Class 9999 Type SG2 except for Class 9991 Type SDF11 which requires a Class 9001 SVO All SFG4 1259.00
Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Types SEF11 and LF1 are designed for
contactors only, reset closing plates not required. DP 1–2 DPG1 78.00
b The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. DPA12, 13, 22, 23, 2–3 DPG1 78.00
32, 33, 42, 43
DPA14, 24, 34, 44, 2–4 DPG2 99.00
8910 52, 53
DPA62, 63 2–3 DPG3 143.00
DPA72, 73, 92, 93, 2–3 DPG4 287.00
122, 123
H, J, K, L & M All UE6 99.00
DPSO13, 23, 33, 43 3 DPSG1 59.00
8911 DPSO53 3 DPSG2 102.00
DPSO63, 73, 93 3 SEG8 287.00
AO All UE6 99.00
9050 (Single Head)
HO All UE6 99.00
EO51, EO61,
EO71, K750, — SDG4 458.00
K1000
EO2, EO3, EO4,
EO15, EO16
9070 EO18, EO19, — LG1 143.00
T75, T100, T150,
T200, T250, T300,
T350, T500
EO1, EO17, T50 — UE7 99.00
c CP2 Discount Schedule, not CP1.
d Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy or solid state overload relay only.
e For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors replace reset assembly with a
16
Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate.

Flush Mounting Starter With Type SCG8 f For electrically held contactors only. See page 16-95 for mechanically held contactors.
Pull Box and Mounting Strap g Series B starter enclosure.
NEMA 1
h If cover mounted control units are required, select oversized enclosure listed on
Having Plaster Adjustment Feature Enclosure

page 16-95.
16-94 CP1 CP2 Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric


Separate Enclosures NEMA Types 1, 4, and Oversize
Class 9991
NEMA 1, 4 and Oversized

For Addition of Control Circuit Transformer
The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open type Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P, or 2
contactor or starter along with a fused control circuit transformer (Form F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed
controllers. In the cover of the Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class
9999 cover-mounted control units. All other Class 8502 & 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for
an open-type device and a fused control circuit transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover
for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units.
Oversized enclosures for open type Class 8903 Type L & LX, 20 A and Type S, 30 and 60 A electrically and
mechanically held lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open- type contactor and fused
control circuit transformer (Form F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single pole pilot devices (Form R6). When
an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class 8501 Type XO11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for
Type SCW4 easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Note: A Class 9991 Type SCG1 NEMA 1 separate
NEMA 4 Enclosure enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO, 30 A electrically held lighting contactor if Form F4T (control
transformer), with or without cover control units is required.
Table 16.249:
Recommended Class 9070c
For Use With Class 9991 Enclosure Transformer Selection
Watertight and Dusttight and
General Dusttight Driptight Fuse
NEMA Purpose Standard Extra Capacity
No. Stainless Steel Industrial Use Block
Size or NEMA 1
Class Type of NEMA 4e NEMA 12b
Ampere Poles
Rating 100 VA 150 VA 300 VA
Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type VA
Type Type Type
Magnetic Contactors and Starters
SAO, 1–3 T50 50 VA T100a T150a —
d SBO 00, 0 & 1
8502 SCG1 270.00 SCW4 827.00 SCA4 485.00
& 4–5 T100a 100 VA — T150a —
& SCO
Type SCG1 8536
SDO 2 2–5 SDG4 458.00 SDW4 1488.00 SDA4 705.00 T100 100 VA — T150 T300
With Starter, Transformer Class
Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination 9999
and Fuse Block Installed Type
LO, T50 50 VA — — — SFR4
20 A All
LXO T50 50 VA T100a T150a —
8903 1–3 SDG3 399.00 SDW3 1169.00 SDA3 684.00 T100a 100 VA — T150a —
SMOf 30 A
4–5
T100 100 VA — T150 T300
SPOf 60 A 2–5
a For mounting in SCG1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required — $44.00
b NEMA 12 modified for outdoor use (see below).
c For price list and complete description, see the Class 9070 section. Note: Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure is provided with a Class 9999 Type SF4
fuse block as standard.
d For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism with the exception of
Class 9991 Type SCG1 which requires a separate reset closing plate.
Class 9999 Type SG2 — $14.30
e The standard cabinet has a brushed finish.
f Mechanically held.
NEMA 12/3R Enclosures Modified for Outdoor Applications

(not to be used in salt air or corrosive environments)
Field Modifications for NEMA 3 dusttight, raintight and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows: Watertight
Type SCA11
conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance shall be used.
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Field Modifications for NEMA 3R rainproof and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows:
1. Watertight conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance, when the conduit enters at a level
higher than the lowest live part, shall be used.
2. Drain holes of 1/8 inch diameter shall be added to the bottom of the enclosure.
Class 9001 Type K oiltight/watertight control units can be easily installed in NEMAs 4, 12, and oversized NEMA 1
separate enclosures provided with closing plates. When installing control units simply remove the closing plates and
install the proper Class 9001 Type K components. Convenient control unit kits complete with assembled and pre-wired
operators for quick installation are available as Class 9999 user modification kits. See Table 16.250 for contents of
each control unit kit. Class 9001 Type SK NEMA 4X corrosion resistant control units may be used as an alternate.
Table 16.250: Control Unit Selection Table
Class Kit Contents
9999 Control Function
Type Class and Type Description
1-9001 KR1B Start Operator

1-9001 KR1R Stop Operator
Start-Stop
SA3 1-9001 KN201 Start Legend Plate
Pushbutton 1-9001 KN202 Stop Legend Plate
2-9001 KA1 Contact Block
1-9001 KS43B Selector Operator Switch
Hand-Off-Auto
SC8 1-9001 KN260 Hand-Off-Auto Legend Plate
Selector Switch 1-9001 KA1 Contact Block
Pilot Light
SP28R 1-9001 KP1R31 Red Pilot Light
(120 V)
16


Separate Enclosures Approximate Dimensions
Class 9991
Table 16.251: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Standard)

Class For Use With Dimensions (inches/millimeters)
Weight
9991 No. of Fig. Mounting
Class Type Size A B C D E F G H I J K L (lb)
Type Poles No. Screws (in.)
7.81 12.69 6.03 1.09 10.50 1.09 1.09 5.63 5.75 1.09 5.63
LXG1 8903 LO, LXO 20 A 2–12 1 — — 8
198 322 153 28 267 28 28 143 146 28 143
DP 1–2 4.85 8.5 4.03 2.42 .109 5.75 .531 .92 3.00 3.75
DPG1 8910 20–40 A 1 (4)#10 — — 2
DPA 1–3 123 216 102 62 3 146 13 23 76 95
8903 SMO (E.H.) 30 A All
SAO 00 2–3 5.28
SCG7
8502 SBO 0 134
All
SCO 1
6.00 10.00 3.00 .88 8.13 1.00 .94 4.13 5.00
SAO 00 2–3 1 (3)#10 — — 4
152 254 76 22 206 25 24 105 127
SCG8 8536 SBO 0 All 5.56
SCO 1
141
DPG2 8910 DPA — —
DPSG1 8911 DPS — —
8903 SPO (E.H.) 60 A 2–12 6.03
SDG7
8502 SDO 2 All 153
7.81 12.69 1.09 10.50 1.09 1.09 5.63 5.75 1.09 5.63
SDG8 8536 SDO 2 All 1 (4)1/4 — 8
198 322 6.31 28 267 28 28 143 146 28 143
DPG3 8910 DPA — — 160
DPSG2 8911 DPS — —
SEG7 8502 SEO 3 All
8.00
8536 SEO 3 All
SEG8 11.44 21.81 203 1.53 18.75 1.53 1.53 8.38 7.75 1.53 8.38
8911 DPSG63 to 93 — All 1 (4)3/8 — 23
291 554 39 476 39 39 213 197 39 213
8.38
DPG4 8910 DPA — — 213
8502 SFO 4 All
8536 SFO 4 All 11.25 25.15 8.99 8.60 1.25 1.25 22.31 1.42 .44
SFG8 2 (4)7/16 — — — 34
SQO 286 639 228 218 32 32 567 36 11
8903 100 A All
(E.H. & M.H.)
SBO,
8702a 0&1
SCO 11.88 11.88 7.41 9.75 1.06 1.06 9.75 1.06 .31
SCG9 All 2 (4)5/16 — — — 16
ETBC20, 302 302 188 248 27 27 248 27 8
8922 —
ETBC36
8702a SCO 2 14.88 14.13 7.56 12.75 1.06 1.06 12.00 1.06 .31
SDG9 All 2 (4)5/16 — — — 24
8922 ETBC60 — 378 359 192 324 27 27 305 27 8
a Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0–2.
Table 16.252: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Oversize)

Class For Use With
9991 No. of Fig. Mounting Weight
Type Class Type Size A B C D E F G H I
Poles No. Screws (in.) (lb)
LO, LXO 20 A
SMO (M.H.)
SDG3 8903 30 A All 15
SPO 7.56
60 A
(Form F4T) 192
SDO
8502 2 All 14.88 14.13 12.75 1.06 1.06 12.00 1.06 .31
(Form F4T) 2 (4)5/16 378 359 324 27 27 305 27 8
SDO 7.66
8536 2 All
SDG4 (Form F4T) 194 21
EO51, EO61, 7.56
9070 EO71, T750, — — 192
T1000
SBO, SCO
8502 0, 1 All
(Form F4T)
SBO, SCO 6.34 15.88 5.19 4.66 .84 14.38 .75 .28 .35
SCG1 8536 0, 1 All 3 (4)9/32 8
(Form F4T) 161 403 132 118 21 365 19 7 9
SMO (E.H.)
8903 30 A All
(Form F4T)
H
A
D C A (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
K L K J
16
H
E
B
Pilot
Light
G
B G
F B
RESET
RESET
H D E C
G
A
H I H E D F C
(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

All Rights Reserved

Class 9991
Table 16.253: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures

Class For Use With Dimensions (See Figure 4)
Weight
9991 No. of
Class Type A B C D E F G H J L (lb)
Type Poles
3.63 5.28 3.31 1.88 3.63 1.06 1.50
UE1 8501 CO All 1/4 in.a 1/2–3/4 in. 2
92 134 84 48 92 27 38
H, J, K
8910 All
L&M
4.91 5.75 5.53 3.50 4.38 1.56 2.00 1/2–3/4 in.
UE6 AO 9/32 in. 1/2–3/4 in. 2
All 125 146 140 89 111 40 51 1–1-1/4 in.
9050 (Single Head)
HO All
2–12, 2–4
XO
8501 w/Attachments
4.87 7.79 7.53 3.50 6.38 1.31 1.88
UE7 XDO 2–8 #10 1/2–3/4 in. 4
124 198 191 89 162 33 48
EO1, EO17
9070 —
T25, & T50
EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15,
EO16, EO18, EO19 7.53 9.78 5.91 6.13 8.38 1.31 1.88
LG1 9070 T75, T100, T150, — 9/32 in. 1/2–3/4–1 in. b 10
191 248 150 156 213 33 48
T200, T250, T300,
T350, & T500
a Class 9991 UE1 has only (3) -H diameter mounting holes; 2 in the bottom as shown and 1 centered at the top.
b Class 9999 LG1 has three knockouts, top and bottom.
Table 16.254: NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet-Resistant Enclosures

Class For Use With Dimensions (see Figure 5)
9991 No. of K.O. K.O.
Type Class Type Size A B C D1 D2 E F G1 G2 H1 H2 J K L M N P
Poles X Y
8502 SBO, 1/2 1/2
0, 1 8.83 12.30 7.12 1.39 1.44 6.00 7.50 2.61 2.19 2.08 2.62 14.28 1.37 1.37 1.88 4.38 1.83
SCH2 8536 SCO All 3/4 3/4
224 312 181 35 37 152 191 66 56 53 66 363 35 35 48 111 46
8903 SMO 30 A 1 1
8502 SDO 2
8536 1
9.83 16.30 8.62 1.39 1.44 7.00 11.50 2.61 2.19 2.08 2.62 16.78 1.31 1.75 2.13 4.88 1.83 1-1/4 1/2
SDH1 LO All
8903 20 A 250 414 219 35 37 178 292 66 56 53 66 426 33 44 54 124 46 1-1/2 3/4
LXO
8903 SPO 60 A
8502 1
SEO 3
8536 12.63 25.30 8.62 1.39 1.44 10.00 20.60 2.61 2.19 2.08 2.62 19.78 1.31 2.31 2.69 6.38 1.83 1-1/4 1/2
SEH1 All 321 643 219 35 37 254 523 66 56 53 66 502 33 59 68 162 46 2 3/4
8903 SQO 100 A 2-1/2
8502 1
SFO 4 All
8536 12.63 40.30 9.12 1.39 1.44 10.00 35.50 2.61 2.19 2.08 2.62 20.28 1.31 2.31 2.69 6.38 1.83 1-1/4 1/2
SFH1 321 1024 232 35 37 254 902 66 56 53 66 515 33 59 68 162 46 2 3/4
8903 SVO 200 A 2-3 2-1/2
A
D1 E D2 C
N P
G1
A
F B
G2
B E

9
(3) Closing Plates
D (4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes J

M
"J" KO Top and Bottom M
X X
"L" KO Top and Bottom

Y K L
C
H1
F
H2
G Figure 5
2
G
Figure 4
16

All Rights Reserved

Class 9991
Table 16.255: NEMA 4X—Watertight and Corrosion Resistant Enclosures

For Use With Dimensions (see Figure 6) Hub Dia.
Class
Bot. Top & Weight
9991 No. of
Class Type Size A B C D E F G H I J K L Only Bot. (lb)
Type Poles W X
SMO
8903 30 A All
(E.H.)
SCW20
SBO, 6.50 6.44 12.13 .75 5.00 8.25 1.69 3.34 10.06 1.31 2.13 .31
8502 0, 1 All 3/4 in. 1 in. 7
SCO 165 164 308 19 127 210 43 85 256 33 54 8
SBO,
SCW21 8536 0, 1 All
SCO
LO,
8903 20 A All
LXO
SDW20 SPO 8.50 7.06 13.88 .75 7.00 10.50 1.69 3.91 11.94 1.63 2.38 .31 1-1/2
8903 60 A All 3/4 in. 13
(E.H.) 216 179 352 19 178 267 43 99 303 41 60 8 in.
8502 SDO 2 All
SDW21 8536 SDO 2 All
Table 16.256: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Standard)

Class
Bot. Top & Weight
9991 No. of
Type Poles W X
8903 SMO 30 A All 6.38 7.13 13.19 1.56 3.25 12.00 .59 1.88 11.78 1.63 2.31 .31
8502 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All 162 181 335 40 83 305 15 48 299 41 59 8
SCW11 3/4 in. 1 in. 12
6.38 7.81 13.19 1.56 3.25 12.00 .59 1.88 11.78 1.63 2.31 .31
8536 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All 162 198 335 40 83 305 15 48 299 41 59 8
8903 LO, LXO 20 A All
8.13 7.88 16.19 1.56 5.00 15.00 1.09 1.94 14.75 2.00 2.63 .31
8903 SPO 60 A All 206 200 411 40 127 381 28 49 375 51 67 8
SDW11 8502 SDO 2 All 3/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 18
8.13 8.56 16.19 1.56 5.00 15.00 1.09 2.88 14.75 2.00 2.63 .31
8536 SDO 2 All 206 217 411 40 127 381 28 73 375 51 67 8
8903 SQO 100 A All 18.15 8.77 32.21 3.08 12.00 30.50 .86 3.67 26.71 2.58 3.19 .44
SEW11 8502 SEO 3 All 461 223 818 78 305 775 22 93 678 66 81 11
8536 SEO 3 All 18.15 9.58 32.21 3.08 12.00 30.50 .86 4.48 26.71 2.58 3.19 .44 3/4 in. 2-1/2 in. 51
8536 SFO 4 All 461 243 818 78 305 775 22 114 678 66 81 11
SFW11 18.15 8.77 32.21 3.08 12.00 30.50 .86 3.67 26.71 2.58 3.19 .44
8502 SFO 4 All 461 223 818 78 305 775 22 93 678 66 81 11
Table 16.257: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Oversize)

Class
Bot. Top & Weight
9991 No. of
Type Poles W X
8702
SCW2 SCO 1 All 23
8736
SBO 0 12.63 7.81 14.69 2.56 7.50 13.50 .59 3.88 18.41 1.66 2.31 .31
SCW3 8810 All 3/4 in. 1 in. 19
SCO 1 321 198 373 65 191 343 15 98 468 42 59 8
8502 SBO, SCO
SCW4 0, 1 All 24
8536 (Form F4T)
8702
SDW2 SDO 2 All 25
8736
LO, LXO 20 A 14.88 7.25 16.19 2.56 9.75 15.00 .38 3.88 20.88 1.72 2.63 .31
SDW3 8903 SMO, SPO 30 A All 3/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 29
378 184 411 65 248 381 10 98 530 44 67 8
(Form F4T) 60 A
8502 SDO
SDW4 2 All 28
8536 (Form F4T)
A
A D E D
D E D G B
G B
F C
F
C
16
G
G
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes
I
I
W X
J
W X
J
H H
K K
Figure 6 Figure 7

All Rights Reserved

Separate Enclosures
Class 9991
A
Table 16.258: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Standard) D E D G
Weight
9991 No. of
Class Type Size A B C D E F G H I J (lb)
Type Poles
8502 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All F
6.38 8.53 12.75 1.56 3.25 12.00 .38 3.56 12.50 .31
SCA11 8536 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All 10 C
162 217 324 40 83 305 10 90 318 8
8903 SMO 30 A All
8502 SDO 2 All
8536 SDO 2 All 8.13 9.28 16.00 1.56 5.00 15.00 .50 3.56 15.38 .31
SDA11 15
8903 LO, LXO 20 A All 206 236 406 40 127 381 13 90 391 8
8903 SPO 60 A All G
8903 SQO 100 A All B
18.15 9.24 31.50 3.08 12.0 30.50 .50 3.67 26.71 .44
SEA11 8502 SEO 3 All 461 235 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11 (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
8536 SEO 3 All 18.15 9.58 31.50 3.08 12.0 30.50 .50 4.48 26.71 .44 51
8536 SFO 4 All 461 243 800 78 305 775 13 114 678 11 I
SFA11 18.15 9.24 31.50 3.08 12.0 30.50 .50 3.67 26.71 .44
8502 SFO 4 All 461 235 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11
H
Figure 8
Table 16.259: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Oversized) A

Class For Use With Dimensions (see Figure 9) D E D G
Weight
9991 No. of
Class Type Size A B C D E F G H I J (lb)
Type Poles
8702
SCA2 SCO 1 All 17
8736
F
SBO 0 C
SCA3 8810 All 11.88 7.75 13.5 2.56 6.75 12.75 .38 3.66 18.13 .31 18
SCO 1 302 197 343 65 171 324 10 93 460 8
SBO, SCO
8502
SCA4 (Form 0, 1 All 19
8536 F4T)
8702
SDA2 SDO 2 All 24 G B
8736
LO, LXO (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
20 A
SMO, SPO
SDA3 8903 30 A All 14.88 7.88 16.00 2.56 9.75 15.00 .50 3.66 21.25 .31 27
(Form 60 A 378 200 406 65 248 381 13 93 540 8
F4T)
SDO I
8502
SDA4 (Form 2 All 27
8536 F4T)
H
Figure 9
Table 16.260: Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosures

Weight
9991 No. of
Class Type Size A B C D E F G H (lb)
Type Poles H H
C E G
SDF13 15.19 8.94 7.63 12.88 5.44 10.94 5.13 .38
(w/SDF1 8903 LO, LXO 20 A All 17
386 227 194 327 138 278 130 10
& SDF2)
8502 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All
SCF11 8536 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All 13.44 7.19 5.88 11.13 4.75 9.19 4.50 .38 A D F
(w/SDF1 10
SMO 341 183 149 283 121 233 114 10
& SDF2) 8903 30 A All
(E.H.)
8502 SDO 2 All
SDF11 8536 SDO 2 All 15.19 8.94 7.63 12.88 5.44 10.94 5.13 .38
(w/SDF1 17 B
SPO 386 227 194 327 138 278 130 10
& SDF2) 8903 60 A All
(E.H.) Figure 10
8502 SEO 3 All 31.00 16.75 14.25 26.25 8.00 .18
SEF11 — — 48
8903 SQO 100 A All 787 425 362 667 203 5
16

All Rights Reserved

Factory Modifications For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters
(Forms)
Factory installed modifications are available for the classes of control equipment listed in the respective tables. Prices
shown are additions to standard equipment prices and are not to be used as separate selling prices. Kits are also
available for many field modifications and normal parts replacement on most control items. Refer to Classes 9998 and
9999 for complete listings.
Standard equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are
added. Such cases should be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are
required.
NOTE: If UL label is required, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
Some Forms are not UL Listed.
Table 16.261: Full Voltage Starters
NEMA Size
Factory Modifications Enclosure Type Form
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Push Buttons a
1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 A — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Start-Stop 7&9 A — 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00
PILOT Start-Stop (maintained contact)e 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 A16 — 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00
DEVICES
IN Start-Stop push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector switch 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 AC — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
COVER On-Off 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 A3 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Full
Voltage Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking) 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 A11 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Non-
Reversing Selector Switches
Controllers 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 C — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Only Hand-Off-Auto 7&9 C — 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00
Classes 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 C6 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
8502 On-Off 7&9 C6 — 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00
8536
8538 NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices 1, 3R, 4, 12 G12d — 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
8539
Addition of padlock attachment to Class 9001 operators 1, 3R, 4, 12 G122 — 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00
Pilot Lights (specify color/type) b See Table 16.262 below.
With Operating Interlock: 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Xf 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00
Add price of each interlock per light
Push Buttons a
1, 4, 4X, 12 A1 — 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00
Forward-Reverse-Stop 7, 9 A1 — 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00
High-Low-Stop 1, 4, 12 A2 — 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00
PILOT Fast-Off-Slow 1, 4, 12 A9 — 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00
DEVICES High-Low push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector 1, 4, 12 A10C — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
IN
COVER Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking) 1, 4, 4X, 12 A11 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Full
Voltage Selector Switches
Reversing 1g, 4, 4X, 12 C — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
and Hand-Off-Auto 7&9 C — 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00
Multi-Speed 1g, 4, 4X C6 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
Controllers On-Off 7&9 C6 — 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00
Only
Classes High-Off-Low 1, 4, 12 C7 224.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
8702 1, 4, 4X, 12 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
8736 Forward-Off-Reverse C14 —
7&9 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00
8738
8739 High-Low and Hand-Off-Auto 1, 4, 12 CC17 — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
8810
8811 Slow-Fast 1, 4, 4X, 12 C19 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
8812 Forward-Reverse 1, 4, 4X, 12 C20 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00
High-Low-Off-Auto 1, 4, 12 C25 — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00
NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices Any G12d — 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
Pilot Lights b
With Operating Interlock: 1, 4, 4X, 12 Xf 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00
Add price of each interlock per light
a All push buttons are momentary contact unless specified otherwise.
b Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green), etc. as shown in the table below. Unless otherwise requested, standard practice is to wire red pilot light to indicate device is
energized. No additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire green pilot light to indicate device is de-energized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is
supplied. A wiring diagram must be supplied for other pilot light colors and/or arrangements.
c Pilot lights available at 120 to 600 V only.
d Specify marking and/or Class 9001 Type KN or Type SKN legend plate required.
e Specify appropriate Class 9001 Type K or SK operator required.
f To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on
page 16-15 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page 16-52 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult
Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
16
g Various form combinations selected may force the use of a larger enclosure.
Table 16.262: Pilot Light Forms

Standard Push-to-Test LED LED-Push-to-Test

Form Ty 1/4/12 Ty 7/9 Form Ty 1/4/12 Ty 7/9 Form Ty 1/4/12 Ty 7/9 Form Ty 1/4/12 Ty 7/9
Red ON P1 336.00 599.00 P21 435.00 599.00 P51 383.00 599.00 P42 482.00 599.00
Red OFF P71 336.00 599.00 P81 435.00 599.00 P91 383.00 599.00 P43 482.00 599.00
Red Unwired P38 336.00 599.00 P28 435.00 599.00 P58 383.00 599.00 P44 482.00 599.00
Green ON P72 336.00 599.00 P82 435.00 599.00 P92 383.00 599.00 P45 482.00 599.00
Green OFF P2 336.00 599.00 P22 435.00 599.00 P52 383.00 599.00 P46 482.00 599.00
Green Unwired P39 336.00 599.00 P29 435.00 599.00 P59 383.00 599.00 P47 482.00 599.00
Amber P3 336.00 599.00 P23 435.00 599.00 P53 383.00 599.00 P63 482.00 599.00
Clear P4 336.00 599.00 P24 435.00 599.00 P54 383.00 599.00 P64 482.00 599.00
Yellow P35 336.00 599.00 P25 435.00 599.00 P55 383.00 599.00 P48 482.00 599.00
Blue P36 336.00 599.00 P26 435.00 599.00 P56 383.00 599.00 P66 482.00 599.00
White P37 336.00 599.00 P27 435.00 599.00 P57 383.00 599.00 P67 482.00 599.00
Red LOW - Green HI P73 672.00 1197.00 P83 870.00 1197.00 P93 765.00 1197.00 P77 963.00 1197.00
Green LOW - Red HI P74 672.00 1197.00 P84 870.00 1197.00 P94 765.00 1197.00 P78 963.00 1197.00
Red OFF - Green FWD/REV P75 1008.00 1796.00 P85 1305.00 1796.00 P95 1184.00 1796.00 P79 1445.00 1796.00
Green OFF - Red FWD/REV P76 1008.00 1796.00 P86 1305.00 1796.00 P96 1184.00 1796.00 P80 1445.00 1796.00

All Rights Reserved

Factory Modifications (Forms)
Class 8536
For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters

Table 16.263: Full Voltage Controllers Only
Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
NEMA SIZE
Enclosure
Factory Modifications Form
Type
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Separate Control Circuit— No No No No No No No No
Any Sa
(specify voltage and frequency) Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge Charge
Fused Control Circuit
(without control transformer)
One fuse 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 F 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 — —
CONTROL Two fuses 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12 F4 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 — —
CIRCUIT
Full Voltage Control Circuit Transformersb—Standard capacity (50 or 60 Hz) Note: All orders requesting Form FT will be supplied as Form F4T.
and
Multi-Speed FUSES
Controllers Primary Secondary
Only
Classes 2 1 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T 698.00 698.00 698.00 855.00 1112.00 1283.00 1412.00 c 1412.00 1412.00
8502
8536 2 1 7&9 FF4T 755.00 755.00 755.00 1053.00 1353.00 1640.00 1839.00 c 1839.00 1839.00
8538
8539 2 2 1, 4, 4X, 12 F4F10T 698.00 698.00 698.00 855.00 1112.00 1283.00 1412.00 c — —
8702
8736 Additional Capacity (50 or 60 Hz)
8738
8739 Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary
8810
8811 100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T11 998.00 998.00 998.00 1197.00 1425.00 1566.00 c 1710.00 c 1710.00 1710.00
8812
100 VA additional capacity 7&9 FF4T11 1053.00 1053.00 1053.00 1395.00 1668.00 1925.00 c 2138.00 c — —
200 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T12 1241.00 1241.00 1241.00 1467.00 1695.00 c 1839.00 c 1839.00 c 1839.00 1839.00
300 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T13 1481.00 1481.00 c 1481.00 c 1737.00 c 1967.00 c 2109.00 c 2109.00 c 2109.00 2109.00
400 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T14 1967.00 1967.00 c 1967.00 c 2280.00 c 2507.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c
500 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T15 2250.00 2250.00 c 2250.00 c 2564.00 c 2793.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c
a All combination style devices such as 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739, that use Form S should also use Form Y74 (auxiliary contact installed on disconnect switch) per NEC Article 430-74.
b Table 16.266 at right.
c Single primary voltage must be specified.
Table 16.264: Marine Control bSelection of Control Circuit Transformers

The standard primary/secondary voltages for control circuit transformers
Factory Enclosure
Class Modification Type Form $ Price are indicated in the following table.
8502 Table 16.266:
8536
8538
8539 AC-OPERATED DEVICES
8702 Modification of standard device for use 12/3R With Control Transformers
M10 See Below
8736 as marine control per UL508 4/4X (S.S. only) Voltage
8738 Code
8739 60 Hz (Primary–Secondary)
8810
8941 120–12f V88
120–24f V89
Table 16.265: 208–120 V84
240–24f V82
240–120 V80
NEMA Sized
Form 277–120 V85
00e 0e 1 2 3 4 5 6 480–24f V83
480–120 V81
M10 — — 338.00 450.00 720.00 1260.00 3015.00 4725.00 480–240 V87
d Not available for NEMA Size 7. 600–120 V86
Specify V99
e Cannot be used with Marine controls.
f 12 V coils are not available on Sizes 3–7.
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7.
To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer

Form designation. Then convert the previously selected voltage code
(V• •) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the
transformer. The secondary voltage should equal the previously
selected coil voltage of the device.
Example:
You have previously selected a Class 8536SDG1V02S. V02S means

that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control.
You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being
480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary with Solid State Overload Relay
Protection Class 20 Trip Class (H20).
The new and complete class, type, voltage code and form number
will be:
Class Type Voltage Code Form g

8536 SDG1 V81 FF4H20T
g Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. Each letter indicates the
beginning of a new form and may be followed by one or more numbers.
16


Factory Modifications For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters and Solid State Overload
(Forms) Relays
Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
Solid State Overload Relay Factory Modifications (Forms)
The solid state overload relay is available on NEMA Size 00–7.
For Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810 devices.
H # # #
Form Description
Type S Starter with MOTOR LOGIC™
Solid State Overload Relay
3—MOTOR LOGIC, Class 10/20 (Selectable)
0—No additional modifications

1—N.O. Auxiliary Contact (Field Convertible to N.C.)
Special Overload/Contactor Size Combinations (Base Unit & Feature Units):

(Must Be Specified On Size 00 Starter Orders)
Blank -Overload Matched to Starter Size (i.e., Size 1 contactor & 9-27 A overload)
0—A 6–18 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
8—A 1.5–4.5 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number (only offered on Feature Units)
SPECIAL NOTE for Class 8810 devices:

You MUST SPECIFY TWO SEPARATE FORM NUMBERS TO GET MOTOR LOGIC OVERLOADS ON TWO SPEED STARTERS. The catalog number will be alphanumeric.
EXAMPLE: Open Style, Size 4 Two Speed Starter with MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relays Required.
Single Winding, 460 V, Constant or Variable Torque
High Speed FLA = 96 A
Low Speed FLA = 27 A (use Size 2 Overload)
Catalog Number to Order: 8810SF01V02H20H202S
Where: Form H20 is a Size 4 Contactor with a 45-135 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay for the High Speed and form H202 is a 15–45 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay on the low speed contactor.
Table 16.267: Classes 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810
NEMA Size (Overload Current Range)
Factory Modifications Form 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A 15–45 A 30–90 A 45–135 A 90–270 A 180–540 A 270–810 A
Motor Logic Solid Class 10/20 (Selectable) H30 93.00 93.00 93.00 102.00 116.00 131.00 215.00 215.00 Std.
State Overload Relay
Motor Logic Solid
State Overload Relay Class 10/20 (Selectable) H31 149.00 149.00 149.00 161.00 171.00 188.00 270.00 270.00 56.00
with Auxiliary Contact
Table 16.268: Special Starter Combinations with Motor Logic Overload Relay Protection
NEMA Solid State Overload Relay Size NEMA Solid State Overload Relay Size
Contactor Contactor
Size 00B 00C 0 1 2 3 4 Size 00B 00C 0 1 2 3 4
00 h Std 2 h h h h Std
0 h h Std 3 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Std
1 h h h Std 4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a h Std
h Possible factory starter combinations available.
Table 16.269: Adapted Bimetal Overload Relay for NEMA Type S Starter
This bimetallic overload relay is available on NEMA Sizes 00, 0 & 1 for Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738 and 8739 devices. To order a astarter
with the adapter ONLY add Form E to the catalog number (8536SBG2V02ES). When ordering with the adapter and bimetallic overload relay
installed, please use the following table as a guide.
E X YY Z
Form Description
Bimetal Overload Relay
1—Class 10 Balanced Loads (with single phase sensitivity)

2—Class 20 Balanced Loads (with single phase sensitivity)
3—Class 10 Unbalanced Loads (without single phase sensitivity)
4—Class 20 Unbalanced Loads (without single phase sensitivity)
YY—Numbers (suffix from O/L table below

i.e. 4 to 6 FLA use suffix 10
Z—0 for Screw Terminal and 6 for Ring Tongue Terminals
Sample Catalog Number: 8536SCO3V02E2160S

NEMA Size 1 Starter controlling a 7.5 hp motor (FA 11)
16
Bimetal would be: LRD16L (9 to 13 FLA)
Table 16.270: TeSys D Overload Relays for Type S Size ØØ–1, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters
Class 20 with Single Class 20 without Class 20 with Single Class 20 without
Phase Single Phase Phase Single Phase Adder Factory Installed
Current Setting Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity CP1 Catalog Number
Range Amperes List
Ring Tongue Ring Tongue Suffix
Screw Termination Screw Termination $ Price
Connector Connector
0.40 to 0.63 LRD04L LR3D04L LRD04L6 LR3D04L6 85.28 04
0.63 to 1 LRD05L LR3D05L LRD05L6 LR3D05L6 85.28 05
1 to 1.6 LRD06L LR3D06L LRD06L6 LR3D06L6 85.28 06
1.6 to 2.5 LRD07L LR3D07L LRD07L6 LR3D07L6 85.28 07
4 to 6 LRD10L LR3D10L LRD10L6 LR3D10L6 85.28 10


Factory Modifications For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters
(Forms) Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
Table 16.271: TeSys T Motor Management System Modifications - H6xx or H7xx for use with Class 8536 and 8736 (Open Starters)
NOTE: Product Configurator Must Be Used To Order TeSys T Open Starters.
Control Voltage Control Voltage List Price

Used on Size Range 100-240 Vac 24 Vdc Code Communication Type
Form Form Adder
1 0.4–8 A H61Xa H71Xa 2 Modbus $2,295.00
1 1.35–27 A H62Xa H72Xa 3 ProfiBus $2,550.00
2, 3 5.0–100 A H63Xa H73Xa 4 CANopen $2,550.00

or
4 8–160 (CT 300:5 3 turns) H65Xa H75Xa 5 DeviceNet $2,550.00
5 24–480 A (CT 300:5 1 turn) H66Xa H76Xa 6 Ethernet $2,805.00
6 48–960 A (CT 600:5 1 turn) H67Xa H77Xa

a Where X is the communication option per table (i.e.H612)
NOTE: Auxiliary contact for control of starter coil has a maximum rating of 240V AC.
Table 16.272: Full Voltage Controllers Only

Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
Enclosure NEMA Size

Type 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Addition of one NEMA Size 1, —
30 A single pole N.O. unit Any Y428 287.00 287.00 287.00 b 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00
30 A single pole N.C. unit Any Y429 287.00 287.00 287.00 b 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00
30 A double pole N.O./N.O. unit Any Y430 441.00 441.00 441.00 b 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00
30 A double pole N.C./N.C. unit Any Y434 441.00 441.00 441.00 b 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00
Power 30 A double pole N.O./N.C. unit Any Y435 441.00 441.00 441.00 b 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00
Poles Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — —
single pole N.O. unit Any Y436 414.00 b 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — —
single pole N.C. unit Any Y437 414.00 b 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00
double pole N.O./N.O. unit Any Y438 698.00 b 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00
double pole N.C./N.C. unit Any Y439 698.00 b 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00
double pole N.O./N.C. unit Any Y440 698.00 b 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00
Coil transient suppressor (120 Volt only). Per Coil. Any Y145 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00
Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired).
Miscellaneous Wired, per terminal. Each 1, 4, 12 G56a — 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00
Unwired, per terminal. Each 1, 4, 12 G50a — 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00
a Addition of terminal block type 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. Number of circuits is same as ending of form number. (Ex.: G505 is 5 un-wired terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only.
b When adding a power pole to a Size 2 device, also specify Form Y118 and add $140.00.
Table 16.273: Reversing Full Voltage Starters Onlyc

Class 8810
Enclosure NEMA Size

Type 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Y791 2010.00 2010.00 2451.00 2664.00 4872.00 9471.00 13944.00 19328.00
Molded case circuit breaker 4, 7d, 9d Y791 2862.00 2862.00 3533.00 4886.00 7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00
12 Y791 2037.00 2037.00 2564.00 2862.00 5079.00 10839.00 14990.00 20397.00
1 Y792 1340.00 1340.00 1710.00 2165.00 2165.00 5355.00 — —
Non–fusible disconnect switch 4, 9d Y792 2172.00 2172.00 2646.00 4388.00 5327.00 7691.00 — —
12 Y792 1368.00 1368.00 1823.00 2366.00 4815.00 5925.00 — —
1 Y793 1566.00 1566.00 — — — — — —
Fusible switch with 30 A fuse clips 4 Y793 2421.00 2421.00 — — — — — —
12 Y793 1596.00 1596.00 — — — — — —
1 Y794 — 1566.00 1823.00 — — — — —
Fusible switch with 60 A fuse clips 4 Y794 — 2421.00 2885.00 — — — — —
12 Y794 — 1596.00 1938.00 — — — — —
1 Y795 — — — 1336.00 — — — —
Fusible switch with 100 A fuse clips 4 Y795 — — — 4559.00 — — — —
Circuit Breaker 12 Y795 — — — 2537.00 — — — —
or
Disconnect Switch 1 Y796 — — — 2885.00 3596.00 — — —

Fusible switch with 200 A fuse clips 4 Y796 — — — 5129.00 5840.00 — — —
12 Y796 — — — 3105.00 5327.00 — — —
1 Y797 — — — — — 5868.00 11039.00 —
Fusible switch with 400 A fuse clips 4 Y797 — — — — — 8204.00 15354.00 —
12 Y797 — — — — — 6438.00 12861.00 —
1 Y798 — — — — — — 13802.00 —
Automatic molded case switch with 600 A fuse clips 4 Y798 — — — — — — 18075.00 —
12 Y798 — — — — — — 14871.00 —
1 Y799 — — — — — — 15425.00 15425.00
Automatic molded case switch with 1200 A or less fuse clips 4 Y799 — — — — — — 19697.00 19697.00
12 Y799 — — — — — — 17562.00 17562.00
1 Y7910 — — — — — — 12293.00 13004.00
Automatic molded case switch 4 Y7910 — — — — — — 16565.00 17276.00
12 Y7910 — — — — — — 13361.00 14072.00
c For non-reversing 2-speed starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker, see pages 16-60–16-64.
d NEMA 7 & 9 adders apply to 8810 non-reversing devices Sizes 0, 1 and 2 only.
16


Factory Modifications (Forms)
Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, and 8810
For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters

Table 16.274: Full Voltage Controllersf
Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, and 8810
NEMA Size
Enclosure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Type 0 1 PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW 7 PW
1 YD 2 YD 3 YD 4 YD 5 YD 6 YD 7 YD
1, 12 R174 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00
4, 4Xb R174 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00
7, 9 R174 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 — —
Control relay (4 & 8 poles)
1, 12 R178 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00
4, 4Xb R178 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00
7, 9 R178 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 — —
Pneumatic Timing Relay – specify Class 9050 Type A or B
1 K25 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00
0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—On delay 3R, 4, 4Xb, 12 K25 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00
7, 9 K25 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 — —
1 K26 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00
0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—Off delay 3R, 4, 4Xb, 12 K26 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00
7, 9 K26 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 1566.00 — —
1, 3R, 4, 12 K37 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00
1.0 to 3.0 minute—On delay 4Xb, 7, 9 K37 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 — —
1, 3R, 4, 12 K38 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00
1.0 to 3.0 minute—Off delay 4Xb, 7, 9 K38 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 — —
Solid State Timing Relay (specify timing range) and timer 1, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12 K1070 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00
(120 V control required)
Auxiliary
Relays Motor driven timing relayac 1, 4, 12 K5 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00
Phase failure and phase reversal relay with time delay option including
under and over voltage protection. Addition of a protective relay with
options of Phase Failure with Time Delay, Phase Reversal and Under/ 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9, 12 R44 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00
Over Voltage Protection. (RM3TR1). Both motor voltage and control
voltage (V8• voltage code) must be specified with device even if Form S
is specified. Form replaces Forms Y444, Y445, Y447, Y448 and Y449.
For multispeed controllers: 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R1 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00
Compelling relay (requires motor to be started in low speed)
Accelerating relay (provides timed acceleration to selected speed):
For Class 8810 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00
For Class 8811 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00
For Class 8812 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00
Decelerating relay (imposes a timing delay during transfer
from a higher to a lower speed):
For Class 8810 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00
For Class 8811 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00
For Class 8812 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00
Antiplugging timers and relays 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R10 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00
Ammeter in cover (includes current transformer if required) 1, 12 G91 1994.00 1994.00 1994.00 1994.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00
Ammeter and switch with two current transformers 1, 12 G92 — 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00
d Ammeter and switch with three current transformers 1, 12 G93 — 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00
Meters Voltmeter mounted 1, 12 G94 — 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00
and Voltmeter and switch mounted 1, 12 G95 — 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00
Metering Elapsed time meter 1, 12 G97 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00
Operation counter 1, 12 G99 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00
Additional starter (contactor) auxiliary contacts
(Specify number of additional N.O. or N.C. contacts required Any Xe 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00
per contactor.) Each will be X_ _ (2 digits) i.e. X01
Auxiliary contacts installed on disconnect switch or circuit
Auxiliary breaker operating mechanism.
Contacts SPDT 1, 4, 4X, 12 Y74 192.00 192.00 192.00 221.00 221.00 413.00 413.00 413.00
DPDT 1, 4, 4X, 12 Y75 386.00 386.00 386.00 441.00 441.00 570.00 570.00 570.00
(Note: Above contacts do not switch with automatic tripping of circuit
breaker. If such operation is required, consult your nearest
Schneider Electric Sales Office.)
Space heater with N.C. auxiliary contact 1, 4, 4X, 12 G51 386.00 386.00 684.00 1097.00 1767.00 2622.00 3987.00 3987.00
Function identification plate, with marking as specified Any G11 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80
Drain and breather installed 7 & 9g Y41 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 —
Cover gaskets added to NEMA 1 enclosures:
For Classes 8538 and 8539 1 Y47 143.00 143.00 Std. Std. Std. Std. — —
For Classes 8738 and 8739 1 Y47 Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. — —
Enclosures
For other full voltage controllers 1 Y47 143.00 143.00 215.00 320.00 534.00 1070.00 1710.00 1710.00
For reduced voltage controllers 1 Y47 143.00 143.00 215.00 320.00 534.00 1070.00 1710.00 1710.00
Brushed stainless steel watertight device (add to catalog price of
sheet steel watertight device):
16
Class 8606 — Y56 — — 1710.00 2138.00 3419.00 4773.00 8546.00 8546.00

Classes 8630 and 8640 — Y56 — Std. Std. Std. Std. 4773.00 8546.00 8546.00
a If controller has a control transformer, price that transformer with additional capacity for the relay provided.
b This adder, used with a NEMA 4X enclosure, applies only to Classes 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739 and 8810 non-reversing.
c Specify control and line voltage.
d Motor hp and voltage required when placing order. Meters will be panel mounted in NEMA 12 enclosures.
e To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on
page 16-15 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page 16-45 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult
Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
f NEMA Type 7 & 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices.
g Available only on SPIN TOP™ and cast aluminum NEMA 7/9 enclosures.


Magnetic Coils
Class 9998
Table 16.275: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Contactors and Starters
(Refer to Table 16.277 on page 16-106 for listing of mechanically held unlatch coils.)
Suffix Number
Equipment To Be Serviced Coil (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class Coil VA
Prefix and Type Followed by Suffix Number.)
Hz $ Price
or Class
and Type 24 110-115 120 208 220 240 277 380 440 480 550 600 In-
Device Size Type Poles Sealed
V V V V V V V V V V V V rush
60 23 — 44 50 a 53 55 — — 62 — 65 150 30
2–6 9998L 85.00
50 24 44 45 52 53 54 — 60 62 63 65 66 140 30
L
60 23 — 44 50 a 53 55 — — 62 — 65 180 35
8–12 9998LH 85.00
Coils 50 24 44 45 — 53 54 — 60 62 — 65 — 170 35
30 A
for 60 23 — 44 50 — 53 55 — — 62 — 65 150 —
Present 2–4 9998L 85.00
LX 50 24 44 45 52 53 54 — 60 62 63 65 66 140 —
Design (Latch) 60 23 — 44 50 — 53 55 — — 62 — 65 180 —
Magnetic 6–12 9998LH 85.00
50 24 44 45 — 53 54 — 60 62 — 65 — 170 —
Contactors
and SAb 60 23 a 45 52 a 54 55 59 a 62 a 65 165 33
00 All 9998SAC 85.00
Starters (Series B) 50 — 45 — — 54 — — — 62 — 65 — — —
Classes 00
8502, SA (Series A) 60 20 a 42 48 a 51 52 56 58 60 61 62 245 27
0, 1, All 31041-400 98.00
8536, SB, SC & SM 50 22 42 43 — 51 53 — 57 60 a 62 64 232 26
1–P & 30 A
8538, 60 16 a 38 44 a 47 49 53 a 57 a 60 311 37
8539, 2&3 31063-409 128.00
50 17 38 39 — 47 48 — 54 57 — 60 61 296 36
8606, 2 & 60 A SD & SP
8630, 60 16 a 38 44 a 47 49 53 a 57 a 60 438 38
4&5 31063-400 128.00
8640, 50 17 38 39 — 47 48 — 54 57 — 60 61 429 37
8647, 60 16 a 38 44 a 47 49 53 a 57 a 60 700 46
8650, 2&3 31074-400 254.00
DPA12_, 50 17 38 39 — 47 48 — 54 57 — 60 61 678 47
8651, 3 & 100 A SE, SQ & SYD138 60 — a 38 44 a 47 49 53 a 57 a 60 1185 85
8702, 4&5 31091-400 254.00
50 — 38 39 — 47 48 — 54 57 58 60 61 1260 89
8736,
8738, SF, SV & 60 — a 38 44 a 47 49 53 a 57 a 60 1185 85
4 & 200 A All 31091-400 254.00
8739, SYD230 50 — 38 39 — 47 48 — 54 57 58 60 61 1260 89
8810, SG, SX & 60 — a 09 15 a 18 19 21 a 24 a 29 2970 212
8811, All 31096-400 354.00
SYD368 Series A 50 — 09 10 — 18 — — 22 24 — 29 30 2970 250
8812, 5 & 300 A
SG, SX & 60 — 50 50 51 52 52 53 54 55 55 — — 1300 14
8903, All 31096-320 600.00
SYD368 Series B 50 — 50 50 — 52 52 — 54 55 55 — — — —
8910c
and 6&7 SH & SJ 1780 48
8940 (except NP) SY, SZ, SJ 2–3 Coil Part Number 3110440050 (All System Voltages) 860.00
1960 59
400, 600 (Elect. Held)
& 800 A SY, SZ, SJ 60 — a 09 15 a 18 19 — a 24 a 29 1530 —
2–3 31104-418 860.00
(Mech. Held) 50 — 09 — — 18 — — — 24 — 29 — 1250 —
a Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil.
b Use on Type S Series B devices only.
c For 8910DPA1x to DPA9x, see page 16-71.
NEMA S Size 5 E-Coil Modification Kit

Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8651,
8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811, 8812, 8910 and 8903
Consisting of:
• E-Coil
• Armature
• 15 A, 600 V Fuse and Holder (Class 9999SFR)
• Bottom Magnet
• Instruction Material
Table 16.276:
Catalog Number Description $ Price
9998SG120 Coil Modification Kit 120 V 1506.00

16


Magnetic Coils
Table 16.277: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Relays, Timers and Contactors
Equipment Coil Suffix Number Coil VA
To Be Serviced Prefix (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
Hz $ Price
or Class In-
Device Type Poles and Type 24 V 110–115 V 120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 440 V 480 V 550 V 600 V Sealed
rush
Classes 8501 and 9050
8501 60 23 — 44 51 52 53 55 — — 62 — 65 148 23
X All 9998-Xa 69.00
(Relays) 50 24 44 — 52 53 — — — 62 — 65 — 143 25
60 W25A W31B W32A W34A W34B W35A W35B — W37B W38A W38B W39A 74 17
A All 2959-S49- 132.00
9050 50 W25B W32A W32B W34B W35A W35B W36A — W38A W38B W39A W39B 68 17
(Timer) 60 33 — 54 61 61 63 65 — 70 72 73 75 165 27
Bb All 31017-400- 98.00
50 34 — 55 — 63 64 — — 72 73 75 76 155 27
Mechanically Held Unlatch Coils—Classes 8508 and 8903
Note: A latch coil is also used with mechanically held devices. For selection of latch coils for mechanically held relays, refer to page 16-105.
60 23 — 44 51 — 53 55 — — 62 — 65 25 —
LX All 9998LX 118.00
50 — 44 — — 53 — — — 62 — 65 — — —
60 W23B c W30B W33A c W33B W34A — c W36B c W37B 80 —
8903 SM, SP All 2959-S13 202.00
50 W24B W30B W31B — W33B W34B — W36A W36B — W37B — — —
(Lighting
Contactors) SQ, SV, SX, 60 03 c 09 15 c 18 20 — c 24 c 28 550 —
All 31096-416 202.00
SY, SZ 50 — 09 — — 18 — — 22 24 — 28 — — —
60 03 c 09 15 c 18 20 — c 24 c 28 2100 —
SJ All 31123-403 202.00
50 — 09 — — 18 — — 22 24 — 28 — — —
Table 16.278: Replacement DC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Relays and Timers
Coil Suffix Number
Equipment To Be Serviced Coil
Prefix (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number.)
Burden $ Price
or Class 115/ 230/
Class Type Poles 6V 12 V 18 V 24 V 32 V 48 V 64 V 72 V 90 V 110 V Watts
and Type 125 V 220 V 250 V
XD All 9998 XD 19 28 34 37 40 46 49 52 55 — 58 — 67 18 168.00
8501 XDL — 9998 XDL 19 28 34B 37B 40B 46B 49B 52B 55B — 58B — 67B 50 216.00
(Relays)
XUD All 9998 XUD 19 28 — 37 — 46 — — — — 58d — 67d 16 168.00
9050 C 31018-400- 22 31 — 40 — 49 — — — — 61 — 70 14 312.00
(Timers) H 4491S1 W21 W24 — W27 — W30 — — — — W34 — W37 14 210.00
Table 16.279: Replacement Coil for 8903 Panel Board Lighting Contactors
Replacement
Class Type Catalog Number $ Price e
Solenoid
120 V 9998PBV02 428.00
208 V 9998PBV08 428.00
8903 PB
240/277 V 9998PBV39 428.00
480 V 9998PBV28 428.00
a To order an unlatch coil add the letter “L” to the type number and the letter “B” to the suffix number.
Example: For a 120 V 60 Hz unlatch coil order a Class 9998 Type XL44B.
Price for the 9998 Type XL coil series is $114.00.
b Series C (Double Pole) and Series E (Single Pole).
c Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil.
d Not dual rated. 125 Vdc or 250 Vdc only.
e CP1 discount schedule.
16
16-106 CP10 CP1 Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric


Replacement Parts Kits
Class 9998
Class 9998 replacement parts kits are Table 16.282: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits
available for servicing Square D relays,
contactors, and starters as well as Device Device Class 9998 Device Class 9998 $ Price
Type Series Kit Type Series Kit Type
pressure, vacuum, and float switches.
DPR53 A DRC5b 52.00
Each kit contains the necessary movable DPR63 A DRC6b — — 59.00
and stationary contacts, contact springs RO10 A&B RA10 C RA14 202.00
(when required—NEMA Size 3 and above RO11 A&B RA11 C RA15 202.00
do not include contact springs, and RO12 A&B RA12 C RA16 236.00
springs are not available), and additional RO13 A&B RA13 C RA17 236.00
hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing b Single pole kits.
devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it
may be necessary to order an additional kit.
Table 16.283: Manual Starter Contact Kits
Table 16.280: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits Equipment To Be Serviced No. of Class 9998
for Present Designs NEMA Poles in Parts Kit Type $ Price
Class Type Kit No.
Size
Equipment To Be Serviced
No. of Class 9998 2510 M-0 3 ML1 90.00
NEMA Size Poles Parts Kit $ Price Manual M-, T- M-1 &
Class Type or in Kit Type No. Starters 3 ML2 106.00
M-1P
Ampere Rating
SA-, (Series B) 00 3 SJ1 90.00
3 SL2 130.00 Table 16.284: Replacement Control Transformers (150 VA)
8502 SB- 0 4 SL12 176.00 Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 6
8536 SB-, SC-(Power Pole Adder) 0&1 1 SL22 63.00
8538
8539 1 & 1P 3 SL3 188.00 Voltage
SC- Part Number $ Price
8547 1 4 SL13 246.00 60 Hz 50 Hz
8549 3 SL4 370.00
8606 SD- 2 240/480–120 220/440–110 3110451250
4 SL14 494.00
8630 208–120 — 3110451252
SD-(Power Pole Adder) 2 1 SL24 124.00
8640 277–120 — 3110451253
8647 2 SL6 442.00
SE- 3 — 380–110 3110451254 188.00
8702 3 SL7 662.00
8736 2 SL8 848.00 600–120 550–110 3110451251
8738 SF- 4 3 SL9 1270.00 120–120 110–110 3110451255
8739 2 SL10 2104.00 240–120 220–110 3110451256
8810 SG- 5 3 SL11 3120.00
8811
8812 2 SL25 3762.00
SH- 6 Table 16.285: Replacement Control Transformers (200 VA)
8940 3 SL26 5606.00
2 SL30 5454.00 Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 7
SJ- 7 3 SL31 8162.00
L (Series C) & Voltage
30 A 4 RA5B 174.00 Part Number $ Price
LX (Series B)
60 Hz 50 Hz
3 SL3 188.00
SM- 30 A 240/480–120 220/440–110 3112350150
4 SL13 246.00
3 SL4 370.00 208–120 — 3112350152
SP- 60 A 4 SL14 494.00 277–120 — 3112350153
2 SL6 442.00 — 380–110 3112350154 236.00
SQ- 100 A 3 SL7 662.00 600–120 550–110 3112350151
2 SL8 848.00 120–120 110–110 3112350155
SV- 200 A 3 SL9 1270.00
240–120 220–110 3112350156
SX- 2 SL10 2104.00
300 A 3 SL11 3120.00
8903 2 SL25 3762.00
SY- 400 A 3 SL26 5606.00 Table 16.286: Class 8910, 8911 & 8965 Replacement Contact Kits
2 SL32 3762.00 Device To Be Serviced Class 9998
SZ- 600 A 3 SL33 5606.00
Class 8910 Class 8911 1-Pole 3-Pole $ Price
2 SL30 5454.00 Series
SJ- 800 A Type Type Type Type
3 SL31 8162.00
PBM, PBP 30, 60 A SYD138 — — — SL27 662.00
2 PB2 520.00 SYD230 — — — SL28 1270.00
PBN, PBQ 75, 100 A SYD368 — — — SL29 3120.00
PBM, PBP 30, 60 A DPA_50A DPSO5_ A, B DRC5 — 52.00
3 PB3 780.00
PBN, PBQ 75, 100 A DPA_60A — A, B DRC6 — 59.00
PBR, PBV, PBW 150, 200, 225 A 2 PB14 850.00 DPA_75A — A DRC7 — 100.00
DPA_90A — A DRC9 — 132.00
PBR, PBV, PBW 150, 200, 225 A 3 PB15 1276.00
Table 16.281: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits Table 16.287: How to Order
for Obsolete Designs
Equipment To Be Serviced No. of Class 9998 • Class Number Class Type
NEMA Poles Parts Kit $ Price
Class Type in Kit Type No. • Type Number 9998 SL6
Size
8502 & 3 SL2 130.00
SA-, (Series A) 00
8536a 4 SL12 176.00
LL, L (Series A, B) &
8903 20 A 4 RA5 174.00
LX (Series A)
a Includes reversing, two speed and similar devices. Select coil based on NEMA size of
basic starter or contactor.
16


Replacement Parts Kits Starter Accessories
Class 9998, 9999
Contact Units for Melting Alloy Type Overload Relays

One normally closed contact, Class 9998 Type SO1, is provided in each overload relay block on Type S starters
Sizes 00-6. The Class 9998 Type SO1 contact unit listed below is provided as standard in each Class 9065 melting
alloy overload relay. Contact modules can be easily replaced and are identified in the table below. Isolated overload
relay alarm circuit contacts are available as an optional feature. A pilot light or alarm bell can be wired in series with this
contact to indicate that the overload relay has tripped. For further information on isolated alarm contacts refer to
Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 (page 16-113).
Table 16.288:
Class 9998 Type SO1
Magnetic Starter
Parts Kit
NEMA Description a $ Price
Type Series Number
Size
00–4 SA–SF A&B Standard N.C. contact unit Class 9998 Type SO1b 39.40
&6 SH
Standard N.C. contact unit 3110251450 134.00
5 SG A
N.C. and N.O. alarm (three point) contact unit 3110251451 196.00
a Refer to page 16-110 for contact ratings.
b The Type SO1 is also the replacement contact unit for Class 9065 Type M melting alloy overload relays.
Class 9998 Type UB Universal Baseplate

A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently
using a competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location
of the starter to be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00
through 4, and mounting screws are provided with each plate.
Overload Contact Unit The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters:
Part No. 31102-514-50.
Table 16.289:
Used on Size 5 Starter
(8536SGO) with Melting Alloy Competitor Starter NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate $ Price
Overload Relay. Allen Bradley 509 0, 1 2 3 4
Allen Bradley 709 1 2 3 4
Cutler Hammer Freedom Series 00, 0, 1 2 3 4
UB01 UB02 UB03 UB04
Furnas ESP100 0, 1 2 3 4 No charge
Furnas INNOVA 0, 1 2 3 4
General Electric CR306 00, 0, 1 2 3 4
Telemecanique “A” Line and Pre-type “S” 0, 1 UB11 2 UB12 3 UB13 4 UB14
L1 L2
Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits
Disconnecting Means, Provided Jumper strap kits are for use on three-phase manual or magnetic starters with melting alloy overload relays only, where
by User, or with Controller a three-phase starter is used to control a single-phase motor. These kits will include two jumper straps, a wiring
L1 L2 L3
diagram showing how to wire a three-phase starter to control a single-phase motor, and single-phase (one thermal unit)
1 selection tables.
Table 16.290: Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits
For Starter Class 9998
T1 T2 T3 Class $ Price c
Size Type Kit Type
T2 00, 0, 1, 2 SA, SB, SC, SD and
T1 Three Phase Starter SO31 14.30
and M0 & M1 M & T (Manual)
Motor Wired to Control a ALL
Single Phase Motor 3,4 SE, SF SO32 50.00
5 SG None Available
Melting Alloy Overload Relay c CP1 discount schedule.
Jumper Strap Kits
How to Order

• Type Number 9998 UB01
16
16-108 CP10 CP1

Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric

Accessories
Class 9999
Cover-Mounted Control Units

Class 9999 push button, selector switch and pilot light cover-mounted control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1, 3R, 4 or 12 Type S
contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are furnished with many enclosure covers for convenient field
installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions. The Class 9999 cover mounted control unit kits are
identical to the units which are factory installed.
Table 16.292:
NEMA 1 Kit NEMAs 1, 3R & 12 Kit NEMA 4/4X Kit
For Use With 8538, 8539 and 8903 Pre-Series K 8538, 8539 and 8903 Series K and Later (Stainless)
Description Descriptiond Descriptiond
Red or Green Red or Green Push Selector
Push Selector Push Selector
Red or Green Pilot Lightb Pilot Pilot
Button Switch Button Switch Button Switch
Light Light
NEMA
Voltage
No.
Size $ $ Start- $
Class Type of With Control Hand- On- Price Start-Stop Hand-Off- Price Hand- Price
or Ampere Poles Start- On- 120 V
Transformer Standard Off- or 120 V 60 Hz Stop Off-
Rating Stop Off Off 60 Hz Auto or
(Form F4T) Auto On-Off Auto
On-Off
Type Price Type Price Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type
SA, SB & 00, 0, 1 & 1P All SP28Rc 215. SP2R 215.
SC
SD 2 All SP28Rc 215. SP3R 215. SA2 SA10 SC2 SC22 116.
8502
& 2–3 SP28Rc 215. SP4R 215.
SE 3
8536 4–5 SP28Rc 215. SP5R 215.
SF 4 All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215.
SA3 SA3 SC8 — 215.
SG–SJ 5–7 All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215.
SB & SC 0&1 All SP12R 215. SP12R 215. SP29Rcb
SP28Rcb
SD 2 All 6–600 SP13R 215. SP13R 215. (incandescent)
8538 SA2 SA10 SC2 SC22 116. (incandescent) SPL29R
8539 SE 3 All Volts SP14R 215. SP14R 215. SPL28R SA3a SC8 215. (LED–Red) SA13 SC9 215.
All 50–60
8702 (LED–Red)
SF 4 SP15R 215. SP15R 215. SPL29G
8736 Hz SPL28G
SG–SJ 5–7 All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3 SA3 SC8 — 215. (LED–Green) (LED–Green)
SC22 116.
L 20 A All SP28Rc 215. — — — SA10e — e
f SM 30 A All SP28Rc 215. SP2R 215.
8903 SA2a SA10a SC2 SC22 116.
SP 60 A All SP28Rc 215. SP3R 215.
(Elec-
trically SQ 100 A All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3a SA3a SC8 — 215.
Held) SJ, SV,
SX 200–800 A All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3a SA3a SC8 — 215.
SY, SZ
a Also requires N.O. auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 electrically held lighting contactors.
b Each pilot light kit contains 1 red and 1green lens cap.
c The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to Class 9001 Type KP.
d User made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0–2, and 8903 Sizes 30–60 A NEMAs 4 and 12 enclosures.
e To mount control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required, $35.60.
f For Class 8903 (mechanically held contactor) control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section, page 16-65.
Note: There are no field modification kits available for the polyester enclosures.
Table 16.293: NEMA 1 Enclosure Closing Plates

For Use With
NEMA Size Description Type $ Price
Class Type or
Ampere Rating
For Pilot Light or Reset—
8502, SA–SE 00–3 SG2 29.00
Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
8536, or or
8903 SM–SP 30–60A For Push Button or Selector Switch— SG3 29.00
Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
8538 For Push Button or Selector Switch— SG1 29.00
& Hinged Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
SB–SF 0–4
8539 For Pilot Light—Hinged Cover
Pre-series “K” SG2 14.30
NEMA 1 Enclosure
8538 & 8539 Pushbutton or Pilog Light
SB–SF 0–4 9001K51 14.30
Series J and later NEMA Combination Starter
8903 SM–SV 30–400 A Combination Lighting Contactor 9001K51 14.30


• Type Number 9999 SP29R
Class 9999 Type SP2R Class 9999 Type SA2 Class 9999 Type SC2 Class 9999 Type SA3
Pilot Light Kit Push Button Kit Selector Switch Kit Push Button Kit
16


Accessories Auxiliary Contacts
Class 9999
Auxiliary Contacts for Manual and

Magnetic Contactors and Starters
Internal Contacts External Contacts
Class 9999 Type SX11 internal contact Class 9999 Type SX6
kit is a replacement unit for the N.O. external auxiliary contact is
holding circuit contact supplied as supplied as standard for the
standard on Type S Sizes 00–2 three N.O. holding circuit contact
phase starters and contactors. The on Type S Sizes 3–7 starters
Class 9999 Type SX12 is a replacement and contactors. Additional
unit for the N.C. electrical contact which auxiliary contacts can be
Internal Auxiliary is furnished as standard on Type S, added to Type S contactors,
Sizes 00–2 mechanically interlocked External Single Circuit
Contact starters and lighting
devices (e.g., Class 8736 reversing Auxiliary Contact
contactors. These contacts
starters). Internal contacts are also used on Class 2510 mount on either side of the
Types M & T manual starters. The internal contacts can basic contactor and are available with convertible or non-
be used for other applications as long as the electrical convertible contacts. The contacts of the convertible
rating is not exceeded. See table below for electrical version can be changed from N.O. to N.C. or vice versa in
ratings. the field. The non-convertible version has fixed contacts,
either N.O. or N.C.
To determine the number of auxiliary contacts which can

be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the
Class 8536 or Class 8736 section.
See table below for electrical ratings.
Table 16.295: Maximum Ratings for Type S Auxiliary Contacts and Timers
Contact Ratings
Contact Ratings
Class Class
9999 AC Only 9999 AC Only
Type Volts (35% Power Factor) Type Volts (35% Power Factor)
Continuous Continuous
AC AC
Make Break Make Break
120 or Less 30 A 3A 3A SX6-SX10 120 or Less 60 A 6A 10 A
SX11, SX12
120-600 3600 VA 360 VA 3A SX13-SX17 120–600 7200 VA 720 VA 10 A
Table 16.296: Class 8502, 8536 and 8903 Type S Table 16.298: Class 8965 Reversing/Hoist Contactors
For Use With Ordering Information –Auxiliary Contacts
NEMA Kit Description Class 9999 Device To Be
Type Auxiliary Contact Kit
Size Serviced
Type $ Price
Contact Type of Class 9999 $ Price
External—Field Convertible Class 8965 Type Arrangement Connector Type Each
1-N.O. Contact SX6 86.00 1 N.O. D10
1-N.C. Contact SX7 86.00 35.60
SA-SJ 00–7 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts SX8 116.00 1 N.C. Screw/ D01
DPR
1-N.O. Overlapping Contact SX9a 116.00 1 N.O./1 N.C. Quick-Connect D11
1-N.C. Overlapping Contact SX10a 116.00 64.00
2 N.O. D20
External—Non-Convertible RO2 & RG2 1 N.O.
1-N.O. Contact SX13 99.00 RO10 Form X1 R10 50.00
each side
1-N.C. Contact SX14 99.00 RO11 Form X1
Slip-on
SA-SJ 00–7 1-N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts SX15 134.00 RO3 & RG3
1-N.O. Overlapping Contact SX16a 134.00 1 N.C.
RO10 Form X2 R11 75.00
1-N.C. Overlapping Contact SX17a 134.00 each side
RO11 Form X2
Internal—Non-Convertible RO5 & RG5 1 N.O.
RO12 Form X1 R12 50.00
00–2 1-N.O. Contact SX11b 99.00 each side
SA-SD RO13 Form X1
1-N.C. Contact SX12b 99.00 Screw
RO6 & RG6
a Types SX9 and SX10 or Types SX16 and SX17 must be used together 1 N.C.
RO12 Form X2 R13 75.00
and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They are suitable for each side
RO13 Form X2
applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to
overlap a normally closed contact.
b Types SX11 and SX12 are not applicable for use on NEMA Sizes 3 or
larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types M and
T manual starters.
16

Table 16.297: Class 8910 and 8911 Definite Purpose
• Type Number 9999 SX6
Contactors and Starters – Auxiliary
Contacts
Device To Be Auxiliary Contact Kit

Serviced
Class 9999
Class 8910 or Contact $ Price
8911 Type Arrangement Series B Series C Each
(20-90 A) (20-40 A)
1 N.O. D10 DD10
24.60
DPA 1 N.C. D01 DD01
DPS 1 N.O./1 N.C. D11 DD11
44.30
2 N.O. D20 DD20


Accessories Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™
Motor Logic—Class 9999

Isolated Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Logic
Overload Relays
Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory
installed or in kit form for field installation on Motor Logic
overload relays. These contacts may be used for isolated
alarm contact applications.
Table 16.300:
For Use With Parts Kit Class 9999 $ Price
Class & Type NEMA Sizec Description Type
8536 SA-SJ 00B through 7 N.O. or N.C.
Auxiliary Contact AC04 57.00
9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B through 7 (Field Convertible)
DIN Adapter
The DIN adapter provides a method to mount the Motor
Logic overload relay to a 35 mm DIN rail.
Table 16.301:
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 DIN Adapter DA01 23.90
Lug-Lug and Lug-Extender Kits

A Class 9999 LL0 Lug-Lug Kit can be field installed on
separately mounted overload relays. The standard Size
00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Class 9065 Type SS and SF overload
relays are supplied without lugs. A Class 9999 LB0 Lug-
Extender Kit is designed for Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1
Retrofit Starter Applications. This kit allows the lugs to be
in the same location as the Class 9065 melting alloy
overload relay, eliminating the need for additional wire
length.
Table 16.302:
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Lug-Lug Kit for LL0 42.80

separate mounting
Lug-Extender Kit for
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 retrofitting existing LB0 35.60
NEMA S starters
Remote Reset Module

The Remote Reset Module can be easily field installed on
solid state overload relays. This module will allow the
overload relay to be reset from a remote location.
Table 16.303:
Class and Type NEMA Sizec Description Type
536 SA-SJ 00B through 7 Remote Reset
RR04b 162.00
9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B through 7 Module
8536 SE-SF 3 and 4 Top Mounting RB34ab 100.00
9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 3 and 4 Bracket
a To be used to mount the remote reset module on the top of the overload
relay.
b 120 Vac power required.
c NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These
designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices
from the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
16


Accessories
Class 9999
Power Pole Adders Control Circuit Fuse Holder

One single or double circuit power pole kit may be field The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on
added to a basic 2 or 3-Pole Type S contactor or starter Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00–7, when either
Sizes 0, 1 and 2, or 30–60 A lighting contactors. See table one or two control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are
below for selection. The ratings for these power pole required. The Type SF3 and SF4 fuse holders will accept
adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found on standard 600 V Bussmann Type KTK or equivalent
page 16-105. A two or three pole contactor or starter fuses (13/32" x 1-1/2"); 6 A maximum. The SFR3 and
accepts only one single or double circuit unit. A power SFR4 will accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann Type KTK-R
pole cannot be used on four or five pole devices or or equivalent fuses only.
devices which are mechanically interlocked.
Table 16.305:
To add a power pole to a Size 0 and 1 device, remove Class 9999
Class 9999 Type return springs. Descriptionb
Type $ Price
SB9 Double
Single Fuse Unit SF3 64.00
Power Pole Adder When adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a
Single Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuse SFR3 64.00
coil change is required. Select a 4- and 5-Pole coil from
Two Fuse Unit SF4 86.00
the coil selection table on page 16-105, or specify Form
Two Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuses SFR4 86.00
Y118 as noted in the footnote below.
b Fuses not included.
When adding Sizes 0–2 power pole kits to a Size 3–7 or
100–800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT1) is
required. The Class 9999 Types SB6 through SB15 power
pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB21
through 25 are supplied with lugs suitable for copper and
aluminum wire.
Table 16.304:
For Use With Power Pole Adder Kit Class 9999 Type SF4
Class 9999 Fuse Kit
Class 9999 Type Type Size Description $ Price
Type
SB9 Double SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A SB6 158.00 Transient Suppression Module
Power Pole Adder One N.O. power pole
SD 2 SB11a
adder 287.00 The transient suppression module is designed to be used
SP 60 A SB21a
where the transient voltage, generated when opening the
SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A SB7 158.00
One N.C. power pole coil circuit, interferes with the proper operation of nearby
SD 2 SB12a
adder 287.00 integrated or solid state control circuits. The module
SP 60 A SB22a
consists of an RC circuit and is designed to suppress the
SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A One N.O. and one SB8 365.00
coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil
SD 2 N.C. SB13a
power pole adder 656.00 supply voltage. The module is wired across the coil for
SP 60 A SB23a
Type S, Sizes 00–5 and is designed for coil voltages of
SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A SB9 365.00
Two N.O. power pole 120 volts only.
SD 2 SB14a
adders 656.00
SP 60 A SB24a Table 16.306:
SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A SB10 365.00
Two N.C. power pole Class 9999
SD 2 SB15a
adders 656.00 Description
SP 60 A SB25a Type $ Price
Class 9999 Type SE-SJ 3-7 For Sizes 00-2 ST1 62.00
SB6 Single Power & & Adapter Bracket SBT1 100.00
For Sizes 3-5 ST2 62.00
Pole Adder SQ-SZ & SJ 100-800 A
a To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter
coil, specify Form Y118, voltage and frequency and add $140.00 to the
price of the kit (e.g., Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60
cycles. Priced at $426.00).
Class 9999 Type ST1

Transient Suppression Module


• Type Number 9999 SM1
16


Accessories
Class 9999
Isolated Alarm Contacts For Melting Alloy Overload Relays

Isolated overload relay alarm contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation in Type S,
NEMA Size 00–6a starters and Class 9065 Types M and S melting alloy overload relays. Type S, NEMA Size 7,
utilizes a solid state overload relay which has isolated alarm contacts as a standard feature. The alarm contacts allow
the starter to be used in applications which require isolated contacts, such as inputs to a computer.
Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 modules are interchangeable with the standard module (Class 9998 Type SO1) and
may be installed on starters already in service. The case is made of clear plastic (polycarbonate) to allow for visual
inspection of contacts.
Table 16.308: Contact Unit For Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Magnetic Starter
Class 9999
NEMA Parts Kit Description $ Price
Type Type
Size
Type SO4 N.O. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus SO4
Standard N.C. Overload Contact
00-6a SA-SH 116.00
N.C. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus SO5
Standard N.C. Overload Contact
a Isolated alarm contacts cannot be added in the field to the Type S Size 5 starter. Current transformers and a Size 1 overload block must be used. For
factory installation specify Form Y342.
Solid Neutral
The Class 9999 Type SN kit can be used on Class 8903 Type S lighting contactors and other controllers where field
addition of a solid neutral is required. Each kit has lugs suitable for both copper and aluminum wire, and mounts with
two screws.
Table 16.309:
Number of Wire Capacity Class 9999
Lugs Per Lug (Cu/Al) Type $ Price
4 14–2/0 SN1 134.00
3 (1) 4–600 MCM or SN2 392.00
(2) 1/0–250 MCM
3 (Dual) (2) 2–600 MCM SN3 624.00
2 (Dual) (2) 6–350 MCM SN4 392.00
Tie Point Terminal Block

The tie point terminal block provides easy wiring of a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch or Start-Stop push buttons with
separate control. The T7 terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps on Type S Sizes 00–4 contactors and
starters by two tabs and is secured to the left hand coil terminal.
Table 16.310:
Tie Point Terminal Block
Magnetic
Contactor or Starter Class 9999 $ Price
Type
NEMA Size Type
00–4 SA-SF T7 33.30


• Type Number 9999 SO4

16


Accessories Mechanical Interlocks
Class 9999
Mechanical Interlock
General: Type S contactors or starters can be mechanically interlocked so that only one device is energized at a time.
The mechanical interlock is an interference (non-jamming) type, locking at the beginning of the stroke of any starter or
contactor.
Type S Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2—The mechanical interlock is mounted on the underside of the reversing baseplate. Two
pins extend from the mechanical interlock through openings in the baseplate and engage the contact carrier of each
contactor. Two styles of mechanical interlocks are used: one version for three pole contactors, a different version for
four or five pole contactors. When adding a power pole to the left-hand side of an existing Size 0, 1, or 2 three-
pole reversing contactor, a new mechanical interlock must also be installed. When added to the right-hand
side only, the power pole will not be mechanically interlocked with the left-hand contactor.
Type SM1
Type S Sizes 3 and 4—The mechanical interlock is separate from the mounting pan on Sizes 3 and 4. Cams on the
mechanical interlocks are operated by the contact carrier of each contactor. The mechanical interlock is attached to the
underside of the two contactor baseplates on Sizes 3 and 4.
Table 16.312: Mechanical Interlock for Two Contactors
The following mechanical interlock kits can be used to interlock 2–5 pole contactors. Mechanical interlocks for
horizontal and vertical arrangement are listed in Various pole arrangements.
Contactor Class
NEMA 9999 $ Price
Size Type
00, 0, 1 SM1 116.00
0, 1 SM2 116.00
0, 1 SM3 116.00
0, 1 SM4 116.00
Horizontal Horizontal Vertical 0, 1 SM5 116.00

Type SM1 for Size 00–1 Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a
Type SM6 for Size 2 Type SM7 for Size 2 Type SM10 for Size 2
Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4 Type SM11 for Size 3
Type SM13 for Size 4
2 SM6 257.00
2 SM7 257.00
2 SM8 257.00
2 SM9 257.00
2 SM10 257.00
3 SM11 257.00
Horizontal Vertical Vertical
Type SM3 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM4 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM5 for Size 0 or 1 3, 4 SM12 257.00
Type SM8 for Size 2 Type SM9 for Size 2 Type SM11 for Size 3
Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4 Type SM11 for Size 3 Type SM13 for Size 4 4 SM13 257.00
Type SM13 for Size 4
a The Type SM2 interlock is factory assembled for horizontal mounting, but can easily be converted to vertical mounting. Conversion instructions are
included.
Overload Relay
Mounting Bracket Table 16.313: Overload Relay Mounting Bracket
Mechanical interlock Types SM1 through SM10 for Sizes 00-2 devices use
overload relay mounting brackets to support the overload relay portion of the starter.
Class
Kit Description 9999 $ Price
Type
Bracket for one overload relay used with horizontal mechanical SO11 14.30
interlocks, Types SM1 through SM10
Bracket for two overload relays used with vertical mechanical interlocks, SO12 42.80
Types SM2, SM4, SM5, SM9 and SM10


16
• Type Number 9999 SM1

Type SM12


Accessories Fuse Block Replacement Parts Kits
Class 8538 (Series D and newer), Class 8738 (Series E and newer), and Class 8903 (Series C and newer) Type S
non-fusible combination starters and lighting contactors (sizes 0–2, 30 to 60 A) can be converted to the fusible type by
installing a Class 9422 Fuse Clip Kit. Both fusible and non-fusible combination devices have the same size enclosure in
NEMAs 1, 4, and 12 construction, which permits this conversion. The 9422 Fuse Clip Kits contain line and load fuse
clips, load base, and fuse pullers.
Table 16.315: Class 9422 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits
NEMA Class H, K, J, R Fuses
Device
Used on Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings Class R
Ampere (A) $ Price $ Price
Fuse Clip Kits
Rating Class & Type
Size or 250 V 600 V
Class 9422 TC33 Ampere Rating Max. Max.
Fuse Block 0, 1 & 30 A 30 0–30 — 9422TC30a 42.80 RFK03b 32.60
0, 1 & 30 A 30 31–60 0–30 9422TC33a 71.00 RFK06b 34.00
2 & 60 A 60 31–60 0–30 9422TC33 71.00 RFK06b 36.50
2 & 60 A 60 — 31–60 9422TD63 99.00 RFK06Hb 34.00
a When using with a 9422FTCN or FTCF disconnect switch in 8538 or 8738 combination starters, remove and discard metal base plate.
b No Class Number required Discount Schedule DE1.
Table 16.316: Class 9999 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits (8538 Pre-Series D, 8738 Pre-Series E)
NEMA Class H Fuses NEMA Class R Fuses NEMA Class J Fuses
Device
Used on Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings Fuse Clip Ratings Fuse Clip
Ampere (A) (A) Ratings
Rating Type $ Price Type $ Price (A) Type $ Price
Size or 250 V 600 V 250 V 600 V 600 V
Ampere Rating Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.
0–30 — S1 35.60 0–30 — SR1 35.60 — — —
0, 1 & 30 A 30 — 0–30 S2 35.60 — 0–30 SR2 47.60 0–30 SJ2 105.00
31–60 0–30 S2 35.60 31–60 0–30 SR2 47.60 0–30 SJ2 105.00
31–60 0–30 S2 35.60 31–60 0–30 SR2 47.60 0–30 SJ2 105.00
2 & 60 A 60 — 31–60 S3 50.00 — 31–60 SR3 64.00 31–60 SJ3 125.00
61–100 61–100 S4d 144.00 61–100 61–100 SR4c 47.60 61–100 SJ4 201.00
3 & 100 A 100 101–200 — S5d 270.00 101–200 — SR4c 47.60 — — —
4 & 200 A 200 101–200 101–200 S5d 270.00 101–200 101–200 SR4c 47.60 — — —
Class 9999 Type S2
5 & 300 A 400 — — — — 201–400 201–400 SR5c 107.00 — — —
Interchangeable Fuse Clips
6 & 400, 600 A 600 — — — — 401–600 401–600 SR5c 107.00 — — —
c Fuse clips are not provided in the Type SR4 and SR5 kits. On new installations Class 9999 Type S fuse clips must also be purchased. Three
non-removable pins are supplied and can be installed only in the latest production devices, which have a hole in the lower fuse clips.
d Cannot be used in Series B or newer 8538 devices.
Table 16.317: Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers
SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT
Class Type Class Type
Disconnect Switches
8538, 8738 SB, SC (Series C) R45 71.00 R46 207.00
BTCF, BTCN, BTDF,

8539, 8739 SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SG R26 131.00 R27 243.00 9422 TC11 120.00 TC21 239.00
BTEF, BTEN
TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN,
8538 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series K) TC11 120.00 TC21 239.00 9422 TC10 120.00 TC11 239.00
TEF, TEN
8738 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series K) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 9422 TF R8 87.00 R9 243.00
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms

8538 SBe, SCe, SDe (Series B) R6 113.00 R7 221.00
Class 9999 Type TC10 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8, LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR,
8538 TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 9421 R47 131.00 R48 221.00
(Series K) LT, LW
8538, 8738 SD (Series C) R43 116.00 R44 221.00 9422 RM, RN, RP, RQ, RR, RT R26 131.00 R27 243.00
SDA, SDAe, SDG, SDGe
8538 TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 9422 CFA, CKA, CLA, CSF, CMP R26 131.00 R27 243.00
(Series K)
8738 SDA, SDG (Series K) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00
8538, 8738 SE (Series B & C) R41 131.00 R42 243.00
8538, 8738 SE, SF (Series A) R8 131.00 R9 243.00
8538, 8738 SF (Series B & C) R39 135.00 R40 243.00

8538, 8738 SG R35 435.00 R36 521.00

e Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”.


• Type Number 9999 R6
16

All Rights Reserved CP1 DE1 Schedule

Thermal Unit Selection
General
All tables are based on the operation of the motor and controller in the
same ambient temperature, 40oC (104oF) or less. Always be certain the
correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the
motor. Each thermal unit shall be installed such that its catalog number
is visible. See page 16-120, Figure 1 for complete thermal unit
installation instructions. On melting alloy thermal units the ratchet wheel
must engage the pawl assembly.
Selection Procedure
1. Determine motor data:

a. Full load current rating
b. Service factor
NOTE: If motor full load current (FLC) is not known, a tentative thermal unit selection could be made, based on
horsepower and voltage. Refer to page 16-120.
2. Motor and controller in same ambient temperature:
a. All starter classes, except Class 8198:
1. For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
2. For 1.0 service factor motors use 90% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
b. Class 8198 only:
1. For 1.0 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
2. For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 110% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.
3. Motor and controller in different ambient temperatures:
a. Multiply motor FLC by the multiplier in Table A. Use the resultant full load current for thermal unit selection.
4. Locate proper selection table from index, pages 16-117 and 16-118.
a. The proper thermal unit number will be found adjacent, to the right of the range of full load currents in which the motor FLC
or resultant full load current falls.
5. See page 16-119 for calculation of trip current rating.
Slow Trip Thermal Unit Selection Table A: Selection of Thermal Units for Special Applications
To select Type SB slow trip thermal units, the selection table for a Melting Alloy and Ambient
standard Type B thermal unit may be used with the following Temp.-
Non-Compensated Comp.
modifications: For continuous rated motors having service factors of Bimetallic Relays Relays
1.15 to 1.25, select thermal units from the standard Type B table using Ambient Temperature of Motor
93% (102% for Class 8198) of the full load current shown on the motor Continuous
Class Duty Constant Constant Constant
nameplate and then substitute an SB for the B in the thermal unit type of Motor 10oC 10o C 40oC
number. Controller Service Same as (18oF) (18oF) (104oF)
Factor Controller Higher Lower or less,
Example: A motor with a full load current of 12 A controlled by an Ambient Than Than for Any
8536SCG3 would require B22 thermal units for standard trip Controller Controller Controller
applications and SB19.5 thermal units for slow trip applications. The SB Ambient Ambient Ambient
is selected by multiplying 12 A times 93% for 11.16 A and using this Full Load Current Multiplier
value to select B19.5. Then add the S prefix to arrive at SB19.5. All 1.15 to 1.0 0.9 1.05 1.0
Classes, 1.25
For continuous rated motors having a service factor of 1.0, select Except
thermal units in the same manner using 84% (93% for Class 8198) of full 8198 1.0 0.9 0.8 .95 0.9
load current shown on the motor nameplate. 1.15 to 1.1 1.0 1.15 1.1
Class 1.25
NOTE: SB thermal units are used on Size 0, 1, 2 and only some 8198
1.0 1.0 0.9 1.05 1.0
Size 3 applications. Check thermal unit tables for current
ranges. Table 16.382: Thermal Unit Prices
Melting Alloy Bimetallic
Type of Thermal Type of Thermal
16
$ Price $ Price
Trip Unit Type Trip Unit Type
A 21.50 AR 21.50
B 21.50 AF 21.50
Standard
C 21.50 AU 21.50
Standard
CC 21.50 E 21.50
DD 21.50
Quick FB 35.60
Slow SB 57.00


NOTE: For thermal unit selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices,
consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
Table 16.383: Thermal Unit Selection

Thermal Unit Selection Table Number
Controller
Hand Reset Melting Alloy Bimetallic
Standard Trip Quick Trip Slow Trip
Starter Type Class Type Seriesa Size Non-Compensated Compensated
(20) (10) (30)
Manual 2510
Starters 2512 F A FHP 43h — — — —
FHP 8908
Manual Starters M–0 1 72 j — —
(Small 2510 M, T A M–1 1 72 j — —
Enclosure) M–1P 1 72 j — —
Manual 2510 M–0 2 73 j — —
Starters 2511 M, T A M–1 2 73 j — —
(Large 2512 M–1P 2 73 j — —
Enclosure) 8925
DC C, D — 1, 2 65 — j — —
7135
Magnetic E — 3 9 — — — —
7136
Starters 7735 F — 4 10 — — — —
EC & M Crane 7736
Control Product G — 5 12 — — — —
A
8536 (8536 B, C 00 17h — — — —
8904b only)
(Starter SA A, B 00 13 — j — —
In Own
Enclosure) SB A 0 13 74 j 8 33
A 1 13 74 j 8 33
8933 SC
A 1P 41 — j — —
8998 SD A 2 56 75 j 62 70
8999 A 3 18 76i 134ij 63 37g
(Model 3 SE
B 3 — — — 142g —
Control Center)
I-LINE® A 4 54 77i — 11 29g
SF
and QMB B 4 — — — 144g —
Motor A 5 49 — — 38 46
Starter SG
Centers Bl 5 59 83 — 23 42
SH A, B 6 21 — — 39 47
1 Fusible 66 74 —
SC A 64 33
AC 1 Circuit Breaker 15 74 —
Magnetic 2 Fusible 67 75 —
Starters SD A 57 70
2 Circuit Breaker 58f 75 —
(Small 8998
Enclosure) 3 Small Enclosure 16 76i 134ij 51 37g
8999 A
SE 3 Large Enclosure 68f 76i 133ij
(Model 4
Control Center) B 3 — — — 141g —
A 4 61 77i — 35 29f
SF
B 4 — — — 143g —
SG A 5 24 — — 52 46
SH A 6 20 — — 48 47
1 109 — — — 97
SCk A
1 COMPAC 6 104 — — — —
SDk A 2 110 — — — 98
8998 SEk A 3 111 — — — 99g
(Model 5 and
Model 6 MCCs) SFk A 4 112 — — — 100g
A 5 113 — — — 101
SGk
B 5 CT 103 — — — —
SHk A 6 114 — — — 102
20–30 A 135 — — — —
C
8911 DPSG 40 A 145 — — — —
A 50 A 146 — — — —
Table continued on the next page; see page 16-118 for Footnotes.
NOTE: For thermal unit selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices,
consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
Thermal Unit Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-116.

16

All Rights Reserved

Table 16.384: Thermal Unit Selection

Thermal Unit Selection Table Number
Controller
Hand Reset Melting Alloy Bimetallic
Standard Trip Quick Trip Slow Trip
Starter Type Class Type Seriesa Size Non-Compensated Compensated
(20) (10) (30)
8198 G, S — — 5 — j — 6
A (8536 only) B, C 00 14h — — — —
8536
(Starter Used in SA A, B 00 53 — j 55 25
Multi-Motor Panel) SB, NB A 0 15 78 j 64 33
8538 8904e SC, NC A 1 15 78 j 64 33
8539 8906
8606 8907 SD, ND A 2 58 79 j 57 70
8630c 8920 A 3 16 80i 133ij 51 37g
SE, NE
8640d 8922 B 3 — — — 141g —
9089 8924 A 4 61 81i — 35 29g
8647 8925 SF, NF
8650 8930 B 4 — — — 143g —
8736 8941 A 5 24 — — 52 46
8738 SG
Bl 5 59 83 — 23 42
8739
SH A, B 6 20 — j 48 47
CB, DB, SB, UB A 0 15 78 j 64 33
CC, DC, SC, UC A 1 15 78 j 64 33
AC
Magnetic CD, DD, SD, UD A 2 58 79 j 57 70
Starters CE, DE, SE, UE A 3 16 80i 133ij 51 37g
(Large 8810 CF, DF, SF, UF A 4 61 81i — 35 29g
Enclosure) 8811
8812 SE B 3 — — — 141g —
SF B 4 — — — 143g —
A 5 24 — — 52 46
CG, DG, SG, UG
Bl 5 59 83 — 23 42
CH, DH, SH, UH A 6 20 — j 48 47
WC, XC A 1 13 78 — — 33
WD, XD, MD, RD, A 2 56 79 — — 70
8940 WE, XE, ME, RE, A 3 18 80i — — 37g
WELL-GUARD™ PF, WF, XF, MF, RF, A 4 54 81i — — 29g
Control XSG, NSG, A 5 — — — — 46
MG,RG, VGh Bl 5 — — — — 42
XSH, VH A 6 — — — — 47
20–30 A 136 — — — —
C
8911 DPSO 40 A 147 — — — —
A 50 A 148 — — — —
SCk A 1 127 — — — 121
AC SDk A 2 128 — — — 122
8998 SEk A 3 129 — — — 123g
Magnetic (Model 5 and
Part- SF A 4 105 — — — 117g
Model 6 MCCs)
Winding A 5 115 — — — 118
SG
Bl 5 CT 116 — — — —
AF B 4(133 A) — — — 30 —
AG A 5(266 A) — — — 36 —
AR A 1(25 A) — — — 32 —
AT A 2(45 A) — — — 60 —
AU — 3(86 A) — — — 50 —
DA2 A 1(25 A) — — — — 140g
GA2 A 2(60 A) — — — — 139g
HA2 A 3(100 A) — — — — 138g
Separately JA2 A 4(180 A) — — — — 137g
Mounted
Overload 9065 C A 1(25 A) 44 82 j — —
Relays F B 4(133 A) 19 85i — — —
G A 5(266 A) 22 — — — —
MEO A (32 A) 86 — — — —
1(26 A) 59 83 j 23 42
2(45 A) 69 84 j 27 71
S A
3(86 A) 34 — — — —
4(133 A) 28 — — — —
T A 2(45 A) 31 — j — —
U — 3(86 A) 40 — — — —
a Series letters listed refer to the marking on the nameplate of the basic open type starter. When the starter is supplied in a controller containing other devices, the controller may have a different
series letter marked on the enclosure nameplate.
b Small enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 non-combination and non-reversing starters. For combination and reversing Class 8904 starters refer to the large enclosure selections, index
16
above.
c For Class 8630 starters divide the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73, and use this quotient to select thermal units.
d For Class 8640 and Class 8940 (MD, PD, ME, PE, MF, PF, MG and PG) starters use the full load current of each motor winding as a basis for thermal unit selection—normally one-half total
motor current.
e Large enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 combination and reversing starters. For non-combination and non-reversing Class 8904 starters refer to small enclosure selections, page 16-117.
f Use for Autotransformer Starters (Fusible and Circuit Breaker).
g Order Type E thermal units by number from Schneider Electric, Furnas Electric Company, Batavia, Illinois or a Furnas distributor at $13.50 each, subject to motor control discounts.
h Type A thermal units for full load currents lower than those listed in this table are available. For complete information, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
i Form Y81 must be specified to use quick trip (Class 10) or slow trip (Class 30) thermal units on Size 3 starters and quick trip (Class 10) thermal units on Size 4 starters.
j This device will accept Type SB slow trip (Class 30) thermal units. For selection, see page 16-116.
k Refers to type number of starter in MCC, not actual type number of MCC.
l Divide the motor FLC by 60 and use this quotient to select the appropriate thermal units.

All Rights Reserved

Calculation of Trip Current Rating

Trip Current Rating—Trip current rating is a nominal value which approximates the minimum current to trip an overload relay in an ambient
temperature, outside of the enclosure, of 40oC (104oF). In all selection tables except Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.25 times the minimum
full load current shown for the thermal unit selected. For Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.15 times the minimum full load current. This applies
to bimetallic overload relays with the trip adjustment set at 100 percent.
Calculation Procedure
1. Use the selection table for the specific controller involved.
2. Find the minimum motor full load current listed for the thermal unit in question.
3. Multiply that current by 1.25 (1.15 for Class 8198). The result is the trip current rating.
Example 1: Determine the thermal unit selection and trip current rating for thermal units in a Class 8536 Type SCG3 Size 1 magnetic starter used
to control a three-phase, 1.15 service factor motor with a full load current of 17.0 Amperes, where the motor and controller are both located in a
40oC (104oF) ambient temperature.
1. From Table 13 the proper selection is B32.
2. The minimum motor full load current is 16. 0 Amperes.
3. Trip current rating is 16.0 x 1.25= 20.0 Amperes.
Protection Level is the relationship between trip current rating and full load current. Protection level, in percent, is the trip current rating divided by
the motor full load current times 100. In Example 1 the protection level for the B32 thermal unit is: 20.0/17.0 x 100=118%.
National Electrical Code, Section 430-32, allows a maximum protection level of 125% for the motor in the above example.
Minimum Trip Current (also called ultimate current) may vary from the trip current rating value, since ratings are established under standardized
test conditions. Factors which influence variations include: the number of thermal units installed, enclosure size, proximity to heat producing
devices, size of conductors installed, ambient (room) temperature, and others.
Except for ambient temperature-compensated overload relays, an ambient temperature higher than 40oC would lower the trip current, and a lower
temperature would increase it. This variation is not a factor in selecting thermal units for the average application, since most motor ratings are
based on an ambient temperature of 40oC, and motor capacity varies with temperature in about the same proportion as the change in trip current.
Temperature-compensated relays maintain a nearly constant trip current over a wide range of ambient temperature, and are intended for use where
the relay, because of its location, cannot sense changes in the motor ambient temperature.
Calculation of Trip Current For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40oC

For a controller ambient temperature other than 40oC (104oF) trip current can be calculated by applying a correction factor from the curve in
Figure 1. The approximate trip current for a particular ambient temperature is the product of (1) the multiplier M corresponding to the temperature
and (2) the 40oC trip current rating.
NOTE: Ambient temperature is the temperature surrounding the starter enclosure. Normal temperature rise inside the enclosure has been
taken into account in preparing the thermal unit selection tables.
Example 2: Determine the trip current for the motor and controller in Example 1, except the controller is in a 30oC (86oF) ambient temperature.
From the curve in Figure 1 the multiplier M is 1.1 at 30oC. Approximate Trip Current is 16.0 x 1.25 x 1.1=22 Amperes
.
212 100 Ambient Temperature Correction

Ambient Temp - Equiv. Degrees Farenheit
Curve for
Ambient Temp - Degrees Centigrade
194 Thermal Overload Relays

176 80
158
140 60
122
104 40
86
68 20
50
32 0
14
-4 -20
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
16

All Rights Reserved

Approximate Thermal Unit Selection Based On Horsepower and Voltage

General—Thermal units selected using approximate full load currents from the table below will provide a trip current between 101% and 125% of
full load current for many 4-pole, single speed, normal torque, 60 Hz motors. Since full load current rating of different makes and types of motors
vary so widely, these selections may not be suitable.
Thermal units should be selected on the basis of motor nameplate full load current and service factor. Thermal unit sizes originally selected on an
approximate basis should always be rechecked and corrected at the time of installation if required.
Instructions:
1. Locate motor horsepower and voltage.
2. Determine approximate full load current from the table below.
3. Use approximate full load current in place of actual nameplate full load current and follow instructions on page 16-116.
Only Use This Table When Motor Full Load Current Is Not Known
Table 16.385:
Motor Full Load Current
Motor Three Ø Single Ø
Horsepower
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 115 V 230 V
1/6 — — — — 4.4 2.2
1/4 — — — — 5.8 2.9
1/3 — — — — 7.2 3.6
1/2 2.5 2.2 1.1 0.9 9.8 4.9
3/4 3.7 3.2 1.6 1.3 13.8 6.9
1 4.8 4.2 2.1 1.7 16 8
1-1/2 6.9 6.0 3.0 2.4 20 10
2 7.8 6.8 3.4 2.7 24 12
3 11.0 9.6 4.8 3.9 34 17
5 17.5 15.2 7.6 6.1 56 28
7-1/2 25.3 22 11 9 80 40
10 32.2 28 14 11 — 50
15 48.3 42 21 17 — —
20 62.1 54 27 22 — —
25 78.2 68 34 27 — —
30 92 80 40 32 — —
40 120 104 52 41 — —
50 150 130 65 52 — —
60 177 154 77 62 — —
75 221 192 96 77 — —
100 285 248 124 99 — —
125 359 312 156 125 — —
150 414 360 180 144 — —
200 552 480 240 192 — —
NOTE: These currents should not be used for selection of fuses, circuit breakers or wire sizes. See NEC tables 430-248 through 430-250. For
motors rated 208-220 volts, use 230 V column. For motors rated 440 to 550 volts, use 460 and 575 V columns, respectively.
Mounting Thermal Units

Always be certain the correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the motor. Thermal units should always be
mounted so that their type designation can be read from the front of the starter (see Figure 1). Melting alloy thermal units should
be mounted so that the tooth of the pawl assembly can engage the teeth of the ratchet wheel when the reset button is pushed.
16
Mounting surfaces of starter and thermal units should be clean and care should be taken to insure that thermal unit mounting
screws are fastened securely.
Figure 1

All Rights Reserved

Tables 1–6
Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal
Unit Unit Unit Unit
1 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. Number
0.33–0.36 0.29–0.32 B 0.44 0.35–0.38 0.30–0.32 B 0.44 0.29–0.31 0.28–0.29 B 0.44 0.32–0.33 0.29–0.30 B 0.44
0.37–0.40 0.33–0.36 B 0.51 0.39–0.43 0.33–0.37 B 0.51 0.32–0.36 0.30–0.33 B 0.51 0.34–0.38 0.31–0.35 B 0.51
0.41–0.45 0.37–0.39 B 0.57 0.44–0.48 0.38–0.39 B 0.57 0.37–0.39 0.34–0.36 B 0.57 0.39–0.41 0.36–0.37 B 0.57
0.46–0.52 0.40–0.47 B 0.63 0.49–0.56 0.40–0.48 B 0.63 0.40–0.47 0.37–0.44 B 0.63 0.42–0.50 0.38–0.45 B 0.63
0.53–0.59 0.48–0.56 B 0.71 0.57–0.63 0.49–0.57 B 0.71 0.48–0.56 0.45–0.52 B 0.71 0.51–0.61 0.46–0.54 B 0.71
0.60–0.66 0.57–0.63 B 0.81 0.64–0.71 0.58–0.64 B 0.81 0.57–0.63 0.53–0.59 B 0.81 0.62–0.68 0.55–0.61 B 0.81
0.67–0.73 0.64–0.69 B 0.92 0.72–0.78 0.65–0.70 B 0.92 0.64–0.69 0.60–0.64 B 0.92 0.69–0.74 0.62–0.66 B 0.92
0.74–0.81 0.70–0.77 B 1.03 0.79–0.88 0.71–0.78 B 1.03 0.70–0.77 0.65–0.71 B 1.03 0.75–0.83 0.67–0.74 B 1.03
0.82–0.91 0.78–0.86 B 1.16 0.89–0.99 0.79–0.87 B 1.16 0.78–0.86 0.72–0.80 B 1.16 0.84–0.93 0.75–0.83 B 1.16
0.92–1.02 0.87–0.96 B 1.30 1.00–1.15 0.88–0.98 B 1.30 0.87–0.97 0.81–0.90 B 1.30 0.94–1.05 0.84–0.93 B 1.30
1.03–1.14 0.97–1.11 B 1.45 1.16–1.23 0.99–1.13 B 1.45 0.98–1.12 0.91–1.03 B 1.45 1.06–1.21 0.94–1.07 B 1.45
1.15–1.29 1.12–1.23 B 1.67 1.24–1.43 1.14–1.25 B 1.67 1.13–1.24 1.04–1.14 B 1.67 1.22–1.34 1.08–1.19 B 1.67
1.20–1.42 1.24–1.37 B 1.88 1.44–1.51 1.26–1.40 B 1.88 1.25–1.39 1.15–1.27 B 1.88 1.35–1.50 1.20–1.33 B 1.88
1.43–1.64 1.38–1.55 B 2.10 1.52–1.75 1.41–1.58 B 2.10 1.40–1.57 1.28–1.44 B 2.10 1.51–1.70 1.34–1.51 B 2.10
1.65–1.80 1.56–1.75 B 2.40 1.76–1.93 1.59–1.79 B 2.40 1.58–1.78 1.45–1.63 B 2.40 1.71–1.93 1.52–1.70 B 2.40
1.81–2.10 1.76–1.92 B 2.65 1.94–2.25 1.80–1.91 B 2.65 1.79–1.96 1.64–1.79 B 2.65 1.94–2.12 1.71–1.87 B 2.65
2.11–2.30 1.93–2.16 B 3.00 2.26–2.47 1.92–2.20 B 3.00 1.97–2.20 1.80–2.01 B 3.00 2.13–2.38 1.88–2.10 B 3.00
2.31–2.61 2.17–2.50 B 3.30 2.48–2.81 2.21–2.55 B 3.30 2.21–2.41 2.02–2.19 B 3.30 2.39–2.61 2.11–2.29 B 3.30
2.62–2.99 2.51–2.81 B 3.70 2.82–3.20 2.56–2.87 B 3.70 2.42–2.75 2.20–2.52 B 3.70 2.62–2.99 2.30–2.63 B 3.70
3.00–3.37 2.82–3.16 B 4.15 3.21–3.63 2.88–3.24 B 4.15 2.76–3.25 2.53–2.95 B 4.15 3.00–3.53 2.64–3.09 B 4.15
3.38–3.94 3.17–3.40 B 4.85 3.64–4.19 3.25–3.48 B 4.85 3.26–3.50 2.96–3.17 B 4.85 3.54–3.80 3.10–3.32 B 4.85
3.95–4.24 3.41–3.76 B 5.50 4.20–4.53 3.49–3.85 B 5.50 3.51–3.87 3.18–3.50 B 5.50 3.81–4.21 3.33–3.67 B 5.50
4.25–4.54 3.77–4.00 B 6.25 4.54–4.89 3.86–4.10 B 6.25 3.88–4.13 3.51–3.73 B 6.25 4.22–4.49 3.68–3.91 B 6.25
4.55–5.29 4.01–4.68 B 6.90 4.90–5.68 4.11–4.79 B 6.90 4.14–4.69 3.74–4.22 B 6.90 4.50–5.10 3.92–4.43 B 6.90
5.30–5.73 4.69–5.18 B 7.70 5.69–6.27 4.80–5.31 B 7.70 4.70–5.20 4.23–4.68 B 7.70 5.11–5.66 4.44–4.91 B 7.70
5.74–6.35 5.19–5.51 B 8.20 6.28–6.85 5.32–5.65 B 8.20 5.21–5.53 4.69–4.98 B 8.20 5.67–6.03 4.92–5.23 B 8.20
6.36–7.08 5.52–6.19 B 9.10 6.86–7.73 5.66–6.35 B 9.10 5.54–6.23 4.99–5.59 B 9.10 6.04–6.79 5.24–5.88 B 9.10
7.09–7.83 6.20–7.12 B 10.2 7.74–8.50 6.36–7.31 B 10.2 6.24–7.18 5.60–6.43 B 10.2 6.80–7.84 5.89–6.77 B 10.2
7.84–8.47 7.13–8.15 B 11.5 8.51–9.29 7.32–8.34 B 11.5 7.19–8.20 6.44–7.41 B 11.5 7.85–8.96 6.78–7.90 B 11.5
8.48–9.83 8.16–8.60 B 12.8 9.30–10.4 8.35–8.84 B 12.8 8.21–8.98 7.42–8.02 B 12.8 8.97–9.82 7.91–8.44 B 12.8
9.84–10.5 8.61–9.21 B 14.0 10.5–11.3 8.85–9.47 B 14.0 8.99–9.63 8.03–8.59 B 14.0 9.83–10.4 8.45–9.05 B 14.0
10.6–11.4 9.22–10.1 B 15.5 11.4–12.3 9.48–10.4 B 15.5 9.64–10.6 8.60–9.52 B 15.5 10.5–11.6 9.06–9.99 B 15.5
11.5–12.8 10.2–11.2 B 17.5 12.4–13.9 10.5–11.5 B 17.5 10.7–11.8 9.53–10.5 B 17.5 11.7–12.9 10.0–11.0 B 17.5
12.9–13.9 11.3–12.0 B 19.5 14.0–15.0 11.6–12.0 B 19.5 11.9–12.7 10.6–11.2 B 19.5 13.0–13.9 11.1–11.9 B 19.5
14.0–16.1 — B 22.0 15.1–18.0 — B 22.0 12.8–14.3 11.3–12.0 B 22.0 14.0–15.7 12.0–12.0 B 22.0
16.2–18.0 — B 25.0 Following Selections 14.4–16.1 — B 25.0 15.8–18.0 — B 25.0
Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. 16.2–18.0 — B 28.0 Following Selections
for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.6–12.4 B 19.5 Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only.
— 11.3–12.1 B 19.5 15.1–17.4 12.5–14.0 B 22.0 for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 12.0–13.4 B 22.0
— 12.2–13.6 B 22.0 17.5–19.2 14.1–15.8 B 25.0 — 13.5–15.1 B 25.0
— 11.3–12.7 B 22.0
16.2–17.6 13.7–15.3 B 25.0 19.3–22.0 15.9–17.8 B 28.0 17.8–20.1 15.2–17.0 B 28.0
— 12.8–14.3 B 25.0
17.7–20.6 15.4–17.3 B 28.0 22.1–24.6 17.9–19.7 B 32.0 20.2–22.2 17.1–18.9 B 32.0
16.2–18.3 14.4–16.1 B 28.0
20.7–23.1 17.4–19.1 B 32.0 24.7–26.0 19.8–22.4 B 36.0 18.4–20.2 16.2–17.8 B 32.0 22.3–25.3 19.0–21.4 B 36.0
23.2–26.0 19.2–21.7 B 36.0 — 22.5–25.1 B 40.0 20.3–23.0 17.9–20.1 B 36.0 25.4–26.0 21.5–24.0 B 40.0
— 21.8–24.2 B 40.0 — 25.1–26.0 B 45.0 — 24.1–26.0 B 45.0
— 24.3–26.0 B 45.0 23.1–26.0 20.2–22.6 B 40.0
Following Selections — 22.7–25.5 B 45.0 Following Selections
Following Selections for Size M-1P Only. — 25.6–26.0 B 50.0 for Size M-1P Only.
for Size M-1P Only 25.4–28.4 — B 40.0
24.7–29.1 — B 36.0 Following Selections
23.2–27.1 — B 36.0 29.2–31.7 — B 40.0 for Size M-1P Only 28.5–33.1 — B 45.0
27.2–29.2 — B 40.0 31.8–36.0 — B 45.0 33.2–36.0 — B 50.0
29.3–33.0 — B 45.0 25.9–29.0 — B 45.0
33.1–36.0 — B 50.0 29.1–30.8 — B 50.0
30.9–32.7 — B 56.0
32.8–36.0 — B 62.0
Table 5
Current Transformer Ratio Thermal
Unit
25/5 50/5 75/5 100/5 150/5 200/5 250/5 300/5 400/5 500/5 Number
Motor FLC
10.6–11.7 21.1–23.6 31.7–35.4 42.3–47.2 63.4–70.9 84.5–94.6 106.–117. 127.–141. 169.–188. 211.–236. B 3.00
11.8–13.2 23.7–26.5 35.5–39.8 47.3–53.1 71.0–79.7 94.7–105. 118.–132. 142.–159. 189.–212. 237.–265. B 3.30
13.3–14.8 26.6–29.6 39.9–44.5 53.2–59.4 79.8–89.1 106.–118. 133.–148. 160.–177. 213.–237. 266.–296. B 3.70
14.9–17.2 29.7–34.5 44.6–51.8 59.5–69.2 89.2–103. 119.–138. 149.–172. 178.–207. 238.–276. 297.–345. B 4.15
17.3–19.6 34.6–39.2 51.9–58.9 69.3–78.6 104.–117. 139.–156. 173.–196. 208.–235. 277.–314. 346.–360. B 4.85
19.7–22.3 39.3–44.6 59.0–67.0 78.7–89.3 118.–133. 157.–178. 197.–223. 236.–267. 315.–357. — B 5.50
Table 6
Current Transformer Ratio Thermal
Unit
25/5 50/5 75/5 100/5 150/5 200/5 250/5 300/5 400/5 500/5 Number
Motor FLC
10.6–11.9 21.2–23.9 31.8–35.9 42.4–47.9 63.6–72.0 84.8–96.0 106.–119. 127.–143. 170.–191. 212.–239. AR 3.62
12.0–13.4 24.0–26.9 36.0–40.3 48.0–53.8 72.1–80.8 96.1–107. 120.–134. 144.–161. 192.–215. 240.–269. AR 3.98
13.5–15.0 27.0–30.0 40.4–45.1 53.9–60.1 80.9–90.2 108.–119. 135.–150. 162.–180. 216.–240. 270.–300. AR 4.37
15.1–16.6 30.1–33.4 45.2–50.1 60.2–66.9 90.3–99.9 120.–133. 151.–166. 181.–200. 241.–267. 301.–334. AR 4.80
16.7–18.7 33.5–37.5 50.2–56.3 67.0–75.1 100.–112. 134.–149. 167.–187. 201.–225. 268.–300. 335.–360. AR 5.3
18.8–20.7 37.6–41.4 56.4–62.2 75.2–82.9 113.–124. 150.–165. 188.–207. 226.–248. 301.–331. — AR 5.8
20.8–22.8 41.5–45.7 62.3–68.5 83.0–91.4 125.–136. 166.–182. 208.–228. 249.–274. 332.–365. — AR 6.4
16
© 2012 Schneider Electric Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-121

All Rights Reserved

Tables 8–12
Table 8 Table 9
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Thermal
Unit Motor FLC (A) Unit
2.T.U.1Ø 2 T.U.2Ø 3 T.U. Number Number
0.37–0.39 0.37–0.39 0.30–0.31 AR .45 15.3–16.7 C 20.0
0.40–0.42 0.40–0.42 0.32–0.34 AR .49 16.8–19.8 C 22.0
0.43–0.46 0.43–0.46 0.35–0.37 AR .54 19.9–22.8 C 26.0
0.47–0.50 0.47–0.50 0.38–0.41 AR .59 22.9–25.8 C 30.0
0.51–0.54 0.51–0.54 0.42–0.45 AR .65 25.9–30.4 C 34.0
0.55–0.59 0.55–0.59 0.46–0.49 AR .71 30.5–31.9 C 40.0
0.60–0.65 0.60–0.65 0.50–0.54 AR .78 32.0–34.2 C 42.0
0.66–0.71 0.66–0.71 0.55–0.56 AR .86 34.3–38.8 C 45.0
0.72–0.78 0.72–0.78 0.57–0.62 AR .95 38.9–44.2 C 51.0
0.79–0.86 0.79–0.86 0.63–0.68 AR 1.05 44.3–50.2 C 58.0
0.87–0.94 0.87–0.94 0.69–0.75 AR 1.15 50.3–57.1 C 66.0
0.95–1.04 0.95–1.04 0.76–0.82 AR 1.26 57.2–63.2 C 75.0
1.05–1.14 1.05–1.14 0.83–0.91 AR 1.39 63.3–68.6 C 83.0
1.15–1.25 1.15–1.25 0.92–1.00 AR 1.53 68.7–78.6 C 90.0
1.26–1.42 1.26–1.42 1.01–1.18 AR 1.68 78.7–86.9 C 103.0
1.43–1.62 1.43–1.62 1.19–1.30 AR 1.85 87.0–100.0 C 114.0
1.63–1.75 1.63–1.75 1.31–1.41 AR 2.04
1.76–1.91 1.76–1.91 1.42–1.53 AR 2.24
1.92–2.07 1.92–2.07 1.54–1.69 AR 2.46
2.08–2.25 2.08–2.25 1.70–1.79 AR 2.71 Table 10
2.26–2.47 2.26–2.47 1.80–2.02 AR 2.98
2.48–2.73 2.48–2.73 2.03–2.19 AR 3.28 Thermal
2.74–2.99 2.74–2.99 2.20–2.43 AR 3.62 Motor FLC (A) Unit
3.00–3.31 3.00–3.31 2.44–2.81 AR 3.98 Number
3.32–3.71 3.32–3.71 2.82–3.12 AR 4.37 43.6–47.3 CC 54.5
3.72–4.15 3.72–4.15 3.13–3.47 AR 4.80 47.4–51.3 CC 59.4
4.16–4.65 4.16–4.65 3.48–3.89 AR 5.3 51.4–54.6 CC 64.3
4.66–5.11 4.66–5.11 3.90–4.30 AR 5.8 54.7–59.7 CC 68.5
5.12–5.68 5.12–5.68 4.31–4.69 AR 6.4 59.8–65.1 CC 74.6
5.69–6.24 5.69–6.24 4.70–5.19 AR 7.0 65.2–70.1 CC 81.5
6.25–7.15 6.25–7.15 5.20–5.93 AR 7.7 70.2–75.1 CC 87.7
7.16–7.84 7.16–7.84 5.94–6.45 AR 8.5 75.2–82.2 CC 94.0
7.85–8.56 7.85–8.56 6.46–7.08 AR 9.3 82.3–89.2 CC 103.0
8.57–9.40 8.57–9.40 7.09–7.71 AR 10.2 89.3–96.5 CC 112.0
9.41–10.2 9.41–10.2 7.72–8.39 AR 11.2 96.6–104. CC 121.0
10.3–10.7 10.3–10.7 8.40–8.64 AR 12.4 105.–113. CC 132.0
10.8–12.2 10.8–12.2 8.65–9.74 AR 13.6 114.–123. CC 143.0
12.3–14.1 — 9.75–11.0 AR 15.4 124.–132. CC 156.0
14.2–15.9 — 11.1–12.0 AR 17.6 133.–150. CC 167.0
16.0–18.0 — — AR 20.5
Following Selections for Size 1 Only
— 10.8–12.2 — AR 13.6 Table 11
— 12.3–14.1 — AR 15.4
— 14.2–15.9 11.1–12.4 AR 17.6 Motor FLC (A) Thermal
16.0–18.1 16.0–18.1 12.5–13.9 AR 20.5 Unit
18.2–20.8 18.2–20.8 14.0–15.9 AR 23.0 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number
20.9–23.6 20.9–23.6 16.0–17.7 AR 27.0 33.0–36.1 30.5–33.4 AU 44.0
23.7–26.0 23.7–26.0 17.8–20.3 AR 30.0 36.2–40.2 33.5–37.1 AU 50.0
— — 20.4–22.8 AR 35.0 40.3–44.5 37.2–42.0 AU 56.0
— — 22.9–26.0 AR 40.0 45.6–51.3 42.1–47.0 AU 64.0
51.4–58.5 47.1–53.5 AU 72.0
58.6–62.6 53.6–57.5 AU 81.0
62.7–71.3 57.6–64.4 AU 88.0
71.4–77.1 64.5–69.4 AU 99.0
77.2–86.9 69.5–77.4 AU 110.0
87.0–93.3 77.5–83.6 AU 123.0
93.4–102. 83.7–92.9 AU 135.0
103.–107. 93.0–100. AU 152.0
108.–112. 101.–104. AU 169.0
113.–121. 105.–115. AU 183.0
122.–123. 116.–119. AU 198.0
124.–133. 120.–123. AU 217.0
——— 124.–133. AU 235.0
Table 12
Thermal
Motor FLC (A) Unit
Number
92.–100. DD 112.0
101.–109. DD 121.0
110.–119. DD 128.0
120.–131. DD 140.0
132.–139. DD 150.0
16
140.–156. DD 160.0
157.–166. DD 185.0
167.–180. DD 213.0
181.–189. DD 220.0
190.–209. DD 230.0
210.–225. DD 250.0
226.–238. DD 265.0
239.–263. DD 280.0
264.–300. DD 300.0
16-122 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric

All Rights Reserved

Tables 13–18
Table 13 Table 15 Table 17

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal
Unit Unit Unit
1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number
0.29–0.31 0.29–0.31 0.28–0.30 B 0.44 0.31–0.33 0.31–0.33 0.29–0.31 B 0.44 0.42–0.46 0.39–0.43 0.38–0.40 A .49
0.32–0.34 0.32–0.34 0.31–0.34 B 0.51 0.34–0.36 0.34–0.36 0.32–0.36 B 0.51 0.47–0.50 0.44–0.47 0.41–0.44 A .54
0.35–0.38 0.35–0.38 0.35–0.37 B 0.57 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.38 B 0.57 0.51–0.55 0.48–0.52 0.45–0.49 A .59
0.39–0.45 0.39–0.45 0.38–0.44 B 0.63 0.41–0.48 0.41–0.48 0.39–0.46 B 0.63 0.56–0.62 0.53–0.58 0.50–0.55 A .65
0.46–0.54 0.46–0.54 0.45–0.53 B 0.71 0.49–0.57 0.49–0.57 0.47–0.55 B 0.71 0.63–0.67 0.59–0.64 0.56–0.60 A .71
0.55–0.61 0.55–0.61 0.54–0.59 B 0.81 0.58–0.64 0.58–0.64 0.56–0.61 B 0.81 0.68–0.73 0.65–0.68 0.61–0.65 A .78
0.62–0.66 0.62–0.66 0.60–0.64 B 0.92 0.65–0.70 0.65–0.70 0.62–0.66 B 0.92 0.74–0.81 0.69–0.77 0.66–0.72 A .86
0.67–0.73 0.67–0.73 0.65–0.72 B 1.03 0.71–0.77 0.71–0.77 0.67–0.75 B 1.03 0.82–0.89 0.78–0.84 0.73–0.79 A .95
0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.73–0.80 B 1.16 0.78–0.85 0.78–0.85 0.76–0.83 B 1.16 0.90–0.98 0.85–0.93 0.80–0.88 A 1.02
0.82–0.94 0.82–0.94 0.81–0.90 B 1.30 0.86–0.99 0.86–0.99 0.84–0.93 B 1.30 0.99–1.12 0.94–1.05 0.89–0.98 A 1.16
0.95–1.05 0.95–1.05 0.91–1.03 B 1.45 1.00–1.10 1.00–1.10 0.94–1.06 B 1.45 1.13–1.20 1.06–1.13 0.99–1.07 A 1.25
1.06–1.22 1.06–1.22 1.04–1.14 B 1.67 1.11–1.28 1.11–1.28 1.07–1.18 B 1.67 1.21–1.34 1.14–1.25 1.08–1.17 A 1.39
1.23–1.34 1.23–1.34 1.15–1.27 B 1.88 1.29–1.41 1.29–1.41 1.19–1.31 B 1.88 1.35–1.41 1.26–1.33 1.18–1.25 A 1.54
1.35–1.51 1.35–1.51 1.28–1.43 B 2.10 1.42–1.58 1.42–1.58 1.32–1.47 B 2.10 1.42–1.51 1.34–1.42 1.26–1.33 A 1.63
1.52–1.71 1.52–1.71 1.44–1.62 B 2.40 1.59–1.80 1.59–1.80 1.48–1.67 B 2.40 1.52–1.62 1.43–1.52 1.34–1.44 A 1.75
1.72–1.93 1.72–1.93 1.63–1.77 B 2.65 1.81–2.03 1.81–2.03 1.68–1.83 B 2.65 1.63–1.73 1.53–1.63 1.45–1.53 A 1.86
1.94–2.14 1.94–2.14 1.78–1.97 B 3.00 2.04–2.25 2.04–2.25 1.84–2.04 B 3.00 1.74–1.86 1.64–1.75 1.54–1.65 A 1.99
2.15–2.40 2.15–2.40 1.98–2.32 B 3.30 2.26–2.51 2.26–2.51 2.05–2.38 B 3.30 1.87–2.02 1.76–1.90 1.66–1.79 A 2.15
2.41–2.72 2.41–2.72 2.33–2.51 B 3.70 2.52–2.83 2.52–2.83 2.39–2.60 B 3.70 2.03–2.25 1.91–2.13 1.80–1.99 A 2.31
2.73–3.15 2.73–3.15 2.52–2.99 B 4.15 2.84–3.29 2.84–3.29 2.61–3.13 B 4.15 2.26–2.46 2.14–2.33 2.00–2.18 A 2.57
3.16–3.55 3.16–3.55 3.00–3.42 B 4.85 3.30–3.75 3.30–3.75 3.14–3.59 B 4.85 2.47–2.77 2.34–2.73 2.19–2.45 A 2.81
3.56–4.00 3.56–4.00 3.43–3.75 B 5.50 3.76–4.22 3.76–4.22 3.60–3.94 B 5.50 2.78–2.99 2.74–2.86 2.46–2.65 A 3.61
4.01–4.40 4.01–4.40 3.76–3.98 B 6.25 4.23–4.65 4.23–4.65 3.95–4.19 B 6.25 3.00–3.26 2.87–3.14 2.66–2.90 A 3.95
4.41–4.88 4.41–4.88 3.99–4.48 B 6.90 4.66–5.16 4.66–5.16 4.20–4.72 B 6.90 3.27–3.59 3.15–3.47 2.91–3.19 A 4.32
4.89–5.19 4.89–5.19 4.49–4.93 B 7.70 5.17–5.53 5.17–5.53 4.73–5.21 B 7.70 3.60–3.99 3.48–3.83 3.20–3.56 A 4.79
5.20–5.73 5.20–5.73 4.94–5.21 B 8.20 5.54–6.09 5.54–6.09 5.22–5.51 B 8.20 4.00–4.42 3.84–4.16 3.57–3.83 A 5.30
5.74–6.39 5.74–6.39 5.22–5.84 B 9.10 6.10–6.80 6.10–6.80 5.52–6.17 B 9.10 4.43–4.61 4.17–4.43 3.84–4.08 A 5.78
6.40–7.13 6.40–7.13 5.85–6.67 B 10.2 6.81–7.60 6.81–7.60 6.18–7.07 B 10.2 4.62–5.23 4.44–5.00 4.09–4.64 A 6.20
7.14–7.90 7.14–7.90 6.68–7.54 B 11.5 7.61–8.35 7.61–8.35 7.08–8.05 B 11.5 5.24–5.39 5.01–5.16 4.65–5.00 A 6.99
7.91–8.55 7.91–8.55 7.55–8.14 B 12.8 8.36–9.04 8.36–9.04 8.06–8.69 B 12.8 5.40–5.88 5.17–5.56 5.01–5.36 A 7.65
8.56–9.53 8.56–9.53 8.15–8.72 B 14.0 9.05–9.99 9.05–9.99 8.70–9.32 B 14.0 5.89–6.56 5.57–6.22 5.37–5.87 A 8.38
9.54–10.6 9.54–10.6 8.73–9.66 B 15.5 10.0–11.1 10.0–11.1 9.33–10.2 B 15.5 6.57–7.18 6.23–6.89 5.88–6.43 A 9.25
10.7–11.8 10.7–11.8 9.67–10.5 B 17.5 11.2–12.3 11.2–12.0 10.3–11.3 B 17.5 7.19–7.80 6.90–7.00 6.44–6.79 A 9.85
11.9–13.2 11.9–12.0 10.6–11.3 B 19.5 12.4–13.7 — 11.4–12.0 B 19.5 7.81–9.00 — 6.80–7.00 A 11.0
13.3–14.9 — 11.4–12.0 B 22.0 13.8–15.4 — — B 22.0
15.0–16.6 — — B 25.0 15.5–18.0 — — B 25.0 Table 18
16.7–18.0 — — B 28.0 Following Selections for Size 1 Only Motor FLC (A) Thermal
Following Selections for Size 1 Only — 11.2–12.3 — B 17.5 Unit
— 11.9–13.2 — B 19.5 — 12.4–13.7 11.4–12.1 B 19.5 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number
— 13.3–14.9 11.4–12.7 B 22.0 — 13.8–15.4 12.2–13.7 B 22.0
— 15.0–16.6 12.8–14.1 B 25.0 15.5–17.2 15.5–17.2 13.8–15.2 B 25.0 15.5–16.4 14.4–15.3 13.6–14.5 CC 20.9
16.7–18.9 16.7–18.9 14.2–15.9 B 28.0 17.3–19.4 17.3–19.4 15.3–17.2 B 28.0 16.5–17.6 15.4–16.4 14.6–15.5 CC 22.8
19.0–21.2 19.0–21.2 16.0–17.5 B 32.0 17.7–19.1 16.5–18.4 15.6–17.4 CC 24.6
19.5–21.7 19.5–21.7 17.3–18.9 B 32.0 19.2–20.4 18.5–19.6 17.5–18.5 CC 26.3
21.3–23.0 21.3–23.0 17.6–19.7 B 36.0 21.8–23.9 21.8–23.9 19.0–21.4 B 36.0 20.5–22.1 19.7–21.0 18.6–19.9 CC 28.8
23.1–25.5 23.1–25.5 19.8–21.9 B 40.0 24.0–26.0 24.0–26.0 21.5–23.7 B 40.0
25.6–26.0 25.6–26.0 22.0–24.4 B 45.0 — — 23.8–26.0 B 45.0 22.2–23.4 21.1–22.7 20.0–21.5 CC 31.0
— — 24.5–26.0 B 50.0 23.5–25.6 22.8–24.2 21.6–22.9 CC 33.3
25.7–27.3 24.3–25.9 23.0–24.5 CC 36.4
Table 16 27.4–29.4 26.0–27.8 24.6–26.3 CC 39.6
Table 14 29.5–31.5 27.9–29.8 26.4–28.2 CC 42.7
Motor FLC (A) Thermal
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit 31.6–33.7 29.9–31.7 28.3–30.0 CC 46.6
Unit 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 33.8–36.5 31.8–34.2 30.1–32.3 CC 50.1
1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 36.6–39.1 34.3–36.9 32.4–34.9 CC 54.5
16.2–17.5 15.1–16.2 14.3–15.4 CC 20.9 39.2–41.7 37.0–39.8 35.0–37.6 CC 59.4
0.43–0.47 0.41–0.45 0.40–0.41 A .49 17.6–18.8 16.3–17.3 15.5–16.4 CC 22.8 41.8–44.8 39.9–42.3 37.7–40.0 CC 64.3
0.48–0.51 0.46–0.50 0.42–0.46 A .54 18.9–20.5 17.4–19.5 16.5–18.5 CC 24.6
0.52–0.56 0.51–0.55 0.47–0.51 A .59 20.6–22.2 19.6–20.7 18.6–19.6 CC 26.3 44.9–48.0 42.4–45.3 40.1–42.8 CC 68.5
0.57–0.64 0.56–0.62 0.52–0.57 A .65 22.3–23.7 20.8–22.3 19.7–21.1 CC 28.8 48.1–50.7 45.4–47.9 42.9–45.3 CC 74.6
0.65–0.69 0.63–0.67 0.58–0.62 A .71 50.8–54.9 48.0–51.9 45.4–49.1 CC 81.5
23.8–25.4 22.4–24.0 21.2–22.7 CC 31.0 55.0–59.9 52.0–56.5 49.2–53.4 CC 87.7
0.70–0.76 0.68–0.72 0.63–0.67 A .78 25.5–27.3 24.1–25.7 22.8–24.4 CC 33.3 60.0–63.3 56.6–60.7 53.5–57.4 CC 94.0
0.77–0.84 0.73–0.81 0.68–0.75 A .86 27.4–29.3 25.8–27.5 24.5–26.1 CC 36.4
0.85–0.91 0.82–0.88 0.76–0.80 A .95 29.4–31.5 27.6–29.6 26.2–28.1 CC 39.6 63.4–67.2 60.8–64.8 57.5–61.3 CC 103.0
0.92–1.01 0.89–0.97 0.81–0.89 A 1.02 31.6–33.9 29.7–31.7 28.2–30.0 CC 42.7 67.3–72.4 64.9–67.1 61.4–63.5 CC 112.0
1.02–1.15 0.98–1.08 0.90–1.02 A 1.16 72.5–74.9 67.2–70.1 63.6–66.3 CC 121.0
34.0–36.2 31.8–33.9 30.1–32.1 CC 46.6 75.0–77.4 70.2–72.9 66.4–69.0 CC 132.0
1.16–1.23 1.09–1.18 1.03–1.09 A 1.25 36.3–39.3 34.0–36.6 32.2–34.7 CC 50.1 77.5–80.7 73.0–74.9 69.1–70.9 CC 143.0
1.24–1.37 1.19–1.32 1.10–1.21 A 1.39 39.4–42.3 36.7–39.3 34.8–37.3 CC 54.5
1.38–1.45 1.33–1.40 1.22–1.29 A 1.54 42.4–45.3 39.4–42.3 37.4–40.1 CC 59.4 80.8–83.1 75.0–77.9 71.0–73.7 CC 156.0
1.46–1.56 1.41–1.48 1.30–1.37 A 1.63 45.4–48.3 42.4–44.9 40.2–42.6 CC 64.3 83.2–86.0 78.0–80.9 73.8–76.5 CC 167.0
1.57–1.67 1.49–1.60 1.38–1.48 A 1.75 — 81.0–82.9 76.6–78.4 CC 180.0
48.4–52.0 45.0–48.3 42.7–45.8 CC 68.5 — 83.0–86.0 78.5–86.0 CC 196.0
1.68–1.77 1.61–1.72 1.49–1.58 A 1.86 52.1–54.9 48.4–50.9 45.9–48.3 CC 74.6
1.78–1.92 1.73–1.84 1.59–1.72 A 1.99 55.0–59.7 51.0–55.5 48.4–52.6 CC 81.5
1.93–2.09 1.85–2.00 1.73–1.85 A 2.15 59.8–65.4 55.6–59.9 52.7–56.8 CC 87.7
2.10–2.31 2.01–2.22 1.86–2.05 A 2.31 65.5–69.6 60.0–64.2 56.9–60.9 CC 94.0
2.32–2.56 2.23–2.45 2.06–2.29 A 2.57 69.7–74.8 64.3–68.7 61.0–65.1 CC 103.0
2.57–2.92 2.46–2.82 2.30–2.62 A 2.81 74.9–79.7 68.8–71.4 65.2–67.7 CC 112.0
2.93–3.16 2.83–3.08 2.63–2.84 A 3.61 79.8–83.1 71.5–74.8 67.8–70.9 CC 121.0
3.17–3.48 3.09–3.39 2.85–3.10 A 3.95 83.2–86.0 74.9–78.0 71.0–73.9 CC 132.0
3.49–3.83 3.40–3.75 3.11–3.46 A 4.32 — 78.1–80.7 74.0–76.5 CC 143.0
3.84–4.24 3.76–4.16 3.47–3.85 A 4.79 — 80.8–86.0 76.6–80.2 CC 156.0
4.25–4.62 4.17–4.51 3.86–4.16 A 5.30 — — 80.3–83.1 CC 167.0
4.63–4.92 4.52–4.83 4.17–4.46 A 5.78 — — 83.2–86.0 CC 180.0

4.93–5.61 4.84–5.49 4.47–5.08 A 6.20

5.62–5.85 5.50–5.67 5.09–5.35 A 6.99
5.86–6.36 5.68–6.16 5.36–5.82 A 7.65
6.37–6.99 6.17–6.75 5.83–6.34 A 8.38
7.00–7.67 6.76–7.00 6.35–6.95 A 9.25
7.68–8.15 — 6.96–7.00 A 9.85
8.16–9.00 — — A 11.0
16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 19–27

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U. Thermal Unit Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
43.6–47.3 CC 54.5 Large Enclosure Small Enclosure Number 0.28–0.30 AR .45
47.4–51.3 CC 59.4 0.31–0.33 AR .49
51.4–54.6 CC 64.3 0.31–0.32 0.29–0.30 AR .45 0.34–0.36 AR .54
54.7–59.7 CC 68.5 0.33–0.36 0.31–0.33 AR .49 0.37–0.39 AR .59
59.8–65.1 CC 74.6 0.37–0.39 0.34–0.37 AR .54 0.40–0.42 AR .65
0.40–0.43 0.38–0.41 AR .59
65.2–70.1 CC 81.5 0.44–0.47 0.42–0.45 AR .65 0.43–0.46 AR .71
70.2–75.1 CC 87.7 0.47–0.50 AR .78
75.2–82.2 CC 94.0 0.48–0.52 0.46–0.50 AR .71 0.51–0.52 AR .86
82.3–89.2 CC 103.0 0.53–0.58 0.51–0.55 AR .78 0.53–0.56 AR .95
89.3–96.5 CC 112.0 0.59–0.60 0.56–0.57 AR .86 0.57–0.60 AR 1.05
0.61–0.62 0.58–0.60 AR .95
96.6–104. CC 121.0 0.63–0.69 0.61–0.66 AR 1.05 0.61–0.66 AR 1.15
105.–113. CC 132.0 0.67–0.73 AR 1.26
114.–123. CC 143.0 0.70–0.76 0.67–0.73 AR 1.15 0.74–0.81 AR 1.39
124.–133. CC 156.0 0.77–0.84 0.74–0.81 AR 1.26 0.82–0.90 AR 1.53
0.85–0.93 0.82–0.90 AR 1.39 0.91–1.05 AR 1.68
0.94–1.03 0.91–0.99 AR 1.53
Table 20 1.04–1.23 1.00–1.18 AR 1.68 1.06–1.15 AR 1.85
1.16–1.25 AR 2.04
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1.24–1.35 1.19–1.30 AR 1.85 1.26–1.35 AR 2.24
1.36–1.47 1.31–1.42 AR 2.04 1.36–1.47 AR 2.46
133.–148. B 1.30 1.48–1.61 1.43–1.49 AR 2.24
149.–174. B 1.45 1.48–1.58 AR 2.71
1.62–1.76 1.50–1.69 AR 2.46
175.–195. B 1.67 1.77–1.93 1.70–1.85 AR 2.71 1.59–1.74 AR 2.98
196.–219. B 1.88 1.75–1.94 AR 3.28
220.–239. B 2.10 1.94–2.12 1.86–2.03 AR 2.98 1.95–2.20 AR 3.62
2.13–2.35 2.04–2.25 AR 3.28 2.21–2.47 AR 3.98
240.–271. B 2.40 2.36–2.61 2.26–2.50 AR 3.62
272.–308. B 2.65 2.48–2.76 AR 4.37
2.62–2.79 2.51–2.68 AR 3.98
309.–348. B 3.00 2.80–3.14 2.69–3.01 AR 4.37 2.77–3.07 AR 4.80
349.–397. B 3.30 3.08–3.45 AR 5.3
398.–429. B 3.70 3.15–3.48 3.02–3.35 AR 4.80 3.46–3.81 AR 5.8
3.49–3.89 3.36–3.74 AR 5.3 3.82–4.20 AR 6.4
430.–495. B 4.15 3.90–4.30 3.75–4.14 AR 5.8
496.–520. B 4.85 4.31–4.73 4.15–4.57 AR 6.4 4.21–4.65 AR 7.0
4.74–5.20 4.58–5.03 AR 7.0 4.66–5.29 AR 7.7
Table 21 5.21–5.95 5.04–5.76 AR 7.7
5.30–5.84 AR 8.5
5.85–6.27 AR 9.3
5.96–6.49 5.77–6.29 AR 8.5 6.28–7.00 AR 10.2
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Load 6.50–7.08 6.30–6.87 AR 9.3
128.–140. B 1.30 7.09–7.77 6.88–7.54 AR 10.2
141.–163. B 1.45 7.78–8.48 7.55–8.25 AR 11.2 Table 26
164.–179. B 1.67 8.49–9.15 8.26–8.60 AR 12.4
180.–201. B 1.88 Size 7 Type J Size 8 Type K
9.16–10.3 8.61–9.63 AR 13.6
202.–227. B 2.10 10.4–11.9 9.64–11.1 AR 15.4 Current Transformer Ratio Thermal
228.–251. B 2.40 12.0–13.4 11.2–12.5 AR 17.6 Unit
252.–278. B 2.65 13.5–15.4 12.6–14.3 AR 20.5 120/5 2000/5 Number
279.–308. B 3.00 15.5–17.5 14.4–16.1 AR 23.0 Motor FLC
309.–346. B 3.30 17.6–19.8 16.2–18.2 AR 27.0
347.–380. B 3.70 166.–187. 277.–312. B 1.03
19.9–22.5 18.3–20.6 AR 30.0 188.–211. 313.–352. B 1.16
381.–426. B 4.15 22.6–26.0 20.7–23.4 AR 35.0 212.–232. 353.–388. B 1.30
427.–454. B 4.85 — 23.5–26.0 AR 40.0 233.–267. 389.–445. B 1.45
455.–489. B 5.50 268.–301. 446.–503. B 1.67
490.–520. B 6.25 Table 24 302.–336. 504.–561. B 1.88
337.–383. 562.–640. B 2.10
Table 22 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
384.–425. 641.–708. B 2.40
88.2–95.1 DD 112.0 426.–466. 709.–777. B 2.65
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 95.2–101. DD 121.0 467.–522. 778.–870. B 3.00
92.0–100. DD 112.0 102.–111. DD 128.0 523.–587. 871.–978. B 3.30
101.–109. DD 121.0 112.–119. DD 140.0 588.–656. 979.–1093. B 3.70
110.–119. DD 128.0 120.–131. DD 150.0 657.–764. 1094.–1215. B 4.15
120.–131. DD 140.0 132.–149. DD 160.0
132.–139. DD 150.0 150.–170. DD 185.0 Table 27
140.–156. DD 160.0 171.–180. DD 220.0 Motor FLC (A)
157.–166. DD 185.0 181.–197. DD 240.0 Thermal
167.–180. DD 213.0 198.–204. DD 250.0 2 or 3 T.U. Unit
181.–189. DD 220.0 205.–213. DD 265.0 Number
190.–209. DD 230.0 Large Enclosure Small Enclosure
214.–237. DD 280.0
210.–225. DD 250.0 238.–243. DD 300.0 4.32–4.93 4.14–4.71 AR 8.5
226.–238. DD 265.0 244.–266. DD 320.0 4.94–5.40 4.72–5.18 AR 9.3
239.–266. DD 280.0 5.41–5.95 5.19–5.74 AR 10.2
5.96–6.13 5.75–5.98 AR 11.2
6.14–6.81 5.99–6.47 AR 12.4
6.82–7.84 6.48–7.42 AR 13.6
7.85–8.97 7.43–8.46 AR 15.4
8.98–10.1 8.47–9.56 AR 17.6
10.2–11.6 9.57–10.9 AR 20.5
11.7–13.2 11.0–12.3 AR 23.0
13.3–15.0 12.4–14.0 AR 27.0
15.1–17.1 14.1–15.9 AR 30.0
17.2–19.6 16.0–18.1 AR 35.0
19.7–21.9 18.2–20.3 AR 40.0
22.0–23.8 20.4–22.0 AR 44.0
23.9–25.6 22.1–23.6 AR 47.0
16
25.7–27.9 23.7–25.5 AR 51.0

28.0–30.5 25.6–27.8 AR 55.0
30.6–33.0 27.9–30.0 AR 60.0
33.1–35.7 30.1–32.4 AR 66.0
35.8–39.5 32.5–35.7 AR 72.0

39.6–41.5 35.8–38.3 AR 79.0
41.6–45.0 38.4–40.9 AR 86.0
— 41.0–45.0 AR 94.0

All Rights Reserved

Tables 28–42
Table 28 Table 31 Table 33 Table 36 Table 41

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Thermal Thermal Thermal
Thermal Motor FLC (A) Unit Motor FLC (A) Unit Motor FLC (A) Unit Motor FLC (A) Unit
2 or 3 T.U. Number Number Number Number
Unit
Large Small Number 0.31–0.35 B 0.44 0.28–0.30 AR .45 90.6–97.4 AF 110.0 0.81–0.92 B 1.16
Enclosure Enclosure 0.36–0.39 B 0.51 0.31–0.33 AR .49 97.5–111. AF 123.0 0.93–1.07 B 1.30
45.3–48.2 40.3–42.8 CC 64.3 0.40–0.44 B 0.57 0.34–0.36 AR .54 112.–129. AF 135.0 1.08–1.14 B 1.45
48.3–52.4 42.9–46.2 CC 68.5 0.45–0.50 B 0.63 0.37–0.39 AR .59 130.–149. AF 150.0 1.15–1.26 B 1.67
52.5–56.4 46.3–49.8 CC 74.6 0.51–0.61 B 0.71 0.40–0.42 AR .65 150.–163. AF 159.0 1.27–1.49 B 1.88
56.5–61.2 49.9–54.9 CC 81.5 0.62–0.68 B 0.81 0.43–0.46 AR .71 164.–189. AF 168.0 1.50–1.73 B 2.10
61.3–66.1 55.0–57.9 CC 87.7 0.69–0.73 B 0.92 0.47–0.50 AR .78 190.–213. AF 188.0 1.74–1.89 B 2.40
66.2–71.4 58.0–62.5 CC 94.0 0.74–0.82 B 1.03 0.51–0.52 AR .86 214.–240. AF 205.0 1.90–2.16 B 2.65
71.5–77.0 62.6–67.3 CC 103.0 0.83–0.92 B 1.16 0.53–0.56 AR .95 241.–266. AF 220.0 2.17–2.37 B 3.00
77.1–80.7 67.4–73.4 CC 112.0 0.57–0.60 AR 1.05 2.38–2.66 B 3.30
0.93–1.03 B 1.30
80.8–87.7 73.5–78.9 CC 121.0 1.04–1.19 B 1.45 0.61–0.66 AR 1.15 Table 37 2.67–2.99 B 3.70
87.8–94.9 79.0–84.9 CC 132.0 1.20–1.34 B 1.67 0.67–0.73 AR 1.26 3.00–3.40 B 4.15
95.0–102. 85.0–91.0 CC 143.0 0.74–0.81 AR 1.39 Thermal 3.41–3.94 B 4.85
1.35–1.50 B 1.88 0.82–0.90 AR 1.53 3.95–4.15 B 5.50
103.–110. 91.1–97.2 CC 156.0 Motor FLC (A) Unit
1.51–1.74 B 2.10 0.91–1.05 AR 1.68 4.16–4.49 B 6.25
111.–117. 97.3–104. CC 167.0 Number
1.75–1.97 B 2.40
118.–133. 105.–121. CC 180.0 1.06–1.15 AR 1.85 27.1–30.0 E 67 4.50–5.15 B 6.90
— 122.–133. CC 196.0 1.98–2.14 B 2.65 1.16–1.25 AR 2.04 5.16–5.77 B 7.70
2.15–2.47 B 3.00 30.1–33.2 E 69
1.26–1.35 AR 2.24 33.3–35.7 E 70 5.78–6.61 B 8.20
2.48–2.91 B 3.30
Table 29 1.36–1.47 AR 2.46 35.8–39.4 E 71 6.62–7.14 B 9.10
2.92–3.31 B 3.70 1.48–1.58 AR 2.71 39.5–43.4 E 72 7.15–7.97 B 10.2
Thermal 3.32–3.75 B 4.15 1.59–1.74 AR 2.98 7.98–8.15 B 11.5
Motor FLC (A) Unit 3.76–4.05 B 4.85 43.5–46.9 E 73
1.75–1.94 AR 3.28 47.0–51.5 E 74 8.16–9.32 B 12.8
Number 4.06–4.94 B 6.25 1.95–2.20 AR 3.62 9.33–9.97 B 14.0
51.6–57.0 E 76
50.0–55.9 E 88 4.95–5.52 B 6.90 2.21–2.47 AR 3.98 57.1–62.8 E 77 9.98–10.7 B 15.5
56.0–60.9 E 89 5.53–6.11 B 7.70 2.48–2.76 AR 4.37 62.9–69.1 E 78 10.8–12.0 B 17.5
61.0–65.9 E 91 6.12–6.52 B 8.20 2.77–3.07 AR 4.80 69.2–75.0 E 79 12.1–13.9 B 19.5
66.0–69.9 E 92 6.53–7.31 B 9.10 3.08–3.45 AR 5.3 75.1–83.3 E 80 14.0–15.7 B 22.0
70.0–75.9 E 93 7.32–8.43 B 10.2 3.46–3.81 AR 5.8 15.8–18.4 B 25.0
3.82–4.20 AR 6.4 18.5–21.6 B 28.0
76.0–81.9 E 94 8.44–9.83 B 11.5
4.21–4.65 AR 7.0 Table 38 21.7–24.0 B 32.0
82.0–86.9 E 96 9.84–10.7 B 12.8
87.0–92.9 E 97 10.8–11.6 B 14.0 4.66–5.29 AR 7.7 Thermal 24.1–28.6 B 36.0
93.0–97.9 E 98 11.7–12.9 B 15.5 5.30–5.84 AR 8.5 Motor FLC (A) Unit 28.7–30.7 B 40.0
98.0–107.9 E 99 13.0–14.3 B 17.5 5.85–6.27 AR 9.3 Number 30.8–33.5 B 45.0
108.0–113.9 E 101 14.4–15.7 B 19.5 6.28–6.97 AR 10.2 33.6–36.0 B 50.0
6.98–7.59 AR 11.2 85.0–95.9 AF 123.0
114.0–125.9 E 102 15.8–17.8 B 22.0 96.0–108. AF 135.0
17.9–20.3 B 25.0 7.60–7.89 AR 12.4 109.–127. AF 150.0 Table 42
Table 30 20.4–23.3 B 28.0 7.90–8.95 AR 13.6
128.–136. AF 159.0 Thermal
8.96–10.3 AR 15.4
23.4–26.6 B 32.0 10.4–11.7 AR 17.6 137.–147. AF 168.0 Motor FLC (A) Unit
Motor FLC (A) Thermal 26.7–30.3 B 36.0 11.8–12.0 AR 20.5 148.–162. AF 188.0 Number
Large Small Unit 30.4–35.3 B 40.0 163.–185. AF 205.0
Number Following Selections 0.28–0.30 AR .45
Enclosure Enclosure 35.4–41.5 B 45.0 186.–202. AF 220.0
for Size 1 Only 0.31–0.33 AR .49
39.0–42.9 37.0–40.8 AU 44.0 41.6–45 B 50.0 203.–219. AF 240.0 0.34–0.36 AR .54
11.8–13.3 AR 20.5
43.0–48.0 40.9–45.6 AU 50.0 13.4–15.2 AR 23.0 220.–233. AF 260.0 0.37–0.39 AR .59
48.1–54.7 45.7–51.8 AU 56.0 Table 32 15.3–17.2 AR 27.0 234.–266. AF 308.0 0.40–0.42 AR .65
54.8–62.2 51.9–58.8 AU 64.0 Thermal 17.3–19.7 AR 30.0 0.43–0.46 AR .71
62.3–71.3 58.9–67.4 AU 72.0 Motor FLC (A) Unit 19.8–22.4 AR 35.0 Table 39 0.47–0.50 AR .78
71.4–76.0 67.5–70.4 AU 81.0 Number 22.5–26.0 AR 40.0 0.51–0.52 AR .86
Thermal 0.53–0.56 AR .95
76.1–85.5 70.5–79.4 AU 88.0
0.33–0.35 AR .45 Motor FLC (A) Unit 0.57–0.60 AR 1.05
85.6–92.4 79.5–86.3 AU 99.0
0.36–0.39 AR .49 Table 34 Number
92.5–103. 86.4–96.7 AU 110.0 0.61–0.66 AR 1.15
0.40–0.42 AR .54 148.–173. AR 1.68 0.67–0.73 AR 1.26
104.–111. 96.8–105. AU 123.0 Thermal
0.43–0.46 AR .59 174.–189. AR 1.85 0.74–0.81 AR 1.39
112.–123. 106.–117. AU 135.0 Motor FLC (A) Unit
0.47–0.51 AR .65 190.–205. AR 2.04 0.82–0.90 AR 1.53
124.–133. 118.–133. AU 152.0 Number
0.52–0.56 AR .71 206.–222. AR 2.24 0.91–1.05 AR 1.68
0.57–0.62 AR .78 15.1–16.2 CC 20.9 223.–243. AR 2.46
16.3–17.5 CC 22.8 1.06–1.15 AR 1.85
0.63–0.68 AR .86 244.–261. AR 2.71 1.16–1.25 AR 2.04
0.69–0.75 AR .95 17.6–19.1 CC 24.6
19.2–20.7 CC 26.3 262.–289. AR 2.98 1.26–1.35 AR 2.24
0.76–0.83 AR 1.05 290.–324. AR 3.28 1.36–1.47 AR 2.46
20.8–22.2 CC 28.8
0.84–0.91 AR 1.15 325.–367. AR 3.62 1.48–1.58 AR 2.71
0.92–1.00 AR 1.26 22.3–24.0 CC 31.0 368.–389. AR 3.98
24.1–25.7 CC 33.3 1.59–1.74 AR 2.98
1.01–1.10 AR 1.39 390.–404. AR 4.37 1.75–1.94 AR 3.28
1.11–1.21 AR 1.53 25.8–27.8 CC 36.4
27.9–30.1 CC 39.6 405.–451. AR 4.80 1.95–2.20 AR 3.62
1.22–1.33 AR 1.68 452.–495. AR 5.3 2.21–2.47 AR 3.98
30.2–32.5 CC 42.7
1.34–1.47 AR 1.85 496.–520. AR 5.8 2.48–2.76 AR 4.37
1.48–1.62 AR 2.04 32.6–35.1 CC 46.6
35.2–38.0 CC 50.1 2.77–3.07 AR 4.80
1.63–1.77 AR 2.24
38.1–41.1 CC 54.5 Table 40 3.08–3.45 AR 5.3
1.78–1.96 AR 2.46 3.46–3.81 AR 5.8
1.97–2.16 AR 2.71 41.2–44.0 CC 59.4 Thermal 3.82–4.20 AR 6.4
44.1–47.2 CC 64.3
2.17–2.37 AR 2.98 Motor FLC (A) Unit 4.21–4.65 AR 7.0
2.38–2.62 AR 3.28 47.3–51.1 CC 68.5 Number
51.2–55.8 CC 74.6 4.66–5.29 AR 7.7
2.63–2.88 AR 3.62 15.3–16.7 C 20.0 5.30–5.84 AR 8.5
2.89–3.17 AR 3.98 55.9–59.5 CC 81.5
59.6–64.5 CC 87.7 16.8–19.8 C 22.0 5.85–6.27 AR 9.3
3.18–3.48 AR 4.37 19.9–22.8 C 26.0 6.28–6.97 AR 10.2
64.6–69.5 CC 94.0
3.49–3.83 AR 4.80 22.9–25.8 C 30.0 6.98–7.59 AR 11.2
3.84–4.20 AR 5.3 69.6–75.0 CC 103.0 25.9–30.4 C 34.0
75.1–78.1 CC 112.0 7.60–7.89 AR 12.4
4.21–4.62 AR 5.8 30.5–31.9 C 40.0 7.90–8.95 AR 13.6
4.63–5.08 AR 6.4 78.2–82.3 CC 121.0
82.4–86.0 CC 132.0 32.0–34.2 C 42.0 8.96–10.3 AR 15.4
5.09–5.57 AR 7.0 34.3–38.8 C 45.0 10.4–11.7 AR 17.6
5.58–6.13 AR 7.7 38.9–44.2 C 51.0 11.8–13.3 AR 20.5
Table 35
6.14–6.83 AR 8.5 44.3–50.2 C 58.0 13.4–15.2 AR 23.0

6.84–7.41 AR 9.3 50.3–57.1 C 66.0 15.3–17.2 AR 27.0
Motor FLC (A) Thermal
7.42–8.05 AR 10.2 57.2–63.2 C 75.0 17.3–19.7 AR 30.0
Unit
8.06–8.98 AR 11.2 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 63.3–68.6 C 83.0 19.8–22.4 AR 35.0
Number
8.99–9.93 AR 12.4 68.7–78.6 C 90.0 22.5–26.0 AR 40.0
9.94–10.9 AR 13.6 36.3–39.9 34.7–37.1 AU 44.0 78.7–86.0 C 103.0
11.0–12.4 AR 15.4 40.0–44.1 37.2–41.5 AU 50.0
12.5–14.3 AR 17.6 44.2–50.0 41.6–47.1 AU 56.0
14.4–15.8 AR 20.5 50.1–56.4 47.2–53.4 AU 64.0
56.5–64.4 53.5–60.7 AU 72.0
15.9–17.9 AR 23.0
18.0–20.0 AR 27.0 64.5–68.4 60.8–64.9 AU 81.0
20.1–22.4 AR 30.0 68.5–77.7 65.0–73.4 AU 88.0
22.5–25.0 AR 35.0 77.8–84.2 73.5–79.5 AU 99.0
84.3–94.8 79.6–89.0 AU 110.0
94.9–101. 89.1–96.9 AU 123.0
102.–115. 97.0–108. AU 135.0
116.–122. 109.–115. AU 152.0
123.–133. 116.–120. AU 169.0
— 121.–133. AU 183.0
16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 43–58
Table 43 Table 45 Table 49 Table 53 Table 56

Thermal Size 7 Size 8 Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal
Motor FLC (A) Unit Motor FLC (A) Unit Unit Unit
Number Type J Type K Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. Number 1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
Thermal
0.41–0.44 A .49 Current Transformer 82.5–88.2 DD 112.0 0.31–0.33 0.29–0.31 B 0.44 3.29–3.74 3.18–3.40 B 4.85
Unit
0.45–0.49 A .54 Ratio 88.3–95.9 DD 121.0 0.34–0.36 0.32–0.36 B 0.51 3.75–4.23 3.41–3.76 B 5.50
Number
0.50–0.53 A .59 96.0–102. DD 128.0 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.38 B 0.57 4.24–4.68 3.77–4.00 B 6.25
1200/5 2000/5
0.54–0.58 A .65 103.–109. DD 140.0 0.41–0.48 0.39–0.46 B 0.63 4.69–5.22 4.01–4.57 B 6.90
0.59–0.65 A .71 Motor FLC (A) 110.–121. DD 150.0 0.49–0.57 0.47–0.55 B 0.71 5.23–5.67 4.58–5.03 B 7.70
0.66–0.71 A .78 122.–139. DD 160.0 0.58–0.64 0.56–0.61 B 0.81 5.68–6.13 5.04–5.32 B 8.20
Non-Compensated
0.72–0.78 A .86 140.–154. DD 185.0 0.65–0.70 0.62–0.66 B 0.92 6.14–6.91 5.33–5.97 B 9.10
0.79–0.85 A .95 136.–150. 227.–251. AR 1.05 155.–163. DD 220.0 0.71–0.77 0.67–0.75 B 1.03 6.92–7.70 5.98–6.88 B 10.2
0.86–0.96 A 1.02 151.–165. 252.–276. AR 1.15 164.–175. DD 240.0 0.78–0.85 0.76–0.83 B 1.16 7.71–8.56 6.89–7.82 B 11.5
0.97–1.04 A 1.16 166.–183. 277.–305. AR 1.26 176.–184. DD 250.0 0.86–0.99 0.84–0.93 B 1.30 8.57–9.39 7.83–8.47 B 12.8
1.05–1.16 A 1.25 184.–202. 306.–337. AR 1.39 185.–195. DD 265.0 1.00–1.10 0.94–1.06 B 1.45 9.40–10.4 8.48–9.15 B 14.0
1.17–1.29 A 1.39 203.–224. 338.–373. AR 1.53 196.–215. DD 280.0 1.11–1.28 1.07–1.18 B 1.67 10.5–11.6 9.16–10.1 B 15.5
1.30–1.37 A 1.54 225.–267. 374.–445. AR 1.68 216.–224. DD 300.0 1.29–1.41 1.19–1.31 B 1.88 11.7–12.9 10.2–11.2 B 17.5
1.38–1.47 A 1.63 268.–293. 446.–489. AR 1.85 225.–243. DD 320.0 1.42–1.58 1.32–1.47 B 2.10 13.0–14.6 11.3–12.0 B 19.5
1.48–1.56 A 1.75 294.–319. 490.–532. AR 2.04 244.–266. DD 340.0 1.59–1.80 1.48–1.67 B 2.40 14.7–16.5 12.1–13.6 B 22.0
1.57–1.65 A 1.86 320.–349. 533.–582. AR 2.24 1.81–2.03 1.68–1.83 B 2.65 16.6–18.5 13.7–15.2 B 25.0
1.66–1.79 A 1.99 350.–381. 583.–636. AR 2.46 Table 50 2.04–2.25 1.84–2.04 B 3.00 18.6–21.0 15.3–17.1 B 28.0
1.80–1.95 A 2.15 382.–418. 637.–697. AR 2.71 2.26–2.51 2.05–2.38 B 3.30 21.1–23.6 17.2–19.0 B 32.0
1.96–2.15 A 2.31 419.–459. 698.–766. AR 2.98 Thermal 2.52–2.83 2.39–2.60 B 3.70 23.7–26.3 19.1–21.5 B 36.0
2.16–2.38 A 2.57 460.–509. 767.–849. AR 3.28 Motor FLC (A) Unit 2.84–3.29 2.61–3.13 B 4.15 26.4–29.3 21.6–24.1 B 40.0
510.–565. 850.–942. AR 3.62 Number
2.39–2.75 A 2.81 3.30–3.75 3.14–3.59 B 4.85 29.4–35.1 24.2–27.0 B 45.0
2.76–2.84 A 3.61 566.–604. 943.–1007. AR 3.98 14.4–16.1 AU 20.0 3.76–4.22 3.60–3.94 B 5.50 35.2–36.1 27.1–28.7 B 50.0
2.85–3.06 A 3.95 605.–697. 1008.–1133. AR 4.37 16.2–18.6 AU 23.0 4.23–4.65 3.95–4.19 B 6.25 36.2–39.1 28.8–30.4 B 56.0
3.07–3.45 A 4.32 698.–753. — AR 4.80 18.7–20.5 AU 26.0 4.66–5.16 4.20–4.72 B 6.90 39.2–41.5 30.5–32.2 B 62.0
3.46–3.70 A 4.79 20.6–23.4 AU 29.0 5.17–5.53 4.73–5.21 B 7.70 41.6–45.0 32.3–35.4 B 70.0
Compensated
3.71–4.07 A 5.30 23.5–26.9 AU 33.0 5.54–6.09 5.22–5.51 B 8.20 — 35.5–38.2 B 79.0
4.08–4.32 A 5.78 161.–177. 268.–295. AR 1.26 27.0–28.3 AU 38.0 6.10–6.80 5.52–6.17 B 9.10 — 38.3–45.0 B 88.0
4.33–4.90 A 6.20 178.–196. 296.–327. AR 1.39 28.4–30.8 AU 40.0 6.81–7.60 6.18–7.00 B 10.2
197.–217. 328.–363. AR 1.53
4.91–5.35 A 6.99
218.–253. 364.–423. AR 1.68
30.9–35.0 AU 44.0 7.61–8.35 — B 11.5 Table 57
5.36–5.85 A 7.65 35.1–38.8 AU 50.0 8.36–9.00 — B 12.8
254.–277. 424.–463. AR 1.85 38.9–44.3 AU 56.0
5.86–6.41 A 8.38 Motor FLC (A)) Thermal
6.42–6.79 A 9.25 278.–301. 464.–503. AR 2.04 44.4–49.3 AU 64.0 Table 54 Unit
6.80–7.57 A 9.85 302.–325. 504.–543. AR 2.24 49.4–55.5 AU 72.0 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
7.58–8.15 A 11.0 326.–354. 544.–592. AR 2.46 55.6–61.0 AU 81.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal
355.–381. 592.–635. AR 2.71 5.09–5.59 5.15–5.97 AR 8.5
8.16–8.98 A 11.9 61.1–68.6 AU 88.0 Unit 5.60–6.11 5.98–6.50 AR 9.3
382.–419. 636.–699. AR 2.98 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
8.99–9.67 A 13.2 68.7–76.3 AU 99.0 6.12–6.72 6.51–7.04 AR 10.2
9.68–9.95 A 14.1 420.–467. 700.–779. AR 3.28 76.4–86.0 AU 110.0 43.6–45.5 41.1–43.5 CC 64.3 6.73–7.37 7.05–7.59 AR 11.2
9.96–10.8 A 14.8 468.–529. 780.–883. AR 3.62 45.6–49.6 43.6–46.8 CC 68.5 7.38–7.67 7.60–7.93 AR 12.4
530.–594. 884.–991. AR 3.98
10.9–12.1 A 16.2
595.–664. 992.–1107. AR 4.37 Table 51 49.7–53.1 46.9–50.0 CC 74.6 7.68–8.68 7.94–9.04 AR 13.6
12.2–13.1 A 17.9 53.2–57.6 50.1–54.9 CC 81.5 8.69–9.94 9.05–10.2 AR 15.4
665.–738. 1108.–1231. AR 4.80 57.7–62.4 55.0–57.5 CC 87.7
13.2–13.9 A 19.8 Thermal 9.95–11.1 10.3–11.5 AR 17.6
14.0–15.0 A 21.3 739.–829. — AR 5.3 Motor FLC (A) Unit 62.5–67.5 57.6–61.8 CC 94.0 11.2–12.9 11.6–13.2 AR 20.5
15.1–16.0 A 25.2 Number 67.6–71.1 61.9–66.2 CC 103.0 13.0–14.7 13.3–14.9 AR 23.0
Table 46 15.7–17.7 AU 20.0 71.2–75.9 66.3–72.4 CC 112.0 14.8–16.9 15.0–16.9 AR 27.0
Table 44 Thermal 17.8–19.9 AU 23.0 76.0–81.9 72.5–78.1 CC 121.0 17.0–19.2 17.0–19.3 AR 30.0
20.0–22.7 AU 26.0 82.0–84.6 78.2–80.7 CC 132.0 19.3–21.9 19.4–21.7 AR 35.0
Thermal Motor FLC (A) Unit 22.8–25.7 AU 29.0 84.7–90.7 80.8–86.5 CC 143.0 22.0–24.4 21.8–25.0 AR 40.0
Motor FLC (A) Unit Number 25.8–29.1 AU 33.0 90.8–98.4 86.6–93.9 CC 156.0 24.5–26.3 25.1–27.0 AR 44.0
Number 105.–116. AR 3.28 98.5–105. 94.0–100. CC 167.0
29.2–30.8 AU 38.0 26.4–28.0 27.1–29.1 AR 47.0
0.34–0.38 B 0.44 117.–132. AR 3.62 30.9–34.3 AU 40.0 106.–117. 101.–112. CC 180.0 28.1–30.3 29.2–30.8 AR 51.0
0.39–0.43 B 0.51 133.–148. AR 3.98 34.4–38.3 AU 44.0 118.–123. 113.–117. CC 196.0 30.4–32.2 30.9–32.9 AR 55.0
0.44–0.48 B 0.57 149.–165. AR 4.37 38.4–42.3 AU 50.0 124.–133. 118.–123. CC 208.0 32.3–34.4 33.0–35.0 AR 60.0
0.49–0.53 B 0.65 166.–184. AR 4.80 42.4–47.5 AU 56.0 — 124.–133. CC 219.0 34.5–36.6 35.1–37.1 AR 66.0
0.54–0.62 B 0.71 185.–207. AR 5.3 47.6–53.0 AU 64.0 36.7–39.5 37.2–39.1 AR 72.0
0.63–0.69 B 0.81 208.–229. AR 5.8 53.1–60.5 AU 72.0 Table 55 39.6–45.0 39.2–41.5 AR 79.0
0.70–0.78 B 0.92 230.–266. AR 6.4 60.6–64.9 AU 81.0 — 41.6–45.0 AR 86.0
0.79–0.88 B 1.03 65.0–71.5 AU 88.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal
0.89–0.99 B 1.16 Table 47 71.6–77.3 AU 99.0 Unit Table 58
1.00–1.10 B 1.30 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
77.4–86.0 AU 110.0
1.11–1.26 B 1.45 Thermal 0.38–0.40 0.31–0.33 AR .45 Motor FLC (A) Thermal
1.27–1.43 B 1.67 Motor FLC (A) Unit Table 52 0.41–0.43 0.34–0.36 AR .49 Unit
1.44–1.59 B 1.88 Number 0.44–0.48 0.37–0.39 AR .54 1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
1.60–1.81 B 2.10 146.–169. AR 1.68 Thermal 0.49–0.52 0.40–0.43 AR .59 3.37–3.82 3.28–3.51 B 4.85
1.82–2.00 B 2.40 170.–185. AR 1.85 Motor FLC (A) Unit 0.53–0.56 0.44–0.47 AR .65 3.83–4.33 3.52–3.89 B 5.50
2.01–2.28 B 2.65 186.–201. AR 2.04 Number 0.57–0.61 0.48–0.51 AR .71 4.34–4.79 3.90–4.14 B 6.25
2.29–2.52 B 3.00 202.–217. AR 2.24 92.0–103. AF 123.0 0.62–0.67 0.52–0.56 AR .78 4.80–5.33 4.15–4.73 B 6.90
2.53–2.87 B 3.30 218.–236. AR 2.46 104.–116. AF 135.0 0.68–0.73 0.57–0.58 AR .86 5.34–5.79 4.74–5.22 B 7.70
2.88–3.28 B 3.70 237.–253. AR 2.71 117.–139. AF 150.0 0.74–0.81 0.59–0.64 AR .95 5.80–6.27 5.23–5.53 B 8.20
3.29–3.75 B 4.15 254.–279. AR 2.98 140.–150. AF 159.0 0.82–0.89 0.65–0.70 AR 1.05 6.28–7.03 5.54–6.21 B 9.10
3.76–4.27 B 4.85 280.–311. AR 3.28 151.–167. AF 168.0 0.90–0.97 0.71–0.77 AR 1.15 7.04–7.88 6.22–7.17 B 10.2
4.28–4.77 B 5.50 312.–353. AR 3.62 168.–177. AF 188.0 0.98–1.07 0.78–0.85 AR 1.26 7.89–8.73 7.18–8.19 B 11.5
4.78–5.27 B 6.25 354.–396. AR 3.98 178.–205. AF 205.0 1.08–1.17 0.86–0.94 AR 1.39 8.74–9.55 8.20–8.90 B 12.8
5.28–5.91 B 6.90 397.–442. AR 4.37 206.–222. AF 220.0 1.18–1.31 0.95–1.03 AR 1.53 9.56–10.6 8.91–9.57 B 14.0
5.92–6.25 B 7.70 443.–492. AR 4.80 223.–232. AF 240.0 1.32–1.49 1.04–1.22 AR 1.68 10.7–11.8 9.58–10.6 B 15.5
6.26–6.83 B 8.20 493.–520. AR 5.3 233.–247. AF 260.0 1.50–1.69 1.23–1.34 AR 1.85 11.9–13.1 10.7–11.8 B 17.5
6.84–7.65 B 9.10 248.–266. AF 308.0 1.70–1.83 1.35–1.46 AR 2.04 13.2–14.9 11.9–12.7 B 19.5
7.66–8.55 B 10.2 Table 48 1.84–2.00 1.47–1.58 AR 2.24 15.0–16.9 12.8–14.4 B 22.0
16
8.56–9.56 B 11.5 2.01–2.17 1.59–1.76 AR 2.46 17.0–18.8 14.5–16.1 B 25.0

9.57–10.3 B 12.8 Thermal 2.18–2.35 1.77–1.85 AR 2.71 18.9–21.5 16.2–18.2 B 28.0
10.4–11.3 B 14.0 Motor FLC (A) Unit 2.36–2.60 1.86–2.08 AR 2.98 21.6–24.1 18.3–20.2 B 32.0
11.4–12.4 B 15.5 Number 2.61–2.87 2.09–2.27 AR 3.28 24.2–26.8 20.3–22.8 B 36.0
12.5–14.1 B 17.5 158.–187. AR 1.68 2.88–3.14 2.28–2.51 AR 3.62 26.9–29.9 22.9–25.6 B 40.0
14.2–15.7 B 19.5 188.–206. AR 1.85 3.15–3.47 2.52–2.90 AR 3.98 30.0–35.5 25.7–28.8 B 45.0
15.8–17.9 B 22.0 207.–224. AR 2.04 3.48–3.90 2.91–3.23 AR 4.37 35.6–36.5 28.9–30.6 B 50.0
18.0–20.1 B 25.0 225.–244. AR 2.24 3.91–4.36 3.24–3.58 AR 4.80 36.6–39.6 30.7–32.4 B 56.0
20.2–22.5 B 28.0 245.–267. AR 2.46 4.37–4.88 3.59–4.02 AR 5.3 39.7–41.5 32.5–34.6 B 62.0
22.6–25.0 B 32.0 268.–289. AR 2.71 4.89–5.37 4.03–4.43 AR 5.8 41.6–45.0 34.7–38.6 B 70.0
290.–324. AR 2.98 5.38–5.97 4.44–4.86 AR 6.4 — 38.7–45.0 B 79.0
325.–361. AR 3.28 5.98–6.55 4.87–5.37 AR 7.0
362.–406. AR 3.62 6.56–7.50 5.38–6.12 AR 7.7
407.–445. AR 3.98 7.51–8.23 6.13–6.65 AR 8.5
446.–463. AR 4.37 8.24–9.00 6.66–7.00 AR 9.3
464.–520. AR 4.80

All Rights Reserved

Tables 59–66

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Motor FLC (A) Thermal Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number 2 T. U. 2 T. U. Unit 0.31–0.35 B 0.44
3 T. U. No. 0.36–0.39 B 0.51
1Ø 2Ø
0.34–0.38 0.29–0.31 B 0.44 4.83–5.33 4.90–5.68 AR 8.5 0.40–0.44 B 0.57
0.39–0.43 0.32–0.35 B 0.51 5.34–5.84 5.69–6.19 AR 9.3 0.38–0.40 0.38–0.40 0.31–0.33 AR .45 0.45–0.50 B 0.63
0.44–0.47 0.36–0.38 B 0.57 5.85–6.43 6.20–6.71 AR 10.2 0.41–0.43 0.41–0.43 0.34–0.36 AR .49 0.51–0.58 B 0.71
0.48–0.53 0.39–0.46 B 0.63 6.44–7.03 6.72–7.14 AR 11.2 0.44–0.48 0.44–0.48 0.37–0.39 AR .54
0.54–0.60 0.47–0.55 B 0.71 7.04–7.30 7.15–7.49 AR 12.4 0.49–0.52 0.49–0.52 0.40–0.43 AR .59 0.59–0.65 B 0.81
0.53–0.56 0.53–0.56 0.44–0.47 AR .65 0.66–0.73 B 0.92
0.61–0.68 0.56–0.62 B 0.81 7.31–8.29 7.50–8.48 AR 13.6 0.74–0.82 B 1.03
0.69–0.76 0.63–0.67 B 0.92 8.30–9.49 8.49–9.66 AR 15.4 0.57–0.61 0.57–0.61 0.48–0.51 AR .71 0.83–0.92 B 1.16
0.77–0.86 0.68–0.75 B 1.03 9.50–10.7 9.67–10.8 AR 17.6 0.62–0.67 0.62–0.67 0.52–0.56 AR .78 0.93–1.03 B 1.30
0.87–0.97 0.76–0.84 B 1.16 10.8–12.3 10.9–12.4 AR 20.5 0.68–0.73 0.68–0.73 0.57–0.58 AR .86
0.98–1.07 0.85–0.95 B 1.30 12.4–14.0 12.5–13.9 AR 23.0 0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.59–0.64 AR .95 1.04–1.19 B 1.45
0.82–0.89 0.82–0.89 0.65–0.70 AR 1.05 1.20–1.34 B 1.67
1.08–1.23 0.96–1.09 B 1.45 14.1–16.0 14.0–15.7 AR 27.0 1.35–1.50 B 1.88
1.24–1.39 1.10–1.21 B 1.67 16.1–18.4 15.8–18.1 AR 30.0 0.90–0.97 0.90–0.97 0.71–0.77 AR 1.15 1.51–1.67 B 2.10
1.40–1.55 1.22–1.35 B 1.88 18.5–21.0 18.2–20.3 AR 35.0 0.98–1.07 0.98–1.07 0.78–0.85 AR 1.26 1.68–1.89 B 2.40
1.56–1.77 1.36–1.53 B 2.10 21.1–23.0 20.4–23.0 AR 40.0 1.08–1.17 1.08–1.17 0.86–0.94 AR 1.39
1.78–1.96 1.54–1.73 B 2.40 23.1–25.5 23.1–25.2 AR 44.0 1.18–1.31 1.18–1.31 0.95–1.03 AR 1.53 1.90–2.14 B 2.65
1.32–1.49 1.32–1.49 1.04–1.22 AR 1.68 2.15–2.36 B 3.00
1.97–2.15 1.74–1.90 B 2.65 25.6–26.7 25.3–26.6 AR 47.0 2.37–2.65 B 3.30
2.16–2.41 1.91–2.14 B 3.00 26.8–28.3 26.7–28.2 AR 51.0 1.50–1.69 1.50–1.69 1.23–1.34 AR 1.85 2.66–2.97 B 3.70
2.42–2.71 2.15–2.34 B 3.30 28.4–30.3 28.3–30.2 AR 55.0 1.70–1.83 1.70–1.83 1.35–1.46 AR 2.04 2.98–3.47 B 4.15
2.72–3.03 2.35–2.67 B 3.70 30.4–32.5 30.3–32.3 AR 60.0 1.84–2.00 1.84–2.00 1.47–1.58 AR 2.24
3.04–3.53 2.68–3.22 B 4.15 32.6–34.5 32.4–34.3 AR 66.0 2.01–2.17 2.01–2.17 1.59–1.76 AR 2.46 3.48–3.94 B 4.85
2.18–2.35 2.18–2.35 1.77–1.85 AR 2.71 3.95–4.44 B 5.50
3.54–4.01 3.23–3.48 B 4.85 34.6–37.6 34.4–36.7 AR 72.0 4.45–4.94 B 6.25
4.02–4.56 3.49–3.87 B 5.50 37.7–39.7 36.8–39.3 AR 79.0 2.36–2.60 2.36–2.60 1.86–2.08 AR 2.98 4.95–5.52 B 6.90
4.57–5.03 3.88–4.14 B 6.25 39.8–41.4 39.4–45.0 AR 86.0 2.61–2.87 2.61–2.87 2.09–2.27 AR 3.28 5.53–5.88 B 7.70
5.04–5.59 4.15–4.73 B 6.90 41.5–45.0 — AR 94.0 2.88–3.14 2.88–3.14 2.28–2.51 AR 3.62
5.60–5.95 4.74–5.28 B 7.70 3.15–3.47 3.15–3.47 2.52–2.90 AR 3.98 5.89–6.52 B 8.20
6.53–7.31 B 9.10
5.96–6.58 5.29–5.64 B 8.20 Table 63 3.48–3.90 3.48–3.90 2.91–3.23 AR 4.37
7.32–8.21 B 10.2
6.59–7.31 5.65–6.39 B 9.10 3.91–4.36 3.91–4.36 3.24–3.58 AR 4.80 8.22–9.18 B 11.5
7.32–8.15 6.40–7.43 B 10.2 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 4.37–4.88 4.37–4.88 3.59–4.02 AR 5.3 9.19–9.90 B 12.8
8.16–9.13 7.44–8.55 B 11.5 4.89–5.37 4.89–5.37 4.03–4.43 AR 5.8
9.14–9.91 8.56–9.40 B 12.8 1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. 5.38–5.97 5.38–5.97 4.44–4.86 AR 6.4 10.0–11.0 B 14.0
15.1–17.0 AU 20.0 5.98–6.55 5.98–6.55 4.87–5.37 AR 7.0 11.1–12.4 B 15.5
9.92–10.7 9.41–10.0 B 14.0 12.5–13.9 B 17.5
10.8–12.1 10.1–11.2 B 15.5 17.1–19.1 AU 23.0 6.56–7.50 6.56–7.50 5.38–6.12 AR 7.7
19.2–21.8 AU 26.0 14.0–15.7 B 19.5
12.2–13.5 11.3–12.5 B 17.5 7.51–8.23 7.51–8.23 6.13–6.65 AR 8.5 15.8–17.8 B 22.0
13.6–15.1 12.6–13.5 B 19.5 21.9–24.5 AU 29.0 8.24–8.99 8.24–8.99 6.66–7.31 AR 9.3
15.2–17.0 13.6–15.4 B 22.0 24.6–27.9 AU 33.0 9.00–9.86 9.00–9.86 7.32–7.96 AR 10.2 17.9–20.0 B 25.0
28.0–29.5 AU 38.0 9.87–10.7 9.87–10.7 7.97–8.69 AR 11.2 20.1–22.9 B 28.0
17.1–18.9 15.5–17.5 B 25.0 23.0–25.0 B 32.0
19.0–21.5 17.6–19.9 B 28.0 29.6–32.9 AU 40.0 10.8–11.2 10.8–11.2 8.70–8.99 AR 12.4
21.6–24.0 20.0–22.2 B 32.0 33.0–36.6 AU 44.0 11.3–12.8 11.3–12.0 9.00–10.1 AR 13.6 Following Selections
24.1–26.0 22.3–25.5 B 36.0 36.7–40.3 AU 50.0 12.9–14.8 — 10.2–11.5 AR 15.4 for Size 2 Only.
— 25.6–26.0 B 40.0 40.4–45.1 AU 56.0 14.9–16.7 — 11.6–12.0 AR 17.6 23.0–25.7 B 32.0
45.2–50.4 AU 64.0 16.8–18.0 — — AR 20.5 25.8–28.6 B 36.0
Table 60 50.5–57.3 AU 72.0 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. 28.7–32.2 B 40.0
57.4–62.4 AU 81.0 32.3–35.8 B 45.0
62.5–68.3 AU 88.0 — 11.3–12.8 — AR 13.6 35.9–40.1 B 50.0
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
68.4–73.9 AU 99.0 — 12.9–14.8 — AR 15.4
6.84–7.49 AR 9.3 — 14.9–16.7 11.6–13.0 AR 17.6 40.2–44.4 B 56.0
7.50–8.05 AR 10.2 74.0–80.6 AU 110.0 16.8–19.0 16.8–19.0 13.1–14.6 AR 20.5 44.5–50.0 B 62.0
8.06–9.10 AR 11.2 80.7–86.0 AU 123.0 19.1–22.0 19.1–22.0 14.7–16.5 AR 23.0
9.11–9.99 AR 12.4 22.1–24.9 22.1–24.9 16.6–18.5 AR 27.0 Table 66
10.0–11.1 AR 13.6 25.0–26.0 25.0–26.0 18.6–21.0 AR 30.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
11.2–12.7 AR 15.4 — — 21.1–23.6 AR 35.0
12.8–14.8 AR 17.6 — — 23.7–26.0 AR 40.0 0.31–0.32 B 0.44
14.9–16.6 AR 20.5 0.33–0.36 B 0.51
16.7–19.3 AR 23.0 0.37–0.41 B 0.57
19.4–21.4 AR 27.0 0.42–0.49 B 0.63
21.5–25.1 AR 30.0 0.50–0.54 B 0.71
25.2–28.3 AR 35.0 0.55–0.61 B 0.81
28.4–31.2 AR 40.0 0.62–0.67 B 0.92
31.3–33.3 AR 44.0 0.68–0.76 B 1.03
33.4–35.7 AR 47.0 0.77–0.87 B 1.16
35.8–38.5 AR 51.0 0.88–0.98 B 1.30
38.6–41.5 AR 55.0 0.99–1.05 B 1.45
41.6–45.0 AR 60.0 1.06–1.25 B 1.67
1.26–1.33 B 1.88
Table 61 1.34–1.56 B 2.10
1.57–1.71 B 2.40
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit 1.72–1.97 B 2.65
2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number 1.98–2.15 B 3.00
2.16–2.42 B 3.30
46.8–50.0 45.3–48.2 CC 64.3 2.43–2.78 B 3.70
50.1–54.2 48.3–52.4 CC 68.5 2.79–3.28 B 4.15
54.3–58.3 52.5–56.4 CC 74.6 3.29–3.88 B 4.85
58.4–63.6 56.5–61.2 CC 81.5 3.89–4.13 B 5.5
63.7–68.5 61.3–66.1 CC 87.7 4.14–4.43 B 6.25
68.6–74.0 66.2–71.4 CC 94.0 4.44–4.96 B 6.90
74.1–79.8 71.5–77.0 CC 103.0 4.97–5.35 B 7.70
79.9–83.0 77.1–79.0 CC 112.0 5.36–5.91 B 8.20
83.1–88.9 79.1–84.7 CC 121.0 5.92–6.79 B 9.10
89.0–95.6 84.8–91.1 CC 132.0 6.80–7.56 B 10.2
95.7–102. 91.2–98.1 CC 143.0 7.57–7.83 B 11.5
103.–109. 98.2–104. CC 156.0 7.84–8.09 B 12.8
110.–119. 105.–113. CC 167.0

8.10–9.51 B 14.0
120.–133. 114.–123. CC 180.0 9.52–10.1 B 15.5
— 124.–133. CC 196.0 10.2–11.3 B 17.5
11.4–13.1 B 19.5
13.2–14.9 B 22.0
15.0–16.1 B 25.0
16.2–17.8 B 28.0
17.9–19.1 B 32.0
19.2–22.4 B 36.0
22.5–23.5 B 40.0
23.6–26.0 B 45.0
16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 67–73

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit
3.79–4.14 B 5.50 1 T. U. 3 T. U. Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
4.24–4.62 AR 8.5
4.15–4.44 B 6.25 4.63–5.05 AR 9.3
4.45–5.22 B 6.90 2.38–2.62 2.38–2.62 FB 3.33 2.42–2.67 2.42–2.67 FB 3.33
5.06–5.54 AR 10.2 2.63–2.94 2.63–2.94 FB 3.71 2.68–3.00 2.68–3.00 FB 3.71
5.23–5.29 B 7.70 5.55–6.13 AR 11.2
5.30–5.99 B 8.20 2.95–3.31 2.95–3.31 FB 4.1 3.01–3.36 3.01–3.36 FB 4.1
6.14–6.44 AR 12.4
6.00–6.82 B 9.10 3.32–3.43 3.32–3.43 FB 4.5 3.37–3.53 3.37–3.53 FB 4.5
6.45–7.48 AR 13.6 3.44–3.81 3.44–3.81 FB 4.75 3.54–3.91 3.54–3.91 FB 4.75
6.83–7.68 B 10.2 7.49–8.55 AR 15.4
7.69–7.92 B 11.5 3.82–4.32 3.82–4.32 FB 5.3 3.92–4.41 3.92–4.41 FB 5.3
8.56–9.74 AR 17.6
7.93–8.47 B 12.8 9.75–11.1 AR 20.5 4.33–4.75 4.33–4.75 FB 6.1 4.42–4.83 4.42–4.83 FB 6.1
8.48–9.99 B 14.0 11.2–12.7 AR 23.0 4.76–5.38 4.76–5.38 FB 6.75 4.84–5.45 4.84–5.45 FB 6.75
10.0–10.8 B 15.5 5.39–5.75 5.39–5.75 FB 7.45 5.46–5.89 5.46–5.89 FB 7.45
12.8–14.4 AR 27.0
10.9–12.3 B 17.5 14.5–16.4 AR 30.0 5.76–5.97 5.76–5.97 FB 7.8 5.90–6.04 5.90–6.04 FB 7.8
12.4–12.9 B 19.5 16.5–18.9 AR 35.0 5.98–6.30 5.98–6.30 FB 8.21 6.05–6.55 6.05–6.55 FB 8.21
13.0–15.1 B 22.0 19.0–21.6 AR 40.0 6.31–6.55 6.31–6.55 FB 8.6 6.56–6.72 6.56–6.72 FB 8.6
15.2–16.7 B 25.0 21.7–23.3 AR 44.0 6.56–6.89 6.56–6.89 FB 9.0 6.73–7.00 6.73–7.00 FB 9.0
16.8–17.9 B 28.0 23.4–24.9 AR 47.0 6.90–7.14 6.90–7.14 FB 9.5 7.01–7.39 7.01–7.39 FB 9.5
18.0–20.1 B 32.0 25.0–26.9 AR 51.0 7.15–7.36 7.15–7.36 FB 10.0 7.40–7.54 7.40–7.54 FB 10.0
20.2–23.8 B 36.0 27.0–29.1 AR 55.0 7.37–8.30 7.37–8.30 FB 10.6 7.55–8.41 7.55–8.41 FB 10.6
23.9–25.8 B 40.0 29.2–31.3 AR 60.0 8.31–8.59 8.31–8.59 FB 11.2 8.42–8.91 8.42–8.91 FB 11.2
25.9–28.3 B 45.0 31.4–33.5 AR 66.0 8.60–9.01 8.60–9.01 FB 12.1 8.92–9.16 8.92–9.16 FB 12.1
28.4–29.6 B 50.0 33.6–36.9 AR 72.0 9.02–9.68 9.02–9.68 FB 13.1 9.17–10.0 9.17–10.0 FB 13.1
29.7–32.1 B 56.0 37.0–39.1 AR 79.0 9.69–9.99 9.69–9.99 FB 13.9 10.1–10.3 10.1–10.3 FB 13.9
32.2–34.4 B 62.0 39.2–40.9 AR 86.0 10.0–10.9 10.0–10.9 FB 14.8 10.4–11.4 10.4–11.4 FB 14.8
34.5–38.3 B 70.0 41.0–45.0 AR 94.0
38.4–39.9 B 79.0 11.0–11.3 11.0–11.3 FB 15.6 11.5–11.8 11.5–11.8 FB 15.6
11.4–12.4 11.4–12.0 FB 16.4 11.9–12.9 11.9–12.9 FB 16.4
40.0–45.0 B 88.0 Table 71 12.5–12.9 — FB 17.6 13.0–13.4 — FB 17.6
13.0–14.0 — FB 18.4 13.5–14.2 — FB 18.4
Table 68 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 14.1–14.5 — FB 19.4 14.3–15.1 — FB 19.4
3.98–4.53 AR 8.5 14.6–15.7 — FB 21.1 15.2–18.0 — FB 21.1
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 4.54–5.03 AR 9.3 15.8–16.6 — FB 22.6 Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only.
14.9–16.1 CC 20.9 5.04–5.46 AR 10.2 16.7–18.0 — FB 23.6
16.2–17.3 CC 22.8 5.47–6.01 AR 11.2 — 11.5–11.8 FB 15.6
17.4–19.5 CC 24.6 6.02–6.31 AR 12.4 Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only. — 11.9–12.9 FB 16.4
19.6–20.7 CC 26.3 — 11.4–12.4 FB 16.4 — 13.0–13.4 FB 17.6
6.32–7.19 AR 13.6
20.8–22.4 CC 28.8 7.20–8.29 AR 15.4 — 12.5–12.9 FB 17.6 — 13.5–14.2 FB 18.4
22.5–23.9 CC 31.0 8.30–9.49 AR 17.6 — 13.0–14.0 FB 18.4 — 14.3–15.1 FB 19.4
24.0–25.8 CC 33.3 9.50–11.0 AR 20.5 — 14.1–14.5 FB 19.4 15.2–17.1 15.2–17.1 FB 21.1
25.9–27.6 CC 36.4 11.1–12.6 AR 23.0 — 14.6–15.7 FB 21.1 17.2–18.0 17.2–18.0 FB 22.6
27.7–29.7 CC 39.6 12.7–14.3 AR 27.0 — 15.8–16.6 FB 22.6 18.1–18.9 18.1–18.9 FB 23.6
29.8–31.8 CC 42.7 14.4–16.5 AR 30.0 16.7–17.6 16.7–17.6 FB 23.6 19.0–19.7 19.0–19.7 FB 24.8
31.9–34.2 CC 46.6 16.6–19.2 AR 35.0 17.7–18.3 17.7–18.3 FB 24.8 19.8–20.9 19.8–20.9 FB 26.7
34.3–37.0 CC 50.1 19.3–21.9 AR 40.0 18.4–19.4 18.4–19.4 FB 26.7 21.0–21.9 21.0–21.9 FB 28.3
37.1–39.6 CC 54.5 22.0–23.8 AR 44.0 19.5–20.5 19.5–20.5 FB 28.3 22.0–23.1 22.0–23.1 FB 29.6
39.7–42.5 CC 59.4 23.9–25.5 AR 47.0 20.6–21.7 20.6–21.7 FB 29.6 23.2–24.3 23.2–24.3 FB 30.5
42.6–45.0 CC 64.3 25.6–27.7 AR 51.0 24.4–25.5 24.4–25.5 FB 32.6
21.8–22.8 21.8–22.8 FB 30.5
45.1–48.6 CC 68.5 27.8–30.1 AR 55.0 22.9–24.3 22.9–24.3 FB 32.5 25.6–26.0 25.6–26.0 FB 34.1
48.7–51.2 CC 74.6 30.2–32.5 AR 60.0 24.4–24.7 24.4–24.7 FB 34.1 Following Selections for Size M–1P Only.
51.3–56.0 CC 81.5 32.6–34.8 AR 66.0
56.1–60.1 CC 87.7 24.8–25.4 24.8–25.4 FB 35.0 26.1–26.8 — FB 35.0
34.9–38.5 AR 72.0 25.5–26.0 25.5–26.0 FB 36.6 26.9–27.3 — FB 36.6
60.2–64.3 CC 94.0 38.6–41.5 AR 79.0
Following Selections for Size M–1P Only. 27.4–28.7 — FB 38.3
64.4–68.9 CC 103.0 41.6–45.0 AR 86.0
69.0–71.9 CC 112.0 26.1–27.7 — FB 38.3 28.8–30.2 — FB 40.2
72.0–75.4 CC 121.0 27.8–28.9 — FB 40.2 30.3–31.9 — FB 42.0
75.5–78.9 CC 132.0 29.0–30.6 — FB 42.0 32.0–36.0 — FB 44.0
79.0–82.1 CC 143.0 30.7–32.5 — FB 44.0
82.2–86.0 CC 156.0 32.6–36.0 — FB 46.0
Table 69
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit
1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. Number
3.46–3.90 3.38–3.65 B 4.85
3.91–4.44 3.66–4.07 B 5.50
4.45–4.91 4.08–4.36 B 6.25
4.92–5.51 4.37–5.19 B 6.90
5.52–5.84 5.20–5.59 B 7.70
5.85–6.54 5.60–5.98 B 8.20
6.55–7.33 5.99–6.78 B 9.10
7.34–8.31 6.79–7.91 B 10.2
8.32–9.22 7.92–9.12 B 11.5
9.23–10.0 9.13–10.0 B 12.8
10.1–11.2 10.1–10.7 B 14.0
11.3–12.5 10.8–12.0 B 15.5
12.6–14.2 12.1–13.5 B 17.5
14.3–16.1 13.6–14.6 B 19.5
16.2–18.4 14.7–16.7 B 22.0
18.5–20.5 16.8–18.9 B 25.0
16
20.6–23.2 19.0–21.6 B 28.0

23.3–26.6 21.7–24.1 B 32.0
26.7–29.6 24.2–27.6 B 36.0
29.7–33.5 27.7–31.2 B 40.0
33.6–37.2 31.3–35.5 B 45.0

37.3–41.5 35.6–37.8 B 50.0

41.6–45.0 37.9–41.5 B 56.0
— 41.6–45.0 B 62.0

All Rights Reserved

Tables 74–83

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
1 T. U. 3 T. U. Number 19.9–20.8 FB 26.7 3.31–3.67 FB 4.75 52.2–55.6 FB 50.5
20.9–22.2 FB 28.3 3.68–4.23 FB 5.3 55.7–58.8 FB 52.5
2.23–2.47 2.23–2.47 FB 3.33 22.3–23.8 FB 29.6 4.24–4.69 FB 6.1 58.9–62.5 FB 55.5
2.48–2.76 2.48–2.76 FB 3.71
2.77–3.04 2.77–3.04 FB 4.1 23.9–25.4 FB 30.5 4.70–5.21 FB 6.75 62.6–66.0 FB 58.0
25.5–27.2 FB 32.6 5.22–5.49 FB 7.45 66.1–70.1 FB 60.0
3.05–3.24 3.05–3.24 FB 4.5 27.3–29.2 FB 34.1 5.50–5.74 FB 7.8 70.2–78.6 FB 63.5
3.25–3.61 3.25–3.61 FB 4.75
3.62–4.19 3.62–4.19 FB 5.3 29.3–31.9 FB 38.3 5.75–6.07 FB 8.21 78.7–92.0 FB 69.0
32.0–33.8 FB 40.2 6.08–6.35 FB 8.6 92.1–102 FB 77.0
4.20–4.62 4.20–4.62 FB 6.1 33.9–36.1 FB 42.0 6.36–6.71 FB 9.0 103–114 FB 84.0
4.63–5.14 4.63–5.14 FB 6.75
5.15–5.39 5.15–5.39 FB 7.45 36.2–38.5 FB 44.0 6.72–7.03 FB 9.5 115–123 FB 92.0
38.6–41.4 FB 46.0 7.04–7.53 FB 10.0 124–133 FB 105.0
5.40–5.69 5.40–5.69 FB 7.8 41.5–43.6 FB 48.0 7.54–7.91 FB 10.6
5.70–5.99 5.70–5.99 FB 8.21
6.00–6.29 6.00–6.29 FB 8.6 43.7–45.9 FB 50.5 7.92–8.53 FB 11.2 Table 82
46.0–48.2 FB 52.5 8.54–9.14 FB 12.1
6.30–6.64 6.30–6.64 FB 9.0 48.3–50.7 FB 55.5 9.15–9.71 FB 13.1 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
6.65–6.99 6.65–6.99 FB 9.5
7.00–7.39 7.00–7.39 FB 10.0 50.8–53.9 FB 58.0 9.72–10.2 FB 13.9 2.36–2.63 FB 3.33
54.0–56.7 FB 60.0 10.3–10.8 FB 14.8 2.64–2.96 FB 3.71
7.40–7.79 7.40–7.79 FB 10.6 56.8–60.8 FB 63.5 10.9–11.5 FB 15.6 2.97–3.23 FB 4.1
7.80–7.94 7.80–7.94 FB 11.2
7.95–8.49 7.95–8.49 FB 12.1 60.9–67.6 FB 69.0 11.6–12.3 FB 16.4 3.24–3.45 FB 4.5
67.7–73.6 FB 77.0 12.4–13.0 FB 17.6 3.46–3.86 FB 4.75
8.50–8.99 8.50–8.99 FB 13.1 73.7–82.9 FB 84.0 13.1–13.9 FB 18.4 3.87–4.44 FB 5.3
9.00–9.59 9.00–9.59 FB 13.9
9.60–10.1 9.60–10.1 FB 14.8 83.0–86.0 FB 92.0 14.0–15.1 FB 19.4 4.45–4.95 FB 6.1
15.2–16.1 FB 21.1 4.96–5.47 FB 6.75
10.2–10.6 10.2–10.6 FB 15.6 16.2–16.9 FB 22.6 5.48–5.75 FB 7.45
10.7–11.3 10.7–11.3 FB 16.4 Table 77
11.4–12.0 11.4–12.0 FB 17.6 17.0–17.9 FB 23.6 5.76–6.09 FB 7.8
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 18.0–19.4 FB 24.8 6.10–6.42 FB 8.21
12.0–12.6 — FB 18.4 19.5–20.7 FB 26.7 6.43–6.75 FB 8.6
12.7–13.8 — FB 19.4 48.0–50.9 FB 50.5
13.9–14.7 — FB 21.1 51.0–53.7 FB 52.5 20.8–21.7 FB 28.3 6.76–7.16 FB 9.0
53.8–57.0 FB 55.5 21.8–22.3 FB 29.6 7.17–7.43 FB 9.5
14.8–15.2 — FB 22.6 22.4–23.9 FB 30.5 7.44–7.99 FB 10.0
15.3–16.2 — FB 23.6 57.1–60.4 FB 58.0
16.3–18.0 — FB 24.8 60.5–64.0 FB 60.0 24.0–25.1 FB 32.6 8.00–8.46 FB 10.6
64.1–71.9 FB 63.5 25.2–25.9 FB 34.1 8.47–9.19 FB 11.2
Following Selections for Size 1 Only. 26.0–27.1 FB 35.0 9.20–9.74 FB 12.1
— 12.0–12.6 FB 18.4 72.0–83.9 FB 69.0
84.0–93.1 FB 77.0 27.2–28.6 FB 36.6 9.75–10.3 FB 13.1
— 12.7–13.8 FB 19.4 28.7–30.1 FB 38.3 10.4–10.8 FB 13.9
13.9–14.7 13.9–14.7 FB 21.1 93.2–104 FB 84.0
30.2–31.7 FB 40.2 10.9–11.6 FB 14.8
14.8–15.2 14.8–15.2 FB 22.6 105–109 FB 92.0
110–123 FB 105.0 31.8–33.3 FB 42.0 11.7–12.2 FB 15.6
15.3–16.2 15.3–16.2 FB 23.6 33.4–34.5 FB 44.0 12.3–13.1 FB 16.4
16.3–17.4 16.3–17.4 FB 24.8 124–133 FB 115.0
34.6–36.5 FB 46.0 13.2–13.7 FB 17.6
17.5–18.5 17.5–18.5 FB 26.7
18.6–19.6 18.6–19.6 FB 28.3 Table 78 36.6–38.5 FB 48.0 13.8–14.3 FB 18.4
38.6–39.9 FB 50.5 14.4–15.5 FB 19.4
19.7–20.2 19.7–20.2 FB 29.6 40.0–45.0 FB 52.5 15.6–16.7 FB 21.1
Motor FLC (A)
20.3–21.5 20.3–21.5 FB 30.5 Thermal Unit 16.8–17.6 FB 22.6
21.6–22.4 21.6–22.4 FB 32.6 2 T. U. or Number Table 80
1 T. U. 17.7–18.6 FB 23.6
22.5–23.2 22.5–23.2 FB 34.1 3 T. U. 18.7–19.9 FB 24.8
23.3–24.3 23.3–24.3 FB 35.0 2.26–2.51 2.26–2.51 FB 3.33 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 20.0–21.1 FB 92.0
24.4–25.4 24.4–25.4 FB 36.6 2.52–2.82 2.52–2.82 FB 3.71 20.5–21.7 FB 26.7 21.2–25.0 FB 105.0
25.5–26.0 25.5–26.0 FB 38.3 2.83–3.09 2.83–3.09 FB 4.1 21.8–23.1 FB 28.3
3.10–3.30 3.10–3.30 FB 4.5 23.2–24.8 FB 29.6 Table 83
Table 75 3.31–3.69 3.31–3.69 FB 4.75 24.9–26.5 FB 30.5
3.70–4.27 3.70–4.27 FB 5.3 26.6–28.4 FB 32.6 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 4.28–4.72 4.28–4.72 FB 6.1 28.5–30.4 FB 34.1 2.30–2.60 FB 3.33
3.22–3.57 FB 4.75 4.73–5.25 4.73–5.25 FB 6.75 30.5–32.8 FB 38.3 2.61–2.87 FB 3.71
3.58–4.14 FB 5.3 5.26–5.53 5.26–5.53 FB 7.45 32.9–34.9 FB 40.2 2.88–3.17 FB 4.1
4.15–4.56 FB 6.1 5.54–5.81 5.54–5.81 FB 7.8 35.0–37.3 FB 42.0 3.18–3.37 FB 4.5
4.57–5.10 FB 6.75 5.82–6.14 5.82–6.14 FB 8.21 37.4–39.8 FB 44.0 3.38–3.76 FB 4.75
5.11–5.39 FB 7.45 6.15–6.44 6.15–6.44 FB 8.6 39.9–42.5 FB 46.0 3.77–4.29 FB 5.3
5.40–5.64 FB 7.8 6.45–6.81 6.45–6.81 FB 9.0 42.6–45.8 FB 48.0 4.30–4.75 FB 6.1
5.65–5.96 FB 8.21 6.82–7.19 6.82–7.19 FB 9.5 45.9–48.2 FB 50.5 4.76–5.26 FB 6.75
5.97–6.25 FB 8.6 7.20–7.59 7.20–7.59 FB 10.0 48.3–50.6 FB 52.5 5.27–5.51 FB 7.45
6.26–6.58 FB 9.0 7.60–7.99 7.60–7.99 FB 10.6 50.7–53.1 FB 55.5 5.52–5.78 FB 7.8
6.59–6.91 FB 9.5 8.00–8.17 8.00–8.17 FB 11.2 53.2–56.5 FB 58.0 5.79–6.13 FB 8.21
6.92–7.41 FB 10.0 8.18–8.74 8.18–8.74 FB 12.1 56.6–59.4 FB 60.0 6.14–6.41 FB 8.6
7.42–7.82 FB 10.6 8.75–9.31 8.75–9.31 FB 13.1 59.5–63.4 FB 63.5 6.42–6.75 FB 9.0
7.83–8.32 FB 11.2 9.32–9.94 9.32–9.94 FB 13.9 63.5–71.0 FB 69.0 6.76–7.09 FB 9.5
8.33–8.89 FB 12.1 9.95–10.5 9.95–10.5 FB 14.8 71.1–78.8 FB 77.0 7.10–7.57 FB 10.0
8.90–9.47 FB 13.1 10.6–11.1 10.6–11.1 FB 15.6 78.9–86.0 FB 84.0 7.58–7.90 FB 10.6
9.48–10.0 FB 13.9 11.2–11.9 11.2–12.0 FB 16.4 7.91–8.81 FB 11.2
10.1–10.5 FB 14.8 12.0–12.4 — FB 17.6 8.82–9.47 FB 12.1
10.6–11.1 FB 15.6 12.5–13.1 — FB 18.4 9.48–10.0 FB 13.1
11.2–12.0 FB 16.4 13.2–14.3 — FB 19.4 10.1–10.7 FB 13.9
12.1–12.7 FB 17.6 14.4–15.3 — FB 21.1 10.8–11.4 FB 14.8
12.8–13.5 FB 18.4 15.4–15.9 — FB 22.6 11.5–12.1 FB 15.6
13.6–14.6 FB 19.4 16.0–18.0 — FB 23.6 12.2–13.1 FB 16.4
14.7–15.7 FB 21.1 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. 13.2–13.7 FB 17.6
15.8–16.5 FB 22.6 — 12.0–12.4 FB 17.6 13.8–14.7 FB 18.4
16.6–17.4 FB 23.6 — 12.5–13.1 FB 18.4 14.8–16.0 FB 19.4
17.5–18.8 FB 24.8 — 13.2–14.3 FB 19.4 16.1–17.3 FB 21.1
18.9–20.1 FB 26.7 14.4–15.3 14.4–15.3 FB 21.1 17.4–18.2 FB 22.6

20.2–21.0 FB 28.3 15.4–15.9 15.4–15.9 FB 22.6 18.3–19.4 FB 23.6

21.1–21.6 FB 29.6 16.0–16.9 16.0–16.9 FB 23.6 19.5–20.7 FB 24.8
21.7–23.3 FB 30.5 17.0–18.3 17.0–18.3 FB 24.8 20.8–22.3 FB 26.7
23.4–24.3 FB 32.6 18.4–19.5 18.4–19.5 FB 26.7 22.4–23.5 FB 28.3
24.4–25.0 FB 34.1 19.6–20.5 19.6–20.5 FB 28.3 23.6–24.2 FB 29.6
25.1–26.3 FB 35.0 20.6–21.1 20.6–21.1 FB 29.6 24.3–26.0 FB 30.5
26.4–27.6 FB 36.6 21.2–22.6 21.2–22.6 FB 30.5
27.7–29.1 FB 38.3 22.7–23.7 22.7–23.7 FB 32.6
29.2–30.4 FB 40.2 23.8–24.3 23.8–24.3 FB 35.0
30.5–32.0 FB 42.0 24.4–26.0 24.4–26.0
32.1–33.3 FB 44.0
33.4–35.2 FB 46.0
35.3–37.0 FB 48.0
37.1–38.5 FB 50.5
38.6–40.7 FB 52.5
40.8–45.0 FB 55.5
16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 84–93

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
3.38–3.78 FB 4.75 0.43–0.44 A .49 0.39–0.40 A .49 4.80–5.07 A 7.65
3.79–4.37 FB 5.3 0.45–0.47 A .54 0.41–0.44 A .54 5.08–5.73 A 8.38
4.38–4.87 FB 6.1 0.48–0.53 A .59 0.45–0.49 A .59 5.74–6.48 A 9.25
4.88–5.51 FB 6.75 0.54–0.61 A .65 0.50–0.57 A .65 6.49–6.90 A 9.85
5.52–5.73 FB 7.45 0.62–0.65 A .71 0.58–0.61 A .71 6.91–7.25 A 11.0
5.74–6.09 FB 7.8 0.66–0.71 A .78 0.62–0.66 A .78 7.26–7.81 A 11.9
6.10–6.44 FB 8.21 0.72–0.79 A .86 0.67–0.73 A .86 7.82–8.29 A 13.2
6.45–6.75 FB 8.6 0.80–0.86 A .95 0.74–0.80 A .95 8.30–8.81 A 14.1
6.76–7.15 FB 9.0 0.87–0.96 A 1.02 0.81–0.90 A 1.02 8.82–9.40 A 14.8
7.16–7.57 FB 9.5 0.97–1.04 A 1.16 0.91–0.97 A 1.16 9.41–10.0 A 16.2
7.58–8.07 FB 10.0 1.05–1.17 A 1.25 0.98–1.09 A 1.25 10.1–11.1 A 17.9
8.08–8.47 FB 10.6 1.18–1.31 A 1.39 1.10–1.23 A 1.39 11.2–11.7 A 21.3
8.48–8.81 FB 11.2 1.32–1.38 A 1.54 1.24–1.57 A 1.86 11.8–13.7 A 25.2
8.82–9.46 FB 12.1 1.39–1.47 A 1.63 1.58–1.66 A 1.99 13.8–16.0 A 27.1
9.47–10.1 FB 13.1 1.48–1.57 A 1.75 1.67–1.79 A 2.15 16.1–16.9 A 29.5
10.2–10.8 FB 13.9 1.58–1.65 A 1.86 1.80–1.99 A 2.31 17.0–17.7 A 31.9
10.9–11.4 FB 14.8 1.66–1.77 A 1.99 2.00–2.31 A 2.57 17.8–18.7 A 33.8
11.5–12.1 FB 15.6 1.78–1.93 A 2.15 2.32–2.50 A 2.81 18.8–20.2 A 35.9
12.2–13.1 FB 16.4 1.94–2.18 A 2.31 2.51–2.66 A 3.61 20.3–21.4 A 40.0
13.2–13.8 FB 17.6 2.19–2.46 A 2.57 2.67–2.85 A 3.95 21.5–22.5 A 42.3
13.9–14.8 FB 18.4 2.47–2.68 A 2.81 2.86–3.26 A 4.32 22.6–23.8 A 44.7
14.9–16.1 FB 19.4 2.69–2.87 A 3.61 3.27–3.49 A 4.79 23.9–26.0 A 48.0
16.2–17.4 FB 21.1 2.88–3.07 A 3.95 3.50–3.92 A 5.30
17.5–18.3 FB 22.6 3.08–3.59 A 4.32 3.93–4.20 A 5.78 Table 92
18.4–19.5 FB 23.6 3.60–3.79 A 4.79 4.21–4.49 A 6.20
19.6–21.0 FB 24.8 3.80–4.27 A 5.30 4.50–4.64 A 6.99 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
21.1–22.5 FB 26.7 4.28–4.59 A 5.78 4.65–4.94 A 7.65 10.5–11.7 B 17.5
22.6–23.7 FB 28.3 4.60–4.90 A 6.20 4.95–5.62 A 8.38 11.8–12.5 B 19.5
23.8–24.5 FB 29.6 4.91–5.06 A 6.99 5.63–6.39 A 9.25 12.6–14.0 B 22.0
24.6–26.4 FB 30.5 5.07–5.44 A 7.65 6.40–6.82 A 9.85 14.1–15.8 B 25.0
26.5–27.7 FB 32.6 5.45–6.24 A 8.38 6.83–7.27 A 11.0 15.9–18.0 B 28.0
27.8–28.7 FB 34.1 6.25–7.21 A 9.25 7.28–7.71 A 11.9 18.1–19.6 B 32.0
28.8–29.9 FB 35.0 7.22–7.69 A 9.85 7.72–8.13 A 13.2 19.7–23.5 B 36.0
30.0–31.8 FB 36.6 7.70–8.24 A 11.0 8.14–8.64 A 14.1 23.6–27.4 B 40.0
31.9–33.5 FB 38.3 8.25–8.81 A 11.9 8.65–9.15 A 14.8 27.5–30.5 B 45.0
33.6–35.1 FB 40.2 8.82–9.32 A 132 9.16–9.97 A 16.2 30.6–32.2 B 50.0
35.2–37.1 FB 42.0 9.33–9.99 A 14.1 9.98–11.0 A 17.9 32.3–34.0 B 56.0
37.2–38.8 FB 44.0 10.0–10.5 A 14.8 34.1–35.2 B 62.0
38.9–41.1 FB 46.0 10.6–11.5 A 16.2 Table 89 35.3–39.5 B 70.0
41.2–45.0 FB 48.0 11.6–12.2 A 17.9 39.6–43.9 B 79.0
12.3–13.3 A 21.3 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 44.0–48.0 B 88.0
Table 85 13.4–15.8 A 25.2 10.0–11.1 B 17.5
15.9–18.4 A 27.1 11.2–12.0 B 19.5 Table 93
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 18.5–20.5 A 29.5 12.1–13.3 B 22.0
20.6–21.5 A 31.9 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
42.9–45.4 FB 44.0 13.4–15.1 B 25.0
45.6–48.3 FB 46.0 21.6–23.9 A 33.8 15.2–17.1 B 28.0 23.8–25.2 CC 36.4
48.4–52.4 FB 48.0 24.0–26.8 A 35.9 17.2–18.6 B 32.0 25.3–26.8 CC 39.6
52.5–55.9 FB 50.5 26.9–28.2 A 40.0 18.7–21.4 B 36.0 26.9–28.4 CC 42.7
56.0–59.8 FB 52.5 28.3–29.8 A 42.3 21.5–25.7 B 40.0 28.5–30.3 CC 46.6
59.9–63.8 FB 55.5 29.9–32.0 A 44.7 25.8–28.2 B 45.0 30.4–32.1 CC 50.1
63.9–67.9 FB 58.0 28.3–29.7 B 50.0 32.2–34.2 CC 54.5
68.0–72.6 FB 60.0 Table 87 29.8–31.2 B 56.0 34.3–36.3 CC 59.4
72.7–83.2 FB 63.5 31.3–32.1 B 62.0 36.4–40.2 CC 64.3
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 40.3–43.1 CC 68.5
83.3–94.7 FB 69.0 32.2–35.7 B 70.0
94.8–105 FB 77.0 0.40–0.41 A .49 35.8–40.7 B 79.0 43.2–45.9 CC 74.6
106–116 FB 84.0 0.42–0.45 A .54 40.8–48.0 B 88.0 46.0–49.2 CC 81.5
117–121 FB 92.0 0.46–0.51 A .59 49.3–51.6 CC 87.7
122–133 FB 105.0 0.52–0.58 A .65 Table 90 51.7–54.2 CC 94.0
0.59–0.63 A .71 54.3–55.7 CC 103.0
0.64–0.68 A .78 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 55.8–60.3 CC 112.0
0.69–0.76 A .86 4.88–5.13 A 7.65 60.4–63.5 CC 121.0
0.77–0.83 A .95 5.14–5.85 A 8.38 63.6–67.1 CC 132.0
0.84–0.93 A 1.02 5.86–6.67 A 9.25 67.2–70.3 CC 143.0
0.94–1.01 A 1.16 6.68–7.09 A 9.85 70.4–74.1 CC 156.0
1.02–1.14 A 1.25 7.10–7.62 A 11.0 74.2–78.3 CC 167.0
1.15–1.28 A 1.39 7.63–8.04 A 11.9 78.4–83.3 CC 180.0
1.29–1.34 A 1.54 8.05–8.46 A 13.2 83.4–86.0 CC 196.0
1.35–1.44 A 1.63 8.47–9.11 A 14.1
1.45–1.55 A 1.75 9.12–9.69 A 14.8
1.56–1.61 A 1.86 9.70–10.5 A 16.2
1.62–1.71 A 1.99 10.6–11.6 A 17.9
1.72–1.85 A 2.15 11.7–12.3 A 21.3
1.86–2.04 A 2.31 12.4–14.6 A 25.2
2.05–2.38 A 2.57 14.7–16.8 A 27.1
2.39–2.60 A 2.81 16.9–17.9 A 29.5
16
2.61–2.77 A 3.61 18.0–18.7 A 31.9

2.78–2.98 A 3.95 18.8–19.8 A 33.8
2.99–3.40 A 4.32 19.9–21.4 A 35.9
3.41–3.64 A 4.79 21.5–22.8 A 40.0
3.65–4.08 A 5.30 22.9–23.8 A 42.3

4.09–4.38 A 5.78 23.9–26.0 A 44.7

4.39–4.68 A 6.20
4.69–4.79 A 6.99
4.80–5.11 A 7.65
5.12–5.84 A 8.38
5.85–6.70 A 9.25
6.71–7.18 A 9.85
7.19–7.70 A 11.0
7.71–8.14 A 11.9
8.15–8.56 A 13.2
8.57–9.15 A 14.1
9.16–9.80 A 14.8
9.81–10.6 A 16.2
10.7–11.0 A 17.9

All Rights Reserved

Tables 94–102

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
25.8–27.5 CC 36.4 0.57–0.60 AR 1.05 27.1–30.0 E 67
27.6–29.4 CC 39.6 0.61–0.66 AR 1.15 30.1–33.2 E 69
29.5–31.4 CC 42.7 0.67–0.73 AR 1.26 33.3–35.7 E 70
31.5–33.2 CC 46.6 0.74–0.81 AR 1.39 35.8–39.4 E 71
33.3–36.2 CC 50.1 0.82–0.90 AR 1.53 39.5–43.4 E 72
36.3–38.8 CC 54.5 0.91–1.05 AR 1.68 43.5–46.9 E 73
38.9–41.6 CC 59.4 1.06–1.15 AR 1.85 47.0–51.5 E 74
41.7–44.7 CC 64.3 1.16–1.25 AR 2.04 51.6–57.0 E 76
44.8–47.9 CC 68.5 1.26–1.35 AR 2.24 57.1–62.8 E 77
48.0–50.9 CC 74.6 1.36–1.47 AR 2.46 62.9–69.1 E 78
51.0–54.4 CC 81.5 1.48–1.58 AR 2.71 69.2–75.0 E 79
54.5–57.4 CC 87.7 1.59–1.74 AR 2.98 75.1–83.3 E 80
57.5–60.6 CC 94.0 1.75–1.94 AR 3.28
60.7–63.9 CC 103.0 1.95–2.20 AR 3.62 Table 100
64.0–68.4 CC 112.0 2.21–2.47 AR 3.98 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
68.5–73.4 CC 121.0 2.48–2.76 AR 4.37
73.5–78.7 CC 132.0 2.77–3.07 AR 4.80 50–55.9 E 88
78.8–83.8 CC 143.0 3.08–3.45 AR 5.3 56–60.9 E 89
83.9–86.0 CC 156.0 91–65.9 E 91
3.46–3.81 AR 5.8
3.82–4.20 AR 6.4 66–69.9 E 92
Table 95 4.21–4.65 AR 7.0 70–75.9 E 93
76–81.9 E 94
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 4.66–5.29 AR 7.7
5.30–5.84 AR 8.5 82–86.9 E 96
42.5–44.7 CC 64.3 5.85–6.27 AR 9.3 87–92.9 E 97
44.8–47.9 CC 68.5 93–97.9 E 98
6.28–6.97 AR 10.2
48.0–51.2 CC 74.6 6.98–7.59 AR 11.2 98–107.9 E 99
51.3–55.2 CC 81.5 7.60–7.89 AR 12.4 108–113.9 E 101
55.3–59.4 CC 87.7 114–125.9 E 102
7.90–8.95 AR 13.6
59.5–63.8 CC 94.0 8.96–10.3 AR 15.4
63.9–68.8 CC 103.0 10.4–11.7 AR 17.6 Table 101
68.9–73.8 CC 112.0 11.8–13.3 AR 20.5
73.9–77.7 CC 121.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
13.4–15.2 AR 23.0
77.8–82.5 CC 132.0 15.3–17.2 AR 27.0 105–116 AR 3.28
82.6–86.6 CC 143.0 117–132 AR 3.62
17.3–19.7 AR 30.0 133–148 AR 3.98
86.7–91.9 CC 156.0 19.8–22.4 AR 35.0
92.0–97.2 CC 167.0 22.5–26.0 AR 40.0 149–165 AR 4.37
97.3–104 CC 180.0 166–184 AR 4.80
185–207 AR 5.3
105–114 CC 196.0 Table 98
115–123 CC 208.0 208–229 AR 5.8
124–150 CC 219.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 230–266 AR 6.4
4.24–4.62 AR 8.5
Table 96 4.63–5.05 AR 9.3 Table 102
5.06–5.54 AR 10.2
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
5.55–6.13 AR 11.2
49.5–52.0 CC 64.3 6.14–6.44 AR 12.4 146–169 AR 1.68
52.1–54.8 CC 68.5 6.45–7.48 AR 13.6 170–185 AR 1.85
54.9–58.7 CC 74.6 186–201 AR 2.04
7.49–8.55 AR 15.4
58.8–63.3 CC 81.5 8.56–9.74 AR 17.6 202–217 AR 2.24
63.4–68.3 CC 87.7 9.75–11.1 AR 20.5 218–236 AR 2.46
68.4–73.6 CC 94.0 237–253 AR 2.71
11.2–12.7 AR 23.0
73.7–79.4 CC 103.0 12.8–14.4 AR 27.0 254–279 AR 2.98
79.5–85.5 CC 112.0 14.5–16.4 AR 30.0 280–311 AR 3.28
85.6–89.7 CC 121.0 312–353 AR 3.62
16.5–18.9 AR 35.0
89.8–94.8 CC 132.0 19.0–21.6 AR 40.0 354–396 AR 3.98
94.9–99.9 CC 143.0 21.7–23.3 AR 44.0 397–442 AR 4.37
100–105 CC 156.0 443–492 AR 4.80
23.4–24.9 AR 47.0
106–111 CC 167.0 25.0–26.9 AR 51.0 493–520 AR 5.3
112–126 CC 180.0 27.0–29.1 AR 55.0
127–131 CC 196.0 29.2–31.3 AR 60.0
132–141 CC 208.0 31.4–33.5 AR 66.0
142–150 CC 219.0 33.6–36.9 AR 72.0
37.0–39.1 AR 79.0
39.2–40.9 AR 86.0
41.0–45.0 AR 94.0

16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 103–110
Table 103 Table 105

40.8–45.5 B 1.03 105–112 CC 74.6
45.6–49.9 B 1.16 113–122 CC 81.5
51.0–57.5 B 1.30 123–131 CC 87.7
57.6–65.9 B 1.45 132–142 CC 94.0
66.0–73.1 B 1.67 143–153 CC 103.0
73.2–81.5 B 1.88 154–157 CC 112.0
81.6–92.3 B 2.10 158–169 CC 121.0
92.4–104 B 2.40 170–181 CC 132.0
182–195 CC 143.0
105–114 B 2.65
115–128 B 3.00 196–209 CC 156.0
129–140 B 3.30 210–227 CC 167.0
141–160 B 3.70 228–247 CC 180.0
248–266 CC 196.0
161–193 B 4.15
194–209 B 4.85
210–232 B 5.50 Table 109
233–248 B 6.25
249–266 B 6.90
0.56–0.63 B 0.81
0.64–0.68 B 0.92
Table 104 0.69–0.77 B 1.03
0.78–0.85 B 1.16
Motor FLC Thermal Unit Max. Fuse
(A) Number Rating (A) 0.86–0.97 B 1.30
0.98–1.09 B 1.45
0.65–0.73 B 1.03 1.50 1.10–1.21 B 1.67
0.74–0.82 B 1.16 1.50 1.22–1.33 B 1.88
0.93–0.91 B 1.30 1.60 1.34–1.53 B 2.10
0.92–1.04 B 1.45 2.00 1.54–1.73 B 2.40
1.05–1.16 B 1.67 2.00 1.74–1.89 B 2.65
1.17–1.26 B 1.88 2.25 1.90–2.17 B 3.00
1.27–1.47 B 2.10 2.60 2.18–2.53 B 3.30
1.48–1.65 B 2.40 3.00 2.54–2.87 B 3.70
1.66–1.89 B 2.65 3.50 2.88–3.22 B 4.15
1.90–2.17 B 3.00 4.00 3.23–3.49 B 4.85
2.18–2.49 B 3.30 4.50 3.50–3.85 B 5.50
2.50–2.79 B 3.70 5.00 3.86–4.11 B 6.25
2.80–3.13 B 4.15 5.60 4.12–4.70 B 6.90
3.14–3.36 B 4.85 6.00 4.71–5.21 B 7.70
3.37–3.69 B 5.50 7.00 5.22–5.53 B 8.20
3.70–3.92 B 6.25 7.00 5.54–6.17 B 9.10
3.93–4.42 B 6.90 8.00 6.18–7.02 B 10.2
4.43–4.99 B 7.70 9.00 7.03–7.92 B 11.5
7.93–8.61 B 12.8
5.00–5.27 B 8.20 10.0
5.28–5.84 B 9.10 12.0 8.62–9.17 B 14.0
5.85–6.61 B 10.2 12.0 9.18–10.0 B 15.5
10.1–11.0 B 17.5
6.62–7.42 B 11.5 15.0 11.1–11.8 B 19.5
7.43–8.02 B 12.8 15.0
8.03–8.53 B 14.0 15.0 11.9–13.5 B 22.0
13.6–15.3 B 25.0
8.54–9.34 B 15.5 17.5 15.4–17.4 B 28.0
9.35–10.1 B 17.5 17.5 17.5–19.4 B 32.0
10.2–10.8 B 19.5 20.0
19.5–22.2 B 36.0
10.9–12.0 B 22.0 25.0 22.3–25.1 B 40.0
12.1–13.0 B 25.0 25.0 25.2–27.0 B 45.0
13.1–15.5 B 28.0 30.0
600 V 250 V Table 110
Max. Max.
15.6–17.9 B 32.0 30 30 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
18.0–21.4 B 36.0 30 40 3.94–4.45 B 6.90
21.5–25.1 B 40.0 30 40 4.46–4.97 B 7.70
25.2–27.0 B 45.0 30 40 4.98–5.28 B 8.20
5.29–5.97 B 9.10
5.98–6.89 B 10.2
6.90–7.92 B 11.5
7.93–8.71 B 12.8
8.72–9.27 B 14.0
9.28–10.2 B 15.5
10.3–11.4 B 17.5
11.5–12.3 B 19.5
12.4–13.9 B 22.0
14.0–15.8 B 25.0
15.9–17.9 B 28.0
18.0–19.9 B 32.0
20.0–22.8 B 36.0
22.9–25.4 B 40.0
25.5–28.9 B 45.0
29.0–30.8 B 50.0
30.9–32.5 B 56.0
16
32.6–34.9 B 62.0
35.0–39.7 B 70.0
39.8–44.7 B 79.0

All Rights Reserved

Tables 111–116
Table 111 Table 114

14.0–14.9 CC 20.9 133–148 B 1.30
15.0–16.2 CC 22.8 149–174 B 1.45
16.3–17.2 CC 24.6 175–195 B 1.67
17.3–18.7 CC 26.3 196–219 B 1.88
18.8–20.2 CC 28.8 220–239 B 2.10
20.3–21.7 CC 31.0 240–271 B 2.40
21.8–23.3 CC 33.3 272–308 B 2.65
23.4–25.2 CC 36.4 309–348 B 3.00
25.3–27.1 CC 39.6 349–397 B 3.30
27.2–29.4 CC 42.7
398–429 B 3.70
29.5–31.6 CC 46.6 430–495 B 4.15
31.7–34.0 CC 50.1 496–520 B 4.85
34.1–36.8 CC 54.5
36.9–39.8 CC 59.4
39.9–42.3 CC 64.3 Table 115
45.8–49.2 CC 74.6
49.3–52.8 CC 81.5 176–190 DD 112.0
52.9–56.8 CC 87.7 191–203 DD 121.0
56.9–61.2 CC 94.0 203–223 DD 128.0
61.3–66.1 CC 103.0 224–239 DD 140.0
66.2–71.2 CC 112.0 240–253 DD 150.0
71.3–76.7 CC 121.0 254–299 DD 160.0
76.8–82.9 CC 132.0 300–341 DD 185.0
83.0–90.0 CC 143.0 342–361 DD 220.0
362–395 DD 240.0
Table 112 396–409 DD 250.0
410–427 DD 265.0
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 428–475 DD 289.0
44.0–46.8 CC 64.3 476–487 DD 300.0
46.9–50.6 CC 68.5 488–532 DD 320.0
50.7–54.5 CC 74.6
54.6–58.4 CC 81.5 Table 116
58.5–62.9 CC 87.7
63.0–67.7 CC 94.0 Motor FLC (A)) Thermal Unit Number
67.8–72.9 CC 103.0 81.6–91.1 B 1.03
73.0–78.1 CC 112.0 91.2–101 B 1.16
78.2–83.9 CC 121.0 102–115 B 1.30
84.0–91.1 CC 132.0
116–131 B 1.45
91.2–97.5 CC 143.0 132–146 B 1.67
97.6–104 CC 156.0 147–163 B 1.88
105–113 CC 167.0
114–133 CC 180.0 164–184 B 2.10
185–209 B 2.40
210–229 B 2.65
Table 113
230–257 B 3.00
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 258–281 B 3.30
282–321 B 3.70
88.2–95.1 DD 112.0
95.2–101 DD 121.0 322–387 B 4.15
102–111 DD 128.0 388–419 B 4.35
420–465 B 5.60
112–119 DD 140.0
120–131 DD 150.0 466–497 B 6.25
132–149 DD 160.0 496–532 B 6.90
150–170 DD 185.0
171–180 DD 220.0
181–197 DD 240.0
198–204 DD 250.0
205–213 DD 265.0
214–237 DD 280.0
238–243 DD 300.0
244–266 DD 320.0

16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 117–127
Table 117 Table 122

100–111.9 E 88 8.48–9.25 AR 8.5
112–121.9 E 89 9.26–10.11 AR 9.3
122–131.9 E 91 10.12–11.09 AR 10.2
132–139.9 E 92 11.10–12.27 AR 11.2
140–151.9 E 93 12.28–12.89 AR 12.4
152–163.9 E 94 12.90–14.97 AR 13.6
14.98–17.11 AR 15.4
164–173.9 E 96 17.12–19.49 AR 17.6
174–185.9 E 97 19.50–22.3 AR 20.5
186–195.9 E 98
22.4–22.5 AR 23.0
196–215.9 E 99 22.6–28.9 AR 27.0
216–227.9 E 101 29.0–32.9 AR 30.0
228–251.9 E 102 33.0–37.9 AR 35.0
38.0–43.3 AR 40.0
Table 118 43.4–46.7 AR 44.0
46.8–49.9 AR 47.0
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 50.0–53.9 AR 51.0
210–233 AR 3.28 54.0–58.3 AR 55.0
234–265 AR 3.62 58.4–62.7 AR 60.0
266–297 AR 3.98 62.8–67.1 AR 66.0
67.2–73.8 AR 72.0
298–331 AR 4.37
332–369 AR 4.8 74.0–78.3 AR 79.0
370–415 AR 5.3 78.4–81.9 AR 86.0
82.0–90.0 AR 94.0
416–459 AR 5.8
460–532 AR 6.4 Table 123
Table 121 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
54.2–60.1 E 67
Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 60.2–66.5 E 69
1.14–1.21 AR 1.05 66.6–71.5 E 70
1.22–1.33 AR 1.15 71.6–78.9 E 71
1.34–1.47 AR 1.26 79.0–86.9 E 72
1.48–1.63 AR 1.39 87.0–93.9 E 73
1.64–1.81 AR 1.53 94.0–103.1 E 74
1.82–2.11 AR 1.68 103.2–114.1 E 76
2.12–2.31 AR 1.85 114.2–125.7 E 77
2.32–2.51 AR 2.04 125.8–138.3 E 78
2.52–2.71 AR 2.24 138.4–150.1 E 79
2.72–2.95 AR 2.46 150.2–166.6 E 80
2.96–3.17 AR 2.71
3.18–3.49 AR 2.98 Table 127
3.50–3.89 AR 3.28
3.90–4.41 AR 3.62 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
4.42–4.95 AR 3.98 1.12–1.27 B 0.81
4.96–5.53 AR 4.37 1.28–1.37 B 0.92
5.54–6.15 AR 4.80 1.38–1.55 B 1.03
6.16–6.91 AR 5.3 1.56–1.71 B 1.16
6.92–7.63 AR 5.8 1.72–1.95 B 1.30
7.64–8.41 AR 6.4 1.96–2.19 B 1.45
8.42–9.31 AR 7.0 2.20–2.43 B 1.67
2.44–2.67 B 1.88
9.32–10.59 AR 7.7
10.60–11.69 AR 8.5 2.68–3.07 B 2.10
11.70–12.55 AR 9.3 3.08–3.47 B 2.40
3.48–3.79 B 2.65
12.56–13.95 AR 10.2 3.80–4.35 B 3.00
13.96–15.19 AR 11.2
15.20–15.79 AR 12.4 4.36–5.07 B 3.30
5.08–5.75 B 3.70
15.80–17.91 AR 13.6 5.76–6.45 B 4.15
17.92–20.7 AR 15.4 6.46–6.99 B 4.85
20.8–23.5 AR 17.6
7.00–7.71 B 5.50
23.6–26.7 AR 20.5 7.72–8.23 B 6.25
26.8–30.5 AR 23.0 8.24–9.41 B 6.90
30.6–34.5 AR 27.0 9.42–10.43 B 7.70
34.6–39.5 AR 30.0 10.44–11.07 B 8.20
39.6–44.9 AR 35.0 11.08–12.35 B 9.10
45.0–52.0 AR 40.0 12.36–14.05 B 10.2
14.06–15.85 B 11.5
15.86–17.23 B 12.8
17.24–18.35 B 14.0
18.36–20.1 B 15.5
20.2–22.1 B 17.5
22.2–23.7 B 19.5
23.8–27.1 B 22.0
27.2–30.7 B 25.0
30.8–34.9 B 28.0
16
35.0–38.9 B 32.0
39.0–44.5 B 36.0
44.6–50.3 B 40.0
50.4–54.0 B 45.0

All Rights Reserved

Tables 128–134
Table 128 Table 133

7.88–8.91 B 6.90 4.60–5.23 B 6.90
8.92–9.95 B 7.70 5.24–5.86 B 7.70
9.96–10.57 B 8.20 5.87–6.25 B 8.20
10.58–11.95 B 9.10 6.26–7.09 B 9.10
11.96–13.79 B 10.2 7.10–8.25 B 10.2
13.80–15.85 B 11.5 8.26–9.49 B 11.5
15.86–17.43 B 12.8 9.50–10.3 B 12.8
17.44–18.55 B 14.0 10.4–11.2 B 14.0
18.56–20.5 B 15.5 11.3–12.5 B 15.5
20.6–22.9 B 17.5 12.6–13.8 B 17.5
23.0–24.7 B 19.5 13.9–15.0 B 19.5
24.8–27.9 B 22.0 15.1–16.9 B 22.0
28.0–31.7 B 25.0 17.0–19.1 B 25.0
31.8–35.9 B 28.0 19.2–22.0 B 28.0
36.0–39.9 B 32.0 22.1–24.4 B 32.0
40.0–45.7 B 36.0 24.5–28.0 B 36.0
45.8–50.9 B 40.0 28.1–31.8 B 40.0
51.0–61.7 B 45.0 31.9–36.0 B 45.0
61.8–65.1 B 50.0 36.1–38.5 B 50.0
65.2–69.9 B 56.0 38.6–41.2 B 56.0
70.0–79.5 B 62.0 41.3–44.4 B 62.0
79.6–89.4 B 70.0
44.5–50.3 B 70.0
50.4–56.9 B 79.0
Table 129 57.0–59.0 B 88.0
Table 134
28.0–29.9 CC 20.9
32.6–34.5 CC 24.6
34.6–37.5 CC 26.3 4.30–4.98 B 6.90
4.99–5.57 B 7.70
37.6–40.5 CC 28.8 5.58–5.94 B 8.20
40.6–43.5 CC 31.0
43.6–46.7 CC 33.3 5.95–6.71 B 9.10
46.8–50.5 CC 36.4 6.72–7.79 B 10.2
7.80–8.93 B 11.5
50.6–54.3 CC 39.6
54.4–58.9 CC 42.7 8.94–9.77 B 12.8
59.0–63.3 CC 46.6 9.78–10.5 B 14.0
63.4–68.1 CC 50.1 10.6–11.7 B 15.5
68.2–73.7 CC 54.5 11.8–13.0 B 17.5
73.8–79.7 CC 59.4 13.1–14.0 B 19.5
79.8–84.7 CC 64.5 14.1–15.0 B 22.0
84.8–91.5 CC 68.5 15.1–17.2 B 25.0
91.6–98.5 CC 74.6 17.3–19.9 B 28.0
98.6–105.7 CC 81.5 20.0–22.3 B 32.0
105.8–113.7 CC 87.7 22.4–26.0 B 36.0
113.8–122.5 CC 94.0 26.1–29.8 B 40.0
122.6–132.3 CC 103.0 29.9–34.0 B 45.0
132.4–142.5 CC 112.0 34.1–36.7 B 50.0
142.6–153.5 CC 121.0 36.8–39.5 B 56.0
153.6–165.9 CC 132.0 39.6–42.1 B 62.0
166.0–180.0 CC 143.0 42.2–46.6 B 70.0
46.7–51.5 B 79.0
51.6–54.0 B 88.0

16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 135–139
Table 135 Table 137

Motor FLC (A) Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
Thermal Unit Number
1 T. U. 3 T. U. 50–55.9 E 88
56–60.9 E 89
0.77–0.88 0.85–0.95 B 1.30 61–65.9 E 91
0.89–1.02 0.96–1.09 B 1.45 66–69.9 E 92
1.03–1.19 1.10–1.21 B 1.67
1.20–1.37 1.22–1.35 B 1.88 70–75.9 E 93
1.38–1.62 1.36–1.56 B 2.10 76–81.9 E 94
82–86.9 E 96
1.63–1.90 1.57–1.76 B 2.40 87–92.9 E 97
1.91–2.12 1.77–1.94 B 2.65
2.13–2.46 1.95–2.22 B 3.00 93–97.9 E 98
2.47–2.83 2.23–2.57 B 3.30 98–107 E 99
2.84–3.19 2.58–2.87 B 3.70 108–113 E 101
114–125 E 102
3.20–3.61 2.88–3.21 B 4.15
3.62–3.89 3.22–3.50 B 4.85 126–138 E 103
3.90–4.32 3.51–3.79 B 5.50 139–153 E 104
4.33–4.57 3.80–4.04 B 6.25 154–163 E 106
4.58–5.19 4.05–4.53 B 6.90 164–180 E 107
5.20–5.79 4.54–5.03 B 7.70
5.80–6.16 5.04–5.36 B 8.20 Table 138
6.17–6.94 5.37–5.97 B 9.10 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
6.95–7.99 5.98–6.89 B 10.2
7.80–8.99 6.90–7.79 B 11.5 22.6–25.5 E 62
9.00–9.98 7.80–8.53 B 12.8 25.6–26.4 E 65
9.99–10.6 8.54–9.09 B 14.0 26.5–28.9 E 66
10.7–11.6 9.10–9.99 B 15.5 29.0–31.9 E 67
11.7–13.1 10.0–10.9 B 17.5 32.0–34.5 E 69
13.2–14.2 11.0–11.7 B 19.5 34.6–36.9 E 70
14.3–15.4 11.8–13.4 B 22.0 37.0–40.6 E 71
15.5–17.6 13.5–15.4 B 25.0 40.7–44.0 E 72
17.7–20.0 15.5–17.9 B 28.0 44.1–47.4 E 73
– 18.0–20.0 B 32.0 47.5–53.1 E 74
For Type DPSG12 & DPSG13, 20 A Starter. 53.2–58.3 E 76
Select Thermal Units from above. 58.4–63.5 E 77
20.1–22.7 18.0–20.2 B 32.0 63.6–69.9 E 78
22.8–25.0 20.3–23.2 B 36.0 70.0–77.1 E 79
– 23.3–25.0 B 40.0 77.2–83.3 E 80
83.4–86.9 E 96
For Type DPSG22 & DPSG23, 25 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above. 87.0–92.9 E 97
93.0–100 E 98
22.8–26.1 – B 36.0
26.2–29.6 23.3–25.8 B 40.0
29.7–30.0 25.9–28.6 B 45.0 Table 139
For Type DPSG32 & DPSG33, 30 A Starter. Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
13.7–15.2 E 57
15.3–16.8 E 59
Table 136 16.9–18.7 E 60
18.8–20.0 E 61
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number 20.1–22.5 E 62
1 T. U. 3 T. U. 22.6–23.3 E 65
0.98–1.09 0.88–0.98 B 1.30 23.4–25.5 E 66
1.10–1.24 0.99–1.13 B 1.45 25.6–27.9 E 67
1.25–1.41 1.14–1.26 B 1.67 28.0–30.8 E 69
1.42–1.59 1.27–1.38 B 1.88 30.9–33.2 E 70
1.60–1.81 1.39–1.62 B 2.10 33.3–36.6 E 71
1.82–2.04 1.63–1.82 B 2.40 36.7–38.9 E 72
2.05–2.19 1.83–2.04 B 2.65 39.0–43.1 E 73
2.20–2.52 2.05–2.36 B 3.00 43.2–47.4 E 74
2.53–2.90 2.37–2.72 B 3.30 47.5–50.0 E 76
2.91–3.29 2.73–3.07 B 3.70 50.1–55.2 E 77
3.30–3.69 3.08–3.44 B 4.15 55.3–60.0 E 78
3.70–3.99 3.45–3.69 B 4.85
4.00–4.42 3.70–4.11 B 5.50
4.43–4.69 4.12–4.34 B 6.25
4.70–5.37 4.35–4.89 B 6.90
5.38–5.94 4.90–5.44 B 7.70
5.95–6.34 5.45–5.80 B 8.20
6.35–7.05 5.81–6.47 B 9.10
7.06–8.14 6.48–7.45 B 10.2
8.15–9.39 7.46–8.49 B 11.5
9.40–10.3 8.50–9.29 B 12.8
10.4–11.1 9.30–9.99 B 14.0
11.2–12.2 10.0–10.8 B 15.5
12.3–13.5 10.9–12.1 B 17.5
13.6–14.7 12.2–13.1 B 19.5
14.8–16.1 13.2–14.6 B 22.0
16.2–18.3 14.7–16.4 B 25.0
18.4–20.0 16.5–18.9 B 28.0
– 19.0–20.0 B 32.0
16
For Type DPSO12 & DPSO13, 20 A Starter.

Select Thermal Units from above.
18.4–20.9 – B 28.0
21.0–23.6 19.0–20.9 B 32.0
23.7–25.0 21.0–24.1 B 36.0

– 24.2–25.0 B 40.0
– B 36.0
23.7–27.2 24.2–27.2 B 40.0
27.3–30.0 27.3–30.0 B 45.0

All Rights Reserved

Tables 140–143
Table 140 Table 142

Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC Thermal Unit Max. Fuse
(A) Number Rating (A)
0.34–0.36 E3
0.37–0.40 E4 11.7–13.5 E56 25
0.41–0.43 E5 13.6–16.7 E57 30
0.44–0.47 E6
16.8–18.1 E60 35
0.48–0.51 E7
0.52–0.56 E8 18.2–20.0 E61 40
0.57–0.62 E9 20.1–21.9 E62 40
0.63–0.67 E 11 22.0–24.2 E65 45
0.68–0.73 E 12
0.74–0.77 E 13
0.78–0.84 E 14 24.3–26.2 E66 50
0.85–0.93 E 16 26.3–29.2 E67 50
0.94–1.00 E 17 29.3–32.0 E69 60
1.01–1.08 E 18 32.1–34.3 E70 70
1.09–1.15 E 19
1.16–1.27 E 23 34.4–36.2 E71 70
1.28–1.45 E 24 36.3–39.9 E73 80
1.46–1.61 E 26 40.0–43.8 E73A 90
1.62–1.81 E 27 43.9–46.2 E74 90
1.82–2.00 E 28 100
46.3–50.0 E76
2.01–2.12 E 29
2.13–2.29 E 31 600 V 250 V
2.30–2.43 E 32 Max. Max.
2.44–2.66 E 33 50.1–53.9 E77 100 110
2.67–2.98 E 34 54.0–56.0 E78 100 110
2.99–3.16 E 36
3.17–3.39 E 37 56.1–61.0 E79 100 125
3.40–3.69 E 38 61.1–65.9 E80 100 125
3.70–4.00 E 39 66.0–72.0 E94 100 125
4.01–4.48 E 41 72.1–75.9 E96 100 125
4.49–5.00 E 42
5.01–5.44 E 44 76.0–79.9 E98 100 125
5.45–5.99 E 46 80.0–86.0 E101 100 125
6.00–6.60 E 47
6.61–6.96 E 48 Table 143
6.97–7.26 E 49
Motor FLC Thermal Unit Max. Fuse
7.27–7.99 E 50 (A) Number Rating (A)
8.00–8.89 E 51
8.90–9.74 E 52 18.9–20.0 E60 40
9.75–10.50 E 53 20.1–22.8 E61 45
10.6–11.5 E 54 22.9–24.7 E62 50
11.6–12.3 E 55
12.4–13.4 E 56 24.8–26.9 E65 50
13.5–15.2 E 57 27.0–29.2 E66 60
15.3–17.2 E 60 29.3–32.8 E67 60
17.3–18.4 E 61 32.9–34.9 E69 70
18.5–20.6 E 62
20.7–21.3 E 65 35.0–37.5 E70 70
21.4–23.4 E 66 37.6–39.6 E72 80
23.5–24.0 E 67 39.7–46.1 E73 80
46.2–49.9 E73A 100
Table 141 50.0–56.3 E74 110
Motor 56.4–61.0 E76 125
Thermal Unit Max. Fuse
FLC 61.1–64.0 E77 125
Number Rating (A)
(A) 64.1–66.0 E78 125
12.2–14.4 E56 25 66.1–72.4 E79 125
14.5–17.8 E57 30 72.5–78.2 E80 150
17.9–18.8 E60 40 78.3–83.9 E94 175
84.0–86.0 E96 175
18.9–21.4 E61 40 86.1–92.8 E97 175
21.5–23.0 E62 45 92.9–97.9 E98 200
23.1–25.7 E65 50 98.0–105.0 E101 200
25.8–28.0 E66 50 105.1–117.0 E102 200
28.1–31.0 E67 60 117.1–133.0 E103 200
31.1–32.7 E69 60
32.8–35.5 E70 70
35.6–38.2 E71 80
38.3–43.3 E73 80
43.4–46.9 E73A 90
47.0–50.1 E74 100
600 V 250 V
Max. Max.
50.2–54.0 E76 100 110
54.1–58.0 E77 100 110

58.1–60.0 E78 100 125

60.1–67.0 E79 100 125
67.1–70.5 E80 100 125
70.6–75.9 E94 100 125
76.0–82.0 E96 100 125
82.1–86.0 E97 100 125
16

All Rights Reserved

Tables 144–148

Motor FLC Thermal Unit Max. Fuse Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Motor FLC (A) Thermal
(A) Number Rating (A) Number Unit Number
1 T.U. 3 T.U. 1 T.U. 3 T.U.
18.2–19.1 E60 40
3.90–4.22 3.60–3.89 B5.50 4.14–4.45 3.70–4.09 B5.50
19.2–22.1 E61 40 4.23–4.49 3.90–4.15 B6.25 4.46–4.88 4.10–4.35 B6.25
22.2–23.1 E62 45 4.50–5.14 4.16–4.76 B6.90 4.89–5.44 4.36–5.07 B6.90
23.2–25.7 E65 50 5.15–5.78 4.77–5.30 B7.70 5.45–6.08 5.08–5.79 B7.70
25.8–27.7 E66 50 5.79–6.23 5.31–5.70 B8.20 6.09–6.42 5.80–6.27 B8.20
6.24–7.03 5.71–6.46 B9.10 6.43–7.28 6.28–7.16 B9.10
27.8–31.3 E67 60 7.04–8.23 6.47–7.65 B10.2 7.29–8.42 7.17–8.58 B10.2
31.4–33.3 E69 70 8.24–9.31 7.66–8.55 B11.5 8.43–9.64 8.59–9.55 B11.5
33.4–35.9 E70 70 9.32–10.1 8.56–9.36 B12.8 9.65–10.4 9.56–10.2 B12.8
36.0–38.4 E71 80 10.2–10.7 9.37–9.9 B14.0 10.5–11.2 10.3–10.9 B14.0
10.8–11.9 10.0–10.9 B15.5 11.3–12.3 11.0–11.9 B15.5
38.5–44.2 E73 80 12.0–13.1 11.0–12.0 B17.5 12.4–13.7 12.0–13.1 B17.5
44.3–46.8 E73A 90 13.2–13.9 12.1–12.8 B19.5 13.8–14.8 13.2–14.0 B19.5
46.9–52.6 E74 100 14.0–15.9 12.9–14.2 B22.0 14.9–16.5 14.1–14.8 B22.0
52.7–56.0 E76 110 16.0–18.0 14.3–16.0 B25.0 16.6–18.7 14.9–17.0 B25.0
18.1–20.8 16.1–18.5 B28.0 18.8–21.4 17.1–19.6 B28.0
56.1–58.4 E77 125
20.9–23.1 18.6–21.2 B32.0 21.5–24.3 19.7–22.1 B32.0
58.5–61.9 E78 125 23.2–26.9 21.3–24.9 B36.0 24.4–28.0 22.2–26.0 B36.0
62.0–67.1 E79 125 27.0–31.4 25.0–28.0 B40.0 28.1–33.3 26.1–29.4 B40.0
67.2–72.3 E80 150 31.5–36.0 28.1–31.7 B45.0 33.4–37.6 29.5–34.0 B45.0
72.4–75.9 E94 150 36.1–38.8 31.8–34.6 B50.0 37.7–41.1 34.1–36.4 B50.0
38.9–41.7 34.7–37.4 B56.0 41.2–44.1 36.5–39.2 B56.0
76.0–85.6 E96 150 41.8–46.3 37.5–40.0 B62.0 44.2–47.8 39.3–42.4 B62.0
85.7–91.2 E98 175 46.4–50.0 40.1–46.4 B70.0 47.9–50.0 42.5–49.3 B70.0
91.3–100.0 E101 200 — 46.5–50.0 B79.0 — 49.4–50.0 B79.0
100.1–108.9 E102 200 For Type DPSG52 & DPSG53, 50 A Starter. For Type DPSO52 & DPSO53, 50 A Starter.
109.0–119.9 E103 200 Select any of the Thermal Units from above. Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
120.0–133.0 E104 200
Table 147
Table 145 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit
Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U. 3 T.U. Number
Thermal Unit
1 T.U. 3 T.U. Number 1.04–1.14 0.93–1.04 B1.30
1.15–1.29 1.05–1.18 B1.45
1.00–1.11 0.91–1.02 B1.30 1.30–1.43 1.19–1.33 B1.67
1.12–1.27 1.03–1.15 B1.45 1.44–1.56 1.34–1.43 B1.88
1.28–1.36 1.16–1.27 B1.67
1.37–1.53 1.28–1.39 B1.88 1.57–1.79 1.44–1.67 B2.10
1.80–2.03 1.68–1.88 B2.40
1.54–1.78 1.40–1.61 B2.10 2.04–2.26 1.89–2.09 B2.65
1.79–2.02 1.62–1.84 B2.40 2.27–2.51 2.10–2.41 B3.00
2.03–2.20 1.85–2.03 B2.65
2.21–2.52 2.04–2.34 B3.00 2.52–3.03 2.42–2.79 B3.30
3.04–3.31 2.80–3.15 B3.70
2.53–2.94 2.35–2.69 B3.30 3.32–3.73 3.16–3.54 B4.15
2.95–3.30 2.70–3.02 B3.70 3.74–4.07 3.55–3.75 B4.85
3.31–3.70 3.03–3.39 B4.15
3.71–4.02 3.40–3.65 B4.85 4.08–4.49 3.76–4.22 B5.50
4.50–4.76 4.23–4.46 B5.25
4.03–4.46 3.66–4.04 B5.50 4.77–5.44 4.47–5.09 B6.90
4.47–4.69 4.05–4.28 B6.25 5.45–6.04 5.10–5.61 B7.70
4.70–5.37 4.29–4.85 B6.90
5.38–5.94 4.86–5.38 B7.70 6.05–6.46 5.62–5.99 B8.20
6.47–7.24 6.00–6.70 B9.10
5.95–6.34 5.39–5.71 B8.20 7.25–8.64 6.71–8.19 B10.20
6.35–7.09 5.72–6.39 B9.10 8.65–9.59 8.20–8.79 B11.5
7.10–8.46 6.40–7.53 B10.2
8.47–9.32 7.54–8.34 B11.5 9.60–10.5 8.80–9.66 B12.8
10.6–11.3 9.67–10.2 B14.0
9.33–10.2 8.35–9.14 B12.8 11.4–12.6 10.3–11.4 B15.5
10.3–10.9 9.15–9.74 B14.0 12.7–13.9 11.5–12.6 B17.5
11.0–12.1 9.75–10.7 B15.5
12.2–13.4 10.8–11.8 B17.5 14.0–14.9 12.7–13.5 B19.5
15.0–16.5 13.6–15.1 B22.0
13.5–14.2 11.9–12.2 B19.5 16.6–18.9 15.2–17.2 B25.0
14.3–16.0 12.3–14.4 B22.0 19.0–22.2 17.3–19.9 B28.0
16.1–18.1 14.5–16.4 B25.0
18.2–20.5 16.5–18.9 B28.0 22.3–24.6 20.0–22.5 B32.0
24.7–28.6 22.6–26.2 B36.0
20.6–23.5 19.0–21.3 B32.0 28.7–32.4 26.3–29.9 B40.0
23.6–27.2 21.4–23.3 B36.0 32.5–37.3 B45.0
27.3–30.8 23.4–27.9 B40.0
30.9–35.0 28.0–31.4 B45.0 37.4–39.5 B50.0
39.6–40.0 B56.0
35.1–37.2 B50.0
37.3–40.0 B56.0 For Type DPSO42 & DPSO43, 40 A Starter.
For Type DPSG42 & DPSG43, 40 A Starter.
16

All Rights Reserved

Catalog Number System TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters
Table 16.386: TeSys N Catalog Numbering System

T 40 C A 1 3 V80 M Forms
Product Family Most Common Forms
T — TeSys N S — Separate control circuit
P51 — Red LED Light ON
P52 — Green LED Light OFF
Device Type A — Start-Stop pushbutton
02 — Contactor C — Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
36 — Starter CP1 — Abbreviated Forms: Form C + Form P51m
40 — Self-Protected Combination Starter AP1 — Abbreviated Forms: Form A + Form P51m
This is only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for

NEMA Size more information.
T02 and T36 devices T40 devices (only) When more than one form is applied to a single
A — Size 00 A — Size 00 device, arrange forms in alphabetical order.
B — Size 0 B — Size 0
C — Size 1 C — Size 1 m Abbreviated Forms cannot be used with
D — Size 2 other forms (with the exception of Form
E — Size 3 S). To use other forms, non-abbreviated
F — Size 4 forms must be used. E.g: CP51P68
G — Size 5
H — Size 6a
J — Size 7a Communication Code
a Not available for reversing type T36 devices Mandatory for T40 devices
This field is not applicable to T02 and T36 devices
Enclosure Type M — Modbus
T02 and T36 devices T40 devices (only) C — CANopen
N—No enclosure A — NEMA Type 12/3R Industrial Use D — DeviceNet
G — NEMA Type 1 General Purpose P — Profibus
Surface Mounting N — No communication
W — NEMA Type 4/4X Stainless Steel
This only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for
more information.
Direction
1 — Non-reversing
2 — Reversing Voltage Code
B7 — 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Numerals G7 — 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
LE7 — 208 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Used to define specific, physical arrangements such as U7 — 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
number of poles for devices type T02 or protection type for T7 — 480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
devices type T36 and T40. Numbering varies with type of BD — 24 Vdc coil
device. Consult Digest listings for specific device numbers. V81 — 480/120 Vac Control Power Transformer
V83 — 480/24 Vac Control Power Transformer
V89 — 120/24 Vac Control Power Transformer
BD4 — 480 Vac/24 Vdc Power Supply
CPT includes fuse protection on primary and secondary as

standard. This is only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for
more information.

16

All Rights Reserved

Contactors and Starters TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters
TeSys N Contactors
TeSys N contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload
protection is provided separately. TeSys N contactors are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7. Target market
segments include Hospitals, Retail, Food & Beverage, Marine, Oil & Gas and Mining, Metals & Minerals.
Table 16.387: TeSys N Non-Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
Continuous Current Open
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max HP
Rating (A) Catalog Number $ Price
200 1.5
230 1.5
00 9 T02AN13a 296.00
460 2
575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 T02BN13a 373.00
460 5
575 5
200 7.5
230 7.5
1 27 T02CN13a 437.00
460 10
575 10
TeSys N non-reversing contactor,
200 10
Size 1 230 15
2 45 T02DN13a 795.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 T02EN13ab 1285.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 T02FN13ab 3080.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 T02GN13ab 6705.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
TeSys N non-reversing contactor, 6 540 T02HN13ab 18305.00
460 400
Size 3 575 400
200 —
230 300
7 810 T02JN13ab 26125.00
460 600
575 600
a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.
b Lugs ordered separately. See Table 16.410 on page 16-146.
Table 16.388: TeSys N Non-Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Single Phase, 600 Vac Max.
115 1/3
00 9 T02AN13a 296.00
230 1
115 1
0 18 T02BN13a 373.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 T02CN13a 437.00
230 3
115 3
2 45 T02DN13a 795.00
230 7.5
Table 16.389: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage Code by NEMA Size $ Price
Voltage
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Adder
24 Vac B7 B7 B7 B7 B6 B6 n/a No Charge
24 Vdc BD BD BD BD BD BD n/a No Charge
120 Vac G7 G7 G7 G7 G6 G6 G7 F7 F7 No Charge
208 Vac LE7 LE7 LE7 LE7 L6 L6 L7 L7 L7 No Charge
16
240 Vac U7 U7 U7 U7 U6 U6 U7 U7 U7 No Charge

480 Vac T7 T7 T7 T7 Q5 Q5 S7 N7 N7 No Charge
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151

TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146
Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-146
TeSys N Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-155


TeSys N Reversing Contactors

TeSys N reversing contactors are used for starting, stopping and reversing AC motors where overload protection is
provided separately. TeSys N reversing contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked and are available
in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7. Target market segments include Hospitals, Retail, Food & Beverage, Marine, Oil &
Gas and Mining, Metals & Minerals.
Table 16.390: TeSys N Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
200 1.5
230 1.5
TeSys N reversing contactor, 00 9 T02AN23a 770.00
460 2
Size 00 575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 T02BN23a 923.00
460 5
575 5
200 7.5
230 7.5
1 27 T02CN23a 1052.00
460 10
575 10
200 10
230 15
2 45 T02DN23a 2000.00
460 25
575 25
TeSys N reversing contactor, 200 25
Size 4 230 30
3 90 T02EN23ab 3320.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 T02FN23ab 8280.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 T02GN23ab 14935.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 T02HN23ab 37340.00
460 400
575 400
200 —
230 300
7 810 T02JN23ab 53435.00
460 600
575 600
b Lugs ordered separately. See Table 16.410 on page 16-146.
Table 16.391: TeSys N Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Single Phase, 600 Vac Max.
Continuous Open
NEMA Size Current Motor Voltage Max HP
115 1/3
00 9 T02AN23a 770.00
230 1
115 1
0 18 T02BN23a 923.00
230 2
115 2
1 27 T02CN23a 1052.00
230 3
115 3
2 45 T02DN23a 2000.00
230 7.5

Voltage
24 Vac B7 B7 B7 B7 B6 B6 n/a No Charge
24 Vdc BD BD BD BD BD BD n/a No Charge
120 Vac G7 G7 G7 G7 G6 G6 G7 F7 F7 No Charge
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151

Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-146
TeSys N Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-155
16

All Rights Reserved
CP1 Schedule

TeSys N Starters
TeSys N starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Starters are available in
NEMA Sizes 00 through 7 and come standard with Motor Logic Class 10/20 selectable solid state overload relays.
Starters with bimetal overload protection can be assembled from TeSys N contactors and TeSys D overload relays.
For more information on TeSys D relays, see Table 16.395 below.
Table 16.393: TeSys N Non-Reversing Starters, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
Rating (A) Catalog Number
$ Price
200 1.5
230 1.5
00 9 T36AN13a 431.00
460 2
575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 T36BN13a 520.00
460 5
575 5
200 7.5
230 7.5
1b 27 T36CN13a 585.00
460 10
TeSys N non-reversing starter, 575 10
Size 1 200 10
230 15
2 45 T36DN13a 1005.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 T36EN13a 1580.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 T36FN13a 3490.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 T36GN13a 8430.00
460 200
575 200
200 150
230 200
6 540 T36HN13a 19775.00
460 400
575 400
200 —
230 300
7 810 T36JN13a 28130.00
460 600
575 600
TeSys N non-reversing starter, b Special contactor/Motor Logic overload relay size combinations available: Add ‘0’ to catalog number before coil voltage for Size 0 overload
(6–18 A), ‘9’ for Size 00C overload (3–9 A), and ‘8’ for Size 00B overload (1.5–4.5 A). (i.e. T36CN130G7).
Size 3
Voltage
24 Vacb B7 B7 B7 B7 B6 B6 n/a No Charge
24 Vdca BD BD BD BD BD BD n/a No Charge
120 Vacb G7 G7 G7 G7 G6 G6 G7 F7 F7 No Charge
a 24 Vdc coil requires separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13BDS).
b 24 and 120 Vac coils available with optional separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13B7S).
Table 16.395: TeSys D Overload Relays—Ambient Compensated, Bimetallic, Direct Mounting

For Direct Class 10 with Class 10 without Class 20 with Class 20 without
Current Setting Mounting Single-Phase Single-Phase Single-Phase Single-Phase $ Price
Range (A) to TeSys N Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
contactors
0.10–0.16 LRD01 LR3D01 — —
0.16–0.25 LRD02 LR3D02 — —
0.25–0.40 LRD03 LR3D03 — —
0.40–0.63 LRD04 LR3D04 LRD04L LR3D04L
0.63–1 Size 00–1 LRD05 LR3D05 LRD05L LR3D05L 60.00
1–1.6 LRD06 LR3D06 LRD06L LR3D06L
16
1.6–2.5 LRD07 LR3D07 LRD07L LR3D07L

2.5–4 LRD08 LR3D08 LRD08L LR3D08L
4–6 LRD10 LR3D10 LRD09L LR3D09L
5.5–8 Size 00–1 LRD12 LR3D12 LRD12L LR3D12L

7–10 Size 00–1 LRD14 LR3D14 LRD14L LR3D14L

62.00
16–24 Size 0–1 LRD22 LR3D22 — —
TeSys N Size 1 Contactor +
17–24 Size 0–1 — — LRD22L LR3D22L
TeSys D Bimetal Overload Relay 23–32 Size 1 LRD32 LR3D32 LRD32L LR3D32L 73.00
9-13 LRD313 LR3D313 LRD313L —
12-18 LRD318 LR3D318 LRD318L —
16-25 LRD325 LR3D325 LRD325L —
107.00
23-32 Size 2 LRD332 LR3D332 LRD332L —
30-40 LRD340 LR3D340 LRD340L —
37-50 LRD350 LR3D350 LRD350L —
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151

TeSys N Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-155


TeSys N Reversing Starters

TeSys N reversing starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping and reversing of AC squirrel cage
motors. Reversing starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked and are available in NEMA
Sizes 00 through 5. Starters come standard with Motor Logic Class 10/20 selectable solid state overload
relays. Reversing starters with bimetal overload protection can be assembled from TeSys N reversing
contactors and TeSys D overload relays. For more information on TeSys D relays, see Table 16.395 on
page 16-142.
Table 16.396: TeSys N Reversing Starters, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
200 1.5
230 1.5
00 9 T36AN23a 1019.00
460 2
575 2
200 3
230 3
0 18 T36BN23a 1190.00
460 5
575 5
200 7.5
230 7.5
1b 27 T36CN23a 1335.00
460 10
TeSys N reversing starter, 575 10
Size 00 200 10
230 15
2 45 T36DN23a 2450.00
460 25
575 25
200 25
230 30
3 90 T36EN23a 4020.00
460 50
575 50
200 40
230 50
4 135 T36FN23a 9660.00
460 100
575 100
200 75
230 100
5 270 T36GN23a 18525.00
460 200
575 200
b Special contactor/Motor Logic overload relay size combinations available: Add ‘0’ to catalog number before coil voltage for Size 0
overload (6–18 A), ‘9’ for Size 00C overload (3–9 A), and ‘8’ for Size 00B overload (1.5–4.5 A). (i.e. T36CN230G7).
TeSys N reversing starter,

Size 4 Table 16.397: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Adder
24 Vacb B7 B7 B7 B7 B6 B6 n/a No Charge
24 Vdca BD BD BD BD BD BD n/a No Charge
120 Vacb G7 G7 G7 G7 G6 G6 G7 No Charge
208 Vac LE7 LE7 LE7 LE7 L6 L6 L7 No Charge
240 Vac U7 U7 U7 U7 U6 U6 U7 No Charge
480 Vac T7 T7 T7 T7 Q5 Q5 S7 No Charge
a 24 Vdc coil requires separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN23BDS).
b 24 and 120 Vac coils available with optional separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13B7S).

E164862
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151
CCN NLDX TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-144 to 16-146
TeSys N Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-155
LR43364
Class 3211 04
16

All Rights Reserved
CP1 Schedule

Contactor Accessories TeSys™ N Auxiliary Contacts, Time Delay, Mechanical Latch
Table 16.398: Standard, Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Snap-On Number of Composition
Catalog Number $ Price
Mounting Contacts N.O. N.C.
2 2 LADN22 a 41.50
1 3 LADN13 a 41.50
4 0 LADN40 a 41.50
To front of 4
Size 00–2 0 4 LADN04 a 41.50
or 3 1 LADN31 a 41.50
To right side of 2b 2b LADC22 ab 41.50
Size 3–7
1 1 LADN11 a 20.70
2 2 0 LADN20 a 20.70
0 2 LADN02a 20.70
To left side of 1 0 LADN10 13.10
1
Size 3–7 0 1 LADN01 13.10
Front Mounted To side of 1 1 LAD8N11 c 20.70
2
Auxiliary Blocks Size 00–2 2 0 LAD8N20 c 20.70
a For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN223).
There is no charge for this modification. For slip-on versions, add 9 to the end of the catalog number (for example,
LADN229).
b Including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break overlapping contacts.
c 1 block may be added to the left side of Size 00–1, AC coils only; only 1 block may be added to either side of the
Size 2 contactor, AC coil only. Cannot be installed on Size 00–2 contactors with DC coils.
Table 16.399: Instantaneous Blocks with Dust-Tight Auxiliary Contacts (IP54)

NEMA 12
Snap-On Standard Contacts Dust-Tight Contacts
Catalog Number $ Price
Mounting N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.
To front of — — 2 — LA1DX20 65.00
Size 00–2 2 — 2 — LA1DZ40 82.00
or
To right side of 1 1 2 — LA1DZ31 82.00
Size 3–7 — — 2 — LA1DY20d 77.00
d Device supplied with 4 ground terminal points.
Table 16.400: Pneumatic Time Delay Contact Blocks

Time Delay
Snap-On Contacts Range of Catalog
Type $ Price
Mounting Time Delay Number f
N.O. N.C.
0.1 to 3 se LADT0 131.00
On energization 0.1 to 30 s LADT2 131.00
To front of 1 1 (on delay) 10 to 180 s LADT4 131.00
Size 00–2
or 1 to 30 sg LADS2 131.00
To right side of 0.1 to 3 se LADR0 131.00
Size 3–7 On de-energization
1 1 0.1 to 30 s LADR2 131.00
(off-delay)
10 to 180 s LADR4 131.00
e Scale range is expanded between 0.1 and 0.6 seconds on the dial for more accurate settings at the lower end of
the range.
f For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADT23). There
is no charge for this modification.
g Switching time between the opening of the N.C. contact and the closing of the N.O. contact: 40 ms ± 15 ms .
Table 16.401: Mechanical Latch Blocks with Manual or Electrical Unlatch

Front snap-on Application Catalog Number $ Price
mounting onto
For silent operation and
Size 00–2 LAD6K10hi 77.00
energy conservation
h Does not include internal coil clearing contact.
i Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code (for example, LAD6K10F).
Table 16.402: Coil Voltage Codes for LA6DK Mechanical Latch Blocks
Volts 24 120 208 240 480
AC or DCj B F L M R
j DC available at 24 V only.
16


Contactor Accessories TeSys™ N Coil Suppressors, Cabling Accessories
RC Coil Suppressor
• Limitation of transient voltage to 300% of nominal voltage maximum.
• Oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times normal).
Table 16.403: Resistor/Capacitor Circuit (RC) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils
Installed by Mounting on Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz Catalog Number $ Price
LA4DA1U 24 V LAD4RCE 26.20
Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsk Size 00–1 120 V LAD4RCG 26.20
120–240 V LAD4RCU 26.20
24 V LAD4RC3E 26.20
Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the Size 2 120 V LAD4RC3G 26.20
contactor coil terminals
120-240 V LAD4RC3U 26.20
Varistor Coil Suppressor

• Limitation of transient voltage value to 200% of nominal voltage maximum.
• Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times normal).
Table 16.404: Varistor (Peak Limiting) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils
Installed by Mounting on Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz Catalog Number $ Price
24 V LAD4VE 26.20
Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsk Size 00–1 120 V LAD4VG 26.20
120–240 V LAD4VU 26.20
24 V LAD4V3E 26.20
Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the Size 2 120 V LAD4V3G 26.20
contactor coil terminals
120-240 V LAD4V3U 26.20
Diode Coil Suppressor

• No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
• Polarized component. Increased drop-out time (6–10 times normal).
Table 16.405: Diode for Reduction of Electrical Noise in DC Contactor Coils
Installed on the upper part by Mounting on Operating Voltage, DC Catalog Number $ Price
Snap-on mounting and connection w/o tools to the contactor coil terminals Size 00–1 24 Vdc LAD4DDL 26.20
Clip-on front mounting Size 2 24 Vdc LAD4D3U 26.20
Bidirectional Diode Coil Suppressor

• Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.
• Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks
Table 16.406: Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode

Installed by Mounting on Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz and DC Catalog Number $ Price
Snapping into the cavity on the right side of the contactor k Size 00–1l 24 (AC only) LAD4TB 26.20
24 V LAD4T3B 26.20
Clip-on front mounting and connection without tools Size 2 120 V LAD4T3G 26.20
to the contactor coil terminals l
208–240 V LAD4T3U 26.20
k Installing the suppressor into the cavity makes the electrical connection. Overall width of the contactor remains the same.
l For Size 00–2 with DC coils, 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in bidirectional diode suppression as standard.
LAD4T3B
Table 16.407: Cabling Accessories

Usage Mounting on Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz Catalog Number $ Price
Without coil suppression LAD4BB 23.00
For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with With coil 24 V LAD4BBVE 23.00
Size 00–1, AC only
top-mounting accessory. suppression 120 V LAD4BBVG 23.00
(varistor) 120-240 V LAD4BBVU 23.00
For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with Size 2, AC only Without coil suppression LAD4BB3 26.20
top-mounting accessory
LAD4BB• •
16

All Rights Reserved
I12 Schedule

Contactor Accessories TeSys™ N Electronic Timers and Interface Modules
The following accessories require use of cabling accessories (LAD4BB●●) for proper mounting. See page 16-145 for
illustration.
Table 16.408: Electronic Serial Timer Modules

These solid state modules delay the energizing of the contactor coil, and feature built-in varistor surge suppression.
Operational Voltage
Type Time Delay Catalog Number $ Price
24–250 Vac
0.1–2 s LA4DT0U 82.
On-delay Size 00–2 1.5–30 s LA4DT2U 82.
25–500 s LA4DT4U 82.
Table 16.409: Interface Modules a

These modules allow the contactor coils to be energized from low voltage and low current level signals. They come in
mechanical relay and solid state versions. The relay plus manual operation versions include a lever for manually
turning the contactor on and off. When a module receives a low level signal, it allows the separate-sourced control
voltage to flow to the contactor coil. It saves space and wiring time compared to conventional interposing relays.
Operational Voltage
Interface Type Input Voltage Catalog Number $ Price
24–250 Vac
Relay Size 00–2 24 Vdc LA4DFB 55.
Relay Plus Size 00–2 24 Vdc LA4DLB 71.
LA4DFB Manual Operation
Solid State Size 00–2 24 Vdc LA4DWB 71.
a Adapter required, see Table 16.407 on page 16-145.
Table 16.410: Lugs and Lug Kitsa

TeSys N Lugs
Lug Kitsb Cable size AWG range
Contactor Line Size Load Side
Size 3 3 each DZ2FF1 3 each DZ2FF1 DZ2FF6 14 to 2/0
Size 4 3 each DZ2FG1 3 each DZ2FG1 DZ2FG6 6 to 3/0
Size 5 3 each DZ2FJ1 3 each DZ2FJ1 DZ2FJ6 4 to 500 MCM
Size 6 3 each DZ2FK1 3 each DZ2FK1 DZ2FK6 2 x 2 to 600 MCM
1 each DZ2FL1 1 each DZ2FL1
Size 7 DZ2FL2 DZ2FL2 DZ2FL6 3 x 2 to 600 MCM
DZ2FL3 DZ2FL3
a Mounting hardware (screws, washers and nuts) are provided with the contactors, not the lugs. Starters Sizes 3–7 supplied with lugs. See Table 16.411
for pricing.
b Lug kits incude 6 lugs.
Table 16.411: Lug Pricing

Lug Catalog Number $ Price Lug Kit Catalog Number $ Price
DZ2FF1 6.50 DZ2FF6 39.30
DZ2FG1 11.00 DZ2FG6 65.00
DZ2FJ1 11.00 DZ2FJ6 65.00
DZ2FK1 21.80 DZ2FK6 131.00
DZ2FL1 27.30 DZ2FL6 164.00
DZ2FL2 27.30
DZ2FL3 27.30
Table 16.412: TeSys Safety-Chain Identification System

Description Compatibility Package Qty Catalog Number $ Price
Red retrofit contactor safety cover Size 00–2 10 LAD9ET1S 5.20
Red auxiliary contact block, 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Size 00–2 1 LADN22S 42.50
LAD9ET1S
16
LADN22S


Dimensions TeSys™ N Contactors
Table 16.413: TeSys N Contactors, Size 00–1, Non-Reversinga

Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram Dimension Description AC Coil DC Coil
In mm In mm
Minimum electrical clearance b Without add-on accessories 3.35 85 3.35 85
With LAD4BB 3.86 98 n/a n/a
With LA4D•2 4.49 114 n/a n/a
b1
With LA4DF, DT 4.84 123 n/a n/a
With LA4DR, DW, DL 5.12 130 n/a n/a
b
Without cover or add-on blocks 3.54 90 3.90 99
c
With cover, without add-on blocks 3.62 92 3.98 101
c1 With LADN or LADC 4.84 123 5.20 132
.39 c
10
c2 With LAD6K10 5.31 135 5.67 144
c1 With LADT, R, S 5.63 143 5.98 152
1.77
c2 c3
45
c3 With LADT, R, S and sealing cover 5.79 147 6.14 156
a DIN rail and panel mountable.
Table 16.414: TeSys N Contactors, Size 2, Non-Reversinga

Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram Dimension Description AC or DC Coils
In mm
Minimum electrical clearance a 2.17 55
With LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3 5.35 136
b1 With LA4 DF, DT 6.18 157
With LA4 DM, DW, DL 6.54 166
b1
Without cover or add-on blocks 4.65 118
c
4.80
4.61
117 With cover, without add-on blocks 4.72 120
122
c1 With LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 5.91 150

c2 With LAD 6K10 or LA6 DK 6.42 163
With LAD T, R, S 6.73 171
0.47 c
12
c1 c3
0.49 a 0.49 With LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 6.89 175
c2 12.5 12.5
(LAD 8N) (LAD 8N)
c3
Table 16.415: TeSys N Contactors, Size 3–7, Non-Reversing

Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram, Size 3–5 Dimension T02EN13 T02FN13 T02GN13
In mm In mm In mm
a 6.4 163.5 6.4 163.5 8.4 213
S Ø P 1.5 37 1.6 40 1.9 48
Q 1.2 29.5 1 26 1.7 43
Q1 2.4 60 2.3 57.5 2.9 74
S 0.8 20 0.8 20 1 25
X1 ø M6 M8 M10
M b1 H M b f 5.2 131 5.2 131 5.8 147
b 6.4 162 6.7 170 8.1 206
X1 b1 5.4 137 5.4 137 5.7 145
M 5.8 147 5.9 150 7.1 181
H 4.9 124 4.9 124 6.2 158
c 6.7 171 6.7 171 8.6 219
Q P P Q1 L L 4.2 107 4.2 107 5.7 145
a f c X1 220–500 V 0.4 10 0.4 10 0.4 10
T02HN13
Dimensional Diagram, Size 6 Dimension
In mm
a 9.2 233
S Ø P 2.2 55
Q 1.8 46
Q1 3 77
X1
S 1.2 30
ø M10
M b1 H M b
f 5.9 150
X1 b 9.4 238
b1 8.2 209
M 8.2 208
H 6.8 172
Q P P Q1 L c 9.1 232
a f c L 5.7 146
X1 220–500 V 0.6 15
T02JN13
Dimensional Diagram, Size 7 Dimension

In mm
a 12.2 309
S Ø P 3.2 80
Q 2.4 60
Q1 3.5 89
S 1.6 40
X1 ø M12
M b1 H M b f 7.1 181
b 12 304
X1 b1 11 280
M 10.4 264
H 8 202
c 10 255
Q P P Q1 L 6.1 155
L
a f c X1 220–500 V 0.8 20
16

All Rights Reserved

Dimensions TeSys™ N Reversing Contactors
Table 16.416: TeSys N Size 00–1, Reversing Contactorsa

Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram Dimension Description AC Coil DC Coil
In mm In mm
2xM4 a Without side-mount accessories 3.54 90 3.54 90

e1
=
b Contactor base 3.35 85 3.35 85
60/70
c With cover, without add-on blocks 3.62 92 3.98 101
b
e1 0.35 9 0.35 9
c = G =
e2 0.20 5 0.20 5
=
e2
a G Mounting holes 3.15 80 3.15 80
Table 16.417: TeSys N Size 2, Reversing Contactorsa

Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram Description AC and DC Coils
In mm
37,5 26,5 37,5 6xM4 Width 4.69 119
Height 4.80 122
Depth with cover, without add-on blocks 4.72 120

122
128
Load side mounting hole width 2.52 64
Line side mounting hole width 3.40 101.5
120 18,7 64 18,7

119 Mounting hole height 5.04 128
Table 16.418: TeSys N Size 3–7, Reversing Contactors

Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram Dimension T02EN23 T02FN23 T02GN23 T02HN23 T02JN23
In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm
D W R N
D 0.38 9, 7 0.38 9, 7 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2
L
H 7.96 202, 2 7.96 202, 2 15.27 387, 9 15.27 387, 9 22.25 565, 2
L 11.75 298, 5 11.75 298, 5 18 457, 2 18 457, 2 30 762, 0
H M 7 177, 8 7 177, 8 14 355, 6 14 355, 6 19.75 501, 7
M N 0.49 12, 5 0.49 12, 5 0.62 15, 8 0.62 15, 8 1.25 31, 8
R 0.49 12, 5 0.49 12, 5 0.62 15, 8 0.62 15, 8 0.69 17, 5
16
X X W 12.71 322, 8 12.71 322, 8 19.27 489, 5 19.27 489, 5 31.38 797, 0
X 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0 5.79 147, 0 5.91 150, 0 7.13 181, 0

All Rights Reserved

Dimensions TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 00–2
Non-reversing Reversing Depth

T36AN13 / T36BN13 / T36CN13 / T36DN13 T36AN23 / T36BN23 / T36CN23 / T36DN23
A A J
G G
F F
B B
H H
R
K
D D
E E
Table 16.419: TeSys N Size 00–2, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters

Non-Reversing Reversing
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2

Dimension T36AN13 T36BN13 T36CN13 T36DN13 T36AN23 T36BN23 T36CN23 T36DN23
In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm
A 3.19 81, 0 3.19 81, 0 3.19 81, 0 3.19 81, 0 43.9 111, 5 43.9 111, 5 43.9 111, 5 5.19 131, 8
B 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 8.61 218, 7 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 8.61 218, 7
D 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7
E 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4
F 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5
G 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2
H 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 8.22 208, 8 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 8.22 208, 8
J (AC Coil) 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 4.17 104, 9
4.94 125, 4 4.94 125, 4
J (DC Coil) 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9
K 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0
Ra 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1
a Reset travel.

16

All Rights Reserved

Non-Reversing Reversing Depth

T36EN13 / T36FN13 T36EN23 / T36FN23
A N
G G A
F A/2 P
E F
X X
M
J H
B
H
B
K X
L M
RESET
RESET
T
D
O D R
E
N

Size 3 Size 4 Size 3 Size 4

Dimension T36EN13 T36FN13 T36EN23 T36FN23
In mm In mm In mm In mm
A 5.31 134, 9 5.31 134, 9 12.71 322, 8 12.71 322, 8
B 10.82 274, 8 10.82 274, 8 11.71 297, 4 11.71 297, 4
D 0.88 22, 4 0.88 22, 4 6.0 152, 4 6.0 152, 4
E 1.75 44, 5 1.75 44, 5 11.75 298, 5 11.75 298, 5
F 1.78 45, 0 1.78 45, 0 0.48 12, 2 0.48 12, 2
G 0.32 8, 1 0.32 8, 1 0.48 12, 2 0.48 12, 2
H 10.19 258, 8 10.19 258, 8 10.75 273, 1 10.75 273, 1
J 6.03 153, 2 6.03 153, 2 — — — —
K 0.59 15, 0 0.59 15, 0 — — — —
L 0.22 5, 6 0.22 5, 6 — — — —
M 11.91 302, 4 11.91 302, 4 11.96 303, 8 11.96 303, 8
N 6.57 166, 8 6.57 166, 8 13.58 344, 9 13.58 344, 9
O 0.375 9, 5 0.375 9, 5 0.375 9, 5 0.375 9, 5
P 6.96 176, 7 6.96 176, 7 7.18 182, 4 7.18 182, 4
R 3.8 97 3.8 97 3.8 97 3.8 97
Ta 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1
Xb 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0
a Reset travel.
b Minimum distance for coil removal.
16

All Rights Reserved

Non-reversing Reversing Depth

T36GN13 / T36HN13 / T36JN13 T36GN23
G A G A
F F G
P
X
X X
B H
H
B
RESET
RESET
K T
K D R
E D
J E

Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 5

Dimension T36GN13 T36HN13 T36JN13 T36GN23
In mm In mm In mm In mm
A 8.58 217, 9 8.58 217, 9 8.58 217, 9 19.3 489, 4
B 17.56 446, 0 19.75 501, 7 23.58 598, 9 20.3 514, 8
D 4.75 120, 7 4.75 120, 7 4.75 120, 7 4.75 120, 7
E 7.25 184, 2 7.25 184, 2 7.25 184, 2 7.25 184, 2
F 3.17 80, 4 3.17 80, 4 3.17 80, 4 18.0 457, 2
G 0.63 16, 0 0.63 16, 0 0.63 16, 0 0.63 16, 1
H 16.37 415, 8 18.56 463, 6 22.38 565, 9 19.0 482, 6
J 9.91 251, 6 9.91 251, 6 9.91 251, 6 — —
K 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2
P 9.32 236, 8 9.32 236, 8 9.32 236, 8 9.95 252, 7
R 7.38 187, 0 9.16 232, 7 8.07 205, 0 7.38 187, 0
Ta 0.24 6, 1 0.24 6, 1 0.24 6, 1 0.24 6, 1
Xb 5.79 147 1 5.91 150, 1 7.13 181, 1 5.79 147, 1
a Reset travel.
b Minimum distance for coil removal.

16

All Rights Reserved

TeSys N
Self-Protected Combination Starters
TeSys N Self-Protected combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short-circuit protection into one smaller package.
These next-generation starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL listed. They offer superior performance and
efficiency and are easier to install and maintain.
In order to select a TeSys N Self-Protected combination starter, follow the 5-step process described below.
1. Choose a base configuration
Table 16.422: Base Configurations

Ratings Type 1 enclosure Type 12/3R enclosure Type 4/4X enclosure
Max. HP Non-reversing starter Reversing starter Non-reversing starter Reversing starter Non-reversing starter Reversing starter
Motor NEMA
Voltage Base Base Base Base Base Base
Single Three- Size
(V) Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price
phase phase Number Number Number Number Number Number
115 1/3
230 1
200 1.5
00 T40AG1 1575. T40AG2 2331. T40AA1 1883. T40AA2 2639. T40AW1 2805. T40AW2 3561.
230 1.5
460 2
575 2
115 1
230 2
200 3
0 T40BG1 1575. T40BG2 2331. T40BA1 1883. T40BA2 2639. T40BW1 2805. T40BW2 3561.
230 3
460 5
575 5
115 2
230 3
200 7.5
1 T40CG1 1575. T40CG2 2331. T40CA1 1883. T40CA2 2639. T40CW1 2805. T40CW2 3561.
230 7.5
460 10
575 10
2. Choose Thermal Overload Relay 2.1 Choose the thermal overload protection type.
(Plug-in Control Unit)
The thermal overload relay is a control unit Table 16.423: Thermal Overload Protection Types
that plugs into the TeSys U starter. No tool is No Control Unit
Advanced Control Multifunction
needed to install or remove the control unit. Unit Control Unit (Ordered later on
independently)
If you do not wish to select the thermal
overload relay at this time, select Thermal
Overload Relay Type codes N1 or N3 in
function of the motor configuration (single Single 3-Phase
phase or 3-phase) in Table 16.423. A thermal Phase
overload relay can be selected and ordered
later on independently before installation.
In order to select a thermal overload relay, $ Price 180.00 738.00 —
you must follow the next 2 steps. First, Thermal Overload Protection
select the thermal overload protection type 4a 1a 2a 3a 180.00
Type Code
code in Table 16.423. Secondly, select the
Type 1 enclosure full load amperage code in Table 16.424 on Protection Type
page 16-153. Single phase, Class 10 b
3-phase, Class 10 b
3-phase, Class 20 b
3-phase, Selectable Class 5–30 b
Protection Functions
Short circuit b b b b
Over current b b b b
16
Thermal overload b b b b
Phase loss b b b
Phase imbalance b b b
Ground fault b b b b
Underload, long start, jam c c c b
Control Functions
Automatic or local/remote reset c c c b
Fault differentiation c c c b
Thermal alarm c c c b
Motor load display c c c b
Fault history b
Alarm threshold adjustment b
Tripping test b b b b
a Complete the Thermal Overload Relay Selection by adding the full load amperage code
after the thermal overload protection type code.
b Built-in Control Unit.
c Available when combined with appropriate Function module.


TeSys N
4 Choose Communication Type

2.2 Choose the Motor Full Load Amperage If you do not need communication capabilities, select communication
code N.
Table 16.424: Full Load Amperage Code
If a Communication protocol is selected, Control Voltage must be
Full Load Amperage Setting Range (A) Full Load Amperage Code 24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, BD4 or BD6 only. Refer
0.15–0.6 5
to Table 16.425)
0.3–1.4 6
Table 16.426: Communication Code
1.25–5.0 9
3–12 8 Communication
Communication Protocol $ Price
Code
4.5–18 0
Modbus M 262.00
8–27 1
Modbus TCP/IP E 712.00
3 Choose the Power Source CANopen C 262.00
DeviceNet D 262.00
Table 16.425: Control Power Source Code Beckoff B 262.00
Motor Voltage Control Voltage Profibus P 262.00
Control Control
System
Circuit Power $ Price Advantys STB A 262.00
Type Voltage Voltage
Source Voltage Voltage Source Code
Type Type AS-interface J 226.00
Single 120 AC 120 AC G7 — AS-interface V2 K 226.00

Phase 240 AC 240 AC U7 — No Communication N —
Common
Control 208 AC 208 AC LE7 —
Three-
Phase
5 Choose Factory Modifications
240 AC 240 AC U7 —
When choosing Factory modifications, the Form code must be added at
120 AC 24 AC B7a —
the end of the catalog number. If several forms are selected, they must
120 AC 24 DC BDa — be arranged in alphabetical order. There are two types of Forms
Single 120 AC 120 AC G7a — available: abbreviated forms and standard forms.
Phase 240 AC 24 AC B7a — 5.1 Abbreviated Forms
240 AC 24 DC BDa —
Abbreviated forms are defined combinations of the most commonly
240 AC 120 AC G7a — ordered standard forms and are part of the profiled configurations with
208 AC 24 AC B7a — short lead time. For example, abbreviated form CP1 is a combination of
208 AC 24 DC BDa — standard forms C and P51.
Separate 208 AC 120 AC G7a — Abbreviated forms cannot be mixed with other standard forms, with the
Control 240 AC 24 AC B7a — exceptions of forms S and S6. If your combination of forms is not
available as an abbreviated form, use only standard forms and arrange
240 AC 24 DC BDa —
them in alphabetical order. For example, T40CG1CFG7NCP1S is a
Three- 240 AC 120 AC G7a — valid catalog number with the abbreviated form CP1. If you want to add
Phase 480 AC 24 AC B7a — Form P68, the valid catalog number is T40CG1CFG7NCP51P68S.
480 AC 24 DC BDa — T40CG1GFG7NCP1P68S is invalid because abbreviated form CP1
cannot be used with standard form P68.
480 AC 120 AC G7a —
600 AC 24 AC B7b —
Table 16.427: Abbreviated Forms
600 AC 24 DC BDb —
Factory Modifications Form $ Price
600 AC 120 AC G7b —
120 AC 24 AC V89 698.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light CP1 672.00
Single Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light CP2 672.00
240 AC 120 AC V80 698.00
Phase
240 AC 24 AC V82 698.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green C12 1008.00
OFF LED Standard Pilot Light
208 AC 24 AC V90 698.00
Factory Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red C21 1008.00
Installed 208 AC 120 AC V84 698.00 OFF LED Standard Pilot Light
Control 240 AC 24 AC V82 698.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light AP1 672.00
Power
Transformer 240 AC 120 AC V80 698.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light AP2 672.00
Three-
c Phase 480 AC 24 AC V83 698.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED A12 1008.00
Standard Pilot Light
480 AC 120 AC V81 698.00
Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED
600 AC 24 AC V91 698.00 A21 1008.00
Standard Pilot Light
600 AC 120 AC V86 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light C61 672.00
Single 120 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light C62 672.00
Phase 240 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF
Factory C66 1008.00
208 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 LED Standard Pilot Light
Installed
Power 240 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF
Three- C67 1008.00
Supply d LED Standard Pilot Light
Phase
480 AC 24 DC BD4 867.00

Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light P12 672.00
600 AC 24 DC BD6 1072.00
Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light P21 672.00
a Form S must be added at the end of the catalog number.
b Form S6 must be added at the end of the catalog number. Current limiter is provided and
factory installed.
c Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary provided as standard.
d Fuse holder with 2 fuses provided as standard.
16


TeSys N
5.2 Standard Forms

Table 16.432: Separate Control Forms
Table 16.428: Push Button Forms Factory Modifications Form $ Price
Factory Modifications Form $ Price Separate Control for starters with line voltage less or equal to 480 V S —
Start/Stop A 336.00 Separate Control for starters with line voltage equalt to 600 V — Current Limiter S6 205.00
is factory installed.
Forward/Reverse/Stop A1 570.00
ON/OFF A3 336.00
Table 16.433: Additional Capacity Forms
Miscellaneous A11 336.00 NOTE: Fuses are provided. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary.
Stop A13 336.00
Start Push Button + Stop Mushroom Head A22 336.00
50VA additional capacity T10 215.00
Emergency Stop Mushroom Head A31 336.00
100VA additional capacity T11 372.00
Turn-To-Release Emergency Stop Mushroom Head A32 336.00
Table 16.434: Auxiliary Contact Forms

Table 16.429: Selector Switch Forms
2 N.O. U8 41.00
Hand/Off/Auto C 336.00
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. U9 41.00
Start/Stop C1 336.00
2 N.C. U10 41.00
ON/Auto C2 336.00
1 N.C. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state U6 41.00
ON/OFF C6 336.00
1 N.O. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state U7 41.00
Hand/Auto C8 336.00
Forward/OFF/Reverse C14 336.00
Table 16.435: Auxiliary Relay Forms
Forward/Reverse C20 336.00
NOTE: Auxiliary Relays are not factory wired.
Three position C34 336.00
Two position C35 336.00
4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
Keyed Hand/Off/Auto C36 735.00 R1740
4 N.O. 741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures
Keyed Start/Stop C37 735.00 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
R1731
Keyed ON/Auto C38 735.00 3 N.O. and 1 N.C. 741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures
Keyed ON/OFF C39 735.00 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
R1722
2 N.O. and 2 N.C. 741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures
Keyed Forward/Off/Reverse C43 735.00
Programmable Timer Relay K1070 449.00
Keyed Forward/Reverse C47 735.00
Table 16.436: Enclosure Forms

Table 16.430: 30mm Standard LED Pilot Light Forms
Factory Modify Type 12/3R G26 —
Red ON P51 336.00 enclosure for Type 3R application
Green OFF P52 336.00 $425.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
Oversized enclosure G28 $690.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures
White — Not Factory wired P54 336.00
Plain Blank Door — No covered
Blue — Not Factory wired P56 336.00 G30 TAG
pre-stamped holes
Amber Overload Trip P68 336.00
Yellow SSC Trip P69 336.00 Table 16.437: Miscellaneous Forms
Red OFF P91 336.00
Green ON P92 336.00
Function Nameplate G11 43.00
Green Forward/Reverse P95 672.00
Non-standard control unit marking G12 30.00
Red Forward/Reverse P96 672.00
Unwired Terminal Block G50a 57.00
Wired Terminal Block G56ab 116.00
Table 16.431: 30mm Push-To-Test LED Pilot Light Forms Space Heater - thermostat control G55 770.00
Wire markers G105 675.00
Padlock attachment G122 75.00
Red ON P42 435.00
Transient suppressor U11 47.00
Red OFF P43 435.00
Special factory orders SPL TAG
Green ON P45 435.00
Custom control wiring Y217 TAG
Green OFF P46 435.00
Solid neutral Terminal Block N 116.00
Blue — Not Factory wired P66 435.00
16
White — Not Factory wired P67 435.00 a Add number of terminal block points required. Number must be in increments of 5.
b Wiring diagram must be provided by customer.
Green Forward/Reverse P79 870.00
Red Forward/Reverse P80 870.00 Table 16.438: Increase Short Circuit Current Rating Forms
Amber Overload Trip P88 435.00

Yellow SSC Trip P89 435.00
130 kA @480 V — Current Limiter factory installed Y1261 205.00
Table 16.439: Starter Status Indication Forms

Fault Differentiation Module — Manual Reset U1 187.00
Fault Differentiation Module — Automatic or remote reset U2 187.00
Thermal Overload Alarm Module U3 187.00
Motor Load Indication Module U4 226.00


Replacement Parts TeSys™ N Contactors & Starters
Table 16.440: Replacement Contact Setsa Table 16.442: TeSys N Size 2 AC Coils
For use on contactors Number of Poles Catalog Number $ Price Rated Nominal Voltage V Catalog Number 50/60 Hz $ Price
Size 3–4 3 poles LA5FF431 239. 24 LXD3B7 41.50
Size 5 3 poles LA5F400803 1076. 32 LXD3C7 41.50
Size 6 3 poles LA5F500803 1589. 42 LXD3D7 41.50
Size 7 3 poles LA5F630803 2488. 48 LXD3E7 41.50
a Supplied per pole are: 2 fixed contacts, 1 moving contact, 2 deflectors, 1 backplate, 100 LXD3K7 41.50
mounting screws and washers. 110 LXD3F7 41.50
Table 16.441: TeSys N Size 00–1 AC Coils 115 LXD3FE7 41.50
120 LXD3G7 41.50
Rated Nominal Voltage Catalog Number 50/60 Hz $ Price 127 LXD3FC7 41.50
24 LXD1B7 200 LXD3L7 41.50
32 LXD1C7 26.20 208 LXD3LE7 41.50
36 LXD1CC7 220 LXD3M7 41.50
42 LXD1D7 230 LXD3P7 41.50
48 LXD1E7 240 LXD3U7 41.50
60 LXD1EE7 26.20 277 LXD3W7 41.50
100 LXD1K7 380 LXD3Q7 41.50
110 LXD1F7 400 LXD3V7 41.50
415 LXD3N7 41.50
115 LXD1FE7
440 LXD3R7 41.50
120 LXD1G7
480 LXD3T7 41.50
127 LXD1FC7 26.20
500 LXD3S7 41.50
200 LXD1L7
575 LXD3SC7 41.50
208 LXD1LE7 600 LXD3X7 41.50
220/230 LXD1M7
230 LXD1P7 Specification 50/60 Hz
230/240 LXD1U7 26.20 Average consumption:
277 LXD1W7 -inrush (inductance 0.3) 140 VA (Inductance: 0.9)
-sealed (inductance 0.3) 7.5 VA (Inductance: 0.9)
380/400 LXD1Q7
Operating range at θ < 55 °C / 131 °F 80–115% of nominal voltage
400 LXD1V7
415 LXD1N7
440 LXD1R7 26.20
480 LXD1T7
575 LXD1SC7
600 LXD1X7 26.20
Specifications 50/60 Hz
Average consumption
- Inrush (inductance 0.75) 70 VA
- Sealed (inductance 0.3) 7 VA
o 80–110% of nominal @ 50 Hz,
Operating range@ 60 C 85–110% of nominal @ 60 Hz
Table 16.443: TeSys N Size 3–7 AC Coils

Contactor Catalog Catalog Number Suffixb
Hz
Size Number 24 V 48 V 110 V 120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 415 V 440 V 480 V 600 V $ Price
Size 3–4 60 LX1FF• 020 040 092 095 162 184 187 220 316 340 360 380 475 78.00
Size 5 40–400 LX1FH• 0242 0482 1102 1272 2002 2202 2402 2772 3802 3802 4402 5002 6002 138.00
Size 6a 40–400 LX1FK• — 048 110 110 200 220 240 280 380 415 415 415 600 360.00
Size 7a 40–400 LX1FL• — 048 110 110 200 220 240 260 380 415 415 415 600 398.00
a The 600 V coils for Sizes 6 & 7do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits. If required, select appropriate contacts from page 16-144.
b Complete the catalog number by adding the suffix (for example, LX1FF020).
Table 16.444: TeSys N Size 3–4 DC Coils

Device Catalog Catalog Number Suffixa
Type Number 24 V 36V 48 V 60 V 72 V 110 V 125 V 220 V 250 V 440 V $ Price
Size 3–4 LX4FF• 024 035 048 060 070 110 125 220 250 440 78.00
a Complete the catalog number by adding the suffix (for example, LX4FF024). NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
16

All Rights Reserved
I12 Schedule

Replacement Parts TeSys™ N Contactors & Starters
16

All Rights Reserved

45 176 Nema Contactors Starters

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

45 176 Nema Contactors Starters

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

45 176 Nema Contactors Starters

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Table of Contents

NEMA AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters

Combination Starters—NEMA Style

Enclosures Class 9991 16-93

External Reset Mechanisms Class 9065 16-92

Factory Modifications (Forms) 16-100

Lighting Contactors Class 8903 16-59

Manual Starters and Switches Class 2510, 2511, 2512 16-4

Multispeed Starters Class 8810 See Supplemental Digest

Starters, Full Voltage—NEMA Style

TeSys U Simple Motor Starter 16-12

© 2012 Schneider Electric 16-1

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com

NEMA Style Full Voltage NEMA Style Full Voltage

16-4 8502 16-14 8536 16-18 8538 16-31 8539 16-35

Page 8702 16-44 8736 16-46 8738 16-51 8739 16-53

Type F = N/A 00 to 7 00 to 7 8538 = 0 to 6 8539 = 0 to 7

NEMA Sizes Type K = N/A 8738 = 0 to 5 8739 = 0 to 6

Current Ratings Type F = 16 A 8538 = 18 A to 540 A 8539 = 18 A to 810 A

Overload Relay Type K = N/A Bi-Metalic Bi-Metalic Bi-Metalic

Type M = Melting Alloy Solid State Solid State Solid State

CE IEC 947-4-1 CE IEC 947-4-1

16-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com

8903L & 8903S 8903 8910, 8911, 8965 8940 8941

Definite Purpose non- reversing

16-59 16-61 8910 16-70 16-75 16-78

N/A N/A N/A 1 to 7 1 to 4

8903L to 30 A 300 A (Disconnect) 20 A to 40 A (Compact) 27 A to 810 A 27 A to 135 A

8903S to 800 A 600 A (Circuit Breaker) 20 A to 90 A

N/A N/A 1/2 to 50 1/2 to 600 1/2 to 100

N/A N/A Melting Alloy (8911) Melting Alloy Melting Alloy

Solid State Solid State

© 2012 Schneider Electric 16-3

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com

Watertight Div. 1 & 2 Open

Starter with Handle Guard/Lock-Off—Class 2510

Table 16.2: Duplex Units—Class 2510

Table 16.3: Horsepower Ratings Type F

Table 16.4: Approvals—2510 Type F and K

Table 16.5: How to Order

• Class Number Class Type

16-4 CP1 Discount © 2012 Schneider Electric

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com

Table 16.6: Non-Reversing—Class 2510

No. Watertight Open

Standard Jumbo and Type

of Features Gray B, C & D &

Table 16.7: Reversing—Class 2511

Table 16.8: Two Speed—Class 2512

Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts

KO1 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 3 1 2 1-1/2 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 1 2 1-1/2

© 2012 Schneider Electric Discount 16-5

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - (800) 258-9200 - [email protected] - www.stevenengineering.com

Open Type NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Flush Mount)

NEMA 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure Table 16.13:

NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Surface Mount)

3.00 OFF 4.25 3.00 4.25

73 OFF 4.35 2.20

16-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric